UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 20-F

o                                   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

x                                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

OR

o                                   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

o                                   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                                

For the transition period from                       to                       

Commission file number 001-33060

DANAOS CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Republic of The Marshall Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

14 Akti Kondyli
185 45 Piraeus
Greece

(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share

 

New York Stock Exchange

Preferred stock purchase rights

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None.

As of December 31, 2006, there were 54,557,500 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  o    No  x

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes  o    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   o

Accelerated filer   o

Non-accelerated filer  x

 

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17  o    Item 18  x

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o    No  x

 




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

 

ii

 

PART I

 

1

 

Item 1.

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

1

 

Item 2.

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

1

 

Item 3.

 

Key Information

 

2

 

Item 4.

 

Information on the Company

 

24

 

Item 4A.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

41

 

Item 5.

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

41

 

Item 6.

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

63

 

Item 7.

 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

70

 

Item 8.

 

Financial Information

 

78

 

Item 9.

 

The Offer and Listing

 

79

 

Item 10.

 

Additional Information

 

80

 

Item 11.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

101

 

Item 12.

 

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

104

 

PART II

 

105

 

Item 13.

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

105

 

Item 14.

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

105

 

Item 15.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

105

 

Item 16A.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

106

 

Item 16B.

 

Code of Ethics

 

106

 

Item 16C.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

106

 

Item 16D.

 

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

107

 

Item 16E.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

107

 

PART III

 

107

 

Item 17.

 

Financial Statements

 

107

 

Item 18.

 

Financial Statements

 

107

 

Item 19.

 

Exhibits

 

108

 

 

i




FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements based on beliefs of our management. Any statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements as defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events, including:

·        future operating or financial results;

·        pending acquisitions and dispositions, business strategies and expected capital spending;

·        operating expenses, availability of crew, number of off-hire days, drydocking requirements and insurance costs;

·        general market conditions and shipping market trends, including charter rates and factors affecting supply and demand;

·        our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to obtain financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate activities;

·        our expectations about the availability of ships to purchase, the time that it may take to construct new ships, or the useful lives of our ships;

·        our continued ability to enter into multi-year, fixed-rate time charters with our customers;

·        our expectations relating to dividend payments and our ability to make such payments;

·        our ability to leverage to our advantage our manager’s relationships and reputation in the containership and drybulk shipping sectors of the international shipping industry;

·        changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities; and

·        potential liability from future litigation.

The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “predict,” “should” and “will” and similar expressions as they relate to us are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect our current views and assumptions and all forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations. The factors that could affect our future financial results are discussed more fully under “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors,” as well as elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and in our other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We caution readers of this annual report not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their dates. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements.

ii




PART I

Danaos Corporation is a corporation domesticated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands that is referred to in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, together with its subsidiaries, as “Danaos Corporation,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our.” This report should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto, which are included in Item 18 to this annual report.

We use the term “Panamax” to refer to vessels capable of transiting the Panama Canal and “Post-Panamax” to refer to vessels with a beam of more than 32.31 meters that cannot transit the Panama Canal. We use the term “twenty foot equivalent unit,” or “TEU,” the international standard measure of containers, in describing the capacity of our containerships. We use the term “deadweight tons,” or “dwt,” in describing the size of drybulk carriers. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to currency amounts in this annual report are in U.S. dollars.

Item 1.                         Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not Applicable.

Item 2.                         Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not Applicable.

1




Item 3.                         Key Information

Selected Financial Data

The following table presents selected consolidated financial and other data of Danaos Corporation for each of the five years in the five year period ended December 31, 2006. The table should be read together with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” The selected consolidated financial data of Danaos Corporation is a summary of, is derived from, and is qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, and have been audited for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006 by PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm .

Our audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2005 and 2006, together with the notes thereto, are included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” and should be read in their entirety.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

In thousands, except per share data

 

STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating revenues

 

$

103,939

 

$

146,118

 

$

208,268

 

$

241,381

 

$

245,588

 

Voyage expenses

 

(3,400

)

(5,031

)

(6,314

)

(7,525

)

(7,282

)

Vessel operating expenses

 

(31,692

)

(41,860

)

(46,247

)

(53,883

)

(60,742

)

Depreciation

 

(24,567

)

(29,201

)

(31,694

)

(27,114

)

(31,111

)

Amortization of deferred drydocking and special survey costs

 

(857

)

(1,279

)

(2,096

)

(3,922

)

(5,425

)

Bad debt expense

 

(893

)

(67

)

(429

)

(200

)

(421

)

General and administrative expenses

 

(3,281

)

(4,132

)

(4,050

)

(5,058

)

(7,574

)

Gain/(loss) on sale of vessels

 

(2,198

)

6,765

 

7,667

 

 

14,954

 

Income from operations

 

37,051

 

71,313

 

125,105

 

143,679

 

147,987

 

Interest income

 

1,382

 

1,207

 

2,638

 

6,345

 

3,605

 

Interest expense

 

(8,952

)

(8,792

)

(11,559

)

(23,415

)

(29,240

)

Other finance costs, net

 

(699

)

(406

)

1,424

 

(7,081

)

1,938

 

Other income/(expense), net

 

281

 

647

 

1,076

 

491

 

(16,580

)

(Loss)/gain on fair value of derivatives

 

 

(4,115

)

(2,225

)

2,831

 

(6,628

)

Total other income/(expenses), net

 

(7,988

)

(11,459

)

(8,646

)

(20,829

)

(46,905

)

Net income

 

$

29,063

 

$

59,854

 

$

116,459

 

$

122,850

 

$

101,082

 

PER SHARE DATA*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income per share of common stock

 

$

0.66

 

$

1.35

 

$

2.63

 

$

2.77

 

$

2.16

 

Basic and diluted weighted average number of shares

 

44,308

 

44,308

 

44,308

 

44,308

 

46,751

 

CASH FLOW DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

95,420

 

$

85,218

 

$

129,056

 

$

162,235

 

$

151,578

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(165,915

)

(226,435

)

(154,747

)

(40,538

)

(330,099

)

Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities

 

64,670

 

187,332

 

45,133

 

(180,705

)

183,596

 

Net (decrease)/ increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(5,825

)

46,115

 

19,442

 

(59,008

)

5,075

 

BALANCE SHEET DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

$

44,311

 

$

102,543

 

$

129,540

 

$

64,012

 

$

59,700

 

Total assets

 

583,235

 

837,017

 

1,005,981

 

945,758

 

1,297,190

 

Total current liabilities

 

42,162

 

60,983

 

77,602

 

70,484

 

45,714

 

Total long-term debt, including current portion

 

345,867

 

532,071

 

601,400

 

666,738

 

662,316

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

225,586

 

288,666

 

384,468

 

262,725

 

565,852

 

Basic and diluted weighted average number of shares*

 

44,308

 

44,308

 

44,308

 

44,308

 

46,751

 

Common stock*

 

44,308

 

44,308

 

44,308

 

44,308

 

54,558

 

Share capital*

 

443

 

443

 

443

 

443

 

546

 


*                       As adjusted for 88,615-for-1 stock split effected on September 18, 2006.

2




As a privately held company, we paid aggregate dividends of $19.0 million , $7.5 million, $12.4 million and $244.6 million in 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. We paid no dividends in 2006. We paid our first quarterly dividend since becoming a public company in October 2006, of $0.44 per share, on February 14, 2007, and our second quarterly dividend, of $0.44 per share, on May 18, 2007. Our payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. Our loan agreements and the provisions of Marshall Islands law also contain restrictions that could affect our ability to pay dividends. See “Item 3. Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in Our business—Our ability to pay dividends may be limited by the amount of cash we generate from operations following the payment of fees and expenses, by the establishment of any reserves and by additional factors unrelated to our profitability” and “Item 8. Financial Information—Dividend Policy.”

Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not Applicable.

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not Applicable.

Risk Factors

Risks Inherent in Our Business

Our growth depends upon continued growth in demand for containerships. The ocean-going container shipping industry may have been at or near the peak of its upward trend and charter hire rates have already been at or near historical highs. These factors may lead to reductions and volatility in charter hire rates and profitability.

The ocean-going container shipping industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter hire rates and profitability. Over the past year charter-hire rates have dropped. The industry’s upward trend may have passed its peak, as charter hire rates have been falling from recent historically high levels despite indications of stabilization in recent months. In the future, rates may contract further. Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply and demand for ship capacity and changes in the supply and demand for the major products internationally transported by containerships. Although in the last few decades there has been a trend toward liner companies chartering-in containership capacity from charter owners, such as us, if this trend changes, demand for our containerships could be reduced. This and other factors affecting the supply and demand for containerships and supply and demand for products shipped in containers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

The factors that influence demand for containership capacity include:

·        supply and demand for products suitable for shipping in containers;

·        changes in global production of products transported by containerships;

·        the distance container cargo products are to be moved by sea;

·        the globalization of manufacturing;

·        global and regional economic and political conditions;

·        developments in international trade;

·        changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including changes in the distances over which container cargoes are transported;

·        environmental and other regulatory developments;

3




·        currency exchange rates; and

·        weather.

The factors that influence the supply of containership capacity include:

·        the number of newbuilding deliveries;

·        the scrapping rate of older containerships;

·        the price of steel and other raw materials;

·        changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful life of containerships;

·        the number of containerships that are out of service; and

·        port congestion.

Our ability to recharter our containerships upon the expiration or termination of their current charters and the charter rates payable under any renewal or replacement charters will depend upon, among other things, the prevailing state of the charter market for containerships. If the charter market is depressed when our vessels’ charters expire, we may be forced to recharter our vessels at reduced rates or even possibly a rate whereby we incur a loss, which may reduce our earnings or make our earnings volatile. The same issues will exist if we acquire additional vessels and attempt to obtain multi-year time charter arrangements as part of our acquisition and financing plan.

Due to our lack of diversification following the sale of our drybulk carriers, adverse developments in the containership transportation business could reduce our ability to meet our payment obligations and our profitability.

In August 2006, we agreed to sell the six drybulk carriers in our fleet, with an aggregate capacity of 342,158 deadweight tons, or dwt, for an aggregate of $143.5 million. In the first quarter of 2007, we delivered five of these vessels to the purchaser, which is not affiliated with us, for an aggregate of $118.0 million. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement we also delivered the remaining vessel to the purchaser for $25.5 million when its charter expired in the second quarter of 2007. Subject to market conditions, including the availability of suitably configured vessels, we intend to reinvest in the drybulk sector of the shipping industry. Although we continue to evaluate potential investments in the drybulk sector, we do not believe current vessel prices in such sector, which are at high levels, present attractive investment opportunities at this time. However, we have not yet identified any specific drybulk carriers to purchase. Until we acquire replacement drybulk carriers, we will rely exclusively on the cash flows generated from our charters that operate in the containership sector of the shipping industry. Due to our lack of diversification, an adverse development in the container shipping industry would have a significantly greater impact on our financial condition and results of operations than if we maintained more diverse assets or lines of business.

An economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

A number of the port calls made by our vessels are in the Asia Pacific region. As a result, a negative change in economic conditions in any Asia Pacific country, particularly in China or Japan, may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations, as well as our future prospects. In particular, in recent years, China has been one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product. We cannot assure you that such growth will be sustained or that the Chinese economy will not experience negative growth in the future. Moreover, any slowdown in the economies of the United States, the European Union or certain Asian countries could adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. Our business, financial position and results of operations, as well as our future prospects, would likely be materially and adversely affected by an economic downturn in any of these countries.

4




Charter hire rates in the drybulk sector were recently near historically high levels and future growth will depend on continued economic growth in the world economy that exceeds the capacity of the growing world drybulk fleet’s ability to match it.

The drybulk shipping sector, in which we anticipate reinvesting, is cyclical with attendant volatility in profitability, charter rates and vessel values. Charter hire rates for the drybulk sector reached near historically high levels in late 2004 and then declined significantly during 2005, before recovering somewhat in 2006. We anticipate that future demand for any as yet unidentified drybulk carriers in which we invest, and in turn the future charter hire rates for any drybulk carriers we acquire, will be dependent upon continued economic growth in the world’s economy, particularly in China and India, and will be influenced by seasonal and regional changes in demand and changes in the capacity of the world’s drybulk fleet. We believe the capacity of the world’s drybulk fleet will increase and there can be no assurance that economic growth will continue. A decline in demand for commodities transported in drybulk carriers or an increase in supply of drybulk carriers could cause a decline in charter hire rates which could have a material adverse effect on the return on any investment we make in the drybulk sector.

An over-supply of containership capacity may lead to reductions in charter hire rates and profitability.

The market supply of containerships has been increasing, and the number of containerships on order has recently reached historic highs. These newbuildings began being delivered in significant numbers at the beginning of 2007. An over-supply of containership capacity could result in a reduction of charter hire rates. We do not hedge against such risk. As such, if such a reduction occurs upon the expiration or termination of our containerships’ current charters when we expect to have to charter three of the vessels in our fleet, we may only be able to recharter those containerships at reduced or unprofitable rates or we may not be able to charter our vessels at all.

We may have difficulty properly managing our growth through acquisitions of additional vessels.

We intend to grow our business by ordering newbuildings and through selective acquisitions of additional vessels. Our future growth will primarily depend on:

·        locating and acquiring suitable vessels;

·        identifying and consummating vessel acquisitions or joint ventures relating to vessel acquisitions;

·        enlarging our customer base;

·        developments in the charter markets in which we operate that make it attractive for us to expand our fleet;

·        managing our expansion;

·        the operations of the shipyard building any newbuildings we may order; and

·        obtaining required financing on acceptable terms.

During periods in which charter hire rates are high, vessel values generally are high as well, and it may be difficult to acquire vessels at favorable prices. In addition, growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks, such as managing relationships with customers and integrating newly acquired assets into existing infrastructure. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth efforts.

5




Delays in deliveries of our additional 27 newbuilding containerships or the one secondhand containership we have agreed to acquire could harm our operating results.

The additional 27 newbuilding and one secondhand containership we have agreed to acquire are expected to be delivered to us at various times between 2007 and 2010. Delays in the delivery of these vessels, or any other newbuildings we may order or secondhand vessels we may agree to acquire, would delay our receipt of revenues under the arranged time charters and could possibly result in the cancellation of those time charters, and therefore adversely affect our anticipated results of operations.

The delivery of the newbuildings could be delayed because of, among other things:

·        work stoppages or other labor disturbances or other events that disrupt the operations of the shipyard building the vessels;

·        quality or engineering problems;

·        changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;

·        lack of raw materials;

·        bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipyard building the vessel;

·        our inability to obtain requisite financing or make timely payments;

·        a backlog of orders at the shipyard building the vessel;

·        hostilities, political or economic disturbances in the countries where the containerships are being built;

·        weather interference or catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake or fire;

·        our requests for changes to the original vessel specifications;

·        shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;

·        our inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals; or

·        a dispute with the shipyard building the vessel.

The delivery of the secondhand containerships we have agreed to acquire could be delayed because of, among other things, hostilities or political disturbances, non-performance of the purchase agreement with respect to the vessels by the seller, our inability to obtain requisite permits, approvals or financing or damage to or destruction of the vessels while being operated by the seller prior to the delivery date.

Certain of the containerships in our current and contracted fleet are subject to purchase options held by the charterers of the respective vessels, which, if exercised, could reduce the size of our containership fleet and reduce our future revenues.

The charter with respect to the APL Belgium includes an option for the charterer, APL-NOL, to purchase the vessel in January 2008 at a price of $44.0 million or in January 2010 at a price of $39.0 million. Although when negotiated the option exercise prices with respect to this vessel reflected market prices at the time the options become exercisable, which approximated the vessel’s book value net of depreciation, we currently estimate that the $44.0 million and $39.0 million option exercise prices will be below the fair market value of the vessel. We delivered the APL England to APL-NOL on March  7, 2007, pursuant to its exercise of an option to purchase the APL England from us for $44.0 million. APL-NOL has recently exercised its options to purchase the APL Scotland and the APL Holland from us for $44.0 million each upon the expiration of the vessels’ current charters in June 2007 and July 2007, respectively. Although when negotiated the option exercise prices with respect to these three vessels reflected market prices at the

6




time the options became exercisable, which approximated the vessels’ book values net of depreciation, the $44.0 million option exercise prices were below the fair market value of the vessels at the time the options were exercised. The sales of these three vessels have, and will, reduce the size of our fleet and if APL-NOL were to exercise its option with respect to the APL Belgium , the size of our fleet would be further reduced. We have not yet, and may not be able to, replace these vessels at a cost equal to the option prices paid by APL-NOL. As a result, our revenues and results of operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, the chartering arrangements with respect to the HN S4001, the HN S4002, the HN S4003, the HN S4004 and the HN S4005 include options for the charterer, CMA-CGM, to purchase the vessels eight years after the commencement of the respective charters, which, based on the respective expected delivery dates for these vessels, is expected to fall in April 2017, June 2017, August 2017, October 2017 and December 2017, respectively, each for $78.0 million. The option exercise prices with respect to these vessels reflect an estimate of market prices, which are in excess of the vessels’ book values net of depreciation, at the time the options become exercisable. The $78.0 million option prices reflect an estimate of the fair market value of the vessels at the time we would be required to sell the vessels upon exercise of the options. If CMA-CGM were to exercise these options with respect to any or all of these vessels, the expected size of our combined containership fleet would be reduced and, due to the scarcity of secondhand containerships available for acquisition and the delay in delivery associated with commissioning newbuildings, we may be unable to replace these vessels with other comparable vessels, or any other vessels, quickly or, if containership values were higher than currently anticipated at the time we were required to sell these vessels, at a cost equal to the purchase price paid by CMA-CGM. As a result, if these purchase options were to be exercised, the expected size of our combined containership fleet would be reduced, and as a result our anticipated level of revenues would be reduced.

Operating older vessels may result in increased operating costs and reduced fleet utilization.

In general, the costs to maintain a vessel in good operating condition increase with the age of the vessel. Older vessels are typically less fuel-efficient than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology.

Governmental regulations, safety and other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to some of our vessels, and may restrict the type of activities in which these vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify such expenditures or will enable us to profitably operate our vessels during the remainder of their estimated useful lives.

Over time, containership values may fluctuate substantially and, if these values are lower at a time when we are attempting to dispose of a vessel, we may incur a loss.

Containership values can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors, including:

·        prevailing economic conditions in the markets in which containerships operate;

·        a substantial or extended decline in world trade;

·        increases in the supply of containership capacity;

·        prevailing charter rates; and

·        the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing ships, as a result of technological advances in vessel design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, or otherwise.

7




In the future, if the market values of our vessels deteriorate significantly, we may be required to record an impairment charge in our financial statements, which could adversely affect our results of operations. If a charter terminates, we may be unable to re-charter the vessel at an acceptable rate and, rather than continue to incur costs to maintain and finance the vessel, may seek to dispose of it. Our inability to dispose of the containership at a reasonable price could result in a loss on its sale and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing charterers and to obtain new time charterers, for which we will face substantial competition.

One of our principal objectives is to acquire additional containerships in conjunction with entering into additional multi-year, fixed-rate time charters for these ships. The process of obtaining new multi-year time charters is highly competitive and generally involves an intensive screening process and competitive bids, and often extends for several months. Container shipping charters are awarded based upon a variety of factors relating to the vessel operator, including:

·        shipping industry relationships and reputation for customer service and safety;

·        container shipping experience and quality of ship operations (including cost effectiveness);

·        quality and experience of seafaring crew;

·        the ability to finance containerships at competitive rates and financial stability in general;

·        relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths;

·        construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new ships according to customer specifications;

·        willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

·        competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

We expect substantial competition from a number of experienced companies, including state-sponsored entities and major shipping companies. Some of these competitors have significantly greater financial resources than we do, and can therefore operate larger fleets and may be able to offer better charter rates. We anticipate that an increasing number of marine transportation companies will enter the containership sector, including many with strong reputations and extensive resources and experience. This increased competition may cause greater price competition for time charters. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

We may have more difficulty entering into multi-year, fixed-rate time charters if a more active short-term or spot container shipping market develops.

One of our principal strategies is to enter into multi-year, fixed-rate containership time charters in both strong and weak charter rate environments, although in weaker charter rate environments we would generally expect to target somewhat shorter charter terms of three to six years. As more vessels become available for the spot or short-term market, we may have difficulty entering into additional multi-year, fixed-rate time charters for our containerships due to the increased supply of containerships and the possibility of lower rates in the spot market and, as a result, our cash flows may be subject to instability in the long-term. A more active short-term or spot market may require us to enter into charters based on changing market rates, as opposed to contracts based on a fixed rate, which could result in a decrease in

8




our cash flows and net income in periods when the market for container shipping is depressed or insufficient funds are available to cover our financing costs for related containerships.

In the highly competitive international container shipping industry and, following reinvestment by us in the drybulk sector, drybulk shipping industry, we may not be able to compete for charters with new entrants or established companies with greater resources.

We employ our containerships, and expect to employ any drybulk carriers we acquire in the future, in highly competitive markets that are capital intensive and highly fragmented. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom, particularly in the drybulk sector, have substantially larger fleets than we do.

Competition for the transportation of drybulk cargoes can be intense and depends upon price, location, size, age, condition and acceptability of the vessel and its managers to the charterers. Due in part to the highly fragmented market, competitors with greater resources could enter the market and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer more competitive prices and vessels.

A number of our competitors in the containership sector have been financed by the German KG (Kommanditgesellschaft) system, which provided tax benefits to private investors. Although the German tax law has been amended recently to significantly restrict the tax benefits to taxpayers who invest after November 5, 2005, the tax benefits afforded to all investors in the KG-financed entities will continue to be significant, and such entities will continue to be attractive investments. These tax benefits allow the KG-financed entities more flexibility in offering lower charter rates to liner companies. As a result of the flexibility to offer lower charter rates, KG-financed containership owners comprise a substantial portion of the containership charter market. Further, since the charter rate is generally considered to be one of the principal factors in a charterer’s decision to charter a vessel, the rates offered by these sizeable competitors can reduce the rates throughout the charter market.

We depend upon a limited number of customers for a large part of our revenues. The loss of these customers could adversely affect our financial performance.

Our customers in the containership sector consist of a limited number of liner operators. The percentage of our revenues derived from these customers has varied in past years. In the past several years APL-NOL, Hanjin Shipping and HMM Korea have represented substantial amounts of our revenue. During 2005, two customers, APL-NOL and China Shipping, generated 24% of our revenues and in 2006, 26 % of our revenues were generated by two customers, APL-NOL and China Shipping. We expect that a limited number of liner companies may continue to generate a substantial portion of our revenues. If these liner operators cease doing business or do not fulfill their obligations under the charters for our vessels, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. Further, if we encounter any difficulties in our relationships with these charterers, our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We will derive substantially all of our revenues from time charters and the loss of any time charter could result in a significant loss of revenue and cash flows.

Most of our vessels are chartered to charterers under long-term time charters, and these charterers’ payments will be our primary source of operating cash flow.

We could lose a charterer or the benefits of a time charter if:

·        the charterer fails to make charter payments to us because of its financial inability, disagreements with us, defaults on a payment or otherwise;

9




·        the charterer exercises certain specific limited rights to terminate the charter; or

·        the charterer terminates the charter because the ship fails to meet certain guaranteed speed and fuel consumption requirements and we are unable to rectify the situation or otherwise reach a mutually acceptable settlement.

If we lose a time charter, we may be unable to re-deploy the related vessel on terms as favorable to us. In the worst case, we may not receive any revenues from that vessel, but we may be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the vessel in proper operating condition.

The loss of any of our charterers, time charters or vessels, or a decline in payments under our charters, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Our ability to pay dividends may be limited by the amount of cash we generate from operations following the payment of fees and expenses, by the establishment of any reserves and by additional factors unrelated to our profitability.

We intend to pay regular quarterly dividends. The amount of dividends we will be able to pay will depend upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations. We may not, however, have sufficient cash available each quarter to pay dividends, as a result of insufficient levels of profit, restrictions on the payment of dividends and the decisions of our management and directors. The amount of cash we will have available for dividends may fluctuate based upon, among other things:

·        the rates we obtain from our charters as well as the rates obtained upon the expiration of our existing charters;

·        the level of our operating costs;

·        the number of unscheduled off-hire days and the timing of, and number of days required for, scheduled drydocking of our containerships;

·        vessel acquisitions and related financings, such as restrictions in our credit facilities and in any future debt programs;

·        prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;

·        the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of our business; and

·        changes in the basis of taxation of our activities in various jurisdictions.

The actual amount of cash we will have available for dividends will also depend on many factors, including:

·        changes in our operating cash flows, capital expenditure requirements, working capital requirements and other cash needs;

·        our fleet expansion strategy and associated uses of our cash and our financing requirements;

·        modification or revocation of our dividend policy by our board of directors;

·        the amount of any cash reserves established by our board of directors; and

·        restrictions under Marshall Islands law.

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our net income or loss for the period, which will be affected by non-cash items. We may incur other expenses or liabilities that could reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends. Our credit facilities also restrict

10




our ability to declare and pay dividends if an event of default has occurred and is continuing or if the payment of the dividend would result in an event of default. In addition, Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of stock above the par value of the stock), or while a company is insolvent or if it would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend, and any such dividend may be discontinued at the discretion of our board of directors. As a result of these and the other factors mentioned above, we may pay dividends during periods when we record losses and may not pay dividends during periods when we record net income.

We are a holding company and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, or by the law of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation which regulates the payment of dividends by companies. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our board of directors may exercise its discretion not to declare or pay dividends. We do not intend to seek to obtain funds from other sources to pay dividends.

Our credit facilities or other financing arrangements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our liquidity and our ability to expand our fleet.

Our credit facilities impose, and our future financing arrangements may impose, operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions may limit our ability to:

·        incur additional indebtedness;

·        create liens on our assets;

·        sell capital stock of our subsidiaries;

·        make investments;

·        engage in mergers or acquisitions;

·        pay dividends; or

·        make capital expenditures.

Certain of our credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants. These financial ratios and covenants include requirements that we:

·        maintain a market value adjusted net worth of at least $400.0 million and stockholders’ equity of at least $250.0 million;

·        ensure that the aggregate market value of the vessels in our fleet exceeds 145.0% of our net consolidated debt at all times;

·        maintain adjusted stockholders’ equity in excess of 30.0% of our total assets;

·        ensure that our outstanding bank debt does not exceed 75.0% of the aggregate value of our vessels mortgaged under the relevant credit facility;

·        ensure that our total liabilities, at all times, will be no more than 70.0% of the market value of our adjusted total assets;

11




·        maintain at least $30.0 million in cash or cash equivalents; and

·        maintain a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense of no less than 2.5 to 1.0.

A failure to meet our payment and other obligations could lead to defaults under our secured credit facilities. Our lenders could then accelerate our indebtedness and foreclose on the vessels in our fleet securing those credit facilities. The loss of these vessels would have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

We will be exposed to fluctuations in the value of the British pound if the put options with respect to certain vessels in our containership fleet are not exercised and if recent changes in U.K. law have the expected adverse affect on our counterparties to the transaction if the put option is exercised.

We have entered into leasing arrangements with respect to six containerships in our current fleet, the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas ), the Vancouver Express (ex  P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean ), the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ). Pursuant to these arrangements, a partnership, formed by a Lloyds Bank subsidiary, its major stockholder, and subsidiaries of Allocean Maritime Limited, holds legal title to the vessels and, as to each vessel, has a put option exercisable upon an event of default, the total loss of a vessel or 6 1 ¤ 2 years into the term of the lease to sell its 99.996% interest in the partnership owning the vessel to Allco Finance (UK) Limited. Allco Finance (UK) Limited then has the option to put such interest to us and has written an option in favor of us (with a substantially similar exercise price) to acquire such interest, each of which options are exercisable only after the Lloyds Bank subsidiary has exercised its put option.

As part of these leasing arrangements, we made a deposit with The Royal Bank of Scotland, or RBS, as issuer of a letter of credit that supports our purchase obligations with respect to each of these vessels. In relation to this deposit we will receive a pre-set amount, denominated in British pounds, which is expected to represent, after 6 1 ¤ 2 years, approximately 75% of the original purchase price of each vessel should the put option to sell these vessels not be exercised. If the value of the British pound declines against the dollar we may receive less compensation for these vessels than anticipated. Although we have entered into forward contracts to economically hedge our exposure to currency fluctuations in connection with certain aspects of the leasing transactions, we have not hedged against fluctuations in the value of the British pound against the dollar with respect to the value of the deposit to which we would be entitled if the put option is not exercised. As a result, our operating results could be affected if the value of the British pound against the dollar were to deteriorate at the time these amounts were available to us.

If the put options are not exercised we would also be entitled to charter-in the vessels for an additional 12 years at rates adjusted to market no less than every two years at our option, rather than at the nominal rate in effect for the first 6 1 ¤ 2 years of the leasing arrangement. In this case we would also expect to exercise options that would entitle us to approximately 49% of the amount in excess fees over the pre-set level of the charter-in rate. However, under these arrangements and depending on market conditions, we may, for certain periods, be forced to pay higher rates to charter-in these vessels than those at which we charter these vessels to our customers. As a result, we could operate these vessels at a loss and our net income could be adversely affected.

On July 19, 2006, legislation was enacted in the United Kingdom that is expected to result in a claw-back or recapture of certain of the benefits that were expected to be available to the counterparties to these transactions at their inception. Accordingly, the put option price is expected to be increased to compensate the counterparties for the loss of these benefits. We currently expect the increase in the put option price we will be obligated to pay if the put is exercised will be approximately £46 million, although the increase in this put price could vary. In 2006 we recognized an expense of approximately $13 million, which is the amount by which we currently expect the increase in the put price to exceed the cash benefits we expect to receive, and had expected to retain, from these transactions.

12




Because we generate all of our revenues in United States dollars but incur a significant portion of our expenses in other currencies, exchange rate fluctuations could hurt our results of operations.

We generate all of our revenues in United States dollars and for the year ended December 31, 2006, we incurred approximately 43.1% of our vessels’ expenses in currencies other than United States dollars. This difference could lead to fluctuations in net income due to changes in the value of the United States dollar relative to the other currencies, in particular the Euro. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies against which the United States dollar falls in value could increase, thereby decreasing our net income. We have not hedged these risks. Our operating results could suffer as a result.

Our manager has pled to one count of negligent discharge of oil from the Henry (ex APL Guatemala) and one count of obstruction of justice, based on a charge of attempted concealment of the source of the discharge. Any violation of the terms under our plea agreement, or any penalties or heightened environmental compliance plan requirements imposed as a result of any alleged discharge from any other vessel in our fleet calling at U.S. ports could negatively affect our operations and business.

In the summer of 2001, one of our vessels, the Henry (ex APL Guatemala), experienced engine damage at sea that resulted in an accumulation of oil and oily water in the vessel’s engine room. The U.S. Coast Guard found oil in the overboard discharge pipe from the vessel’s oily water separator. Subsequently, on July 2, 2001, when the vessel was at anchor in Long Beach, California, representatives of our manager notified authorities of the presence of oil on the water on the starboard side of the vessel. On July 3, 2001, oil was found in an opening through which seawater is taken in to cool the vessel’s engines. The U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California conducted a criminal investigation into both of these matters that shifted from the conditions observed in June 2001 to the July 2 release and the events that followed it. Our manager entered into a plea agreement with the U.S. Attorney, on behalf of the government, which was filed with the U.S. District Court on June 20, 2006, pursuant to which our manager agreed to plead guilty to one count of negligent discharge of oil and one count of obstruction of justice, based on a charge of attempted concealment of the source of the discharge. Consistent with the government’s practice in similar cases, our manager agreed to develop and implement a third-party consultant monitored environmental compliance plan and to designate an internal corporate compliance manager. This compliance plan would require our manager to prepare an environmental compliance plan manual for approval by such third-party environmental consultant and the U.S. government. The program would also require our manager to arrange for, fund and complete a series of audits of its fleet management offices and of waste streams of the vessels it manages, including all of the vessels in our fleet that call at U.S. ports, as well as an independent, third-party focused environmental compliance plan audit. Our manager also agreed to a probation period of three years under the plea agreement. Our manager further agreed to pay an aggregate of $500,000 in penalties in connection with the charges of negligent discharge and obstruction of justice under the plea agreement, with half of the penalties to be applied to community service projects that will benefit, restore or preserve the environment and ecosystems in the central California area. On August 14, 2006, the court accepted our manager’s guilty plea to the two counts and, on December 4, 2006, sentenced our manager in accordance with the terms of the plea agreement. Any violation of this environmental compliance plan or of the terms of our manager’s probation or any penalties, restitution or heightened environmental compliance plan requirements that are imposed relating to alleged discharges in any other action involving our fleet or our manager could negatively affect our operations and business.

We are subject to regulation and liability under environmental laws that could require significant expenditures and affect our cash flows and net income.

Our business and the operation of our vessels are materially affected by environmental regulation in the form of international, national, state and local laws, regulations, conventions and standards in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate, as well as in the country or

13




countries of their registration, including those governing the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of oil spills and other contamination, air emissions, water discharges and ballast water management. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with such requirements or the impact thereof on the resale price or useful life of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of doing business and which may materially and adversely affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, certificates and financial assurances with respect to our operations. Many environmental requirements are designed to reduce the risk of pollution, such as oil spills, and our compliance with these requirements can be costly.

Environmental requirements can also affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, could require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, could lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in certain ports. Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations and natural resource damages liability, in the event that there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous material from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of hazardous materials associated with our existing or historic operations. Violations of, or liabilities under, environmental requirements can result in substantial penalties, fines and other sanctions, including in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels.

The operation of our vessels is also affected by the requirements set forth in the International Maritime Organization’s, or IMO’s, International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires shipowners and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. Failure to comply with the ISM Code may subject us to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected ships, and may result in denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

In addition, in complying with existing environmental laws and regulations and those that may be adopted, we may incur significant costs in meeting new maintenance and inspection requirements and new restrictions on air emissions from our containerships, in developing contingency arrangements for potential spills and in obtaining insurance coverage. Government regulation of vessels, particularly in the areas of safety and environmental requirements, can be expected to become stricter in the future and could require us to incur significant capital expenditures on our vessels to keep them in compliance, or even to scrap or sell certain vessels altogether. As a result of accidents such as the November 2002 oil spill relating to the loss of the m.t. Prestige , a 26-year old single-hull product tanker unrelated to us, we believe that regulation of the shipping industry will continue to become more stringent and more expensive for us and our competitors. Substantial violations of applicable requirements or a catastrophic release of bunker fuel from one of our vessels could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Increased inspection procedures, tighter import and export controls and new security regulations could cause disruption of our containership business and of the business of any drybulk carriers we acquire in the future.

International container and drybulk shipping are subject to security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin, destination, and certain trans-shipment points. These inspection procedures can result in cargo seizure, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment, or delivery of

14




containers, and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against exporters or importers and, in some cases, charterers and charter owners.

Since the events of September 11, 2001, U.S. authorities have more than doubled container inspection rates to over 5% of all imported containers. Government investment in non-intrusive container scanning technology has grown and there is interest in electronic monitoring technology, including so-called “e-seals” and “smart” containers, that would enable remote, centralized monitoring of containers during shipment to identify tampering with or opening of the containers, along with potentially measuring other characteristics such as temperature, air pressure, motion, chemicals, biological agents and radiation.

It is unclear what changes, if any, to the existing inspection procedures will ultimately be proposed or implemented, or how any such changes will affect the industry. It is possible that such changes could impose additional financial and legal obligations, including additional responsibility for inspecting and recording the contents of containers. Changes to the inspection procedures and container and drybulk security could result in additional costs and obligations on carriers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of goods by container uneconomical or impractical. Additional costs may arise from current inspection procedures or future proposals may not be fully recoverable from customers through higher rates or security surcharges.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, resulting in loss of earnings.

A government of a ship’s registry could requisition for title or seize our vessels. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a ship and becomes the owner. Also, a government could requisition our containerships for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a ship and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our revenues and results of operations.

Terrorist attacks and international hostilities could affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Terrorist attacks such as the attacks on the United States on September 11, 2001, and the continuing response of the United States to these attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks, continue to cause uncertainty in the world financial markets and may affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The recent conflict in Iraq may lead to additional acts of terrorism, regional conflict and other armed conflicts around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

Terrorist attacks targeted at sea vessels, such as the October 2002 attack in Yemen on the VLCC Limburg , a ship not related to us, may in the future also negatively affect our operations and financial condition and directly impact our containerships or our customers. Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility of the financial markets in the United States and globally and could result in an economic recession affecting the United States or the entire world. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenue and costs.

Changing economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where we are engaged in business or where our vessels are registered could affect us. In addition, future hostilities or other political instability in regions where our vessels trade could also affect our trade patterns and adversely affect our operations and performance.

15




Risks inherent in the operation of ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation, which could adversely affect our expenses, net income and stock price.

The operation of ocean-going vessels carries inherent risks. These risks include the possibility of:

·        marine disaster;

·        environmental accidents;

·        grounding, fire, explosions and collisions;

·        cargo and property losses or damage;

·        business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, political action in various countries, or adverse weather conditions;

·        work stoppages or other labor problems with crew members serving on our vessels, substantially all of whom are unionized and covered by collective bargaining agreements; and

·        piracy.

Such occurrences could result in death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage, delays in the delivery of cargo, loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts, governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business, higher insurance rates, and damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally. Any of these circumstances or events could increase our costs or lower our revenues, which could result in reduction in the market price of our shares of common stock. The involvement of our vessels in an environmental disaster may harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our property or result from our operations due to the inherent operational risks of the shipping industry.

The operation of any vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, fire, contact with floating objects, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of a marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps. There are also liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. We procure insurance for our fleet against risks commonly insured against by vessel owners and operators. Our current insurance includes (i) hull and machinery insurance covering damage to our vessels’ hull and machinery from, among other things, contact with free and floating objects, (ii) war risks insurance covering losses associated with the outbreak or escalation of hostilities and (iii) protection and indemnity insurance (which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance) covering third-party and crew liabilities such as expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew members, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, third-party claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs and loss of hire insurance for the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ).

We can give no assurance that we are adequately insured against all risks or that our insurers will pay a particular claim. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to obtain a timely replacement vessel in the event of a loss. Under the terms of our credit facilities, we will be subject to restrictions on the use of any proceeds we may receive from claims under our insurance policies. Furthermore, in the future, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our fleet. We may also be subject to calls, or premiums, in amounts based not only on our own claim records but also the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations

16




through which we receive indemnity insurance coverage for tort liability. Our insurance policies also contain deductibles, limitations and exclusions which, although we believe are standard in the shipping industry, may nevertheless increase our costs.

In addition, we do not carry loss of hire insurance (other than for the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ) to satisfy our loan agreement requirements). Loss of hire insurance covers the loss of revenue during extended vessel off-hire periods, such as those that occur during an unscheduled drydocking due to damage to the vessel from accidents. Accordingly, any loss of a vessel or any extended period of vessel off-hire, due to an accident or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flows.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flows and require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest lifted.

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our ships.

The aging of our fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could adversely affect our earnings.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As our fleet ages, we will incur increased costs. Older vessels are typically less fuel efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels. Cargo insurance rates also increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of a vessel may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. Although our current fleet of 31 containerships had an average age (weighted by TEU capacity) of approximately 11.6 years as of May 15, 2007, we cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify such expenditures or will enable us to profitably operate our vessels during the remainder of their expected useful lives.

Compliance with safety and other requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and may adversely affect our business.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the Safety of Life at Sea Convention, and all vessels must be awarded ISM certification.

A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Each of the vessels in our fleet is on a special survey cycle for hull inspection and a continuous survey cycle for machinery inspection.

17




If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual, intermediate or special survey, and/or loses its certification, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable, and we could be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements. This would negatively impact our operating results and financial condition.

Our business depends upon certain employees who may not necessarily continue to work for us.

Our future success depends to a significant extent upon our chief executive officer, Dr. John Coustas, and certain members of our senior management and that of our manager. Dr. Coustas has substantial experience in the container and drybulk shipping industries and has worked with us and our manager for many years. He and others employed by us and our manager are crucial to the execution of our business strategies and to the growth and development of our business. If the individuals were no longer to be affiliated with us or our manager, or if we were to otherwise cease to receive advisory services from them, we may be unable to recruit other employees with equivalent talent and experience, and our business and financial condition may suffer as a result.

The provisions in our employment arrangements with our chief executive officer restricting his ability to compete with us, like restrictive covenants generally, may not be enforceable.

In connection with his employment agreement with us, Dr. Coustas, our chief executive officer, has entered into a restrictive covenant agreement with us under which he is precluded during the term of his employment and for one year thereafter from owning and operating drybulk ships or containerships larger than 2,500 TEUs and from acquiring or investing in a business that owns or operates such vessels. Courts generally do not favor the enforcement of such restrictions, particularly when they involve individuals and could be construed as infringing on their ability to be employed or to earn a livelihood. Our ability to enforce these restrictions, should it ever become necessary, will depend upon the circumstances that exist at the time enforcement is sought. We cannot be assured that a court would enforce the restrictions as written by way of an injunction or that we could necessarily establish a case for damages as a result of a violation of the restrictive covenants.

We depend on our manager to operate our business.

Pursuant to the management agreement and the individual ship management agreements, our manager and its affiliates may provide us with certain of our officers and will provide us with technical, administrative and certain commercial services (including vessel maintenance, crewing, purchasing, shipyard supervision, insurance, assistance with regulatory compliance and financial services). Our operational success will depend significantly upon our manager’s satisfactory performance of these services. Our business would be harmed if our manager failed to perform these services satisfactorily. In addition, if the management agreement were to be terminated or if its terms were to be altered, our business could be adversely affected, as we may not be able to immediately replace such services, and even if replacement services were immediately available, the terms offered could be less favorable than the ones currently offered by our manager.

Our ability to compete for and enter into new time charters and to expand our relationships with our existing charterers will depend largely on our relationship with our manager and its reputation and relationships in the shipping industry. If our manager suffers material damage to its reputation or relationships, it may harm our ability to:

·        renew existing charters upon their expiration;

·        obtain new charters;

·        successfully interact with shipyards during periods of shipyard construction constraints;

18




·        obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms;

·        maintain satisfactory relationships with our charterers and suppliers; or

·        successfully execute our business strategies.

If our ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and affect our profitability.

Our manager is a privately held company and there is little or no publicly available information about it.

The ability of our manager to continue providing services for our benefit will depend in part on its own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair our manager’s financial strength, and because it is a privately held company, information about its financial strength is not available. As a result, our stockholders might have little advance warning of problems affecting our manager, even though these problems could have a material adverse effect on us. As part of our reporting obligations as a public company, we will disclose information regarding our manager that has a material impact on us to the extent that we become aware of such information.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation, and the Marshall Islands does not have a well developed body of corporate law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or BCA. The provisions of the BCA are similar to provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of The Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions. Stockholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, our public stockholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling stockholders than would stockholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction.

It may be difficult to enforce service of process and enforcement of judgments against us and our officers and directors.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation, and our executive offices are located outside of the United States in Piraeus, Greece. A majority of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our officers and directors are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside of the United States, judgments you may obtain in the U.S. courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws.

There is also substantial doubt that the courts of the Marshall Islands or Greece would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws.

19




Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

We are a “controlled company” under the New York Stock Exchange rules, and as such we are entitled to exemption from certain New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards, and you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. Under the New York Stock Exchange rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another company or group is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that the nominating committee be composed entirely of independent directors and have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors and have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (4) the requirement of an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. We may utilize these exemptions. As a result, non-independent directors, including members of our management who also serve on our board of directors, may serve on the compensation or the nominating and corporate governance committees of our board of directors which, among other things, fix the compensation of our management, make stock and option awards and resolve governance issues regarding us. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract management.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements may place a burden on our systems and resources. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires that we file annual and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, among other things, requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls for financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight are required. This may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, i f we fail to maintain effective controls and procedures, we may be unable to provide the financial information that publicly traded companies are required to provide in a timely and reliable fashion. Any such delays or deficiencies could limit our ability to obtain financing, either in the public capital markets or from private sources, and could thereby impede our ability to implement our growth strategies. In addition, any such delays or deficiencies could result in failure to meet the requirements for continued listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, which would adversely affect the liquidity of our common stock.

Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common stock. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future.

Although we do not currently have any plans to sell additional shares of our common stock, we may issue additional shares of our common stock in the future and our stockholders may elect to sell large

20




numbers of shares held by them from time to time. The number of shares of common stock available for sale in the public market will be limited by restrictions applicable under securities laws and agreements that our chief executive officer, John Coustas, and the Coustas Family Trust entered into with the underwriters of our initial public offering. Subject to certain exceptions, these agreements generally restrict our chief executive officer and the Coustas Family Trust from directly or indirectly offering, selling, pledging, hedging or otherwise disposing of our equity securities or any security that is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities and from engaging in certain other transactions relating to such securities until October 5, 2008, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., the lead underwriters in our initial public offering.

The Coustas Family Trust, our principal existing stockholder, controls the outcome of matters on which our stockholders are entitled to vote and its interests may be different from yours.

The Coustas Family Trust, under which our chief executive officer is both a beneficiary, together with other members of the Coustas Family, and the protector (which is analogous to a trustee), through Danaos Investments Limited, a corporation wholly-owned by Dr. Coustas, owns, directly or indirectly, approximately 80.0% of our outstanding common stock. This stockholder is able to control the outcome of matters on which our stockholders are entitled to vote, including the election of our entire board of directors and other significant corporate actions. The interests of this stockholder may be different from yours.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could make it difficult for our stockholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of the shares of our common stock.

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for our stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of our management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that stockholders may consider favorable.

These provisions:

·        authorize our board of directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock without stockholder approval;

·        provide for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;

·        prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

·        authorize the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 ¤ 3 % of the outstanding stock entitled to vote for those directors;

·        prohibit stockholder action by written consent unless the written consent is signed by all stockholders entitled to vote on the action;

·        establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and

·        restrict business combinations with interested stockholders.

We have adopted a stockholder rights plan pursuant to which our board of directors may cause the substantial dilution of the holdings of any person that attempts to acquire us without the approval of our board of directors.

21




These anti-takeover provisions, including the provisions of our stockholder rights plan, could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

Tax Risks

In addition to the following risk factors, you should read “Item 10. Additional Information—Tax Considerations—Marshall Islands Tax Considerations,” “Item 10. Additional Information—Tax Considerations—Liberian Tax Considerations,” and “Item 10. Additional Information—Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a more complete discussion of expected material Marshall Islands, Liberian and U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock.

We may have to pay tax on U.S.-source income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, 50% of the gross shipping income of a ship owning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as U.S.-source shipping income and as such is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

We expect that we do and will continue to qualify for this statutory tax exemption and we currently intend to take this position for U.S. federal income tax return reporting purposes. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption and thereby become subject to U.S. federal income tax on our U.S.-source income. For example, 5% stockholders owned the majority of our outstanding stock. This would preclude us from being eligible for the Section 883 exemption based on the trading of our stock unless we can establish that 5% stockholders that are qualified stockholders for purposes of Section 883 (and who comply with specified certification requirements) own, directly or under applicable attribution rules, a sufficient portion of the shares held by our 5% stockholders so as to preclude the shares held by the 5% stockholders that are not so owned from representing 50% or more of our stock for more than half of the number of days during the taxable year. There can be no assurance that a sufficient number of our stockholders will be qualified stockholders for purposes of Section 883 to enable us to continue to be eligible for the Section 883 exemption.

If we or our subsidiaries are not entitled to this exemption under Section 883 for any taxable year, we or our subsidiaries would be subject for those years to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on our gross U.S. source shipping income. The imposition of this taxation could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our stockholders. A number of our charters contain provisions that obligate the charterers to reimburse us for the 4% gross basis tax on our U.S. source shipping income.

If we were treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could result to U.S. stockholders.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income,” or at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of

22




services does not constitute “passive income.” U.S. stockholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC. If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide information to U.S. stockholders to enable them to make certain elections to alleviate certain of the adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences that would arise as a result of holding an interest in a PFIC.

While there are legal uncertainties involved in this determination, we believe we should not be treated as a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2006. There is no assurance that the nature of our assets, income and operations will not change or that we can avoid being treated as a PFIC for subsequent years.

The enactment of proposed legislation could affect whether dividends paid by us constitute qualified dividend income eligible for the preferential rate.

Legislation has been introduced that would deny the preferential rate of federal income tax currently imposed on qualified dividend income with respect to dividends received from a non-U.S. corporation, unless the non-U.S. corporation either is eligible for benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States or is created or organized under the laws of a foreign country which has a comprehensive income tax system. Because the Marshall Islands has not entered into a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States and imposes only limited taxes on corporations organized under its laws, it is unlikely that we could satisfy either of these requirements. Consequently, if this legislation were enacted in its current form the preferential rate of federal income tax discussed at “Item 10. Additional Information—Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders—Distributions” may no longer be applicable to dividends received from us. As of the date of this annual report, it is not possible to predict with certainty whether or in what form the proposed legislation will be enacted.

If the regulations regarding the exemption from Liberian taxation for non-resident corporations issued by the Liberian Ministry of Finance were found to be invalid, the net income and cash flows of our Liberian subsidiaries and therefore our net income and cash flows, would be materially reduced.

A number of our subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia. The Republic of Liberia enacted a new income tax act effective as of January 1, 2001 (the “New Act”) which does not distinguish between the taxation of “non-resident” Liberian corporations, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, which conduct no business in Liberia and were wholly exempt from taxation under the income tax law previously in effect since 1977, and “resident” Liberian corporations which conduct business in Liberia and are, and were under the prior law, subject to taxation.

In 2004, the Liberian Ministry of Finance issued regulations exempting non-resident corporations engaged in international shipping, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, from Liberian taxation under the New Act retroactive to January 1, 2001. It is unclear whether these regulations, which ostensibly conflict with the express terms of the New Act adopted by the Liberian legislature, are valid. However, the Liberian Ministry of Justice issued an opinion that the new regulations are a valid exercise of the regulatory authority of the Ministry of Finance. The Liberian Ministry of Finance has not at any time since January 1, 2001 sought to collect taxes from any of our Liberian subsidiaries.

If our Liberian subsidiaries were subject to Liberian income tax under the New Act, they would be subject to tax at a rate of 35% on their worldwide income. As a result, their, and subsequently our, net income and cash flows would be materially reduced. In addition, as the ultimate stockholder of the Liberian subsidiaries, we would be subject to Liberian withholding tax on dividends paid by our Liberian subsidiaries at rates ranging from 15% to 20%, which would limit our access to funds generated by the operations of our subsidiaries and further reduce our income and cash flows.

23




Item 4.                         Information on the Company

History and Development of the Company

Danaos Corporation is an international owner of containerships, chartering its vessels to many of the world’s largest liner companies. We are a corporation domesticated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands on October 7, 2005, under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, after having been incorporated as a Liberian company in 1998 in connection with the consolidation of our assets under Danaos Holdings Limited. In connection with our domestication in the Marshall Islands we changed our name from Danaos Holdings Limited to Danaos Corporation. Our manager, Danaos Shipping Company Limited, or Danaos Shipping, was founded by Dimitris Coustas in 1972 and since that time it has continuously provided seaborne transportation services under the management of the Coustas family. Dr. John Coustas, our chief executive officer, assumed responsibility for our management in 1987. Dr. Coustas has focused our business on chartering containerships to liner companies and has overseen the expansion of our fleet from three multi-purpose vessels in 1987 to the 31 containerships comprising our current containership fleet. In October 2006, we completed an initial public offering of our common stock in the United States and our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange. We maintain our principal executive offices at 14 Akti Kondyli, 185 45 Piraeus, Greece. Our telephone number at that address is +30 210 419 6480.

Our company operates through a number of subsidiaries incorporated in Liberia, Cyprus or Singapore, all of which are wholly-owned by us and either directly or indirectly own the vessels in our fleet. A list of our active subsidiaries as of May 15, 2007, and their jurisdictions of incorporation, is set forth in Exhibit 8 to this annual report on Form 20-F.

Business Overview

We are an international owner of containerships, chartering our vessels to many of the world’s largest liner companies. We currently have a fleet of 31 containerships aggregating 138,931 TEUs, making us among the ten largest containership charter owners in the world, based on total TEU capacity. Our strategy is to charter our containerships under multi-year, fixed-rate time charters to a geographically diverse group of liner companies, including many of the largest such companies globally, as measured by TEU capacity. Currently, these customers include Maersk, COSCO, Hapag-Lloyd, CMA-CGM, Hyundai, APL-NOL, Norasia, Yang Ming, Wan Hai and China Shipping. Our charters range from one to 15 years for the vessels in our current fleet and up to 18 years for our contracted vessels, which provide us with stable cash flows and high utilization rates. In August 2006, we agreed to sell the six drybulk carriers in our fleet, with an aggregate capacity of 342,158 dwt, for an aggregate of $143.5 million. In the first quarter of 2007, we delivered five of these vessels to the purchaser, which is not affiliated with us, for an aggregate of $118.0 million. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement we also delivered the remaining vessel to the purchaser after its charter expired in the second quarter of 2007 for $25.5 million. Although we have sold all the vessels of our dry bulk fleet, we intend to reinvest in the drybulk sector with the acquisition of more recently built drybulk carriers with configurations better suited to employment in the current drybulk charter market, subject to market conditions, including the availability of suitable vessels to purchase. Although we continue to evaluate potential investments in the drybulk sector, we do not believe current vessel prices in such sector, which are at high levels, present attractive investment opportunities at this time. In anticipation of our potential reinvestment in this sector, our manager intends to retain its employees dedicated to our drybulk operations. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities with RBS and with Aegean Baltic Bank and HSH Nordbank provide for the use of borrowings to finance the acquisition of drybulk carriers as well as containerships.

24




Our Fleet

General

We deploy our containership fleet principally under multi-year charters with major liner companies that operate regularly scheduled routes between large commercial ports. Our containership fleet is currently comprised of 27 containerships deployed on time charters and four containerships deployed on bareboat charters. The average age (weighted by TEU) of the 31 vessels in our containership fleet was approximately 11.6 years as of May 15, 2007 and, upon delivery of all of our contracted vessels as of the end of 2010, the average age (weighted by TEU) of the 52 vessels in our containership fleet (assuming no other acquisitions or dispositions, other than the APL Scotland and the APL Holland as well as vessels that reach 30 years of age, which are assumed to be scrapped) will be approximately 6.4 years. As of May 15, 2007, the average remaining duration of the charters for our containership fleet, including 24 contracted vessels for which we have arranged charters, and excluding the APL Scotland and the APL Holland , was 11.5 years (weighted by aggregate contracted charter hire).

Characteristics

The table below provides additional information about our current fleet of 31 containerships, each of which is a cellular containership.

Vessel Name

 

 

 

Year
Built

 

Vessel
Size
(TEU)

 

Time
Charter
Term (1)

 

Expiration of
Charter (1)

 

Daily
Charter
Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Post-Panamax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CSCL Le Havre(2)

 

2006

 

9,580

 

12 years

 

November 2018

 

 

$

34.0

 

 

CSCL Pusan(2)

 

2006

 

9,580

 

12 years

 

September 2018

 

 

34.0

 

 

CSCL America(3)

 

2004

 

8,468

 

12 years

 

November 2016

 

 

29.5

 

 

CSCL Europe(3)

 

2004

 

8,468

 

12 years

 

August 2016

 

 

29.5

 

 

APL Belgium(4)

 

2002

 

5,506

 

6 years

 

January 2008

 

 

25.5

 

 

APL Holland(4)(5)

 

2001

 

5,506

 

6 years

 

July 2007

 

 

25.5

 

 

APL Scotland(4)(6)

 

2001

 

5,506

 

6 years

 

June 2007

 

 

25.5

 

 

Maersk Marathon

 

1991

 

4,814

 

5 years

 

December 2011

 

 

23.5

 

 

Maersk Messologi

 

1991

 

4,814

 

5 years

 

December 2011

 

 

23.5

 

 

Maersk Mytilini

 

1991

 

4,814

 

5 years

 

December 2011

 

 

23.5

 

 

Hyundai Commodore

 

1992

 

4,651

 

8 years

 

May 2013

 

 

20.0

 

 

Hyundai Duke

 

1992

 

4,651

 

8 years

 

April 2013

 

 

20.0

 

 

MOL Confidence

 

1994

 

4,651

 

6.5 years

 

November 2012

 

 

20.8

 

 

Panamax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

YM Colombo (ex Norasia Integra)(7)

 

2004

 

4,300

 

12 years

 

May 2019

 

 

27.8

 

 

Maersk Derby

 

2004

 

4,253

 

5 years

 

April 2009

 

 

20.6

 

 

Vancouver Express

 

2004

 

4,253

 

5 years

 

March 2009

 

 

20.6

 

 

Norasia Hamburg

 

1989

 

3,908

 

5 years

 

March  2008

 

 

20.8

 

 

YM Yantian

 

1989

 

3,908

 

5 years

 

September 2011

 

 

30.5

 

 

YM Milano

 

1988

 

3,129

 

1.5 years

 

July 2008

 

 

21.3

 

 

Victory I

 

1988

 

3,098

 

3 years

 

July 2007

 

 

25.1

 

 

Independence

 

1986

 

3,045

 

3 years

 

June 2007

 

 

23.6

 

 

Henry

 

1986

 

3,039

 

3 years

 

May 2007

 

 

23.6

 

 

CMA CGM Elbe

 

1991

 

2,917

 

5 years

 

August 2010

 

 

20.4

 

 

CMA CGM Kalamata

 

1991

 

2,917

 

5 years

 

August 2010

 

 

20.4

 

 

CMA CGM Komodo

 

1991

 

2,917

 

5 years

 

August 2010

 

 

20.4

 

 

Pacific Bridge

 

1984

 

2,130

 

3 years

 

March 2008

 

 

27.0

 

 

Eagle Express

 

1977

 

1,704

 

2.5 years

 

October 2007

 

 

22.0

 

 

 

25




 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bareboat
Charter
Term (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Panamax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maersk Constantia

 

1979

 

3,101

 

2.0 years

 

April 2008

 

 

10.0

 

 

S.A. Helderberg

 

1977

 

3,101

 

2.0 years

 

December 2007

 

 

10.0

 

 

S.A. Sederberg

 

1978

 

3,101

 

2.0 years

 

January 2008

 

 

10.0

 

 

S.A. Winterberg

 

1978

 

3,101

 

2.0 years

 

March 2008

 

 

10.0

 

 


(1)           Earliest date charters could expire. Most charters include options to extend their term.

(2)           Daily charter rate for the first six years of the charter. The daily charter rate for the seventh through twelfth years of the charter is $34,500.

(3)           Daily charter rate for the first six years of the charter. The daily charter rate for seventh through twelfth years of the charter is $29,800.

(4)           Daily charter rate for the first five years of the charter. The daily charter rate is $26,770 for the sixth year of the charter.

(5)           The charterer of this vessel, APL-NOL, has exercised its option to purchase this vessel from us for $44.0 million upon expiration of the current charter in July 2007.

(6)           The charterer of this vessel, APL-NOL, has exercised its option to purchase this vessel from us for $44.0 million upon expiration of the current charter in June 2007.

(7)           On May 8, 2007 the Norasia Integra was renamed the YM Colombo at the request of the charterer of this vessel.

Our contracted vessels have been or are being built based upon designs from Samsung Hyundai Heavy Industries, Hanjin Heavy Industries, Jiangnan Changxing Heavy Industry and Sungdong. In some cases designs are enhanced by us and our manager, Danaos Shipping Co. Ltd., in consultation with the charterers of the vessels and two classification societies, Det Norske Veritas and the Lloyds Register of Shipping. These designs, which include certain technological advances and customized modifications, make the containerships efficient with respect to both voyage speed and loading capability when compared to many vessels operating in the containership sector.

26




Our contracted vessels consist of 27 containerships currently under construction and one 2004-built secondhand containership. The specifications of our contracted vessels are as follows:

Newbuildings

 

 

 

Year
Built

 

Vessel
Size
(TEU)

 

Expected
Delivery
Date

 

Time
Charter
Term

 

Expiration
of Charter

 

Daily
Charter
Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

HN 1639

 

2007

 

4,253

 

September 2007

 

12 years

 

 

2019

 

 

 

$

26.1

 

 

HN 1640

 

2007

 

4,253

 

November 2007

 

12 years

 

 

2019

 

 

 

26.1

 

 

HN 1670

 

2008

 

4,253

 

July 2008

 

12 years

 

 

2020

 

 

 

22.8

 

 

HN 1671

 

2008

 

4,253

 

September 2008

 

12 years

 

 

2020

 

 

 

22.8

 

 

HN 1672

 

2008

 

4,253

 

November 2008

 

12 years

 

 

2020

 

 

 

22.8

 

 

HN 1673

 

2008

 

4,253

 

December 2008

 

12 years

 

 

2020

 

 

 

22.8

 

 

HN 1698

 

2009

 

4,253

 

March 2009

 

12 years

 

 

2021

 

 

 

22.8

 

 

HN S4001

 

2009

 

6,500

 

April 2009

 

12 years

 

 

2021

 

 

 

34.4

(1)

 

HN 1699

 

2009

 

4,253

 

June 2009

 

12 years

 

 

2021

 

 

 

22.8

 

 

HN S4002

 

2009

 

6,500

 

June 2009

 

12 years

 

 

2021

 

 

 

34.4

(1)

 

HN S4003

 

2009

 

6,500

 

August 2009

 

12 years

 

 

2021

 

 

 

34.4

(1)

 

HN S4004

 

2009

 

6,500

 

October 2009

 

12 years

 

 

2021

 

 

 

34.4

(1)

 

HN S4005

 

2009

 

6,500

 

December 2009

 

12 years

 

 

2021

 

 

 

34.4

(1)

 

HN N-214

 

2009

 

6,500

 

November 2009

 

18 years

 

 

2027

 

 

 

n/a

(3)

 

HN N-219

 

2009

 

3,400

 

December 2009

 

10 years

 

 

2019

 

 

 

n/a

(3)

 

HN N-215

 

2010

 

6,500

 

January 2010

 

18 years

 

 

2027

 

 

 

n/a

(3)

 

HN N-216

 

2010

 

6,500

 

March 2010

 

15 years

 

 

2025

 

 

 

34.3

 

 

HN N-217

 

2010

 

6,500

 

May 2010

 

15 years

 

 

2025

 

 

 

34.3

 

 

HN N-218

 

2010

 

6,500

 

July 2010

 

15 years

 

 

2025

 

 

 

34.3

 

 

HN N-220

 

2010

 

3,400

 

February 2010

 

10 years

 

 

2020

 

 

 

n/a

(3)

 

HN N-221

 

2010

 

3,400

 

April 2010

 

10 years

 

 

2020

 

 

 

n/a

(3)

 

HN N-222

 

2010

 

3,400

 

June 2010

 

10 years

 

 

2020

 

 

 

n/a

(3)

 

HN N-223

 

2010

 

3,400

 

August 2010

 

10 years

 

 

2020

 

 

 

n/a

(3)

 

HN Z00001

 

2010

 

6,800

 

June 2010

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

HN Z00002

 

2010

 

6,800

 

July 2010

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

HN Z00003

 

2010

 

6,800

 

August 2010

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

HN Z00004

 

2010

 

6,800

 

August 2010

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

Secondhand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.R. Wellington

 

2004

 

4,300

 

September-October 200

7

12 years

 

 

2019

 

 

 

27.8

(2)

 


(1)           Vessel subject to charterer’s option to purchase vessel after first eight years of time charter term for $78.0 million.

(2)           Daily charter rate for the first four years of the charter. The daily charter rate for fifth through twelfth years of the charter is $26,300.

(3)           Vessel under charter, however, immediate release of information restricted by confidentiality agreement with charterer.

Containership Charterers

As the container shipping industry has grown, the major liner companies have increasingly contracted for containership capacity. Our diverse group of customers in the containership sector currently includes Maersk, COSCO, Hapag-Lloyd, CMA-CGM, Hyundai, APL-NOL, Norasia, Yang Ming, Wan Hai and China Shipping. Nine of these customers are publicly listed companies and one other of these customers

27




has investment grade rated securities by Moody’s according to Bloomberg LP. In addition, we have arranged multi-year, fixed-rate charters with certain of these customers, as well as with Zim Integrated Shipping Services (“Zim”), a state-owned Israeli entity, for 24 of the 28 additional containerships we have agreed to purchase. Our two 4,253 TEU newbuildings expected to be delivered in the second half of 2007 will be chartered to Yang Ming, and our four 4,253 TEU newbuildings expected to be delivered in the second half of 2008 and two 4,253 TEU newbuildings expected to be delivered in the first half of 2009 will be chartered to Zim, each under 12-year charters and our five 6,500 TEU newbuildings expected to be delivered during 2009 will be chartered to CMA-CGM, each under 12-year charters, subject to purchase options after the first eight years of their respective charters. The one 4,300 TEU secondhand vessel we have agreed to purchase will be subject to existing charter at the time of delivery, which will have a remaining term of three months. We have agreed to charter this vessel to Yang Ming under 12-year agreement commencing immediately upon the expiration of the charter to which the vessel will be subject at the time of its delivery.

The containerships in our combined containership fleet are or, upon their delivery to us, will be deployed under multi-year, fixed-rate time charters having initial terms that range from one to 18 years. These charters expire at staggered dates ranging from the first quarter of 2008 to the last quarter of 2027, with no more than 12 expiring in any 12-month period. The staggered expiration of the multi-year, fixed-rate charters for our vessels is both a strategy pursued by our management and a result of the growth in our fleet over the past several years. We believe the staggered expiration dates provide us with stable cash flows and high utilization rates and should mitigate the impact a downturn in the containership sector might have on our revenues during any period of re-chartering and our ability to fully employ our containership fleet in the future. Under our time charters, the charterer pays voyage expenses such as port, canal and fuel costs and we pay for vessel operating expenses, which include crew costs, provisions, deck and engine stores, lubricating oil, insurance, maintenance and repairs. We are also responsible for each vessel’s intermediate and special survey costs.

Under the time charters, when the vessel is “off-hire” or not available for service, the charterer is generally not required to pay the hire rate, and we are responsible for all costs. A vessel generally will be deemed to be off-hire if there is an occurrence preventing the full working of the vessel due to, among other things, operational deficiencies, drydockings for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdown, delays due to accidents, crewing strikes, labor boycotts, noncompliance with government water pollution regulations or alleged oil spills, arrests or seizures by creditors or our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with required specifications and standards. In addition, under our time charters, if any vessel is off-hire for more than a certain amount of time (generally between 10-20 days), the charterer has a right to terminate the charter agreement for that vessel. Charterers also have the right to terminate the time charters in various other circumstances, including but not limited to, outbreaks of war or a change in ownership of the vessel’s owner or manager without the charterer’s approval.

Leasing Arrangements—CSCL Europe, CSCL America, Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas), Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean), CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561)

We have entered into leasing arrangements with a subsidiary of Lloyds Bank, Allco Finance Limited, a U.K.-based financing company, Allco Finance UK Limited, a U.K.-based financing company, and Allocean Maritime Limited, or AML, a U.K.-based ship financing company, with respect to six containerships in our current fleet, the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas ), the Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean ), the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ). As part of these leasing arrangements, a separate limited partnership formed by a Lloyds Bank subsidiary (which provides the financing) and the Allco companies purchased each of these vessels. We charter-in these vessels from AML, which charters them in from the applicable

28




partnership, and we then sub-charter the vessels to liner companies. We pay a fixed rate, which during the first 6 1 ¤ 2 years of the leasing arrangements is a nominal amount, to charter-in these vessels from AML and we, in turn, are entitled to retain all of the charter revenue we earn from sub-chartering these vessels to our liner company customers.

Under the terms of these leasing arrangements, upon an event of default, total loss of a vessel or 6 1 ¤ 2  years into the term of the lease, which will fall on April 14, 2011 with respect to the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas ) and the Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean) , and will fall on April 14, 2013 with respect to the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ), the Lloyds Bank subsidiary has a put option to sell its 99.996% interest in the partnership owning each respective vessel to Allco Finance (UK) Limited. Allco Finance (UK) Limited has the option to put such interest to us and has written an option in favor of us (with a substantially similar exercise price) to acquire such interest. Each of Allco Finance (UK) Limited’s put option to us and our purchase option are exercisable only if the Lloyds Bank subsidiary has exercised its put option.

If, however, the put option is not exercised we would be entitled to charter-in the vessels for an additional 12 years at rates adjusted to market no less than every two years at our option, rather than at the nominal rate in effect for the first 6 1 ¤ 2  years of the leasing arrangement. In that case we would also expect to exercise options that would entitle us to approximately 49% of the amount in excess of a pre-set level of the charter-in rate. Further, we would continue to be entitled to retain all of the charter revenue we earn from chartering-out these vessels to our liner company customers. As part of the leasing arrangements, we made a deposit with respect to each of these vessels, which is denominated in British pounds, in an amount expected to represent, after 6 1 ¤ 2  years, approximately 75% of the original purchase price of the applicable vessel. This cash deposit with RBS collateralizes the entire amount of a letter of credit issued by RBS to secure our obligation to pay the put option price. If the put option is not exercised and, as a result, the letter of credit with respect to any of these vessels is not called, this deposit would be returned to us.

On July 19, 2006, legislation was enacted in the United Kingdom that is expected to result in a claw-back or recapture of certain of the benefits that were expected to be available to the counterparties to these transactions at their inception. Accordingly, the put option price is expected to be increased to compensate the counterparties for the loss of these benefits. We currently expect the increase in the put option price we will be obligated to pay if the put is exercised will be approximately £46 million, although the increase in this put price could vary. In 2006 we recognized an expense of approximately $13 million, which is the amount by which we currently expect the increase in the put price to exceed the cash benefits we expect to receive, and had expected to retain, from these transactions.

We currently have operational control over these six vessels. Even if the put option is not exercised, we will continue to have operational control over each of these vessels under the terms of the leasing arrangements during the period we charter-in these vessels from AML. We consider each of the vessels subject to these leasing arrangements to be an asset for our financial reporting purposes, and each vessel is reflected as such in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.

Purchase Options

The charters with respect to the APL Scotland , the APL Holland and the APL Belgium include options for the charterer, APL-NOL, to purchase each vessel for $44.0 million in May 2007, July 2007 and January 2008, respectively, or for $39.0 million in May 2009, July 2009 and January 2010, respectively. In each case, the option to purchase the vessel must be exercised six months prior to the acquisition dates described in the foregoing sentence. We currently believe that the $44.0 million and $39.0 million option prices will be below the fair market value of the APL Belgium at the time the options become exercisable. We delivered the APL England to APL-NOL on March  7, 2007, pursuant to its exercise of an option to purchase the APL England from us for $44.0 million. APL-NOL has recently exercised its options to

29




purchase the APL Scotland and the APL Holland from us for $44.0 million each upon the expiration of the vessels’ current charters in May 2007 and July 2007, respectively. The $44.0 million option exercise prices were below the fair market value of each of these three vessels at the time the options were exercised. The sales of these three vessels have, and will, reduce the size of our fleet and if APL-NOL were to exercise its option with respect to the APL Belgium , the size of our fleet would be further reduced. We have not yet, and may not be able to, replace these vessels at a cost equal to the option prices paid by APL-NOL.

The charters with respect to the HN S4001 , the HN S4002 , the HN S4003 , the HN S4004 and the HN S4005 include an option for the charterer, CMA-CGM, to purchase the vessels eight years after the commencement of the respective charters, which, based on the respective expected delivery dates for these vessels, are expected to fall in April 2017, June 2017, August 2017, October 2017 and December 2017, respectively, each for $78.0 million. In each case, the option to purchase the vessel must be exercised 15 months prior to the acquisition dates described in the preceding sentence. The $78.0 million option prices reflect an estimate of the fair market value of the vessels at the time we would be required to sell the vessels upon exercise of the options. If CMA-CGM were to exercise these options with respect to any or all of these vessels, the expected size of our combined containership fleet would be reduced, and as a result our anticipated level of revenues after such sale would be reduced.

Drybulk Carriers

In August 2006, we agreed to sell the six drybulk carriers in our fleet, with an aggregate capacity of 342,158 dwt, for an aggregate of $143.5 million. In the first quarter of 2007, we delivered five of these vessels to the purchaser, which is not affiliated with us, for an aggregate of $118.0 million. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement we also delivered the remaining vessel to the purchaser for $25.5 million when its charter expired in the second quarter of 2007.

During the time prior to the respective deliveries of the drybulk carriers to the purchaser, we continued to operate the vessels and, accordingly, received the revenues and incurred the expenses associated with such operation. We decided to sell these vessels due to the opportunity to sell all six 1994-built drybulk carriers in one transaction at the high vessel valuations prevailing in the drybulk sector, which is inherently volatile in terms of both charter rates and vessel valuations, combined with the advancing age and less than optimum configuration of our drybulk fleet. Subject on market conditions and availability of suitable vessels to purchase we intend to reinvest in the drybulk sector with the acquisition of more recently built drybulk carriers with configurations better suited to employment in the current drybulk charter market. Although we continue to evaluate potential investments in the drybulk sector, we do not believe current vessel prices in such sector, which are at high levels, present attractive investment opportunities at this time. However, in anticipation of our reinvestment in this sector, our manager intends to retain its employees dedicated to our drybulk operations. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities with RBS and with Aegean Baltic Bank and HSH Nordbank provide for the use of borrowings to finance the acquisition of drybulk carriers as well as containerships. We have used and intend to use the proceeds from the sale of the drybulk carriers to fund contracted vessel acquisitions.

Management of Our Fleet

Our chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer provide strategic management for our company while these officers also supervise, in conjunction with our board of directors, the management of these operations by Danaos Shipping Co. Ltd., our manager. We have a management agreement pursuant to which our manager and its affiliates provide us and our subsidiaries with technical, administrative and certain commercial services for an initial term expiring on December 31, 2008, with automatic one year renewals for an additional 12 years at our option. Our manager reports to us and our board of directors through our chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer.

30




Our manager is regarded as an innovator in operational and technological aspects in the international shipping community. Danaos Shipping’s strong technological capabilities derive from employing highly educated professionals, its participation and assumption of a leading role in European Community research projects related to shipping, and its close affiliation to Danaos Management Consultants, a leading ship-management software and services company. Danaos Management Consultants provides software services to two of our charterers, CMA-CGM and P&O Nedlloyd.

Danaos Shipping achieved early ISM certification of its container fleet in 1995, well ahead of the deadline, and was the first Greek company to receive such certification from Det Norske Veritas, a leading classification society. In 2004, Danaos Shipping received the Lloyd’s List Technical Innovation Award for advances in internet-based telecommunication methods for vessels. Danaos Shipping maintains the quality of its service by controlling directly the selection and employment of seafarers through its crewing offices in Piraeus, Greece as well as in Odessa and Mariupol in the Ukraine. Investments in new facilities in Greece by Danaos Shipping Co. Ltd., enable enhanced training of seafarers and highly reliable infrastructure and services to the vessels.

Historically, Danaos Shipping Co. Ltd., only infrequently managed vessels other than those in our fleet and currently it does not actively manage any other company’s vessels other than providing certain management services to Castella Shipping Inc., in which our chief executive officer has an investment. Danaos Shipping Co. Ltd., also does not arrange the employment of other vessels and has agreed that, during the term of our management agreement, it will not provide any management services to any other entity without our prior written approval, other than with respect to Castella Shipping Inc. and other entities controlled by Dr. Coustas, our chief executive officer, which do not operate within the containership (larger than 2,500 TEUs) or drybulk sectors of the shipping industry or in the circumstances described below. Other than Castella Shipping Inc., Dr. Coustas does not currently control any such vessel-owning entity. We believe we will derive significant benefits from our exclusive relationship with Danaos Shipping Co. Ltd., our administrative, technical, and commercial manager.

Dr. Coustas has also personally agreed to the same restrictions on the provision, directly or indirectly, of management services during the term of our management agreement. In addition, our chief executive officer (other than in his capacities with us) and our manager have separately agreed not, during the term of our management agreement and for one year thereafter, to engage, directly or indirectly, in (i) the ownership or operation of containerships of larger than 2,500 TEUs or (ii) the ownership or operation of any drybulk carriers or (iii) the acquisition of or investment in any business involved in the ownership or operation of containerships of larger than 2,500 TEUs or any drybulk carriers. Notwithstanding these restrictions, if our independent directors decline the opportunity to acquire any such containerships or to acquire or invest in any such business, our chief executive officer will have the right to make, directly or indirectly, any such acquisition or investment during the four-month period following such decision by our independent directors, so long as such acquisition or investment is made on terms no more favorable than those offered to us. In this case, our chief executive officer and our manager will be permitted to provide management services to such vessels.

Under our management agreement, Danaos Shipping will manage our fleet for an initial term that expires at the end of 2008. The management agreement automatically renews for a one-year period and will be extended in additional one-year increments if we do not provide 12 months’ notice of termination. For providing its commercial, chartering and administrative services our manager receives a fee of $500 per day. For its technical management of our ships, our manager receives a management fee of $250 per vessel per day for vessels on bareboat charter and $500 per vessel per day for the remaining vessels in our fleet under the first three years of our agreement, each pro rated for the number of calendar days we own each vessel. Thereafter these fees will be adjusted annually by agreement between us and our manager. For its chartering services rendered to us by its Hamburg-based office, our manager also receives a commission of 0.75% on all freight, charter hire, ballast bonus and demurrage for each vessel. Further, our manager

31




receives a commission of 0.5% based on the contract price of any vessel bought or sold by it on our behalf, excluding newbuilding contracts. We will also pay our manager a flat fee of $400,000 per newbuilding vessel, which we will capitalize, for the on premises supervision of our newbuilding contracts by selected engineers and others of its staff.

Competition

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. Generally, we compete for charters based upon price, customer relationships, operating expertise, professional reputation and size, age and condition of the vessel. Competition for providing containership and drybulk carrier services comes from a number of experienced shipping companies. In the containership sector, these companies include Zodiac Maritime, Seaspan Corporation and Costamare. A number of our competitors in the containership sector have been financed by the German KG (Kommanditgesellschaft) system, which was based on tax benefits provided to private investors. While the German tax law has been amended to significantly restrict the tax benefits available to taxpayers who invest after November 5, 2005, the tax benefits afforded to all investors in the KG-financed entities will continue to be significant and such entities will continue to be attractive investments. These tax benefits allow these KG-financed entities to be more flexible in offering lower charter rates to liner companies.

The containership sector of the international shipping industry is characterized by the significant time necessary to develop the operating expertise and professional reputation necessary to obtain and retain customers and the relative scarcity of secondhand containerships, necessitating reliance on newbuildings which can take a number of years to complete. We focus on larger TEU capacity containerships, which we believe have fared better than smaller vessels during global downturns in the containership sector. We believe larger containerships, even older containerships if well maintained, provide us with increased flexibility and more stable cash flows than smaller TEU capacity containerships.

In the past, we have been able to address the scarcity of secondhand containerships available for acquisition in the open market though the acquisition of containerships from our liner company customers in privately negotiated sales. In connection with these acquisitions we then typically charter back the vessels to these customers. We believe the opportunity to make these privately negotiated acquisitions was available to us due to our strong customer relations, which we do not believe new entrants have.

We have also competed, and following potential reinvestment in the drybulk sector in the future will compete, in the drybulk sector, which is characterized by relatively low barriers to entry. According to Clarkson Research Services Limited, ownership of drybulk carriers is highly fragmented and is divided among hundreds of drybulk carrier owners, many of which have larger fleets of drybulk carriers than we are likely to acquire. We attempt to exploit the cyclicality and volatility inherent in the drybulk market. We believe the stability afforded by our containership operations gives us the capability to compete in the drybulk sector by allowing us to take advantage of our ability to operate with higher leverage ratios than most drybulk owners are able to do.

Crewing and Employees

We have three shore-based employees, our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer and our chief operating officer. As of December 31, 2006, 815 people served on board the vessels in our fleet and Danaos Shipping, our manager, employed approximately 73 people, all of whom were shore-based. In addition, our manager is responsible for recruiting, either directly or through a crewing agent, the senior officers and all other crew members for our vessels. We believe the streamlining of crewing arrangements through our manager ensures that all of our vessels will be crewed with experienced crews that have the qualifications and licenses required by international regulations and shipping conventions.

32




Permits and Authorizations

We are required by various governmental and other agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required by governmental and other agencies depend upon several factors, including the commodity being transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. All permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate have been obtained. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of doing business.

Inspection by Classification Societies

Every seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys.    For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable, on special equipment classed at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys.    Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

Class Renewal Surveys.    Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out on the ship’s hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and on any special equipment classed at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. During the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of funds may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period is granted, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

33




The following table lists the next drydockings and special surveys scheduled for the vessels in our current containership fleet:

Vessel Name

 

 

 

Next Survey

 

Next Drydocking

 

Victory I

 

Jan. 2009

 

 

Jan. 2009

 

 

Hyundai Commodore

 

Jun. 2007

 

 

Jun. 2007

 

 

Pacific Bridge

 

Jun. 2007

 

 

Dec. 2007

 

 

MOL Confidence

 

Jul. 2007

 

 

Feb. 2008

 

 

Hyundai Duke

 

Oct. 2007

 

 

Aug. 2009

 

 

S.A. Helderberg

 

Nov. 2007

 

 

Nov. 2007

 

 

Eagle Express

 

Mar. 2008

 

 

Mar. 2008

 

 

S.A. Sederberg

 

May 2008

 

 

Mar. 2008

 

 

YM Milano

 

Aug. 2008

 

 

Aug. 2008

 

 

S.A. Winterberg

 

Jan. 2009

 

 

Jan. 2008

 

 

Maersk Constantia

 

Feb. 2009

 

 

May 2008

 

 

Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean)

 

Mar. 2009

 

 

Mar. 2009

 

 

Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas)

 

Apr. 2009

 

 

Apr. 2009

 

 

YM Yantian

 

Jan. 2007

 

 

Mar. 2009

 

 

Norasia Hamburg

 

Feb. 2007

 

 

May 2007

 

 

CSCL Europe

 

Aug. 2007

 

 

Aug. 2009

 

 

CSCL America

 

Nov. 2009

 

 

Nov. 2009

 

 

CMA CGM Kalamata

 

Mar. 2010

 

 

Mar. 2010

 

 

Independence

 

Mar. 2009

 

 

Mar. 2009

 

 

APL Scotland*

 

Nov. 2008

 

 

Jan. 2009

 

 

APL Holland**

 

Jan. 2009

 

 

Feb. 2009

 

 

CMA CGM Komodo

 

Feb. 2009

 

 

Jul. 2009

 

 

CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559)

 

Sep. 2008

 

 

Sep. 2011

 

 

CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561)

 

Nov. 2008

 

 

Nov. 2011

 

 

Henry

 

Apr. 2009

 

 

Sep. 2009

 

 

CMA CGM Elbe

 

Feb. 2009

 

 

Aug. 2009

 

 

APL Belgium

 

Jul. 2009

 

 

Jan. 2010

 

 

Maersk Marathon

 

Jun. 2009

 

 

Jul.. 2007

 

 

Maersk Messologi

 

Mar. 2008

 

 

Mar. 2009

 

 

Maersk Mytilini

 

Mar. 2008

 

 

Jan. 2009

 

 

YM Colombo

 

Mar. 2009

 

 

Mar. 2009

 

 


*                     APL-NOL has exercised its option to purchase this vessel from us upon expiration of the current charter in June 2007.

**              APL-NOL has exercised its option to purchase this vessel from us upon expiration of the current charter in July 2007.

All areas subject to surveys as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are otherwise prescribed. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

Most vessels are also drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of their underwater parts and for repairs related to such inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the shipowner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. All of our vessels are certified as being “in class” by Lloyds Register of Shipping, Bureau Veritas, NKK, Det Norske Veritas, the American Bureau of Shipping and RINA SpA.

34




Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

General

The operation of any vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of vessels trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for shipowners and operators trading in the United States market.

While we maintain hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, protection and indemnity coverage for our containership fleet  in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover normal risks in our operations, we may not be able to maintain this level of coverage throughout a vessel’s useful life. Furthermore, while we believe that our insurance coverage will be adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Dr. John Coustas, our chief executive officer, is a member of the Board of Directors of The Swedish Club, our primary provider of insurance, including a substantial portion of our hull & machinery, war risk and protection and indemnity insurance.

Hull & Machinery, Loss of Hire and War Risks Insurance

We maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which covers the risk of particular average, general average, 4/4ths collision liability, contact with fixed and floating objects (FFO) and actual or constructive total loss in accordance with Swedish conditions for all of our vessels. Our vessels will each be covered up to at least their fair market value after meeting certain deductibles per incident per vessel.

We carry a minimum loss of hire coverage only with respect to the CSCL America , the CSCL Europe , the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ) to cover standard requirements of KEXIM, the bank providing financing for our acquisition of these vessels. We do not and will not obtain loss of hire insurance covering the loss of revenue during extended off-hire periods for the other vessels in our fleet because we believe that this type of coverage is not economical and is of limited value to us, in part because historically our fleet has had a very limited number of off-hire days.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance covers our third-party and crew liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability, crew liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, third-party claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our protection and indemnity insurance, other than our 4 ¤ 4 ths collision and fixed and floating object insurance (which is covered under our hull insurance policy), is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I associations. Insurance provided by P&I associations is a form of mutual indemnity insurance. Unless otherwise provided by the international conventions that limit the liability of shipowners and subject to the “capping” discussed below, our coverage under insurance provided by the P&I associations, except for pollution, will be unlimited.

Our protection and indemnity insurance coverage in accordance with the International Group of P&I Club Agreement for pollution will be $1.0 billion per vessel per incident. Our P&I war risk coverage

35




will be $500.0 million per vessel per incident. The fourteen P&I associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial blue-water tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. As a member of a P&I association, which is a member of the International Group, we will be subject to calls payable to the associations based on the International Group’s claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations.

Environmental and Other Regulations

Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of our vessels. They are subject to international conventions, national, state and local laws, regulations, convention and standards in force in international waters and the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered, including those governing the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of oil spills and other contamination, air emissions, water discharges and ballast water management. These laws and regulations include the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), the U.S. Clean Water Act, the International Convention for Prevention of Pollution from Ships, regulations adopted by the IMO and the European Union, various volatile organic compound air emission requirements and various Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) amendments, as well as other regulations described below. Compliance with these laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.

A variety of governmental and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (U.S. Coast Guard, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administration (country of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses and certificates for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of our vessels.

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that will emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with U.S. and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations; however, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, such future requirements may limit our ability to do business, increase our operating costs, force the early retirement of our vessels, and/or affect their resale value, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Environmental Regulation—International Maritime Organization (“IMO”)

Our vessels are subject to standards imposed by the International Maritime Organization, or IMO (the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by ships). The IMO has adopted regulations that are designed to reduce pollution in international waters, both from accidents and from routine operations. These regulations address oil discharges, ballasting and unloading operations, sewage, garbage, and air emissions. For example, Annex III of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, or MARPOL, regulates the transportation of marine pollutants, and imposes standards on packing, marking, labeling, documentation, stowage, quantity limitations and pollution prevention. These requirements have been expanded by the International Maritime Dangerous

36




Goods Code, which imposes additional standards for all aspects of the transportation of dangerous goods and marine pollutants by sea.

In September 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships to address air pollution from vessels. Annex VI, which came into effect on May 19, 2005, sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from vessel exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances, such as chlorofluorocarbons. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. Annex VI has been ratified by some, but not all IMO member states, including the Marshall Islands. Pursuant to a Marine Notice issued by the Marshall Islands Maritime Administrator as revised in March 2005, vessels flagged by the Marshall Islands that are subject to Annex VI must, if built before the effective date, obtain an International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate evidencing compliance with Annex VI not later than either the first dry docking after May 19, 2005, but no later than May 19, 2008. All vessels subject to Annex VI and built after May 19, 2005 must also have this Certificate. We have obtained International Oil Pollution Prevention certificates for all of our vessels, and believe that maintaining compliance with Annex VI will not have an adverse financial impact on the operation of our vessels. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could adversely affect our ability to manage our vessels.

The operation of our vessels is also affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code, which were adopted in July 1998. The ISM Code requires shipowners and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a Safety Management Certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with code requirements for a Safety Management System. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its operator has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Currently, each of the vessels in our fleet is ISM code-certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certification will be maintained indefinitely.

Environmental Regulation—The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA”)

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA applies to discharges of any oil from a vessel, including discharges of fuel and lubricants. OPA affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the United States’ territorial sea and its two hundred nautical mile exclusive economic zone. While we do not carry oil as cargo, we do carry fuel oil (or bunkers) in our vessels, making our vessels subject to the OPA requirements.

Under OPA, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the discharge of pollutants results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of pollutants from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

·        natural resources damage and the costs of assessment thereof;

·        real and personal property damage;

37




·        net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues;

·        lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage; and

·        net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

Amendments to OPA signed into law on July 11, 2006 increased the limits of the liability of responsible parties to the greater of $950 per gross ton or $800,000 per non-tank vessel (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was directly caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations or by a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with oil removal activities.

We currently maintain, for each of our vessels, oil pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1 billion per incident. In addition, we carry hull and machinery and protection and indemnity insurance to cover the risks of fire and explosion. Given the relatively small amount of bunkers our vessels carry, we believe that a spill of oil from the vessels would not be catastrophic. However, under certain circumstances, fire and explosion could result in a catastrophic loss. While we believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates. If the damages from a catastrophic spill exceeded our insurance coverage, it would a severe effect on us and could possibly result in our insolvency.

OPA requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the United States Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet their potential liabilities under the OPA. In December 1994, the U.S. Coast Guard implemented regulations requiring evidence of financial responsibility for non-tank vessels in the amount of $900 per gross ton, which includes the then-applicable OPA limitation on liability of $600 per gross ton and the U.S. CERCLA liability limit of $300 per gross ton, as described below. We expect that the U.S. Coast Guard will increase the amount of required evidence of financial responsibility to $1,250 per gross ton, to reflect the increase in liability limits under OPA as described above. Under the U.S. Coast Guard regulations implementing OPA, vessel owners and operators may evidence their financial responsibility by showing proof of insurance, surety bond, self-insurance, or guaranty. Under the OPA regulations, an owner or operator of a fleet of vessels is required only to demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the vessels in the fleet having the greatest maximum liability under OPA.

The U.S. Coast Guard’s regulations concerning certificates of financial responsibility provide, in accordance with OPA, that claimants may bring suit directly against an insurer or guarantor that furnishes certificates of financial responsibility. In the event that such insurer or guarantor is sued directly, it is prohibited from asserting any contractual defense that it may have had against the responsible party and is limited to asserting those defenses available to the responsible party and the defense that the incident was caused by the willful misconduct of the responsible party. Certain organizations, which had typically provided certificates of financial responsibility under pre-OPA 90 laws, including the major protection and indemnity organizations, have declined to furnish evidence of insurance for vessel owners and operators if they are subject to direct actions or required to waive insurance policy defenses. This requirement may have the effect of limiting the availability of the type of coverage required by the Coast Guard and could increase the costs of obtaining this insurance for us and our competitors.

The U.S. Coast Guard’s financial responsibility regulations may also be satisfied by evidence of surety bond, guaranty or by self-insurance. Under the self-insurance provisions, the shipowner or operator must have a net worth and working capital, measured in assets located in the United States against liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of financial responsibility. We have

38




complied with the U.S. Coast Guard regulations by providing a financial guaranty evidencing sufficient self-insurance.

Title VII of the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2004, or the CGMTA, amended OPA to require the owner or operator of any non-tank vessel of 400 gross tons or more, that carries oil of any kind as a fuel for main propulsion, including bunkers, to prepare and submit a response plan for each vessel on or before August 8, 2005. Previous law was limited to vessels that carry oil in bulk as cargo. The vessel response plans include detailed information on actions to be taken by vessel personnel to prevent or mitigate any discharge or substantial threat of such a discharge of oil from the vessel due to operational activities or casualties. We have approved response plans for each of our vessels.

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states, which have enacted such legislation, have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessels owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

Environmental Regulation—CERCLA

The U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, governs spills or releases of hazardous substances other than petroleum or petroleum products. CERCLA imposes joint and several liability, without regard to fault, on the owner or operator of a ship, vehicle or facility from which there has been a release, along with other specified parties. Costs recoverable under CERCLA include cleanup and removal costs, natural resource damages and governmental oversight costs. Liability under CERCLA is generally limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $0.5 million per vessel carrying non-hazardous substances ($5.0 million for vessels carrying hazardous substances), unless the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct or a violation of certain regulations, in which case liability is unlimited. In December 1994, the U.S. Coast Guard implemented regulations requiring evidence of financial responsibility for CERCLA liability in the amount of $300 per gross ton.

Environmental Regulation—The Clean Water Act

The U.S. Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in navigable waters and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under the more recent OPA and CERCLA, discussed above. Currently, under U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, regulations that have been in place since 1978, vessels are exempt from the requirement to obtain CWA permits for the discharge in U.S. ports of ballast water and other substances incidental to the normal operation of vessels. However, on March 30, 2005, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California ruled in Northwest Environmental Advocate v. EPA , 2005 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 5373, that EPA exceeded its authority in creating an exemption for ballast water. On September 18, 2006, the court issued an order granting permanent injunctive relief to the plaintiffs, invalidating the blanket exemption in EPA’s regulations for all discharges incidental to the normal operation of a vessel as of September 30, 2008, and directing EPA to develop a system for regulating all discharges from vessels by that date. Under the court’s ruling, owners and operators of vessels visiting U.S. ports would be required to comply with the CWA permitting program to be developed by EPA or face penalties. EPA has appealed this decision to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, but we cannot predict the outcome of the litigation. If the district court’s order is ultimately upheld, our vessels will be subject to CWA permitting requirements that could include ballast water treatment. While we do not believe that the costs associated with complying with such requirements would be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of any CWA permitting requirements on the business.

39




Environmental Regulation—Other Environmental Initiatives

The European Union is considering legislation that will affect the operation of vessels and the liability of owners for oil pollution. It is difficult to predict what legislation, if any, may be promulgated by the European Union or any other country or authority.

The U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, was enacted in 1996 in response to growing reports of harmful organisms being released into U.S. ports through ballast water taken on by ships in foreign ports. Under NISA, the U.S. Coast Guard adopted regulations in July 2004 imposing mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering U.S. waters. These requirements can be met by performing mid-ocean ballast exchange, by retaining ballast water on board the ship, or by using environmentally sound alternative ballast water management methods approved by the U.S. Coast Guard. (However, mid-ocean ballast exchange is mandatory for ships heading to the Great Lakes or Hudson Bay, or vessels engaged in the foreign export of Alaskan North Slope crude oil.) Mid-ocean ballast exchange is the primary method for compliance with the Coast Guard regulations, since holding ballast water can prevent ships from performing cargo operations upon arrival in the United States, and alternative methods are still under development. Vessels that are unable to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange due to voyage or safety concerns may discharge minimum amounts of ballast water (in areas other than the Great Lakes and the Hudson River), provided that they comply with record keeping requirements and document the reasons they could not follow the required ballast water management requirements. The Coast Guard has been developing a proposal to establish ballast water discharge standards, which could set maximum acceptable discharge limits for various invasive species, and/or lead to requirements for active treatment of ballast water. Legislation has been recently introduced in the U.S. Senate that would require all vessels entering U.S. ports beginning in 2012 to conduct active treatment of ballast water in accordance with legislatively-mandated maximum discharge limits for invasive species unless the Coast Guard and EPA adopt alternative equivalent standards before then.

At the international level, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, in February 2004. The Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements (beginning in 2009), to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. The BWM Convention will not enter into force until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. As of March 31, 2007, the BWM Convention has been adopted by eight states, representing 3.21% of world tonnage.

If the mid-ocean ballast exchange is made mandatory throughout the United States or at the international level, or if water treatment requirements or options are instituted, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers. Although we do not believe that the costs of compliance with a mandatory mid-ocean ballast exchange would be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on the business.

Seasonality

Our containerships operate under multi-year charters and therefore are not subject to the effect of seasonal variations in demand.

Properties

We have no freehold or leasehold interest in any real property. We occupy office space at 14 Akti Kondyli, 185 45 Piraeus, Greece that is owned by our manager, Danaos Shipping, and which is provided to us as part of the services we receive under our management agreement.

40




Item 4A.                 Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 5.                         Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this annual report. This discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

Our business is to provide international seaborne transportation services by operating vessels primarily in the containership sector of the shipping industry. Our fleet currently consists of 31 containerships and, as described below, we have newbuilding contracts for an additional 27 containerships and have agreed to acquire one secondhand containership, built in 2004, all of which we expect will be delivered to us by the end of 2010. In August 2006, we agreed to sell the six drybulk carriers in our fleet, with an aggregate capacity of 342,158 dwt, for an aggregate of $143.5 million. In the first quarter of 2007, we delivered five of these vessels to the purchaser, which is not affiliated with us, for an aggregate of $118.0 million. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement we delivered the remaining vessel to the purchaser for $25.5 million as its charter expired in the second quarter of 2007. Subject to market conditions and availability of suitable vessels to purchase, we intend to reinvest in the drybulk sector with the acquisition of more recently built drybulk carriers with configurations better suited to employment in the current drybulk charter market,. Although we continue to evaluate potential investments in the drybulk sector, we do not believe current vessel prices in such sector, which are at high levels, present attractive investment opportunities at this time. However, in anticipation of our reinvestment in this sector, our manager intends to retain the employees involved with our drybulk operations. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities with RBS and with Aegean Baltic Bank and HSH Nordbank provide for the use of borrowings to finance the acquisition of drybulk carriers as well as containerships.

We deploy our containerships on multi-year, fixed-rate time charters to take advantage of the stable cash flows and high utilization rates typically associated with multi-year time charters. Our containership fleet is currently comprised of 27 containerships employed on time charters and 4 containerships employed on bareboat charters. Time-chartered containerships are generally employed on multi-year charters to large liner companies that charter-in vessels on a multi-year basis as part of their business expansion strategies. We deployed the drybulk carriers we have sold  primarily under short-term time charters of up to one year in the spot market to take advantage of market opportunities.

The average number of containerships and drybulk carriers in our fleet for the three years ended December 31, 2006 are set forth in the table below.

Average Number of Vessels in Our Fleet

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 2004

 

 2005

 

2006

 

Average number of containerships

 

 

24.0

 

 

 

25.0

 

 

26.3

 

Average number of drybulk carriers

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

7.0

 

 

6.4

 

 

We have newbuilding contracts with Samsung for an additional seven containerships, which consist of one 4,253 TEU vessel expected to be delivered in the second half of 2007, four 4,253 TEU vessels expected to be delivered in the second half of 2008 and two 4,253 TEU vessels expected to be delivered in the first

41




half of 2009. We have also entered into newbuilding contracts with Sungdong, for an additional five 6,500 TEU containerships expected to be delivered during 2009, and we have agreed to acquire one 4,300 TEU containership, built in 2004, which we expect to be delivered in the second half of 2007. We have also entered into newbuilding contracts with Hanjin Heavy Industries Co., Ltd, for an additional 10 vessels, which consist of five 6,500 TEU containerships expected to be delivered in late 2009 and in 2010 and five 3,400 TEU containerships expected to be delivered from November 2009 through June 2010. We have also entered into newbuilding contracts with China Shipbuilding Trading Company for an additional four 6,800 TEU containerships to be built by Jiangnan Changxing Heavy Industry and expected to be delivered during the second and third quarter of 2010.

After delivery of these 28 containerships by the end of 2010, our containership fleet will have a total capacity of 261,335 TEU, assuming we do not acquire any additional vessels or dispose of any of our vessels, other than the APL Scotland and the APL Holland , for which APL-NOL has exercised its option to purchase these vessels at the end of their respective charters, as well as vessels that reach 30 years of age, which are assumed to be scrapped.

Our containership fleet is currently under time charters with 10 charterers including Maersk, COSCO, Hapag-Lloyd, CMA-CGM, Hyundai, APL-NOL, Norasia, Yang Ming, Wan Hai and China Shipping. In addition, we have arranged 12-year time charters with Yang Ming for the two 4,253 TEU newbuildings expected to be delivered in the second half of 2007 and for the one secondhand, 2004-built, 4,300 TEU containership expected to be delivered to us in 2007, and with Zim Integrated Shipping Services for the four 4,253 TEU newbuildings expected to be delivered to us throughout the second half of 2008 and for the two 4,253 TEU newbuildings expected to be delivered to us in the first half of 2009. We have also chartered each of the five 6,500 TEU containerships expected to be delivered during 2009 to CMA-CGM for 12 years, subject to purchase options after the first eight years of these chartering arrangements. Further, we have also arranged for 10 year charters with an accredited charterer, for the five 3,400 TEU containerships expected to be delivered in 2009 and 2010 and we have also arranged for 15 year charters with Yang Ming, for three 6,500 TEU containerships expected to be delivered in 2009 and 2010 for $34,325 per day each. Further, we have also arranged for 18-year bareboat charters with an accredited charterer, for the remaining two 6,500 TEU containerships expected to be delivered in 2009 and 2010.

Purchase Options

The charter with respect to the APL Belgium includes an option for the charterer, APL-NOL, to purchase the vessel in January 2008 at a price of $44.0 million or in January 2010 at a price of $39.0 million. Although when negotiated the option exercise prices with respect to this vessel reflected market prices at the time the options become exercisable, which approximated the vessel’s book value net of depreciation, we currently estimate that the $44.0 million and $39.0 million option exercise prices will be below the fair market value of the vessel. On March 7, 2007, we delivered the APL England to APL-NOL for $44.0 million pursuant to the option contained in the charter for that vessel. In addition, APL-NOL has recently exercised its options to purchase the APL Scotland and the APL Holland for $44.0 million each in May 2007 and July 2007, respectively. Although when negotiated the option exercise prices with respect to these three vessels reflected market prices at the time the options became exercisable, which approximated the vessels’ book values net of depreciation, the $44.0 million option exercise prices were below the fair market value of the vessels at the time the options were exercised. The sales of these three vessels have, and will, reduce the size of our fleet and if APL-NOL were to exercise its option with respect to the APL Belgium , the size of our fleet would be further reduced. We have not yet, and may not be able to, replace these vessels at a cost equal to the option prices paid by APL-NOL.

42




The charters with respect to the HN S4001 , the HN S4002 , the HN S4003 , the HN S4004 and the HN S4005 include an option for the charterer, CMA-CGM, to purchase the vessels eight years after the commencement of the respective charters, which, based on the respective expected delivery dates for these vessels, are expected to fall in April 2017, June 2017, August 2017, October 2017 and December 2017, respectively, each for $78.0 million. In each case, the option to purchase the vessel must be exercised 15 months prior to the acquisition dates described in the preceding sentence. The $78.0 million option prices reflect an estimate of the fair market value of the vessels at the time we would be required to sell the vessels upon exercise of the options. If CMA-CGM were to exercise these options with respect to any or all of these vessels, the expected size of our combined containership fleet would be reduced, and as a result our anticipated level of revenues would be reduced.

Our Manager

Our operations are managed by Danaos Shipping Co. Ltd., our manager, under the supervision of our management and our board of directors. We have a management agreement pursuant to which our manager and its affiliates provide us and our subsidiaries with technical, administrative and certain commercial services for an initial term expiring on December 31, 2008, with automatic one-year renewals for an additional 12 years at our option. Our manager is ultimately owned by Danaos Investments Limited as Trustee of the 883 Trust, which we refer to as the Coustas Family Trust. Danaos Investments Limited, a corporation wholly-owned by our chief executive officer, is the protector (which is analogous to a trustee) of the Coustas Family Trust, of which Dr. Coustas and other members of the Coustas family are beneficiaries. The Coustas Family Trust is also our largest stockholder.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Our financial results are largely driven by the following factors:

·        Number of Vessels in Our Fleet.   The number of vessels in our fleet is the primary factor in determining the level of our revenues. Aggregate expenses also increase as the size of our fleet increases. Vessel acquisitions and dispositions will have a direct impact on the number of vessels in our fleet. On March 7, 2007 we delivered the APL England , a 5,506 TEU containership, to APL-NOL pursuant to the terms of a purchase option contained in the charter for the vessel. Options to purchase two of the containerships in our current fleet, the APL Scotland and the APL Holland , were recently exercised by APL-NOL with delivery scheduled for May 2007 and July 2007, respectively, which will decrease the size of our fleet. In addition, if the purchase option with respect to one other containership in our current fleet, the APL Belgium , is exercised the size of our fleet will be further decreased. Five of our newbuildings, which have an aggregate capacity of 32,500 TEUs, are also subject to arrangements pursuant to which the charterer has options to purchase the vessels at stipulated prices on specified dates expected, based on the respective expected delivery dates for these vessels, to fall in 2017. If these purchase options were to be exercised, the expected size of our combined containership fleet would be reduced, and as a result our anticipated level of revenues would be reduced.

·        Drybulk Fleet.   In August 2006, we agreed to sell the six drybulk carriers in our fleet, with an aggregate capacity of 342,158 dwt, for an aggregate of $143.5 million. In the first quarter of 2007, we delivered five of these vessels to the purchaser, which is not affiliated with us, for an aggregate of $118.0 million, 10% of which amount had been paid to us in August 2006 upon entering into the sale agreement. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement we also delivered the remaining vessel to the purchaser for $25.5 million as its charter expired in the second quarter of 2007, 10% of which amount had been paid to us in August 2006 upon entering into the sale agreement. We have decided to sell these vessels due to the opportunity to sell all six drybulk carriers in one transaction at the high vessel valuations prevailing in the drybulk sector, which is inherently volatile in terms of

43




both charter rates and vessel valuations, combined with the advancing age and less than optimum configuration of our drybulk fleet. Subject to market conditions and the availability of suitable vessels to purchase, we intend to reinvest in the drybulk sector with the acquisition of more recently built drybulk carriers with configurations better suited to employment in the current drybulk charter market,. Although we continue to evaluate potential investments in the drybulk sector, we do not believe current vessel prices in such sector, which are at high levels, present attractive investment opportunities at this time. However, in anticipation of our reinvestment in this sector, our manager intends to retain the employees involved with our drybulk operations. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities with RBS and with Aegean Baltic Bank and HSH Nordbank provide for the use of borrowings to finance the acquisition of drybulk carriers as well as containerships. We have used and intend to use the proceeds from the sale of the drybulk carriers to fund contracted newbuildings.   Our drybulk operations contributed approximately 27.1% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005 and approximately 16.5% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006.

·        Charter Rates.   Aside from the number of vessels in our fleet, the charter rates we obtain for these vessels, particularly for our containerships, are the principal drivers of our revenues. Charter rates are based primarily on demand for capacity as well as the available supply of containership capacity and, with respect to the drybulk carriers we have agreed to sell as well as the drybulk carriers we acquire in the future, drybulk capacity, at the time we enter into the charters for our vessels. As a result of macroeconomic conditions affecting trade flow between ports served by liner companies and economic conditions in the industries which use liner shipping services, charter rates can fluctuate significantly. Although the multi-year charters on which we deploy our containerships make us less susceptible to cyclical containership charter rates than vessels operated on shorter-term charters, we are exposed to varying charter rate environments when our current chartering arrangements expire and we seek to deploy our containerships under new charters. The staggered maturities of our containership charters also reduce our exposure to any one stage in the shipping cycle.

Unlike our containerships, we deployed our drybulk carriers on short-term time charters in the spot market. Drybulk charter rates in the spot market are volatile and fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis. The fluctuations are caused by imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. The charter rates we are able to obtain for the containerships in our fleet, and were able to obtain for the drybulk carriers we have sold, as well as drybulk carriers we acquire in the future, are also affected by competition for charters from a number of experienced shipping companies based upon price, customer relationships, operating expertise, professional reputation and size, age and condition of the vessel. Any adjustment in containership charter rates or, for periods following our reinvestment in the drybulk sector, drybulk carrier charter rates, would affect our financial results.

·        Utilization of Our Fleet.   Due to the multi-year charters under which they are operated, our containerships have consistently been deployed at or near full utilization. Nevertheless the amount of time our vessels spend in drydock undergoing repairs or undergoing maintenance and upgrade work affects our results of operations. Historically, our fleet has had a limited number of off-hire days. For example, there were less than seven total off-hire days for our entire fleet during 2006 other than for scheduled drydockings and special surveys. However, an increase in annual off-hire days could reduce our utilization. For the periods prior to their sale, we deployed the drybulk carriers we have sold on short-term time charters. The efficiency with which suitable employment is secured, the ability to minimize off-hire days and the amount of time spent positioning vessels also affects our results of operations. Furthermore, for the periods prior to the sale of the drybulk carriers, our results of operations were affected by the amount of time spent by such vessels making

44




off-hire voyages to embarkment points for their next hired voyages, both due to the lack of hire revenue earned during such voyages as well as due to the costs, which are borne by us, of such voyages. If the utilization patterns of our containership fleet changes our financial results would be affected.

·        Expenses.   Our ability to control our fixed and variable expenses, including those for commission expenses, crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses for repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses also affects our financial results. In addition, factors beyond our control, such as developments relating to market premiums for insurance and the value of the U.S. dollar compared to currencies in which certain of our expenses, primarily crew wages, are denominated can cause our vessel operating expenses to increase.

Operating Revenues

Our operating revenues are driven primarily by the number of vessels in our fleet, the number of operating days during which our vessels generate revenues and the amount of daily charter hire that our vessels earn under time charters which, in turn, are affected by a number of factors, including our decisions relating to vessel acquisitions and dispositions, the amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels, the amount of time that our vessels spend in drydock undergoing repairs, maintenance and upgrade work, the age, condition and specifications of our vessels and the levels of supply and demand in the containership charter market, and for the periods prior to the sale of the drybulk carriers and following our reinvestment in the drybulk sector, the drybulk charter market. Vessels operating in the spot market, such as the drybulk carriers we have sold, generate revenues that are less predictable but can allow increased profit margins to be captured during periods of improving charter rates.

Revenues from long-term time charters, primarily relating to our containership operations, comprised 72.9% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 83.5% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006. The revenues relating to our multi-year charters will be affected by the delivery dates of our contracted containerships and any additional vessels subject to multi-year charters we may acquire in the future, as well as by the disposition of any such vessel in our fleet. Our revenues will also be affected if any of our charterers cancel a multi-year charter. Each of our current vessel construction agreements and secondhand vessel acquisition agreements has a contracted delivery date. A change in the date of delivery of a vessel will impact our revenues and results of operations. Our multi-year charter agreements have been contracted in varying rate environments and expire at different times. Generally, we do not employ our vessels under voyage charters under which a shipowner, in return for a fixed sum, agrees to transport cargo from one or more loading ports to one or more destinations and assumes all vessel operating costs and voyage expenses.

45




Our expected revenues, based on contracted charter rates, from our current charter arrangements for our containerships having initial terms of more than 12 months is shown by class size in the below table. Although these expected revenues are based on contracted charter rates, any contract is subject to performance by the counterparties. If the charterers are unable to make charter payments to us, our results of operations and financial condition will be materially adversely affected .

Contracted Revenue from Multi-Year Charters as of December 31, 2006 (1)
(amounts in millions of U.S. dollars)

Vessel
type/size

 

 

 

Number
of
Vessels(2)

 

1 year
(2007)

 

1 to 3
years
(2008-2009)

 

3 to 5
years
(2010-2011)

 

5 to 10
years
(2012-2016)

 

More than 10
years
(2017-2022)

 

Total

 

Containerships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-Panamax

 

 

20

(3)(4)(6)

 

$

116.6

(5)

 

$

212.6

 

 

 

$

402.2

 

 

 

$

828.3

 

 

 

$

858.2

(7)

 

$

2,417.9

 

Panamax

 

 

32

 

 

132.4

 

 

273.5

 

 

 

286.3

 

 

 

628.9

 

 

 

421.4

 

 

1,742.5

 

Total

 

 

52

 

 

$

249.0

 

 

$

486.1

 

 

 

$

688.5

 

 

 

$

1,457.2

 

 

 

$

1,279.6

 

 

$

4,160.4

 


(1)            Annual revenue calculations are based on an assumed 364 revenue days per annum representing contracted fees (net of commissions), based on contracted charter rates from our current charter agreement. Although these fees are based on contractual charter rates, any contract is subject to performance by the counter parties and ourselves. Additionally, the fees above reflect an estimate of off-hire days to perform periodic maintenance. If actual off-hire days are greater than estimated, these would decrease the level of revenues above.

(2)            Includes two 4,253 TEU newbuildings expected to be delivered in the second half of 2007; two 4,300 TEU vessels, built in 2004, one of which was delivered on March 12, 2007 and the other of which is expected to be delivered in the second half of 2007; four 4,253 TEU newbuildings expected to be delivered to us during the second half of 2008; and two 4,253 TEU newbuildings expected to be delivered to us in the first half of 2009. Includes 10 newbuilding containerships, the HN N-214 , the HN N-219 , the HN N-215, the HN N-216 , the HN N-217 , the HN N-218, the HN N-220 , the HN N-221 , the HN N-222 and the HN N-223 , for which we arranged charters during 2007.

(3)            Includes three 5,506 TEU containerships, the APL Scotland , the APL Holland and the APL Belgium , which are subject to options for the charterer to purchase each vessel in May 2007, July 2007 and January 2008, respectively, each for $44.0 million, and in May 2009, July 2009 and January 2010, respectively, each for $39.0 million. Accordingly, no revenue with respect to the APL Scotland , the APL Holland and the APL Belgium is included in the table following May 2007, July 2007 and January 2008, respectively. APL-NOL has recently exercised its options to purchase the APL Scotland and the APL Holland from us, each for $44.0 million, upon expiration of these vessels’ respective current charters in May 2007 and July 2007, respectively.

(4)            Does not include one 5,506 TEU containership, the APL England , which we delivered to APL-NOL on March 7, 2007 pursuant to the terms of an exercised purchase option for this vessel.

(5)            Includes $1.7 million in contracted revenues from the charter for the APL England for the period from January 1, 2007 to March 7, 2007, the day on which we delivered the APL England to APL-NOL pursuant to the terms of an exercised purchase option for this vessel.

(6)            Includes five 6,500 TEU containerships, the HN S4001 , the HN S4002 , the HN S4003 , the HN S4004 and the HN S4005 , which are subject to options for the charterer to purchase the vessels eight years after the commencement of the respective charters, which, based on the respective expected delivery dates for these vessels, are expected to fall in April 2017, June 2017, August 2017, October 2017 and December 2017, respectively, each for $78.0 million. The $78.0 million option prices reflect an estimate of the fair market value of the vessels at the time we would be required to sell the vessels upon exercise of the options.

(7)            An aggregate of $246.0 million ($49.2 million with respect to each vessel) of revenue with respect to the HN S4001 , the HN S4002 , the HN S4003 , the HN S4004 and the HN S4005 , following April 2017, June 2017, August 2017, October 2017 and December 2017, respectively, is included in the table because we cannot now predict the likelihood of these options being exercised.

46




The revenues from short-term charters primarily relate to the operation of the drybulk carriers we have sold comprised 27.1% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 16.5% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenues that are less predictable than vessels on period charters, although this chartering strategy can enable vessel-owners to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in charter rates. Deployment of vessels in the spot market creates exposure, however, to the risk of declining charter rates, which may be higher or lower than those rates at which a vessel could have been time chartered for a longer period.

Voyage Expenses

Voyage expenses include port and canal charges, bunker (fuel) expenses, address commissions and brokerage commissions. Under multi-year time charters and bareboat charters, such as those on which we charter our containerships and under short-term time charters, such as those on which we chartered the drybulk carriers we have sold, the charterers bear the voyage expenses other than brokerage and address commissions. As such, voyage expenses represent a relatively small portion of our vessels’ overall expenses.

From time to time, in accordance with industry practice and in respect of the charters for our containerships we pay brokerage commissions of approximately 0.5% to 2.5% of the total daily charter hire rate under the charters to unaffiliated ship brokers associated with the charterers, depending on the number of brokers involved with arranging the charter. We also pay address commissions of up to 3.75% to some of our charterers. We also from time to time paid such commissions with respect to the drybulk carriers we have sold. Our manager will also receive a commission of 0.5% based on the contract price of any vessel bought or sold by it on our behalf, excluding newbuilding contracts.

Further, until March 2004, we paid a commission of 0.45% on all freight, charter hire, ballast bonus and demurrage for each vessel in our fleet to Nedlloyd Schiffsmakler, which was until that time performing chartering services for our fleet. We did not pay a commission with respect to freight, charter hire, ballast bonus and demurrage during the period from March 2004 to June 30, 2005. Since July 1, 2005, we have paid and will pay commissions to our manager of 0.75% on all freight, charter hire, ballast bonus and demurrage for each vessel.

Vessel Operating Expenses

Vessel operating expenses include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses for repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. Aggregate expenses increase as the size of our fleet increases. Factors beyond our control, some of which may affect the shipping industry in general, including, for instance, developments relating to market premiums for insurance, may also cause these expenses to increase. In addition, a substantial portion of our vessel operating expenses, primarily crew wages, are in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and any gain or loss we incur as a result of the U.S. dollar fluctuating in value against these currencies is included in vessel operating expenses. We fund our manager monthly in advance with amounts it will need to pay our fleet’s vessel operating expenses.

Under multi-year time charters, such as those on which we charter 27 of the containerships in our current fleet, and under short-term time charters, such as those on which we chartered the drybulk carriers we have sold, we pay for vessel operating expenses. Under bareboat charters, such as those on which we charter four of the containerships in our current fleet, our charterers bear most vessel operating expenses, including the costs of crewing, insurance, surveys, drydockings, maintenance and repairs.

Amortization of Deferred Drydocking and Special Survey Costs

We follow the deferral method of accounting for special survey and drydocking costs, whereby actual costs incurred are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next

47




scheduled survey, which is two and a half years. If special survey or drydocking is performed prior to the scheduled date, the remaining unamortized balances are immediately written off. We capitalize the total costs associated with drydockings, special surveys and intermediate surveys and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over 30 months.

Depreciation

We depreciate our containerships, and the drybulk carriers for the periods prior to their sale, on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining useful economic lives. Historically, we estimated this to be 25 years. As of January 1, 2005, we determined the estimated useful lives of our containerships to be 30 years, whereas for drybulk carriers we continued to estimate their useful lives to be 25 years. Depreciation is based on cost, less the estimated scrap value of the vessels.

General and Administrative Expenses

Historically, while we were a privately-owned company, we paid Danaos Shipping, our manager, a monthly management fee of $2,750 for the management of our affairs. We also paid our manager a fixed management fee of $150 to $500 per day for each vessel in our fleet depending on its size and the charter arrangements. In order to bring the fees we pay to our manager to a level similar to those that would be paid to an unaffiliated manager we adjusted the fees we pay to our manager as of July 1, 2005.

From July 1, 2005 to December 31, 2008, we have paid and will pay our manager a fee of $500 per day for providing its commercial, chartering and administrative services, a daily management fee of $250 per vessel per day for its technical management of vessels on bareboat charter and $500 per vessel per day for the remaining vessels in our fleet, pro rated for the calendar days we own each vessel. We will also pay our manager a flat fee of $400,000 per newbuilding vessel for the on-premises supervision of our newbuilding contracts by selected engineers and others of its staff.

Our consolidated financial statements for periods prior to our initial public offering in October 2006 show our results of operations as a private company when we did not pay any compensation to our directors and officers other than amounts corresponding to dividends, and compensation paid to our officers, but not directors, during the period from January 1, 2006 to our initial public offering in October 2006. As a public company since October 2006, we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses going forward. We expect that the primary components of general and administrative expenses, other than the management fees described above, will consist of the expenses associated with being a public company, which include the preparation of disclosure documents, legal and accounting costs, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs, director and executive compensation, costs related to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

Interest Expense, Interest Income and Other Finance Costs

We incur interest expense on outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities which we include in interest expenses. We also incurred financing costs in connection with establishing those facilities, which is included in our finance costs. Further, we earn interest on cash deposits in interest bearing accounts and on interest bearing securities, which we include in interest income. We will incur additional interest expense in the future on our outstanding borrowings and under future borrowings.

48




Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005

During the year ended December 31, 2006, we had an average of 26.3 containerships and 6.4 drybulk carriers in our fleet. During the year ended December 31, 2005, we had an average of 25.0 containerships and 7.0 drybulk carriers in our fleet. We took delivery of one 4,651 TEU containership on March 23, 2006, one 9,580 TEU containership on September 8 2006, one 9,580 TEU containership on November 20, 2006, one 4,814 TEU containership on December 13, 2006, one 4,814 TEU containership on December 18, 2006 and one 4,814 TEU containership on December 22, 2006 and sold one drybulk carrier on May 12, 2006.

Operating Revenue

Operating revenue increased 1.7%, or $4.2 million, to $245.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, from $241.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was a result of  the addition to our fleet of six vessels, a 4,651 TEU containership on March 23, 2006, chartered at $20,750 per day, a 9,580 TEU vessel on September 8, 2006, chartered at $34,000 per day, a 9,580 TEU vessel on November 20, 2006, chartered at $34,000 per day, and three 4,814 TEU vessels, on December 13, 18 and 22 of 2006, respectively, each chartered at $23,450 per day, which collectively contributed revenues of $13.4 million in 2006, which was offset by $9.2 million less revenue generated by the rest of our fleet, mainly attributable to lower charter rates at which our drybulk carriers where deployed and the effect of the sale of the Sofia III .

Voyage Expenses

Voyage expenses were $7.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, representing an decrease of $0.2 million, or 2.7%, from $7.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. Commissions charged by related and third parties which form part of the voyage expenses amounted to $6.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $0.7 million, or 11.5%, compared to $6.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. Such increase was mainly attributable to our new management agreement which came into effect on July 1, 2005, according to which we pay commissions to our manager of 0.75% on all freight, charter hire, ballast bonus and demurrage for each vessel, a commission of 0.5% based on the contract price on any vessel bought and sold on our behalf, as well as increased revenues on which we paid commissions for the year ended December 31, 2006, offset by a $0.9 million decrease in other voyage expenses such as port and canal charges, bunker expenses and address commissions, related to the operation of our drybulk fleet.

Vessel Operating Expenses

Vessel operating expenses increased 12.6% or $6.8 million, to $60.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, from $53.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase was due to the increase in the average number of vessels in our fleet which contributed approximately $3.0 million in vessel operating expenses in the year  ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 and a general increase in running costs experienced by the industry, more specifically with respect to lubricant oil costs, maintenance costs and seafarers wages, which contributed approximately a further $3.8 million.

Amortization of Deferred Drydocking and Special Survey Costs

Amortization of deferred drydocking and special survey costs expense increased 38.5%, or $1.5 million, to $5.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, from $3.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. This was due to the costs of drydocking and special surveys conducted for nine of our vessels in 2006, for which amortization commenced during 2006.

49




Depreciation

Depreciation expense increased 14.8%, or $4.0 million, to $31.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, from $27.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase was due to the increase in the average number of vessels in our fleet during the year ended December 31, 2006.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased 49.0%, or $2.5 million, to $7.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2006 from $5.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, reflecting $1.4 million of additional directors’ and officers’ remuneration expenses which was not applicable in the year ended December 31, 2005 and $1.1 million of technical management fees we paid in respect of the additional vessels that joined our fleet during the year ended December 31, 2006.

Interest Expense, Interest Income, and Other Finance (Costs) Income, Net

Interest expense increased $5.8 million, or 24.8%, to $29.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, from $23.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. Interest income was $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of $2.7 million, from $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, and other finance income (costs), net, increased $9.0 million, to income of $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, from a cost of $7.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. The change in interest expense was primarily due to the increase in interest rates by 1.3% to which our indebtedness, on which we paid interest, was subject to, while there was no significant change in the average indebtedness for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. This resulted in an increase in interest of approximately $8.8 million, partially offset by the financing of our extensive newbuilding program which resulted in capitalizing $8.3 million of interest for year ended December 31, 2006 as opposed to $5.3 million capitalized interest for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease in interest income was due to the decreased monthly average bank deposits on which we earned interest, offset in part by higher interest rates.

The increase in other finance costs, net, was mainly due to foreign exchange differences in respect of the leasing arrangements for the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas ), the Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean ), the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ), which resulted to a gain of $2.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 as opposed to a loss of $6.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2005.

Gain/(loss) on sale of vessels

We recognized a $14.5 million gain on the sale of the Sofia III during 2006.

Other income/(expense), net

Other income/(expense), net decreased $17.1 million to  $(16.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $0.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was primarily attributable to a non recurring expense of approximately $(13) million related to the expected increase in the put option price we expect to pay under the leasing arrangements for the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the Maersk Derby , the Vancouver Express , the CSCL Pusan and the CSCL Le Havre , if the put option is exercised 6 1 ¤ 2  years into the lease terms, as a result of a change in the United Kingdom tax legislation enacted in 2006.

50




Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004

During the year ended December 31, 2005, we had an average of 25.0 containerships and 7.0 drybulk carriers in our fleet. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we had an average of 24.0 containerships and 7.0 drybulk carriers in our fleet. We sold one 3,029 TEU containership in January 2004 and took delivery of one 4,253 TEU containership in each of March and April 2004, and one 8,468 TEU containership in each of August and November 2004.

Operating Revenue

Operating revenue increased 15.9%, or $33.1 million, to $241.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, from $208.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase was due to $20.0 million in revenue generated by the additional operating days of four new vessels, consisting of two 4,253 TEU containerships and two 8,468 TEU containerships acquired during 2004, which were operated for a greater number of days in 2005. Each of the 4,253 TEU vessels were chartered at daily rates of $20,600 and each of the 8,468 TEU vessels were chartered at daily rates of $29,500. In addition, $7.2 million in revenue was generated from the higher charter rates obtained by rechartering certain of our remaining containerships and $5.9 million in revenue was generated from the higher rates our drybulk carriers earned during the period.

Voyage Expenses

Voyage expenses were $7.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, representing an increase of $1.2 million, or 19.0%, from $6.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. Commissions charged by related and third parties in the year ended December 31, 2005 amounted to $6.1 million, an increase of $1.0 million, or 19.6%, compared to $5.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. In March 2004 we ceased paying a commission of 0.45% on all freight, charter hire, ballast bonus and demurrage for each vessel in our fleet to Nedlloyd Schiffsmakler, which was until that time performing chartering services for our fleet.

Vessel Operating Expenses

Vessel operating expenses increased 16.7%, or $7.7 million, to $53.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, from $46.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. Approximately $4.0 million of the increase was due to the increase in the average number of vessels in our fleet in 2005, compared to 2004, and approximately $3.6 million of the increase was due to a general increase in running costs per vessel experienced by the industry.

Amortization of Deferred Drydocking and Special Survey Costs

Amortization of deferred drydocking and special survey costs expense increased $1.8 million to $3.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, from $2.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. This was primarily due to the costs of drydockings and special surveys conducted for ten vessels in our fleet in 2004, which we began to amortize in the second half of 2004. Therefore these costs are reflected for all of 2005, but only part of 2004.

Depreciation

Depreciation expense decreased 14.5%, or $4.6 million, to $27.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, from $31.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. The decrease resulted primarily from the change in our depreciation policy which became effective as of January 1, 2005 and decreased depreciation expense by $7.7 million in 2005, which was partially offset by increased

51




depreciation of $3.1 million relating to the additional operating days in 2005 with respect to two 4,253 TEU and two 8,468 TEU containerships acquired in 2004.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased 24.4%, or $1.0 million, to $5.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 from $4.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2004, reflecting the higher average number of containerships in our fleet during 2005 for which we paid management fees, and the new management agreement which came into effect beginning on July 1, 2005.

Interest Expense, Interest Income, and Other Finance Costs, Net

Interest expense increased $11.8 million, or 101.7%, to $23.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, from $11.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2004, while interest income increased 142.3%, or $3.7 million, to $6.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, from $2.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2004, and other finance costs, net, increased $8.5 million from a gain of $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 to a cost of $7.1 million in the year ended December 31,  2005. The change in interest expense was primarily due to the increase in interest rates to which our indebtedness, on which we paid interest, was subject and the increase in average indebtedness of approximately $67.4 million resulting from our debt refinancing in 2005. The increase in other finance costs, net, was due to foreign exchange differences in respect of the forward contracts related to the leasing arrangements for the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas ), the Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean ), the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ), which were a loss of $6.5 million during 2005. The increase in interest income was primarily due to accreted interest income on the present value of the cash inflows associated with the leasing arrangements for the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas ), the Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean ), the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ), which represented a net increase of $1.4 million during 2005. The remaining $2.3 million increase in interest income was due to higher interest rates and higher average levels of cash deposits in our bank accounts in 2005. See “—Credit Facilities.”

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, our principal source of funds has been equity provided by our stockholders, operating cash flows, long-term bank borrowings and, more recently, proceeds from our initial public offering in October 2006. Our principal uses of funds have been capital expenditures to establish, grow and maintain our fleet, comply with international shipping standards, environmental laws and regulations and to fund working capital requirements.

Our primary short-term liquidity needs are to fund our vessel operating expenses. Our medium-term liquidity needs primarily relate to the purchase of the 28 additional containerships for which we have contracted. Our long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to additional vessel acquisitions in the containership and drybulk sectors and debt repayment. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds will be cash from our credit facilities, the proceeds from the sale of the drybulk carriers and the proceeds from the sales of the APL England , the APL Scotland and the APL Holland , cash from operations, debt and, possibly, equity financings, although we do not currently have any specific plans with respect to any future equity financing. We believe that these sources of funds, even absent any future equity financings, will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs in the foreseeable future since our contracted revenue together with our senior revolving credit facilities with RBS and Aegean Baltic Bank and HSH Nordbank should be sufficient to meet our currently projected liquidity needs.

52




We intend to finance a portion of the acquisition of each of our 28 contracted vessels with borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities with RBS and with Aegean Baltic Bank and HSH Nordbank. We also borrowed an aggregate amount of $75.0 million ($15.0 million with respect to each vessel) under a new credit facility with Seasonal Maritime Corporation, dated August 14, 2006, to partially finance the acquisition of the five 6,500 TEU newbuildings we ordered on July 26, 2006. In addition, we borrowed an aggregate amount of $25.0 million under another new credit facility with Seasonal Maritime Corporation, dated September 25, 2006, to finance installment payments on the HN 1670 , the HN 1671 , the HN 1672 and the HN 1673 , made on September 28, 2006. We repaid the entire amount outstanding under these loans on December 28, 2006 with borrowings made under our Aegean Baltic-HSH Nordbank credit facility.

In August 2006, we agreed to sell the six drybulk carriers in our fleet, with an aggregate capacity of 342,158 dwt, for an aggregate of $143.5 million. We have used and intend to use the proceeds from this sale to fund contracted vessel acquisitions. We received payment of 10% of the aggregate sale price of the six drybulk vessels upon entering into the sales agreements, the remaining 90% of the sale price was paid to us upon delivery of each vessel to the purchaser upon expiration of the vessel’s then-existing charter. We delivered all six of these vessels to the purchaser upon expiration of their charters in the first and second quarter of 2007.

We delivered the APL England to APL-NOL on March  7, 2007, pursuant to its exercise of an option to purchase the APL England from us for $44.0 million. APL-NOL has recently exercised its options to purchase the APL Scotland and the APL Holland from us for $44.0 million each upon the expiration of the vessels’ current charters in May 2007 and July 2007, respectively.

Under our current multi-year charters, we have contracted revenues of $242.8 million for 2007 and $200.5 million for 2008 and, until their expiration, $4.1 billion.

We intend to pay a quarterly dividend of $0.44 per share, or $1.76 per share per year. We paid our first quarterly dividend as a public company of $0.44 per share on February 14, 2007 and our second quarterly dividend of $0.44 per share on May 18, 2007. Our dividend policy will impact our future liquidity needs, however, we currently intend to pay dividends in amounts that will allow us to retain a portion of our cash flows to fund vessel, fleet or company acquisitions that we expect to be accretive to earnings and cash flows, and for debt repayment and drydocking costs, as determined by management and our board of directors.

We paid no dividends in 2006. Prior to our initial public offering, in 2005 we paid dividends of $244.6 million to our stockholders from our retained earnings.

As of May 15, 2007, we had approximately $1.0 billion of undrawn availability under our credit facilities.

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash flows provided by operating activities decreased 6.5%, or $10.6 million, to $151.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to $162.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, and increased 25.6%, or $33.1 million, to $162.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, from $129.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the decrease was primarily a result of a change in working capital requirements by $7.1 million and increased payments of $3.5 million, attributed to drydockings in relation to six of our vessels for 2006 as opposed to four of our vessels for 2005. The increase in 2005 was primarily attributable to the additional operating days in 2005 of two 4,253 TEU and two 8,468 TEU containerships acquired in 2004, which contributed $17.1 million in net cash, and the higher recharter rates our drybulk carriers were able to command, which contributed $5.2 million in net cash.

53




Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash flows used in investing activities were $330.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $40.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 and $154.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. The difference between the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 period primarily reflects the funds used to acquire secondhand vessels of $171.8 million in 2006 as opposed to $12.4 million in 2005, and installment payments for newbuildings of $185.1 million in 2006 as opposed to $28.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2006. Net cash flows used in investing activities were $154.7 million in 2004, reflecting installment payments for newbuildings of $170.1 million, offset in part by vessel sale proceeds of $15.4 million.

Net Cash Provided by/(Used in) Financing Activities

Net cash flows provided by financing activities were $183.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to net cash used in financing activities of $180.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 and net cash provided by financing activities of $45.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2004. The year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 period results primarily reflect the net proceeds of $201.3 million to us after completing our initial public offering in the United States on October 11, 2006 and the payment of no dividends during the year ended December 31, 2006 as opposed to the year ended December 31, 2005, in which we paid a special dividend of $244.6 million prior to the initial public offering to our then-existing stockholders from our retained earnings. Net cash flows provided by financing activities were $45.1 million in 2004, reflecting, primarily, reduced drawdowns under our credit facilities of $90.2 million, and increased repayments of indebtedness of $28.1 million.

54




Credit Facilities

We, as guarantor, and certain of our subsidiaries, as borrowers, have entered into a number of credit facilities in connection with financing the acquisition of certain vessels in our fleet. The following summarizes certain terms of our credit facilities:

Lender(1)

 

 

 

Remaining
Available
Principal
Amount

 

Outstanding
Principal
Amount (1)

 

Interest
Rate

 

Maturity

 

Remaining
Repayment
Installments

HSH NORDBANK(2)

 

¾

 

$49.0 million

 

LIBOR + 0.775%

 

Due March 2014

 

29 quarterly installments: $1.0 million Balloon: $20.0 million

KEXIM(3)

 

¾

 

$101.5 million

 

FIXED at 5.0125%

 

Due November 2016

 

38 quarterly installments: $2.6 million Plus installments of $1.0 million, $1.3 million and $0.69 million payable in August 2016, September 2016 and November 2016, respectively.

KEXIM-FORTIS(4)

 

¾

 

$144.0 million

 

FIXED at 5.02%

 

Due October 2018 and January 2019

 

23 semi-annual installments of $5.6 million Plus installments of $2.09 million, $2.14 million $0.8 million and $0.7 million plus a balloon payment of $9.0 million payable in October 2018 and January 2019, respectively.

AEGEAN BALTIC BANK-HSH NORDBANK(5)

 



$410.0 million

 



$290.0 million

 



LIBOR + 0.70%

 



Due
November 14, 2011

 



Concerns a loan facility of up to $700.0 million advanced to the vessel owning companies in order to partially finance the construction of the new vessels and the repayment of an old loan facility. This revolving credit facility shall be non-amortizing for the first five years and the repayment schedule as well as the balloon will be determined based upon, the weighted average age of the vessels that will comprise the securities portfolio for this loan at the end of the year five (i.e.,November 14, 2011).

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND(6)

 


¾

 


$75.5 million

 


LIBOR + 0.8%

 


Due
in 2013

 


Five consecutive semi-annual installments starting from 2011 of $8.5 million each, plus a balloon payment of $33.0 million payable with the last installment in 2013.


The following vessels in our fleet are unencumbered: the Pacific Bridge , the Eagle Express , the APL Scotland , the Norasia Hamburg , the YM Yantian , the YM Milano and the Victory I .

(1)              As of December 31, 2006.

(2)              Our credit facility with HSH Nordbank AG is collateralized by mortgages and other security relating to the Vancouver Express and the Maersk Derby .

(3)              Our KEXIM credit facility is collateralized by mortgages and other security relating to the CSCL Europe and the CSCL America.

55




(4)              Our KEXIM-FORTIS credit facility is collateralized by mortgages and other security relating to the CSCL Pusan and the CSCL Le Havre .

(5)              Our credit facility with Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. and HSH Nordbank AG is collateralized by mortgages and other security relating to the APL Belgium, the CMA CGM Elbe , the CMA CGM Kalamata , the CMA CGM Komodo , the Henry , the Hyundai Commodore , the Hyundai Duke , the Independence, the Maersk Marathon , the Maersk Messologi , the Maersk Mytilini and the MOL Confidence .

(6)              On February 21, 2007 we used borrowings under current credit facility with RBS, which we entered into on February 20, 2007, to repay the entire $75.5 million outstanding under this previous credit facility with RBS. This repayment was a debt extinguishment under US GAAP and was treated accordingly in our accounts. Our current credit facility with RBS is for up to $700 million and bears interest at LIBOR plus 0.75%. Principal repayments begin after five years and are required to be fully repaid by 2022. As of May 15, 2007, there was $150 .0 million outstanding under the current RBS credit facility. Our current credit facility with RBS is collateralized by mortgages and other security relating to the APL Holland, SA Helderberg, SA Winterberg, SA Sederberg and Maersk Constantia.

Our credit facilities contain financial covenants requiring us to:

·        maintain a market value adjusted net worth of at least $400.0 million and stockholders’ equity of at least $250.0 million;

·        ensure that the aggregate market value of the vessels in our fleet exceeds 145.0% of our net consolidated debt at all times;

·        maintain adjusted stockholders’ equity in excess of 30.0% of our total assets;

·        ensure that our outstanding bank debt does not exceed 75.0% of the aggregate value of our vessels mortgaged under the relevant credit facility;

·        ensure that our total liabilities, at all times, will be no more than 70.0% of the market value of our adjusted total assets;

·        maintain at least $30.0 million in cash or cash equivalents; and

·        maintain a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense of no less than 2.5 to 1.0.

As of December 31, 2006, we were in compliance with each of these financial ratio requirements and financial covenants.

Leasing Arrangements

We have entered into leasing arrangements with a subsidiary of Lloyds Bank, Allco Finance Limited, a U.K.-based financing company, Allco Finance (UK) Limited, a U.K.-based financing company, and Allocean Maritime Limited, or AML, a U.K.-based ship financing company, with respect to six containerships in our current fleet, the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas ) and the Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean ), the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ). As part of these leasing arrangements, a separate limited partnership formed by a Lloyds Bank subsidiary (which provides the financing) and the Allco companies purchased each of these vessels. We charter-in these vessels from AML, which charters them in from the applicable partnership, and sub-charter the vessels to liner companies. We pay a fixed rate, which during the first 6 1 ¤ 2  years of the leasing arrangements is a nominal amount, to charter-in these vessels from AML and we, in turn, are entitled to retain all of the charter revenue we earn from sub-chartering these vessels to our liner company customers.

Under the terms of these leasing arrangements, upon an event of default, total loss of a vessel or 6 1 ¤  years into the term of the lease, which will fall on April 14, 2011 with respect to the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas ) and the Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean ), and will fall on April 14, 2013 with respect to the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ), the Lloyds Bank subsidiary has a put option to sell its 99.996% interest in

56




the partnership owning each respective vessel to Allco Finance (UK) Limited. Allco Finance (UK) Limited has the option to put such interest to us and has written an option in favor of us (with a substantially similar exercise price) to acquire such interest. Each of Allco Finance (UK) Limited’s put option to us and our purchase option are exercisable only if the Lloyds Bank subsidiary has exercised its put option.

If, however, the put option is not exercised we would be entitled to charter-in the vessels for an additional 12 years at rates adjusted to market no less than every two years at our option, rather than at the nominal rate in effect for the first 6 1 ¤ 2  years of the leasing arrangement. In that case we would also expect to exercise options that would entitle us to approximately 49% of the amount in excess of a pre-set level of the charter-in rate. Further, we would continue to be entitled to retain all of the charter revenue we earn from chartering-out these vessels to our liner company customers. As part of the leasing arrangements, we made a deposit with respect to each of these vessels denominated in British pounds, in an amount expected to represent, after 6 1 ¤ 2  years, approximately 75% of the original purchase price of the applicable vessel. This cash deposit with RBS collateralizes the entire amount of a letter of credit issued by RBS to secure our obligation to pay the put option price. If the put option is not exercised and, as a result, the letter of credit with respect to any of these vessels is not called, this deposit would be returned to us.

On July 19, 2006, legislation was enacted in the United Kingdom that is expected to result in a claw-back or recapture of certain of the benefits that were expected to be available to the counterparties to these transactions at their inception. Accordingly, the put option price is expected to be increased to compensate the counterparties for the loss of these benefits. We currently expect the increase in the put option price we will be obligated to pay if the put is exercised will be approximately £46 million, although the increase in this put price could vary. In 2006 we recognized an expense of approximately $13 million, which is the amount by which we currently expect the increase in the put price to exceed the cash benefits we expect to receive, and had expected to retain, from these transactions.

We currently have operational control over these six vessels. Even if the put option is not exercised, we will continue to have operational control over each of these vessels under the terms of the leasing arrangements during the period we charter-in these vessels from AML. We consider each of the vessels subject to these leasing arrangements to be an asset for our financial reporting purposes, and each vessel is reflected as such in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.

As part of the leasing arrangements we have agreed to financial covenants with a subsidiary of Lloyds Bank requiring us to:

·        maintain adjusted stockholders’ equity of at least $100.0 million;

·        ensure that adjusted stockholders’ equity exceeds 30% of our total assets;

·        maintain at least $5.0 million in cash or cash equivalents;

·        ensure that our outstanding indebtedness does not exceed 75% of the aggregate market value of the vessels subject to the leasing arrangements; and

·        ensure that the aggregate market value of the vessels in our fleet exceeds 145% of our net consolidated debt at all times.

The leasing arrangements also include covenants that require the stockholders of Danaos Corporation prior to our initial public offering to continue to hold at least 60% of our outstanding capital stock and that we continue to own, directly or indirectly, all of the share capital of our subsidiaries that charter-in the vessels subject to the respective leasing arrangements. Under the leasing arrangements, we are not restricted from paying dividends so long as we remain in compliance with the covenants set forth in the preceding sentence and the last two bullet points above, our adjusted stockholders’ equity exceeds 35% of our total assets, we maintain cash and cash equivalents of $20.0 million and we maintain a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense of no less than 2.5 to 1.0.

57




Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006 were:

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year
(2007)

 

1-3 years
(2008-
2009)

 

3-5 years
(2010-
2011)

 

More than
5 years
(After
January 1,
2012)

 

 

 

Dollars in thousands

 

Long-term debt obligations(1)

 

$

660,024

 

$

22,760

 

$

51,238

 

$

68,238

 

$

517,788

 

Interest on long-term debt obligations(1)(2)

 

273,416

 

37,329

 

70,743

 

65,006

 

100,338

 

Payments to our manager(3)

 

19,348

 

10,172

 

9,176

 

 

 

Vessel purchase agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Newbuilding contracts(4)

 

790,000

 

130,520

 

659,480

 

 

 

Vessel acquisition agreements(5)

 

111,150

 

111,150

 

 

 

 

Total(6)

 

$

1,853,938

 

$

311,931

 

$

790,637

 

$

133,244

 

$

618,126

 


(1)           Includes our obligations as of December 31, 2006. On February 20, 2007, we entered into a new revolving credit facility with RBS. As of May 15, 2007, there was $150.0 million outstanding under this credit facility with RBS. On February 21, 2007, we used borrowings under this credit facility with RBS to repay the entire $75.5 million outstanding under our previous credit facility with RBS, which had a maturity of October 2013 and an interest rate of LIBOR plus 0.80%. This repayment was a debt extinguishment under US GAAP and was treated accordingly in our accounts.

(2)           We expect to be obligated to make the interest payments set forth in the above table with respect to our long-term debt obligations. The interest payments are based on an assumed LIBOR rate of 5.25% with respect to the HSH Nordbank, Aegean Baltic-HSH Nordbank and RBS credit facilities. See “—Credit Facilities.”

(3)           Under our management agreement with Danaos Shipping Co. Ltd., from July 1, 2005 to December 31, 2008, we have paid and will pay it $250 per vessel per day for vessels on a bareboat charter and $500 per vessel per day for the remaining vessels in our fleet. We also pay our manager $500 per day for providing certain commercial, chartering and administrative services. As of December 31, 2006 we had a fleet of 37 vessels which decreased with the sale of one containership in March 2007, three drybulk carriers in January 2007, two drybulk carriers in February 2007 and one drybulk carrier in April 2007. Our fleet has increased with the delivery of one secondhand vessel in the first half of 2007, two newbuildings and one secondhand vessel in the second half of 2007. Expected deliveries of our contracted fleet will further increase our fleet by four newbuildings in the second half of 2008, four newbuildings during the first half of 2009 and three newbuildings during the second half of 2009. Further, in late 2009 and 2010, our fleet is expected to increase by another 14 containerships, for which we placed orders during the first half of 2007, but are not included in the calculations as the table refers to a date prior to the signing of these orders. Our fleet decreased with the sale of one containership on March 7, 2007 and will further decrease with the sale of two more containerships in June and July 2007. After December 31, 2008, these fees will be adjusted annually by agreement between us and our manager. In addition, we also will pay our manager a commission of 0.75% of the gross freight, demurrage and charter hire collected from the employment of our ships, 0.5% of the contract price of any vessels bought or sold on our behalf and $400,000 per newbuilding vessel for the supervision of newbuilding contracts. We expect to be obligated to make the payments set forth in the above table under our management agreement over the initial term which expires on December 31, 2008, based on our currently contracted revenue, as reflected above under “—Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations—Operating Revenues,” and our currently anticipated vessel acquisitions and

58




dispositions and chartering arrangements described in this annual report. No interest is payable with respect to these obligations if paid on a timely basis, therefore no interest payments are included in these amounts.

(4)           In the first and second quarter of 2007, we entered into contracts for the construction of the HN N-214 , the HN N-219 , the HN N-215 , the HN N-216 , the HN N-217 , the HN N-218 , the HN N-220 , the HN N-221 , the HN N-222 , the HN N-223 , the HN Z00001 , the HN Z00002 , the HN Z00003 and the HN Z00004 , for an aggregate price of $1.14 billion, which amount is not included in the table. Of the aggregate $1.14 billion purchase price for these vessels: $256 million was payable within one year of December 31, 2006; $296 million was payable between two and three years of December 31, 2006; $591 million was payable between three and five years of December 31, 2006; and zero was payable more than five years after December 31, 2006. No interest is payable with respect to these obligations if paid on a timely basis, therefore no interest payments are included in the table.

(5)           Of the aggregate $123.5 million purchase price for the YM Colombo and the E.R. Wellington, $111.15 million remained unpaid as of December 31, 2006. On March 12, 2007, the YM Colombo was delivered to us and we paid the balance of the purchase price for such vessel of $55.6 million. The remaining $55.6 million is due upon delivery of the E.R. Wellington which is expected in September or October 2007. No interest is payable with respect to this obligation if paid on a timely basis, therefore no interest payments are included in this amount.

(6)           Does not include amounts which are expected to be payable to a subsidiary of Lloyds Bank in connection with the leasing arrangements for the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the Maersk Derby , the Vancouver Express , the CSCL Pusan and the CSCL Le Havre , described in note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein. These amounts would be payable on April 14, 2011 with respect to the CSCL Europe, the CSCL America , the Maersk Derby and the Vancouver Express and on April 14, 2013 with respect to the CSCL Pusan and the CSCL Le Havre .

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

We incur from time to time expenditures relating to inspections for acquiring new vessels that meet our standards. Such expenditures are insignificant and they are expensed as they incur.

Trend Information

Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter hire rates that we are able to realize. Charter hire rates paid for containerships are primarily a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand and respective charter-party details. The demand for containerships is determined by the underlying demand for goods which are transported in containerships. Although there can be no assurances, absent a major and sustained downturn in market conditions or significant unforeseeable changes in supply and demand of containerships, charter rates are expected to remain relatively strong for the remainder of 2007.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any other transactions, obligations or relationships that could be considered material off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates in the application of our accounting policies based on our best assumptions, judgments and opinions. We base these estimates on the information currently available to us and on various other assumptions we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these

59




estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Following is a discussion of the accounting policies that involve a high degree of judgment and the methods of their application. For a further description of our material accounting policies, please read note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Purchase of Vessels

Vessels are stated at cost, which consists of the contract purchase price and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (improvements and delivery expenses). Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels. Otherwise we charge these expenditures to expenses as incurred. Our financing costs incurred during the construction period of the vessels are included in vessels’ cost.

The vessels that we acquire in the secondhand market are treated as a business combination to the extent that such acquisitions include continuing operations and business characteristics, such as management agreements, employees and customer base, otherwise we treat an acquisition of a secondhand vessel as a purchase of assets. Where we identify any intangible assets or liabilities associated with the acquisition of a vessel purchased on the secondhand market, we record all identified tangible and intangible assets or liabilities at fair value. Fair value is determined by reference to market data and the discounted amount of expected future cash flows. We have in the past acquired certain vessels in the secondhand market. These acquisitions were considered to be acquisitions of assets. Certain vessels in our fleet that were purchased in the secondhand market were acquired with existing charters. We determined that the existing charter contracts for these vessels, other than the charter for the MOL Confidence , do not have a material separate fair value and, therefore, we recorded such vessels at their fair value, which equaled the consideration paid. In respect of the existing time charter for the MOL Confidence , we identified a liability of $14.6 million upon its delivery to us in March 2006, which we recorded as unearned revenue in “Current Liabilities—Unearned Revenue” and “Long-Term Liabilities—Unearned Revenue, net of current portion” on our balance sheet for the existing charter, which will be amortized over the remaining period of the time charter.

The determination of the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities requires us to make significant assumptions and estimates of many variables, including market charter rates, expected future charter rates, future vessel operating expenses, the level of utilization of our vessels and our weighted average cost of capital. The use of different assumptions could result in a material change in the fair value of these items, which could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

Lease Arrangements

Although we do not own six of the containerships in our current fleet which may be sold to us pursuant to a put option, we consider these vessels to be owned by us for financial reporting purposes since the vessels are under our operational control and we retain risks associated with ownership. We reflect the indebtedness under which the vessels are mortgaged as a liability on our balance sheet. However, if any holder of the put options elects not to exercise its option, we would no longer treat the applicable vessels as owned by us for financial reporting purposes. As a result, our balance sheet assets and liabilities, as well as the provisions we may make for depreciation and amortization in our financial statements related to these vessels, would be affected.

As a result of the expected increase in the put option price under the leasing arrangements for the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ), the Maersk Derby (ex Nedlloyd Caracas ), the Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean ) and the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559 ) if the put option is exercised 6 1 ¤ 2 years into the lease terms, as described above under “—Leasing Arrangements,”

60




an expense of approximately $13 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, as well as expenses of $0.9 million for revaluation of the pound sterling liability related to these leasing arrangements and $2.8 million for an accounting reversal relating to these leasing arrangements were recognized on our statement of income under “Other income/(expense), net.” We will recognize any changes in the expected amount of these expenses under “Other income/(expense), net” in our statement of income.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenues and expenses are recognized on the accrual basis. Revenues are generated from bareboat hire and time charters. Bareboat hire revenues are recorded over the term of the hire on a straight-line basis. Time charter revenues are recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided. Unearned revenue includes revenue received in advance.

We have been a member of a pool arrangement with respect to two drybulk carriers, the Alexandra I and the MV Achilleas , which we have sold. The resulting net revenues of the pool are distributed as time charter hire to each participant in accordance with the pool earning points of the individual vessels in the pool adjusted for any off-hire amount. Distributions of time charter hire to us have been made every two weeks according to the pooling arrangement. An amount not exceeding four weeks’ time charter hire for each of our vessels in the pool was permitted to be withheld from us as working capital for the pool. For the periods prior to the sale of these vessels, revenue related to the pooling arrangements is recognized only when all contingencies under the agreements are resolved.

Special Survey and Drydocking Costs

We follow the deferral method of accounting for special survey and drydocking costs. Actual costs incurred are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next scheduled survey, which is two and a half years. If special survey or drydocking is performed prior to the scheduled date, the remaining unamortized balances are immediately written-off.

Vessel Lives

Our vessels represent our most significant assets and we state them at our historical cost, which includes capitalized interest during construction and other construction, design, supervision and predelivery costs, less accumulated depreciation. We depreciate our containerships, and for the periods prior to their sale, our drybulk carriers, on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining useful economic lives. Historically, we estimated this to be 25 years. As of January 1, 2005, we determined that the estimated useful lives of our containerships is 30 years, whereas for drybulk carriers we continued to estimate their useful lives to be 25 years. Depreciation is based on cost less the estimated scrap value of the vessels. Should certain factors or circumstances cause us to revise our estimate of vessel service lives in the future, depreciation expense could be materially lower or higher. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the extent of cash flows generated from future charter arrangements, changes in international shipping requirements, and other factors many of which are outside of our control.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

We evaluate the net carrying value of our vessels for possible impairment when events or conditions exist that cause us to question whether the carrying value of the vessels will be recovered from future undiscounted net cash flows. An impairment charge would be recognized in a period if the fair value of the vessels was less than their carrying value. Considerations in making such an impairment evaluation would include comparison of current carrying value to anticipated future operating cash flows, expectations with respect to future operations, and other relevant factors.

61




Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (‘SAB 108’). SAB No. 108 provides guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB 108 establishes an approach that requires quantification of financial statement errors based on the effects of each of the company’s balance sheet and statement of operations and the related financial statement disclosures. SAB No. 108 permits existing public companies to record the cumulative effect of initially applying this approach in the first year ending after November 15, 2006 by recording the necessary correcting adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of that year with the offsetting adjustment recorded to the opening balance of retained earnings. Additionally, the use of the cumulative effect transition method requires detailed disclosure of the nature and amount of each individual error being corrected through the cumulative adjustment and how and when it arose. The adoption of SAB No. 108 has not had any effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standard Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155 (SFAS 155) “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140”. SFAS 155 amends SFAS 133 to permit fair value measurement for certain hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative, provides additional guidance on the applicability of SFAS 133 and SFAS 140 to certain financial instruments and subordinated concentrations of credit risk. SFAS 155 is effective for the first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The adoption of this Accounting Standard is not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. This statement is effective for us for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2007.

In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standard Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156 (SFAS 156) “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”. SFAS 156 amends SFAS 140 requiring that all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities be measured at fair value, if practicable. SFAS 156 also permits, but does not require, the subsequent measurement of servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS 156 is effective for the first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The adoption of this Accounting Standard is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. This statement is effective for us for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2007.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, Fair Value Measurements. This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement does not require new fair value measurements, but is applied to the extent that other accounting pronouncements require or permit fair value measurements. The statement emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Companies will be required to disclose the extent to which fair value is used to measure assets and liabilities, the inputs used to develop the measurements, and the effect of certain of the measurements on earnings (or changes in net assets) for the period. This Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier application is encouraged, provided that the entity has not yet issued financial statements, including interim financial statements, for any period of that fiscal year. We are currently reviewing this issue to measure the potential impact on the consolidated results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standard Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158 (SFAS 158) “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R).”

62




SFAS 158 improves financial reporting by requiring an employer to recognize the overfunded and underfunded status of a defined benefit retirement plan (other than multiemployer plan) as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income of a business entity or changes in unrestricted net assets of a not-for-profit organization. This statement also improves financial reporting by requiring an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statements of financial position, with limited exceptions. This standard was effective for us as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and did not have any effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 (SFAS 159) “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. SFAS 159 permits the entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. This Statement is expected to expand the use of fair value measurement, which is consistent with our long-term measurement objectives for accounting for financial instruments. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of a fiscal year on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity also elects to apply the provisions of FASB Statement No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. The adoption of this policy is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2006, the FASB issued FSP No. FIN 46(R)-6-Determining the Variability to be Considered in Applying FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), which addresses whether certain arrangements associated with variable interest entities should be treated as variable interests or considered as creators of variability, and indicates that the variability to be considered shall be based on an analysis of the design of the entity. FSP FIN 46(R)-6 is required to be applied prospectively to all entities with which a company first becomes involved and to all entities previously required to be analyzed under FIN 46(R) upon the occurrence of certain events, beginning the first day of the first reporting period after June 15, 2006. Early application is permitted for periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. Retrospective application to the date of the initial application of FIN 46(R) is permitted but not required, however, if elected, it must be completed no later than the end of the first annual reporting period after July 15, 2006. This standard was effective for us as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and did not have any effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 6.                         Directors, Senior Management and Employees

The following table sets forth, as of May 15, 2007, information for each of our directors and executive officers.

Name

 

 

 

Age

 

Position

 

Dr. John Coustas

 

 

51

 

 

President and CEO and Class I Director

 

Iraklis Prokopakis

 

 

56

 

 

Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Operating Officer and Class II Director

 

Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis

 

 

42

 

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Class III Director

 

Andrew B. Fogarty

 

 

62

 

 

Class II Director

 

Miklós Konkoly-Thege

 

 

64

 

 

Class III Director

 

Myles R. Itkin

 

 

59

 

 

Class I Director

 

Robert A. Mundell

 

 

75

 

 

Class I Director

 

 

63




The term of our Class I directors expires in 2009, the term of our Class II directors expires in 2008 and the term of our Class III directors expires in 2007. Certain biographical information about each of these individuals is set forth below.

Dr. John Coustas is our President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors. Dr. Coustas has over 25 years of experience in the shipping industry. Dr. Coustas assumed management of our company in 1987 from his father, Dimitris Coustas, who founded Danaos Shipping in 1972, and has been responsible for our corporate strategy and the management of our affairs since that time. Dr. Coustas is also a member of the board of directors of Danaos Management Consultants, The Swedish Club, the Union of Greek Shipowners and the Cyprus Union of Shipowners. Dr. Coustas holds a degree in Marine Engineering from National Technical University of Athens as well as a Master’s degree in Computer Science and a Ph.D in Computer Controls from Imperial College, London.

Iraklis Prokopakis is our Vice President, Treasurer, Chief Operating Officer and a member of our board of directors. Mr. Prokopakis joined us in 1998 and has over 30 years of experience in the shipping industry. Prior to entering the shipping industry, Mr. Prokopakis was a captain in the Hellenic Navy. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from Portsmouth University in the United Kingdom, a Master’s degree in Naval Architecture and a Ship Risk Management Diploma from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in the United States and a post-graduate diploma in business studies from the London School of Economics. Mr. Prokopakis also has a Certificate in Operational Audit of Banks from the Management Center Europe in Brussels and a Safety Risk Management Certificate from Det Norske Veritas.

Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis is our Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a member of our board of directors. Mr. Andritsoyiannis joined us in September 2005 and has over 15 years of experience in finance and banking. Prior to joining us, Mr. Andritsoyiannis served as director of investment banking and as a member of the board of Alpha Finance, the investment banking arm of Greece’s Alpha Bank. During his years with Alpha Finance from the early 1990s until joining us, Mr. Andritsoyiannis led a variety of financings, mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, privatizations and public offerings both in Greece and abroad. Mr. Andritsoyiannis holds a degree in Economics and Political Science from the Economic University of Athens, an MBA in finance from Columbia University as well as a post-graduate diploma in Ship Risk Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Andrew B. Fogarty has been a member of our board of directors since October 2006. Mr. Fogarty has over 16 years of experience in the transportation industry. After a career in government, including as Secretary of Transportation for the Commonwealth of Virginia, since 1989 Mr. Fogarty has held various executive positions with CSX Corporation or its predecessors, including as Senior Vice President—Corporate Services of CSX Corporation from 2001 to 2005, and his current position as Special Assistant to the Chairman of CSX since early 2006. Previously, Mr. Fogarty also held the positions of President and CEO of CSX World Terminals, and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Sea-Land Service, Inc. CSX is one of the world’s leading transportation companies providing rail, intermodal and rail-to-truck transload services. Mr. Fogarty is the former chairman and current member of the board of directors of the National Defense Transportation Association and a fellow of the National Academy of Public Administration. He holds a Bachelor of Arts from Hofstra University, a Master’s of Public Administration from the Nelson A. Rockefeller College of Public Affairs & Policy at the State University of New York, and a Ph.D. from Florida State University.

64




Myles R. Itkin has been a member of our board of directors since October 2006. Mr. Itkin is the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Overseas Shipholding Group, Inc. (“OSG”), in which capacities he has served, with the exception of a promotion from Senior Vice President to Executive Vice President in 2006, since 1995. Prior to joining OSG in June 1995, Mr. Itkin was employed by Alliance Capital Management L.P. as Senior Vice President of Finance. Prior to that, he was Vice President of Finance at Northwest Airlines, Inc. Mr. Itkin joined the board of directors of the U.K. P&I Club in 2006. Mr. Itkin holds a Bachelor’s degree from Cornell University and an MBA from New York University.

Miklós Konkoly-Thege has been a member of our board of directors since October 2006. Mr. Konkoly-Thege began at Det Norske Veritas (“DNV”), a ship classification society, in 1984. From 1984 through 2002, Mr. Konkoly-Thege served in various capacities with DNV including Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, Head of Corporate Management Staff and Head of Business Areas. Mr. Konkoly-Thege became President and Chairman of the Executive Board of DNV in 2002 and served in that capacity until his retirement in May 2006. Mr. Konkoly-Thege is a member of the board of directors of Wilhelmsen Maritime Services Holding AS. Mr. Konkoly-Thege holds a Master of Science degree in civil engineering from Technische Universität Hannover, Germany and an MBA from the University of Minnesota.

Dr. Robert A. Mundell has been a member of our board of directors since October 2006. Dr. Mundell is the University Professor of Economics at Columbia University. Dr. Mundell’s principal occupation since 1967 has been as a member of the faculty of Columbia University. Dr. Mundell has served as a member of the board of directors of Olympus Corporation since 2005. Since 2003, Dr. Mundell has also served as Chairman of the Word Executive Institute in Beijing, China. He has been an adviser to a number of international agencies and organizations including the United Nations, the IMF, the World Bank, the Government of Canada, several governments in Latin America and Europe, the Federal Reserve Board and the U.S. Treasury. In 1999 Dr. Mundell received the Nobel Prize in Economics. Dr. Mundell holds a Bachelor’s degree from the University of British Columbia, a Master’s degree from the University of Washington and a Ph.D. from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

We did not pay our directors prior to our initial public offering. Beginning in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006, non-executive directors received annual fees in the amount of $50,000, plus reimbursement for their out-of-pocket expenses. For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006, these fees were paid pro rata for the period after our non-executive directors were first elected, which coincided with our becoming a public company in October 2006. We do not have service contracts with any of our directors, other than the employment agreements with our three directors who are also executive officers of our company, as described below under “—Employment Agreements.”

Prior to 2006, our chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer did not receive any compensation from us. During the year ended December 31, 2006, we paid these executive officers an aggregate amount of $1.3 million. Pursuant to the employment agreements we have entered into with these officers as described below, from time to time we may pay any bonus component of this compensation in the form of restricted stock, stock options or other awards under our equity compensation plan, which is described below under “—Equity Compensation Plan.” No equity awards were granted in 2006.

Employees

We have three salaried employees. Approximately 815 officers and crew members served on board the vessels we own as of December 31, 2006, but are employed by our manager.

65




Share ownership

The common stock beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers and/or companies affiliated with these individuals is disclosed in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” below.

Board of Directors

At December 31, 2006 we had seven members on our board of directors. The board of directors may change the number of directors to not less than two, nor more than 15, by a vote of a majority of the entire board. Each director shall be elected to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of death, resignation or removal. A vacancy on the board created by death, resignation, removal (which may only be for cause), or failure of the stockholders to elect the entire class of directors to be elected at any election of directors or for any other reason, may be filled only by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, at any special meeting called for that purpose or at any regular meeting of the board of directors.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, after the completion of our initial public offering in October 2006 the full new board of directors held one meeting. Each director attended all of the meetings of committees of which the director was a member. All of our current directors, other than Dr. John Coustas, Iraklis Prokopakis and Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis, have been determined by our board of directors to be independent.

To promote open discussion among the independent directors, those directors met once in 2006 in regularly scheduled executive sessions without participation of our company’s management and will continue to do so in the remainder of 2007 and in 2008. Mr. Andrew B. Fogarty has served as the presiding director for purposes of these meetings. Stockholders who wish to send communications on any topic to the board of directors or to the independent directors as a group, or to the presiding director, Mr. Andrew B. Fogarty, may do so by writing to our Secretary, Mr. Evangelos Chatzis, Danaos Corporation, 14 Akti Kondyli, 185 45 Piraeus, Greece .

Corporate Governance

The board of directors and our company’s management have engaged in an ongoing review of our corporate governance practices in order to oversee our compliance with the applicable corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC.

We have adopted a number of key documents that are the foundation of its corporate governance, including:

·        a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all officers and employees;

·        a Code of Conduct for the chief executive officer and senior financial officers;

·        a Code of Ethics for directors;

·        a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter;

·        a Compensation Committee Charter; and

·        an Audit Committee Charter.

These documents and other important information on our governance, including the board of director’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, are posted on the Danaos Corporation website, and may be viewed at http://www.danaos.com. We will also provide a paper copy of any of these documents upon the

66




written request of a stockholder. Stockholders may direct their requests to the attention of our Secretary, Mr. Evangelos Chatzis, Danaos Corporation, 14 Akti Kondyli, 185 45 Piraeus, Greece .

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Myles R. Itkin (chairman), Andrew B. Fogarty and Miklós Konkoly-Thege. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Itkin qualifies as an audit committee “financial expert,” as such term is defined in Regulation S-K. The audit committee is responsible for (1) the hiring or termination of independent auditors and approving any non-audit work performed by such auditor, (2) approving the overall scope of the audit, (3) assisting the board in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, the independent accountant’s qualifications and independence, the performance of the independent accountants and our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (4) annually reviewing an independent auditors’ report describing the auditing firms’ internal quality-control procedures, any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the auditing firm, (5) discussing the annual audited financial and quarterly statements with management and the independent auditor, (6) discussing earnings press releases, as well as financial information and earning guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies, (7) discussing policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, (8) meeting separately, periodically, with management, internal auditors and the independent auditor, (9) reviewing with the independent auditor any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response, (10) setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors, (11) annually reviewing the adequacy of the audit committee’s written charter, (12) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the audit committee by the board of directors from time to time, (13) reporting regularly to the full board of directors and (14) evaluating the board of directors’ performance. During 2006, there were two meetings of the audit committee.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Andrew B. Fogarty (chairman), Miklós Konkoly-Thege and Iraklis Prokopakis. The compensation committee is responsible for (1) reviewing key employee compensation policies, plans and programs, (2) reviewing and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, (3) developing and recommending to the board of directors compensation for board members, (4) reviewing and approving employment contracts and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers, (5) reviewing and consulting with the chief executive officer on the selection of officers and evaluation of executive performance and other related matters, (6) administration of stock plans and other incentive compensation plans, (7) overseeing compliance with any applicable compensation reporting requirements of the SEC, (8) retaining consultants to advise the committee on executive compensation practices and policies and (9) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the compensation committee by the board of directors from time to time. During 2006, there was one meeting of the compensation committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis, Myles R. Itkin and Robert A. Mundell (chairman). The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for (1) developing and recommending criteria for selecting new directors, (2) screening and recommending to the board of directors individuals qualified to become executive officers, (3) overseeing evaluations of the board of directors, its members and committees of the board of directors and (4) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the nominating and corporate governance

67




committee by the board of directors from time to time. During 2006, there was one meeting of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Employment Agreements

Employment Agreement with Dr. John Coustas

Our president and chief executive officer, Dr. John Coustas, has entered into an employment agreement with us. The employment agreement provides that Dr. Coustas receives an annual base salary subject to increases at the discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors. Dr. Coustas is also eligible for annual bonuses as determined by the compensation committee, and the employment agreement provides that any bonus may be paid in whole or in part with awards under our equity compensation plan. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Dr. Coustas is required to devote such time and attention to our business and affairs as is reasonably necessary to the duties of his position, and otherwise may devote a portion of his time and attention to our affiliates and to other ventures he controls or in which he invests in accordance with the terms of the non-competition agreement he has entered into with us as described below. The initial term of the agreement will expire on December 31, 2012, however, unless written notice is provided 120 days prior to a termination date, the agreement will automatically extend for additional successive one-year terms.

The terms of the employment agreement also provide for the payment of severance of two times his annual salary plus bonus (based on an average of the prior three years), as well as continued benefits, if any, for 24 months if we terminate Dr. Coustas without “cause,” as defined in the agreement, or he terminates his employment with 30 days’ notice for “good reason,” as defined in the agreement. In addition, Dr. Coustas will receive a pro rata bonus for the year in which the termination occurs. If such termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within two years of a “change of control,” as defined in the agreement, Dr. Coustas would be entitled to the greater of (a) $800,000 or (b)(i)(A) the total amount of his salary and bonus (based on an average of the prior three years), plus (B) the value on the date of grant of any equity grants made under our equity compensation plan during that three-year period (which, for stock options, will be the Black-Scholes value), (ii) multiplied by three, as well as continued benefits, if any, for 36 months.

Dr. Coustas has also entered into a non-competition agreement with us that prohibits his direct or indirect ownership or operation of containerships of larger than 2,500 TEUs or drybulk carriers, and the provision, directly or indirectly, of commercial or technical management services to vessels in these sectors of the shipping industry or to entities owning such vessels, other than in limited circumstances. The terms of the employment agreement also prohibit Dr. Coustas from soliciting or attempting to solicit our employees or customers during the two-year period following termination of his employment.

Employment Agreement with Iraklis Prokopakis

Our vice president, treasurer and chief operating officer, Iraklis Prokopakis, has entered into an employment agreement with us. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Prokopakis receives an annual base salary subject to increases at the discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors. Mr. Prokopakis is also eligible for annual bonuses as determined by the compensation committee, and the employment agreement provides that any bonus may be paid in whole or in part with awards under our equity compensation plan. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Prokopakis is required to devote his full business time and attention to our business and affairs, although he may, as directed by our chief executive officer or board of directors, devote a portion of his time and attention to our affiliates. The initial term of the agreement will expire on December 31, 2012, however, unless written notice is provided 120 days prior to a termination date, the agreement will automatically extend for additional successive one-year terms.

68




The terms of the employment agreement also provide for the payment of severance of two times his annual salary plus bonus (based on an average of the prior three years), as well as continued benefits, if any, for 24 months if we terminate Mr. Prokopakis without “cause,” as defined in the agreement, or he terminates his employment with 30 days’ notice for “good reason,” as defined in the agreement. In addition, Mr. Prokopakis will receive a pro rata bonus for the year in which the termination occurs. If such termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within two years of a “change of control,” as defined in the agreement, Mr. Prokopakis would be entitled to the greater of (a) $800,000 or (b)(i)(A) the total amount of his salary and bonus (based on an average of the prior three years), plus (B) the value on the date of grant of any equity grants made under our equity compensation plan during that three-year period (which, for stock options, will be the Black-Scholes value), (ii) multiplied by three, as well as continued benefits, if any, for 36 months.

The terms of the employment agreement also prohibit Mr. Prokopakis from soliciting or attempting to solicit our employees or customers during the two-year period following termination of his employment, and from being substantially involved in the management or operation of containerships of larger than 2,500 TEUs or drybulk carriers, if such business is one of our competitors, during the term of the agreement.

Employment Agreement with Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis

Our vice president and chief financial officer, Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis, has entered into an employment agreement with us. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Andritsoyiannis receives an annual base salary subject to increases at the discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors. Mr. Andritsoyiannis is also eligible for annual bonuses as determined by the compensation committee, and the employment agreement provides that any bonus may be paid in whole or in part with awards under our equity compensation plan. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Andritsoyiannis is required to devote his full business time and attention to our business and affairs, although he may, as directed by our chief executive officer or board of directors, devote a portion of his time and attention to our affiliates. The initial term of the agreement will expire on December 31, 2012, however, unless written notice is provided 120 days prior to a termination date, the agreement will automatically extend for additional successive one-year terms.

The terms of the employment agreement also provide for the payment of severance of two times his annual salary plus bonus (based on an average of the prior three years), as well as continued benefits, if any, for 24 months if we terminate Mr. Andritsoyiannis without “cause,” as defined in the agreement, or he terminates his employment with 30 days’ notice for “good reason,” as defined in the agreement. In addition, Mr. Andritsoyiannis will receive a pro rata bonus for the year in which the termination occurs. If such termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within two years of a “change of control,” as defined in the agreement, Mr. Andritsoyiannis would be entitled to the greater of (a) $800,000 or (b)(i)(A) the total amount of his salary and bonus (based on an average of the prior three years), plus (B) the value on the date of grant of any equity grants made under our equity compensation plan during that three-year period (which, for stock options, will be the Black-Scholes value), (ii) multiplied by three, as well as continued benefits, if any, for 36 months.

The terms of the employment agreement also prohibit Mr. Andritsoyiannis from soliciting or attempting to solicit our employees or customers during the two-year period following termination of his employment, and from being substantially involved in the management or operation of containerships of larger than 2,500 TEUs or drybulk carriers, if such business is one of our competitors, during the term of the agreement.

69




Equity Compensation Plan

We have adopted an equity compensation plan, which we refer to as the Plan. The Plan will generally be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors, except that the full board may act at any time to administer the Plan, and authority to administer any aspect of the Plan may be delegated by our board of directors or by the compensation committee to an executive officer or to any other person. The Plan allows the plan administrator to grant awards of shares of our common stock or the right to receive or purchase shares of our common stock (including options to purchase common stock, restricted stock and stock units, bonus stock, performance stock, and stock appreciation rights) to our employees, directors or other persons or entities providing significant services to us or our subsidiaries, and also provides the plan administrator with the authority to reprice outstanding stock options or other awards. The actual terms of an award, including the number of shares of common stock relating to the award, any exercise or purchase price, any vesting, forfeiture or transfer restrictions, the time or times of exercisability for, or delivery of, shares of common stock, will be determined by the plan administrator and set forth in a written award agreement with the participant. Any options granted under the Plan will be accounted for in accordance with SFAS 123(R).

The aggregate number of shares of our common stock for which awards may be granted under the Plan cannot exceed 6% of the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding at the time any award is granted. Awards made under the Plan that have been forfeited (including our repurchase of shares of common stock subject to an award for the price, if any, paid to us for such shares of common stock, or for their par value) or cancelled or have expired, will not be treated as having been granted for purposes of the preceding sentence.

The Plan requires that the plan administrator make an equitable adjustment to the number, kind and exercise price per share of awards in the event of our recapitalization, reorganization, merger, spin-off, share exchange, dividend of common stock, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction or event. In addition, the plan administrator will be permitted to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of any awards in recognition of any unusual or nonrecurring events. Unless otherwise set forth in an award agreement, any awards outstanding under the Plan will vest upon a “change of control,” as defined in the Plan. Our board of directors may, at any time, alter, amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan, except that any amendment will be subject to the approval of our stockholders if required by applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule and that, without the consent of the affected participant under the Plan, no action may materially impair the rights of such participant under any awards outstanding under the Plan. The Plan will automatically terminate ten years after it has been most recently approved by our stockholders.

Item 7.                         Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.

Related Party Transactions

Management Affiliations

Danaos Shipping Co. Ltd., which we refer to as our Manager, is ultimately owned by Danaos Investments Limited as Trustee of the 883 Trust, which we refer to as the Coustas Family Trust. Danaos Investments Limited is the protector (which is analogous to a trustee) of the Coustas Family Trust, of which Dr. Coustas and other members of the Coustas family are beneficiaries. Dr. Coustas has certain powers to remove and replace Danaos Investments Limited as Trustee of the 883 Trust. The Coustas Family Trust is also our largest stockholder. Our Manager has provided services to our vessels since 1972 and continues to provide technical, administrative and certain commercial services which support our business, as well as comprehensive ship management services such as technical supervision and commercial management, including chartering our vessels pursuant to a management agreement which was amended and restated as of September 18, 2006.

70




Management Agreement

Under our management agreement, our Manager is responsible for providing us with technical, administrative and certain commercial services, which include the following:

·        technical services , which include managing day-to-day vessel operations, performing general vessel maintenance, ensuring regulatory compliance and compliance with the law of the flag of each vessel and of the places where the vessel operates, ensuring classification society compliance, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging the hire of qualified officers and crew, training, transportation, insurance of the crew (including processing all claims), performing normally scheduled drydocking and general and routine repairs, arranging insurance for vessels (including marine hull and machinery, protection and indemnity and risks insurance), purchasing stores, supplies, spares, lubricating oil and maintenance capital expenditures for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support, shoreside support, shipyard supervision, and attending to all other technical matters necessary to run our business;

·        administrative services , which include, in each case, at the direction of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assistance with the maintenance of our corporate books and records, payroll services, assistance with the preparation of our tax returns and financial statements, assistance with corporate and regulatory compliance matters not related to our vessels, procuring legal and accounting services (including the preparation of all necessary budgets for submission to us), assistance in complying with United States and other relevant securities laws, human resources, cash management and bookkeeping services, development and monitoring of internal audit controls, disclosure controls and information technology, assistance with all regulatory and reporting functions and obligations, furnishing any reports or financial information that might be requested by us and other non-vessel related administrative services, assistance with office space, providing legal and financial compliance services, overseeing banking services (including the opening, closing, operation and management of all of our accounts including making deposits and withdrawals reasonably necessary for the management of our business and day-to-day operations), arranging general insurance and director and officer liability insurance (at our expense), providing all administrative services required for subsequent debt and equity financings and attending to all other administrative matters necessary to ensure the professional management of our business (our Manager provides these administrative services at its own cost and in return therefore receives the commercial, chartering and administrative services fees); and

·        commercial services , which include chartering our vessels, assisting in our chartering, locating, purchasing, financing and negotiating the purchase and sale of our vessels, supervising the design and construction of newbuildings, and such other commercial services as we may reasonably request from time to time (our Manager provides these commercial services at its own cost and in return therefore receives the commercial, chartering and administrative services fees).

Reporting Structure

Our Manager reports to us and our Board of Directors through our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Under our management agreement, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer may direct the Manager to remove and replace any officer or any person who serves as the head of a business unit of our Manager. Furthermore, our Manager will not remove any person serving as an officer or senior manager without the prior written consent of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

71




Compensation of Our Manager

For providing its commercial, chartering and administrative services, our Manager receives a fee of $500 per day. For the management of our ships, our Manager receives a management fee of $250 per vessel per day for vessels on bareboat charter and $500 per vessel per day for the remaining vessels in our fleet for the first three years of our agreement, pro rated for the calendar days we own each vessel. After three years, these fees will be adjusted annually through mutual agreement between us and our Manager. Should we be unable to agree with our Manager as to the new fees, the rate for the next year will be set at an amount that will maintain our Manager’s average profit margin for the immediately preceding three years. Our Manager also receives a commission of 0.75% on all gross freight, charter hire, ballast bonus and demurrage with respect to each vessel in our fleet. We also pay our Manager a commission of 0.5% based on the contract price of any vessel bought or sold by it on our behalf and a flat fee of $400,000 per newbuilding vessel for the supervision of our newbuilding contracts. We believe these fees and commissions are no more than the rates we would need to pay an unaffiliated third party to provide us with these management services.

We also advance, on a monthly basis, all technical vessel operating expenses with respect to each vessel in our fleet to enable our Manager to arrange for the payment of such expenses on our behalf. To the extent the amounts advanced are greater or less than the actual vessel operating expenses of our fleet for a quarter, our Manager or us, as the case may be, will pay the other the difference at the end of such quarter, although our Manager may instead choose to credit such amount against future vessel operating expenses to be advanced for future quarters.

Term and Termination Rights

Subject to the termination rights described below, the initial term of the management agreement expires on December 31, 2008. The management agreement automatically renews for a one-year period and will be extended in additional one-year increments until December 31, 2020, at which point the agreement will expire. In addition to the termination provisions outlined below, we are able to terminate the contract at any point after the initial term upon 12 months’ notice to our Manager.

Our Manager’s Termination Rights.    Our Manager may terminate the management agreement prior to the end of its term in the two following circumstances:

·        First , if any moneys payable by us shall not have been paid within 60 business days of payment having been demanded in writing; or

·        Second, if at any time we materially breach the agreement and the matter is unresolved within 60 days after we are given written notice from our Manager.

Our Termination Rights.    We may terminate the management agreement prior to the end of its term in the two following circumstances upon providing the respective notice:

·        First , if at any time our Manager neglects or fails to perform its principal duties and obligations in any material respect and the matter is unresolved within 20 days after our Manager receives written notice of such neglect or failure from us; or

·        Second, if any moneys payable by the Manager under or pursuant to the management agreement are not promptly paid or accounted for in full within 10 business days by the Manager in accordance with the provisions of the management agreement.

72




We also may terminate the management agreement immediately under any of the following circumstances:

·        First , if either we or our Manager ceases to conduct business, or all or substantially all of the properties or assets of either such party is sold, seized or appropriated;

·        Second, if either we or our Manager files a petition under any bankruptcy law, makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, seeks relief under any law for the protection of debtors or adopts a plan of liquidation, or if a petition is filed against us or our Manager seeking to declare us or it an insolvent or bankrupt and such petition is not dismissed or stayed within 40 business days of its filing, or if our Company or the Manager admits in writing its insolvency or its inability to pay its debts as they mature, or if an order is made for the appointment of a liquidator, manager, receiver or trustee of our Company or the Manager of all or a substantial part of its assets, or if an encumbrancer takes possession of or a receiver or trustee is appointed over the whole or any part of the Manager’s or our Company’s undertaking, property or assets or if an order is made or a resolution is passed for our Manager’s or our winding up;

·        Third, if a distress, execution, sequestration or other process is levied or enforced upon or sued out against our Manager’s property which is not discharged within 20 business days;

·        Fourth, if the Manager, other than in connection with a reconstruction or amalgamation without insolvency previously approved by us, ceases or threatens to cease, either wholly or substantially, to carry on its business; or

·        Fifth , if either our Manager or we are prevented from performing any obligations under the management agreement by any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond the reasonable control of us or our Manager respectively for a period of two consecutive months or more.

In addition, we may terminate any applicable ship management agreement in any of the following circumstances:

·        First , if we or any subsidiary of ours ceases to be the owner of the vessel covered by such ship management agreement by reason of a sale thereof, or if we or any subsidiary of ours ceases to be registered as the owner of the vessel covered by such ship management agreement;

·        Second, if a vessel becomes an actual or constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or an agreement has been reached with the insurance underwriters in respect of the vessel’s constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with the insurance underwriters is not reached or it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the vessel has occurred;

·        Third , if the vessel covered by such ship management agreement is requisitioned for title or any other compulsory acquisition of the vessel occurs, otherwise than by requisition by hire; or

·        Fourth, if the vessel covered by such ship management agreement is captured, seized, detained or confiscated by any government or persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any government and is not released from such capture, seizure, detention or confiscation within 20 business days.

Non-competition

Our Manager has agreed that, during the term of the management agreement, it will not provide any management services to any other entity without our prior written approval, other than with respect to entities controlled by Dr. Coustas, our Chief Executive Officer, which do not operate within the containership (larger than 2,500 twenty foot equivalent units, or TEUs) or drybulk sectors of the shipping industry or in the circumstances described below. Dr. Coustas does not currently control any such vessel-owning entity or have an equity interest in any such entity, other than Castella Shipping Inc., owner

73




of one 1,700 TEU vessel. Dr. Coustas has also personally agreed to the same restrictions on the provision, directly or indirectly, of management services during this period. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer (other than in his capacities with us) and our Manager have separately agreed not, during the term of our management agreement and for one year thereafter, to engage, directly or indirectly, in (i) the ownership or operation of containerships of larger than 2,500 TEUs or (ii) the ownership or operation of any drybulk carriers or (iii) the acquisition of or investment in any business involved in the ownership or operation of containerships larger than 2,500 TEUs or drybulk carriers. Notwithstanding these restrictions, if our independent directors decline the opportunity to acquire any such containerships or drybulk carriers or to acquire or invest in any such business, our Chief Executive Officer will have the right to make, directly or indirectly, any such acquisition or investment during the four-month period following such decision by our independent directors, so long as such acquisition or investment is made on terms no more favorable than those offered to us. In this case, our Chief Executive Officer and our Manager will be permitted to provide management services to such vessels.

Sale of Our Manager

Our Manager has agreed that it will not transfer, assign, sell or dispose of all or a significant portion of its business that is necessary for the services our Manager performs for us without the prior written consent of our Board of Directors. Furthermore, in the event of any proposed sale of our Manager, we have a right of first refusal to purchase our Manager. This prohibition and right of first refusal is in effect throughout the term of the management agreement and for a period of one year following the expiry or termination of the management agreement. Our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. John Coustas, or any trust established for the Coustas family (under which Dr. Coustas and/or a member of his family is a beneficiary), is required, unless we expressly permit otherwise, to own 80% of our Manager’s outstanding capital stock during the term of the management agreement and 80% of the voting power of our Manager’s outstanding capital stock. In the event of any breach of these requirements, we would be entitled to purchase the capital stock of our Manager owned by Dr. Coustas or any trust established for the Coustas family (under which Dr. Coustas and/or a member of his family is a beneficiary).

The Swedish Club

Dr. John Coustas, our Chief Executive Officer, is a member of the Board of Directors of The Swedish Club, our primary provider of insurance, including a substantial portion of our hull & machinery, war risk and protection and indemnity insurance. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, we paid premiums of $2.4 million in the aggregate, $3.5 million in the aggregate and $3.4 million in the aggregate, respectively, to The Swedish Club under these insurance policies.

Danaos Management Consultants

Our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. John Coustas, co-founded and has a 50.0% ownership interest in Danaos Management Consultants, which provides the ship management software deployed on the vessels in our fleet to our Manager on a complementary basis. Dr. Coustas does not participate in the day-to-day management of Danaos Management Consultants.

Payment of Dividend

We paid no dividends in 2006. Prior to our initial public offering, in 2005 we paid dividends of $244.6 million to our stockholders from our retained earnings.

Sofia III

On November 3, 2003, Reynolds Enterprises S.A., our subsidiary and the registered owner of the AIFOS , sold the vessel to Magellan Marine Inc., an entity then affiliated with us by virtue of being

74




wholly-owned by our ultimate principal stockholder, Protector Holdings Inc. Magellan Marine Inc. then bareboat chartered the vessel, which was renamed the Sofia III, to Lito Navigation Inc., our subsidiary. The sale of the AIFOS to Magellan Marine Inc. was undertaken because such vessel was not intended to be in a pool in which it otherwise would have been included. On December 31, 2004, the bareboat charter was terminated and all of the outstanding capital stock of Magellan Marine Inc. was registered to Lito Navigation Inc. Magellan Marine Inc. is the vessel-owning subsidiary of the Sofia III and Lito Navigation Inc., which is wholly-owned by us, is the sole stockholder of Magellan Marine Inc. Each of these transactions was consummated for no consideration. On April 24, 2006, we sold the Sofia III to a third-party drybulk operator for $27.5 million and delivered the vessel to the buyer on May 12, 2006.

Castella Shipping Inc. and Palmosa Shipping Corporation

Our Chief Executive Officer has a 26.0% shareholding interest in Castella Shipping Inc., owner of one 1,700 TEU feeder containership which provides transport between liner vessels and smaller ports in the Mediterranean not directly served by liner vessels. Our Chief Executive had owned a 26.0% economic interest and 51.0% of the voting power in Castella’s former parent, Palmosa Shipping Corporation, or Palmosa, until December 18, 2006. Castella does not, and Palmosa did not, provide feeder or any other services to us or our fleet. Our Manager arranges crewing for Castella, and arranged crewing for Palmosa, on a complementary basis in order to gain access to information regarding the vessel’s maintenance and repair, off hire days, responses to unexpected events arising during voyages and other factors that are considered to be indicative of crewing performance. This allows our Manager to monitor the operational quality of Castella’s vessel (and previously Palmosa’s vessels),  which operate under entirely Ukranian crews arranged by our Manager, thereby providing our Manager with insight into the quality of these crews compared to differently constituted crews.

Offices

We occupy office space that is owned by our Manager and which is provided to us as part of the services we receive under our management agreement.

Seasonal Maritime Corporation

Seasonal Maritime Corporation, an entity wholly-owned by our Chief Executive Officer, funded $30.4 million of the $40.5 million acquisition price of the MOL Confidence under a loan agreement, dated March 14, 2006, among Seasonal Maritime Corporation, as lender, a subsidiary of ours, as borrower, and us, as guarantor. The interest rate for this loan was LIBOR plus 1.0% per annum, with a maturity date of six months after execution of the loan agreement, subject to an option for an additional six months repayment term for the borrower. In addition, a flat fee of $70,125 was paid upon execution of the loan agreement and a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum was payable quarterly on any undrawn amount, commencing March 14, 2006. On June 16, 2006, we repaid $25.4 million of the amount borrowed under this loan agreement, leaving $5.0 million outstanding as of June 30, 2006, which amount was repaid in August 2006. This loan was secured by a general assignment of income from the MOL Confidence and an assignment of insurance receivables with respect to the vessel.

We borrowed an aggregate amount of $75.0 million ($15.0 million with respect to each vessel) under an unsecured loan agreement, dated August 14, 2006, with Seasonal Maritime Corporation to partially finance the acquisition of the five 6,500 TEU newbuildings we ordered on July 26, 2006. This loan bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.0% per annum and matured six months after execution of the loan agreement, with an option for an additional six months repayment term for the borrower. In addition, a flat fee of $112,500 was paid upon execution of the loan agreement and a commitment fee of 0.30% per annum was payable quarterly on any undrawn amount, commencing August 14, 2006. We repaid the entire

75




amount outstanding under this loan on December 28, 2006 with borrowings made under our credit facility with Aegean Baltic-HSH Nordbank.

We borrowed an additional aggregate amount of $25.0 million under an unsecured loan agreement, dated September 25, 2006, with Seasonal Maritime Corporation, to finance installment payments on the HN 1670 , the HN 1671 , the HN 1672 and the HN 1673 , made on September 28, 2006. This loan bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.0% per annum and matured six months after execution of the loan agreement, with an option for an additional six months repayment term for the borrower. In addition, a flat fee of $37,500 was paid upon execution of the loan agreement and a commitment fee of 0.30% per annum was payable quarterly on any undrawn amount, commencing September 25, 2006. We repaid the entire amount outstanding under this loan on December 28, 2006 with borrowings made under credit facilities with The Royal Bank of Scotland and Aegean Baltic-HSH Nordbank.

We believe the fees and interest paid under these loan agreements were no less favorable than those we could have obtained in arm’s-length negotiations with an unrelated third party.

Det Norske Veritas

Until May 2006, Mr. Miklós Konkoly-Thege, a member of our Board of Directors, was President and Chairman of the Executive Board of Det Norske Veritas, which provides vessel classification services to us. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, we paid $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively, to Det Norske Veritas for these services.

Major Stockholders

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock as of May 15, 2007 held by:

·        each person or entity that we know beneficially owns 5% or more of our common stock;

·        each of our officers and directors; and

·        all our directors and officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In general, a person who has voting power or investment power with respect to securities is treated as a beneficial owner of those securities.

76




Beneficial ownership does not necessarily imply that the named person has the economic or other benefits of ownership. For purposes of this table, shares subject to options, warrants or rights or shares exercisable within 60 days of May 15, 2007 are considered as beneficially owned by the person holding those options, warrants or rights. Each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share held. The applicable percentage of ownership of each stockholder is based on 54,557,500 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 15, 2007. Information for certain holders is based on their latest filings with the SEC or information delivered to us. Except as noted below, the address of all stockholders, officers and directors identified in the table and accompanying footnotes below is in care our principal executive offices.

Identity of Person or Group

 

 

 

Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Owned

 

Percentage of
Common Stock

 

Officers and Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Coustas(1)

 

43,687,195

 

 

80.0

%

 

Iraklis Prokopakis

 

443,075

 

 

*

 

 

Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis

 

177,230

 

 

*

 

 

Andrew B. Fogarty

 

 

 

 

 

Myles R. Itkin

 

 

 

 

 

Miklós Konkoly-Thege

 

2,000

 

 

*

 

 

Robert A. Mundell

 

 

 

 

 

5% Beneficial Owners:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Danaos Investments Limited as Trustee of the 883 Trust(2)

 

43,687,195

 

 

80.0

%

 

All executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)

 

44,309,500

 

 

81.2

%

 


*                     Less than 1%.

(1)           By virtue of shares owned indirectly through Danaos Investments Limited as Trustee of the 883 Trust, which is our principal stockholder. The beneficiaries of the trust are Dr. Coustas, his wife and his descendants. Dr. Coustas has certain powers to remove and replace Danaos Investments Limited as Trustee of the 883 Trust and, accordingly, he may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock owned by Danaos Investments Limited as Trustee of the 883 Trust.

(2)           According to a Schedule 13G jointly filed with the SEC on February 9, 2007 by Danaos Investments Limited as Trustee of the 883 Trust and John Coustas, Danaos Investments Limited as Trustee of the 883 Trust owns 43,687,195 shares of common stock and has sole voting power and sole dispositive power with respect to all such shares. The beneficiaries of the trust are Dr. Coustas, his wife and his descendants. Dr. Coustas has certain powers to remove and replace Danaos Investments Limited as Trustee of the 883 Trust and, accordingly, he may be deemed to beneficially own these shares of common stock.

In October 2006, we completed a registered public offering of our shares of common stock and our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange. Accordingly, certain of our principal stockholders acquired their shares of common stock either at or subsequent to this time. Our major stockholders have the same voting rights as our other stockholders. As of May 15, 2007, we had approximately five stockholders of record. Two of these stockholders were located in the United States and held an aggregate 10,250,000 shares of common stock representing approximately 18.8% of our outstanding shares of common stock. However, one of the United States stockholders of record is CEDEFAST, a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, which held 10,249,568 shares of our common stock. Accordingly, we believe that the shares held by CEDEFAST include shares of common stock beneficially owned by both holders in the United States and non-United States beneficial owners. We are not aware of any arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in our change of control.

77




The Coustas Family Trust, under which our chief executive officer is both a beneficiary, together with other members of the Coustas Family, and the protector (which is analogous to a trustee), through Danaos Investments Limited, a corporation wholly-owned by Dr. Coustas, owns, directly or indirectly, approximately 80.0% of our outstanding common stock. This stockholder is able to control the outcome of matters on which our stockholders are entitled to vote, including the election of our entire board of directors and other significant corporate actions.

Item 8.                         Financial Information

See “Item 18. Financial Statements” below.

Significant Changes.    No significant change has occurred since the date of the annual financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

Legal Proceedings.    In the summer of 2001, one of our vessels, the Henry ( ex APL Guatemala) , experienced engine damage at sea that resulted in an accumulation of oil and oily water in the vessel’s engine room. After the vessel arrived in Long Beach, California, in June 2001, it was inspected by the U.S. Coast Guard. The Coast Guard found oil in the overboard discharge pipe from the vessel’s oily water separator. Our manager posted bonds to cover potential civil penalties for alleged violations of Annex III of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, or MARPOL, regulations. The Coast Guard subsequently referred the matter to the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Central District of California for a criminal investigation into whether members of the vessel’s crew bypassed systems designed to prevent discharges of oil to the water. On June 29, 2001, pursuant to a short-term International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate, our manager pumped oily bilge water from the vessel’s engine room into tanks aboard the vessel for subsequent lawful disposal.

On July 2, 2001, when the vessel was at anchor in Long Beach, California, representatives of our manager notified authorities of the presence of oil on the water on the starboard side of the vessel. On July 3, 2001, divers retained by our manager found oil in the vessel’s starboard sea chest (an opening through which sea water is taken in to cool the engines). The diving service removed and containerized the oily water in the sea chest for subsequent disposal.

The U.S. Attorney’s criminal investigation shifted from the conditions observed in June 2001 to the July 2 release and the events that followed it. Our manager entered into a plea agreement with the U.S. Attorney, on behalf of the government, which was filed with the U.S. District Court on June 20, 2006, pursuant to which our manager agreed to plead guilty to one count of negligent discharge of oil and one count of obstruction of justice, based on a charge of attempted concealment of the source of the discharge. Consistent with the government’s practice in similar cases, our manager agreed to develop and implement a third-party consultant monitored environmental compliance plan and to designate an internal corporate compliance manager. This compliance plan would require our manager to prepare an environmental compliance plan manual for approval by such third-party environmental consultant and the U.S. government. The program would also require our manager to arrange for, fund and complete a series of audits of its fleet management offices and of waste streams of the vessels it manages, including all of the vessels in our fleet that call at U.S. ports, as well as an independent, third-party focused environmental compliance plan audit. Our manager also agreed to a probation period of three years under the plea agreement. Our manager further agreed to pay an aggregate of $500,000 in penalties in connection with the charges of negligent discharge and obstruction of justice under the plea agreement, with half of the penalties to be applied to community service projects that will benefit, restore or preserve the environment and ecosystems in the central California area. On August 14, 2006, the court accepted our manager’s guilty plea to the two counts and, on December 4, 2006, sentenced our manager in accordance with the terms of the plea agreement.

78




In the five years since the detention of the Henry ( ex APL Guatemala) , our vessels have not been subject to any other detentions or enforcement proceedings involving alleged releases of oil. Our manager has already begun preparation of a proactive management program designed to prevent future non-compliance.

We have not been involved in any legal proceedings that we believe may have a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity, and we are not aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened that may have a material effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. We expect that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. However, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

Dividend Policy.    We currently intend to pay quarterly dividends of $0.44 per share, or $1.76 per share per year. We paid our first quarterly dividend of $0.44 per share on February 14, 2007 and our second quarterly dividend, of $0.44 per share, on May 18, 2007. There can be no assurance, however, that we will pay regular quarterly dividends in the future. We paid no dividends in 2006. Prior to our initial public offering, in 2005 we paid dividends of $244.6 million to our stockholders from our retained earnings.

We currently intend to pay dividends in amounts that will allow us to retain a portion of our cash flows to fund vessel, fleet or company acquisitions that we expect to be accretive to earnings and cash flows, and for debt repayment and drydocking costs, as determined by management and our board of directors. Declaration and payment of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of dividend payments will be dependent upon our earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, fleet renewal and expansion, restrictions in our credit facilities, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of distributions to stockholders and other factors. The payment of dividends is not guaranteed or assured, and may be discontinued at any time at the discretion of our board of directors. There can be no assurance that dividends will be paid in the anticipated amounts and frequency set forth in this annual report. Our ability to pay dividends may be limited by the amount of cash we can generate from operations following the payment of fees and expenses and the establishment of any reserves as well as additional factors unrelated to our profitability. We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in Our Business” for a discussion of the risks related to our ability to pay dividends.

Item 9.                         The Offer and Listing

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DAC.”

79




Trading on the New York Stock Exchange

Since our initial public offering in the United States in October 2006, our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DAC.” The following table shows the high and low sales prices for our common stock during the indicated periods.

 

 

High

 

Low

 

2006 (Annual)

 

$

24.10

 

$

19.61

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter (October 6 to December 31)

 

24.10

 

19.61

 

October (October 6 to October 31)

 

21.45

 

20.06

 

November

 

22.69

 

19.61

 

December

 

24.10

 

22.09

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

26.53

 

23.25

 

January

 

25.23

 

23.63

 

February

 

24.97

 

23.25

 

March

 

26.53

 

23.94

 

Second Quarter (through May 25)

 

33.55

 

26.11

 

April

 

29.79

 

26.11

 

May (through May 25)

 

33.55

 

28.14

 

 

Item 10.                  Additional Information

Share Capital

Under our articles of incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of which, as of December 31, 2006 and May 15, 2007, 54,557,500 shares were issued and outstanding and fully paid, and 5,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock, $.01 par value per share, of which, as of December 31, 2006 and May 15, 2007, no shares were issued and outstanding and fully paid. One million shares of the blank check preferred stock have been designated Series A Participating Preferred Stock in connection with our adoption of a stockholder rights plan as described below under “—Stockholder Rights Plan.” All of our shares of stock are in registered form.

Common Stock

Each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. Holders of common stock do not have conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of shares of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

There were 500 shares of common stock outstanding on October 7, 2005, the date our company was domesticated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands. On September 18, 2006 we effected an 88,615-for-1 stock split.

Blank Check Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock,

80




of which 1,000,000 shares have been designated Series A Participating Preferred Stock in connection with our adoption of a stockholder rights plan as described below under “—Stockholder Rights Plan.” Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management.

Stockholder Rights Plan

General

Each share of our common stock includes a right that entitles the holder to purchase from us a unit consisting of one-thousandth of a share of our Series A participating preferred stock at a purchase price of $25.00 per unit, subject to specified adjustments. The rights are issued pursuant to a rights agreement between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent. Until a right is exercised, the holder of a right will have no rights to vote or receive dividends or any other stockholder rights.

The rights may have anti-takeover effects. The rights will cause substantial dilution to any person or group that attempts to acquire us without the approval of our board of directors. As a result, the overall effect of the rights may be to render more difficult or discourage any attempt to acquire us. Because our board of directors can approve a redemption of the rights or a permitted offer, the rights should not interfere with a merger or other business combination approved by our board of directors. The adoption of the rights agreement was approved by our stockholders prior to our initial public offering.

We have summarized the material terms and conditions of the rights agreement and the rights below. For a complete description of the rights, we encourage you to read the rights agreement, which we have filed as an exhibit to this annual report.

Detachment of the Rights

The rights are attached to all certificates representing our outstanding common stock and will attach to all common stock certificates we issue prior to the rights distribution date that we describe below. The rights are not exercisable until after the rights distribution date and will expire at the close of business on the tenth anniversary date of the adoption of the rights plan, unless we redeem or exchange them earlier as described below. The rights will separate from the common stock and a rights distribution date will occur, subject to specified exceptions, on the earlier of the following two dates:

·        10 days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons or an “acquiring person” has acquired or obtained the right to acquire beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock; or

·        10 business days following the start of a tender or exchange offer that would result, if closed, in a person becoming an “acquiring person.”

Existing stockholders and their affiliates are excluded from the definition of “acquiring person” for purposes of the rights, and therefore their ownership or future share acquisitions cannot trigger the rights. Specified “inadvertent” owners that would otherwise become an acquiring person, including those who would have this designation as a result of repurchases of common stock by us, will not become acquiring persons as a result of those transactions.

Our board of directors may defer the rights distribution date in some circumstances, and some inadvertent acquisitions will not result in a person becoming an acquiring person if the person promptly divests itself of a sufficient number of shares of common stock.

81




Until the rights distribution date:

·        our common stock certificates will evidence the rights, and the rights will be transferable only with those certificates; and

·        any new shares of common stock will be issued with rights and new certificates will contain a notation incorporating the rights agreement by reference.

As soon as practicable after the rights distribution date, the rights agent will mail certificates representing the rights to holders of record of common stock at the close of business on that date. After the rights distribution date, only separate rights certificates will represent the rights.

We will not issue rights with any shares of common stock we issue after the rights distribution date, except as our board of directors may otherwise determine.

Flip-In Event

A “flip-in event” will occur under the rights agreement when a person becomes an acquiring person. If a flip-in event occurs and we do not redeem the rights as described under the heading “—Redemption of Rights” below, each right, other than any right that has become void, as described below, will become exercisable at the time it is no longer redeemable for the number of shares of common stock, or, in some cases, cash, property or other of our securities, having a current market price equal to two times the exercise price of such right.

If a flip-in event occurs, all rights that then are, or in some circumstances that were, beneficially owned by or transferred to an acquiring person or specified related parties will become void in the circumstances the rights agreement specifies.

Flip-Over Event

A “flip-over event” will occur under the rights agreement when, at any time after a person has become an acquiring person:

·        we are acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction; or

·        50% or more of our assets, cash flows or earning power is sold or transferred.

If a flip-over event occurs, each holder of a right, other than any right that has become void as we describe under the heading “—Flip-In Event” above, will have the right to receive the number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company having a current market price equal to two times the exercise price of such right.

Antidilution

The number of outstanding rights associated with our common stock is subject to adjustment for any stock split, stock dividend or subdivision, combination or reclassification of our common stock occurring prior to the rights distribution date. With some exceptions, the rights agreement does not require us to adjust the exercise price of the rights until cumulative adjustments amount to at least 1% of the exercise price. It also does not require us to issue fractional shares of our preferred stock that are not integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a share, and, instead we may make a cash adjustment based on the market price of the common stock on the last trading date prior to the date of exercise. The rights agreement reserves us the right to require, prior to the occurrence of any flip-in event or flip-over event that, on any exercise of rights, that a number of rights must be exercised so that we will issue only whole shares of stock.

82




Redemption of Rights

At any time until 10 days after the date on which the occurrence of a flip-in event is first publicly announced, we may redeem the rights in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price of $.01 per right. The redemption price is subject to adjustment for any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring before the date of redemption. At our option, we may pay that redemption price in cash, shares of common stock or any other consideration our board of directors may select. The rights are not exercisable after a flip-in event until they are no longer redeemable. If our board of directors timely orders the redemption of the rights, the rights will terminate on the effectiveness of that action.

Exchange of Rights

We may, at our option, exchange the rights (other than rights owned by an acquiring person or an affiliate or an associate of an acquiring person, which have become void), in whole or in part. The exchange must be at an exchange ratio of one share of common stock per right, subject to specified adjustments at any time after the occurrence of a flip-in event and prior to:

·        any person other than our existing stockholders becoming the beneficial owner of common stock with voting power equal to 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of common stock entitled to vote in the election of directors; or

·        the occurrence of a flip-over event.

Amendment of Terms of Rights

While the rights are outstanding, we may amend the provisions of the rights agreement only as follows:

·        to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

·        to make changes that do not adversely affect the interests of holders of rights, excluding the interests of any acquiring person; or

·        to shorten or lengthen any time period under the rights agreement, except that we cannot change the time period when rights may be redeemed or lengthen any time period, unless such lengthening protects, enhances or clarifies the benefits of holders of rights other than an acquiring person.

At any time when no rights are outstanding, we may amend any of the provisions of the rights agreement, other than decreasing the redemption price.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity relating to the business of chartering, rechartering or operating containerships, drybulk carriers or other vessels or any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction with shipping, and any other lawful act or activity approved by the board of directors. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our stockholders.

Under our bylaws, annual stockholder meetings will be held at a time and place selected by our board of directors. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands. Special meetings may be called by the board of directors or, at the request of the holders of a majority of our issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote on the matters proposed to be considered at such meeting, or by our secretary. Our board of directors may set a record date between 15 and 60 days before the date of any meeting to determine the stockholders that will be eligible to receive notice and vote at the meeting.

83




Directors

Our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at each annual meeting of the stockholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. There is no provision for cumulative voting.

The board of directors may change the number of directors to not less than two, nor more than 15, by a vote of a majority of the entire board. Each director shall be elected to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of death, resignation or removal. A vacancy on the board created by death, resignation, removal (which may only be for cause), or failure of the stockholders to elect the entire class of directors to be elected at any election of directors or for any other reason, may be filled only by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, at any special meeting called for that purpose or at any regular meeting of the board of directors. The board of directors has the authority to fix the amounts which shall be payable to the members of our board of directors for attendance at any meeting or for services rendered to us.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the BCA, our stockholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including any merger or sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and to receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any further amendment of our articles of incorporation, a stockholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting stockholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting stockholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the high court of the Republic of The Marshall Islands in which our Marshall Islands office is situated or in any appropriate jurisdiction outside the Marshall Islands in which our shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange. The value of the shares of the dissenting stockholder is fixed by the court after reference, if the court so elects, to the recommendations of a court-appointed appraiser.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the BCA, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of common stock both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.

Anti-takeover Provisions of our Charter Documents

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, that a stockholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

84




Blank Check Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock, of which 1,000,000 shares have been designated Series A Participating Preferred Stock in connection with our adoption of a stockholder rights plan as described above under “—Stockholder Rights Plan.” Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management.

Classified Board of Directors

Our articles of incorporation provide for a board of directors serving staggered, three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of our company. It could also delay stockholders who do not agree with the policies of the board of directors from removing a majority of the board of directors for two years.

Election and Removal of Directors

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws require parties other than the board of directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our bylaws also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 ¤ 3 % of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote for those directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called by our board of directors or, at the request of holders of a majority of the common stock entitled to vote at such meeting, by our secretary.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.

Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the previous year’s annual meeting. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may impede stockholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or to make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

Business Combinations

Although the BCA does not contain specific provisions regarding “business combinations” between companies organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands and “interested stockholders,” we have included these provisions in our articles of incorporation. Specifically, our articles of incorporation prohibit us from engaging in a “business combination” with certain persons for three years following the date the person becomes an interested stockholder. Interested stockholders generally include:

·        any person who is the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock; or

85




·        any person who is our affiliate or associate and who held 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock at any time within three years before the date on which the person’s status as an interested stockholder is determined, and the affiliates and associates of such person.

Subject to certain exceptions, a business combination includes, among other things:

·        certain mergers or consolidations of us or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours;

·        any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of our assets or of any subsidiary of ours having an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all assets of us, determined on a consolidated basis, or the aggregate value of all the outstanding stock of us;

·        certain transactions that result in the issuance or transfer by us of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

·        any transaction involving us or any of our subsidiaries that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of stock, or securities convertible into any class or series of stock, of ours or any such subsidiary that is owned directly or indirectly by the interested stockholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder; and

·        any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder) of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us.

These provisions of our articles of incorporation do not apply to a business combination if:

·        before a person became an interested stockholder, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction in which the stockholder became an interested stockholder;

·        upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than certain excluded shares;

·        at or following the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 ¤ 3 % of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interest stockholder;

·        the stockholder was or became an interested stockholder prior to the consummation of the initial public offering of our common stock under the Securities Act;

·        a stockholder became an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an interested stockholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a business combination between our company and such stockholder, have been an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

·        the business combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required under our articles of incorporation which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of the board; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the board of directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a

86




majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

(i)              a merger or consolidation of our company (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to the BCA, no vote of the stockholders of our company is required);

(ii)          a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of our company or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of our company (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to our company) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of our company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares; or

(iii)      a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of our outstanding voting stock.

Material Contracts

The following is a summary of each material contract that we have entered into outside the ordinary course of business during the two year period immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Such summaries are not intended to be complete and reference is made to the contracts themselves, which are exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

(a)           Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated September 18, 2006, between Danaos Shipping Company Limited and Danaos Corporation. For a description of the Amended and Restated Management Agreement between Danaos Shipping Company Limited and Danaos Corporation, please see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement.”

(b)          Restrictive Covenant Agreement, dated October 11, 2006, between Danaos Corporation and Dr. John Coustas. For a description of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement between Danaos Corporation and Dr. John Coustas, please see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Non-competition.”

(c)           Stockholder Rights Agreement, dated September 18, 2006, between Danaos Corporation and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent. For a description of the Stockholder Rights Agreement, please see “Item 10. Additional Information—Share Capital—Stockholder Rights Plan.”

(d)          Credit Facilities.

HSH Nordbank Credit Facility

On December 17, 2002, we, as guarantor, and certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries, as borrowers, entered into a $60.0 million credit facility with HSH Nordbank AG and Dresdner Bank, which we refer to as the HSH Nordbank credit facility, with a term of 10 years to finance a portion of the purchase price of the Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean ) and the Maersk Derby (ex  P&O Nedlloyd Caracas ). As of May 15, 2007, $48 million was outstanding under this credit facility.

The interest rate on the HSH Nordbank credit facility is LIBOR plus 0.775%. Beginning on June 11, 2004, we began repaying the principal amount of this loan, which is payable in 40 consecutive quarterly installments of $1.0 million together with a balloon payment of $20.0 million payable with the final installment.

87




KEXIM Credit Facility

On May 13, 2003, we, as guarantor, and certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries, as borrowers, entered into a $124.4 million credit facility with the Export-Import Bank of Korea, which we refer to as our KEXIM credit facility, for a term of 12 years to finance a portion of the purchase price of the CSCL Europe and the CSCL America. As of May 15, 2007, $98.9 million was outstanding under this credit facility.

Interest on borrowings under the KEXIM credit facility accrues at a rate of 5.0125%, which includes a fee of 0.3725% per annum. Beginning on December 15, 2004, we began repaying the principal amount of this loan in 48 consecutive quarterly installments of $2.6 million (except for the first installment of $1.5 million) plus installments of $1.3 million, $1.0 million and $0.69 million payable in August 2016, September 2016 and November 2016, respectively.

In connection with our KEXIM facility, on November 15, 2004, we entered into an interest rate hedging transaction with RBS. The transaction is an amortizing interest rate swap, with the end result being the conversion of the fixed rate payable on the loan to a floating rate (U.S. dollar LIBOR). The notional amortizing schedule of the swap exactly mirrors the amortization schedule of the above loan.

KEXIM-Fortis Credit Facility

On January 29, 2004, we, as guarantor, and certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries, as borrowers, entered into a $144.0 million credit facility with the Export-Import Bank of Korea and Fortis Capital, which we refer to as the KEXIM-Fortis credit facility, repayable over 12 years commencing with the delivery of the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561) . As of May 15, 2007, $141.2 million was outstanding under this credit facility and there was no undrawn funds available.

The KEXIM-Fortis credit facility is organized in two tranches, Tranche A and Tranche B. Each of Tranche A and Tranche B is comprised of two parts. One part of Tranche A, consisting of $67.5 million, and Tranche B, consisting of $4.5 million, is attributable to the CSCL Pusan . The second part of Tranche A, consisting of $67.5 million, and Tranche B, consisting of $4.5 million, is attributable to the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561) . The portion of Tranche A attributable to the CSCL Pusan (ex  HN 1559 ) is repayable in 24 semi-annual installments of $2.8 million each, commencing on March 15, 2007. The portion of Tranche B attributable to the CSCL Pusan consists of a balloon payment of $4.5 million payable with the final installment of Tranche A on September 8, 2018. The portion of Tranche A attributable to the CSCL Le Havre is repayable in 24 semi-annual installments of $2.8 million each, commencing on March 15, 2007. The portion of Tranche B attributable to the CSCL Le Havre consists of a balloon payment of $4.5 payable with the final installment of Tranche A on March 15 , 2019.

Interest on borrowings under both tranches of the KEXIM-Fortis credit facility accrues at a rate of 5.02%, which includes a fee of 0.27% per annum. In addition, a commitment fee of 0.30% per annum has been accruing on the undrawn balance of Tranche A since February 2, 2004, the date of the first drawing thereunder, and a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum has been accruing on the undrawn balance of Tranche B since January 29, 2004.

Aegean Baltic-HSH Nordbank Credit Facility

On November 14 , 2006, we, as borrower, and certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into a $700.0 million revolving and term loan credit facility with Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. and HSH Nordbank AG, which we refer to as the Aegean Baltic-HSH Nordbank credit facility. The Aegean Baltic-HSH Nordbank credit facility is divided into two revolving credit tranches, Tranche A and Tranche B. Tranche A of the credit facility is for a committed amount of

88




$200.0 million and is collateralized by mortgages and other security relating to the APL Belgium , the CMA CGM Elbe , the CMA CGM Kalamata , the CMA CGM Komodo , the Henry , the Hyundai Commodore , the Hyundai Duke and the Independence. We used the borrowings under Tranche A to refinance outstanding indebtedness under our existing credit facility with Aegean Baltic Bank, which was collateralized by mortgages and other security relating to the APL Belgium , the APL Scotland and the Hyundai Commodore . Tranche B of the Aegean Baltic-HSH Nordbank credit facility is for a maximum amount of $500.0 million. Tranche B is to be used to provide financing for future vessel acquisitions, or other ship financing or corporate activities. The interest rate on the Aegean Baltic-HSH Nordbank credit facility is 0.75% over LIBOR. The revolving period commenced on November 14, 2006 and will have a duration of five years. The loan is repayable in up to 20 consecutive quarterly installments beginning in 2011 and a balloon payment, if applicable, together with the last payment due in 2016. As of May 15, 2007, $275.0 million was outstanding under the Aegean Baltic-HSH Nordbank credit facility and $425.0 million of undrawn availability remained available under Tranche B to us for future borrowings.

Royal Bank of Scotland Credit Facility

On February 20, 2007, we, as borrower, and certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into a $700.0 million senior revolving credit facility with The Royal Bank of Scotland, which we refer to as the RBS credit facility. The RBS credit facility is divided into two revolving credit tranches, Tranche A and Tranche B. Tranche A of the credit facility is made available in four advances. Advance 1 of Tranche A is in an amount of up to $38.0 million and collateralized by the MOL Confidence . Advance 2 is in an amount of up to $22.0 million and collateralized by mortgages and other security relating to the S.A. Sederberg , the S.A. Winterberg , the S.A. Helderberg and the Maersk Constantia . Advance 3 is in an amount of up to $46.0 million and collateralized by mortgages and other security relating to the YM Yantian and the Norasia Hamburg . Advance 4 is in an amount of up to $32.0 million and collateralized by mortgages and other security relating to the Victory I and the YM Milano . We used the borrowings under Tranche A for working capital and to refinance outstanding indebtedness under our existing credit facility with RBS, which was collateralized by mortgages and other security relating to the S.A. Sederberg , the S.A. Winterberg , the S.A. Helderberg and the Maersk Constantia , as well as the APL Holland , the Fivos , the Alexandra I , the Dimitris C , the Roberto C , the Maria C , and the MV Achilleas , which we have sold. Tranche B of the RBS credit facility is for a maximum amount of $500.0 million. Tranche B may be used to provide financing for a portion of our contracted fleet, future vessel acquisitions or our other ship financing or corporate activities. The revolving period commenced on February 21, 2007 and will have a duration of five years. The interest rate on the RBS credit facility is 0.75% over LIBOR. As of May 15, 2007, $150.0 million was outstanding under the RBS credit facility and $550.0 million of undrawn availability remained available ($50 million available under Tranche A and $500 million available under Tranche B) to us for future borrowings.

Sixty-six months after the first drawdown, the available credit limit under Advance 1 of Tranche A will be reduced by two semi-annual reductions of $16.7 million, and a balloon reduction of $4.6 million together with the last reduction. Six months after the first drawdown, the available credit limit under Advance 2 of Tranche A will be reduced by four semi-annual reductions of $0.75 million, and a balloon reduction of $19.0 million together with the last reduction. Eighteen months after the first drawdown, the available credit limit under Advance 3 of Tranche A will be reduced by four semi-annual reductions of $9.5 million, and a balloon reduction of $8.0 million together with the last reduction. Six months after the first drawdown, the available credit limit under Advance 4 of Tranche A will be reduced by four semi-annual reductions of $6.5 million, and a balloon reduction of $6.0 million together with the last reduction. Each advance made under Tranche B for the financing of a newbuilding will have a term of 10 years from the first drawdown, and there will be no reductions in

89




the available credit limit under each advance until five years after the first drawdown under Tranche A. Six months after this five-year period ends, the available credit limit under each advance will likewise be reduced by equal semi-annual reductions, together with a balloon reduction equal to the balloon reduction that will be payable as though Tranche B were a 10-year loan repayable on an 18-year straight-line basis. Advances under Tranche B for the purchase of secondhand vessels have similar repayment terms, with slightly shorter time periods for repayment, depending upon the age of the vessel.

Seasonal Maritime Corporation Credit Facilities

We borrowed an aggregate amount of $75.0 million ($15.0 million with respect to each vessel) under an unsecured loan agreement, dated August 14, 2006, with Seasonal Maritime Corporation to partially finance the acquisition of the five 6,500 TEU newbuildings we ordered on July 26, 2006. This loan bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.0% per annum and matured six months after execution of the loan agreement, with an option for an additional six months repayment term for the borrower. In addition, a flat fee of $112,500 was paid upon execution of the loan agreement and a commitment fee of 0.30% per annum was payable quarterly on any undrawn amount, commencing August 14, 2006.

We borrowed an additional aggregate amount of $25.0 million under an unsecured loan agreement, dated September 25, 2006, with Seasonal Maritime Corporation, to finance installment payments on the HN 1670 , the HN 1671 , the HN 1672 and the HN 1673 , made on September 28, 2006. This loan bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.0% per annum and matured six months after execution of the loan agreement, with an option for an additional six months repayment term for the borrower. In addition, a flat fee of $37,500 was paid upon execution of the loan agreement and a commitment fee of 0.30% per annum was payable quarterly on any undrawn amount, commencing September 25, 2006.

We believe the fees and interest payable under these loan agreements were no less favorable than those we could obtain in arm’s-length negotiations with an unrelated third party. We repaid the entire amount outstanding under these loans on December 28, 2006, with borrowings made under our RBS and Aegean Baltic-HSH Nordbank credit facilities.

(e)           Secondary Put and Call Agreements.   We entered into secondary put and call agreements with Allco Finance (UK) Limited with respect to the Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas) , Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean) , CSCL America , CSCL Europe , CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561) on February 18, 2004, February 18, 2004, March 11, 2004, March 11, 2004, November 30, 2004 and November 30, 2004, respectively. For a description of our secondary put and call agreements, please see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Our Fleet—Leasing Arrangements— CSCL Europe, CSCL America, Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas), Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean), CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559) and CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561).

Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Stockholders

Under Marshall Islands and Greek law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common stock.

We are not aware of any limitations on the rights to own our common stock, including rights of non-resident or foreign stockholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our common stock, imposed by foreign law or by our articles of incorporation or bylaws.

90




Tax Considerations

Marshall Islands Tax Considerations

We are a Marshall Islands corporation. Because we do not, and we do not expect that we will, conduct business or operations in the Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains and our stockholders will not be subject to Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on dividends and other distributions, including upon a return of capital, we make to our stockholders. In addition, our stockholders will not be subject to Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of common stock, and our stockholders will not be required by the Republic of The Marshall Islands to file a tax return relating to the common stock.

Each prospective stockholder is urged to consult their tax counsel or other advisor with regard to the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, including the Marshall Islands, of their investment in us. Further, it is the responsibility of each stockholder to file all state, local and non-U.S., as well as U.S. federal tax returns that may be required of them.

Liberian Tax Considerations

The Republic of Liberia enacted a new income tax act effective as of January 1, 2001 (the “New Act”). In contrast to the income tax law previously in effect since 1977, the New Act does not distinguish between the taxation of “non-resident” Liberian corporations, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, which conduct no business in Liberia and were wholly exempt from taxation under the prior law, and “resident” Liberian corporations which conduct business in Liberia and are (and were under the prior law) subject to taxation.

In 2004, the Liberian Ministry of Finance issued regulations exempting non-resident corporations engaged in international shipping, such as our Liberian subsidiaries, from Liberian taxation under the New Act retroactive to January 1, 2001. It is unclear whether these regulations, which ostensibly conflict with the provisions of the New Act, are a valid exercise of the regulatory authority of the Liberian Ministry of Finance such that the regulations can be considered unquestionably enforceable. However, an opinion dated December 23, 2004 addressed by the Minister of Justice and Attorney General of the Republic of Liberia to The LISCR Trust Company stated that the regulations are a valid exercise of the regulatory authority of the Ministry of Finance. The Liberian Ministry of Finance has not at any time since January 1, 2001 sought to collect taxes from any of our Liberian subsidiaries.

If, however, our Liberian subsidiaries were subject to Liberian income tax under the New Act, they would be subject to tax at a rate of 35% on their worldwide income. As a result, their, and subsequently our, net income and cash flow would be materially reduced. In addition, as the ultimate shareholder of the Liberian subsidiaries we would be subject to Liberian withholding tax on dividends paid by our Liberian subsidiaries at rates ranging from 15% to 20%.

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion of United States federal income tax matters is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the United States Department of the Treasury, all of which are in effect and available and subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion is based on the assumption that we will not maintain an office or other fixed place of business within the United States. We have no current intention of maintaining such an office. References in this discussion to “we” and “us” are to Danaos Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless the context otherwise requires.

91




United States Federal Income Taxation of Our Company

Taxation of Operating Income: In General

Unless exempt from United States federal income taxation under the rules discussed below, a foreign corporation is subject to United States federal income taxation in respect of any income that is derived from the use of vessels, from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time, operating or bareboat charter basis, from the participation in a pool, partnership, strategic alliance, joint operating agreement or other joint venture it directly or indirectly owns or participates in that generates such income, or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, which we refer to as “shipping income,” to the extent that the shipping income is derived from sources within the United States. For these purposes, 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States constitutes income from sources within the United States, which we refer to as “United States-source shipping income.”

Shipping income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is generally considered to be 100% from sources within the United States. We do not expect to engage in transportation that produces income which is considered to be 100% from sources within the United States.

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-United States ports is generally considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any United States federal income tax.

In the absence of exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code, our gross United States-source shipping income, unless determined to be effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below, would be subject to a 4% tax imposed without allowance for deductions as described below.

Exemption of Operating Income from United States Federal Income Taxation

Under Section 883 of the Code, for taxable years after 2005 we will be exempt from United States federal income taxation on our United States-source shipping income if:

(1)          we are organized in a foreign country (our “country of organization”) that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States; and

(2)          either

(A)  more than 50% of the value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are “residents” of our country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States, which we refer to as the “50% Ownership Test”; or

(B)  our stock is “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in our country of organization, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to United States corporations, or in the United States, which we refer to as the “Publicly-Traded Test.”

92




We believe, based on Revenue Ruling 2001-48, 2001-2 C.B. 324, and, in the case of the Marshall Islands, an exchange of notes between the United States and the Marshall Islands, 1990-2 C.B. 321, in the case of Liberia, an exchange of notes between the United States and Liberia, 1988-1 C.B. 463, in the case of Cyprus, an exchange of notes between the United States and Cyprus, 1989-2 C.B. 332 and, in the case of Singapore, an exchange of notes between the United States and Singapore, 1990-2 C.B. 323, (each an “Exchange of Notes”) that the Marshall Islands, Liberia, Cyprus and Singapore, the jurisdictions in which we and our ship-owning subsidiaries are incorporated, grant an “equivalent exemption” to United States corporations. Therefore, we believe that, for taxable years after 2005, we will be exempt from United States federal income taxation with respect to our United States-source shipping income if either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test is met. For taxable years following 2005, it may be difficult to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test due to the widely-held ownership of our stock. Our ability to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test is discussed below.

The Section 883 regulations provide, in pertinent part, that stock of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a particular country if the number of shares of each class of stock that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. For 2006 our common stock, which is the sole class of our issued and outstanding stock, was “primarily traded” on the New York Stock Exchange and we anticipate that that will also be the case for subsequent taxable years.

Under the regulations, our common stock will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of our stock representing more than 50% of our outstanding shares, by total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and total value, is listed on the market. We refer to this as the listing threshold. Since our common stock is our sole class of stock we satisfied the listing requirement for 2006 and expect to continue to satisfy this requirement for subsequent taxable years.

It is further required that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing threshold (i) such class of the stock is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or 1 ¤ 6 of the days in a short taxable year; and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market is at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year. We believe that we satisfied the trading frequency and trading volume tests years for 2006 and we expect to continue to satisfy these requirements for subsequent taxable years. Even if this were not the case, the regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied if, as was the case for 2006 and we expect to be the case with our common stock for subsequent taxable years, such class of stock is traded on an established market in the United States and such stock is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such stock.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of our stock will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of such class of our outstanding shares of the stock is owned, actually or constructively under specified stock attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the value of such class of our outstanding stock, which we refer to as the “5 Percent Override Rule.”

For purposes of being able to determine the persons who own 5% or more of our stock, or “5% Stockholders,” the regulations permit us to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” as having a 5% or more beneficial interest in our common stock. The regulations further provide that an investment

93




company which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Stockholder for such purposes.

More than 50% of our shares of common stock are owned by 5% stockholders. In such circumstances, we will be subject to the 5% Override Rule unless we can establish that among the shares included in the closely-held block of our shares of common stock are a sufficient number of shares of common stock that are owned or treated as owned by “qualified stockholders” that the shares of common stock included in such block that are not so treated could not constitute 50% or more of the shares of our common stock for more than half the number of days during the taxable year. In order to establish this, such qualified stockholders would have to comply with certain documentation and certification requirements designed to substantiate their identity as qualified stockholders. For these purposes, a “qualified stockholder” includes (i) an individual that owns or is treated as owning shares of our common stock and is a resident of a jurisdiction that provides an exemption that is equivalent to that provided by Section 883 of the Code and (ii) certain other persons. There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to the 5 Percent Override Rule with respect to any taxable year.

Approximately 80.0% of our shares will be treated, under applicable attribution rules, as owned by the Coustas Family Trust whose ownership of our shares will be attributed, during his lifetime, to John Coustas, our chief executive officer, for purposes of Section 883. Dr. Coustas has entered into an agreement with us regarding his compliance, and the compliance of certain entities that he controls and through which he owns our shares, with the certification requirements designed to substantiate status as qualified stockholders. In certain circumstances, including circumstances where Dr. Coustas ceases to be a “qualified stockholder” or where the Coustas Family Trust transfers some or all of our shares that it holds, Dr Coustas’ compliance, and the compliance of certain entities that he controls or through which he owns our shares, with the terms of the agreement with us will not enable us to satisfy the requirements for the benefits of Section 883. Following Dr. Coustas’ death, there can be no assurance that our shares that are treated, under applicable attribution rules, as owned by the Coustas Family Trust will be treated as owned by a “qualified stockholder” or that any “qualified stockholder” to whom ownership of all or a portion of such ownership is attributed will comply with the ownership certification requirements under Section 883. Accordingly there can be no assurance that we or our subsidiaries will qualify for the benefits of Section 883 for any taxable year.

To the extent the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable, our U.S.-source shipping income, to the extent not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below, would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions. Since, under the sourcing rules described above, we expect that no more than 50% of our shipping income would be treated as being derived from United States sources, we expect that the maximum effective rate of United States federal income tax on our gross shipping income would never exceed 2% under the 4% gross basis tax regime. Many of our charters contain provisions obligating the charter to reimburse us for amounts paid in respect of the 4% tax with respect to the activities of the vessel subject to the charter.

To the extent the benefits of the Section 883 exemption are unavailable and our United States-source shipping income is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below, any such “effectively connected” U.S.-source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to the United States federal corporate income tax currently imposed at rates of up to 35%. In addition, we may be subject to the 30% “branch profits” taxes on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our United States trade or business.

94




Our U.S.-source shipping income, other than leasing income, will be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business only if:

·        we have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of shipping income; and

·        substantially all (at least 90%) of our U.S.-source shipping income, other than leasing income, is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for operatings that begin or end in the United States.

Our U.S.-source shipping income from leasing will be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if:

·        we have, or are considered to have a fixed place of business in the United States that is involved in the meaning of such leasing income; and

·        substantially all (at least 90%) of our U.S.-source shipping income from leasing is attributable to such fixed place of business.

For these purposes, leasing income is treated as attributable to a fixed place of business where such place of business is a material factor in the realization of such income and such income is realized in the ordinary course of business carried on through such fixed place of business. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, we believe that none of our U.S.-source shipping income will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

United States Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels

Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883, we will not be subject to United States federal income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under United States federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel will be so structured that it will be considered to occur outside of the United States unless any gain from such sale is expected to qualify for exemption under Section 883.

United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders

As used herein, the term “United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that is a United States citizen or resident, United States corporation or other United States entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partners in a partnership holding our common stock are encouraged to consult their tax advisor.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common stock to a United States Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” as described in more detail below, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal

95




income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the United States Holder’s tax basis in his common stock on a dollar for dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a United States corporation, United States Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our common stock will generally be treated as passive category income or, in the case of certain types of United States Holders, general category income for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for United States foreign tax credit purposes.

Dividends paid on our common stock to a United States Holder who is an individual, trust or estate (a “United States Individual Holder”) should be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such United States Individual Holders at preferential tax rates (through 2010) provided that (1) the common stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the New York Stock Exchange); (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (see the discussion below under “—PFIC Status and Material U.S. Federal Tax Consequences”); and (3) the United States Individual Holder owns the common stock for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common stock becomes ex-dividend. Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend”. Generally, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of ten percent of a stockholder’s adjusted basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in a share of common stock paid by us. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by a United States Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such common stock will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend. There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common stock will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a United States Individual Holder. Any dividends paid by us which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed to a United States Individual Holder at the standard ordinary income rates.

Legislation has been introduced that would deny the preferential rate of federal income tax currently imposed on qualified dividend income with respect to dividends received from a non-U.S. corporation, unless the non-U.S. corporation either is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States or is created or organized under the laws of a foreign country which has a comprehensive income tax system. Because the Marshall Islands has not entered into a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States and imposes only limited taxes on corporations organized under its laws, it is unlikely that we could satisfy either of these requirements. Consequently, if this legislation were enacted in its current form the preferential rate of federal income tax described above may no longer be applicable to dividends received from us. As of the date hereof, it is not possible to predict with certainty whether or in what form the proposed legislation will be enacted.

Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Common Stock

Assuming we do not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year, a United States Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the United States Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the United States Holder’s tax basis in such stock. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as United States-source income or loss, as applicable, for United States foreign tax credit purposes. A United States Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

96




PFIC Status and Material U.S. Federal Tax Consequences

Special United States federal income tax rules apply to a United States Holder that holds stock in a foreign corporation classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either:

·        at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or

·        at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiary corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services will not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income will generally constitute “passive income” unless we are treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.

While there are legal uncertainties involved in this determination, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2006. We believe that, although there is no legal authority directly on point, the gross income that we derive from time chartering activities of our subsidiaries should constitute services income rather than rental income. Consequently, such income should not constitute passive income and the vessels that we or our subsidiaries operate in connection with the production of such income should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. There is legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with this opinion. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC, we cannot assure you that the nature of our assets, income and operations will not change, or that we can avoid being treated as a PFIC for any taxable year.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a United States Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the United States Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which election we refer to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a United States Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, as discussed below.

Taxation of United States Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

If a United States Holder makes a timely QEF election, which United States Holder we refer to as an “Electing Holder,” for United States federal income tax purposes each year the Electing Holder must report his, her or its pro-rata share of our ordinary earnings and our net capital gain, if any, for our taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether or not distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock would be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that had been previously taxed would result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the common stock and would not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. A United States Holder would make a QEF election with respect to any year that our company is treated as a PFIC by filing one copy of IRS Form 8621 with his, her or its United States federal income tax

97




return and a second copy in accordance with the instructions to such form. If we were to become aware that we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we would notify all United States Holders of such treatment and would provide all necessary information to any United States Holder who requests such information in order to make the QEF election described above.

Taxation of United States Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our common stock is treated as “marketable stock,” a United States Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, provided the United States Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the United States Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common stock at the end of the taxable year over such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. The United States Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A United States Holder’s tax basis in his, her or its common stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount. Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the United States Holder.

Taxation of United States Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

Finally, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a United States Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, whom we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common stock) and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. Under these special rules:

·        the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common stock;

·        the amount allocated to the current taxable year would be taxed as ordinary income; and

·        the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

If a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies before January 1, 2010, while owning our common stock, such holder’s successor generally will not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such stock.

Under recently issued temporary regulations, if a United States Holder held our common stock during a period when we were treated as a PFIC but the United States Holder did not have a QEF election in effect with respect to us, then in the event that we failed to qualify as a PFIC for a subsequent taxable year, the United States Holder could elect to cease to be subject to the rules described above with respect to those shares by making a “deemed sale” or, in certain circumstances, a “deemed dividend” election with respect to our common stock. If the United States Holder makes a deemed sale election, the United States Holder will be treated, for purposes of applying the rules described in the preceding paragraph, as having

98




disposed of our common stock for their fair market value on the last day of the last taxable year for which we qualified as a PFIC (the “termination date”). The United States Holder would increase his, her or its basis in such common stock by the amount of the gain on the deemed sale described in the preceding sentence. Following a deemed sale election, the United States Holder would not be treated, for purposes of the PFIC rules, as having owned the common stock during a period prior to the termination date when we qualified as a PFIC.

If we were treated as a “controlled foreign corporation” for United States tax purposes for the taxable year that included the termination date, then a United States Holder could make a deemed dividend election with respect to our common stock. If a deemed dividend election is made, the United States Holder is required to include in income as a dividend his, her or its pro rata share (based on all of our stock held by the United States Holder, directly or under applicable attribution rules, on the termination date) of our post-1986 earnings and profits as of the close of the taxable year that includes the termination date (taking only earnings and profits accumulated in taxable years in which we were a PFIC into account). The deemed dividend described in the preceding sentence is treated as an excess distribution for purposes of the rules described in the second preceding paragraph. The United States Holder would increase his, her or its basis in our common stock by the amount of the deemed dividend. Following a deemed dividend election, the United States Holder would not be treated, for purposes of the PFIC rules, as having owned the common stock during a period prior to the termination date when we qualified as a PFIC. For purposes of determining whether the deemed dividend election is available, we will generally be treated as a controlled foreign corporation for a taxable year when, at any time during that year, United States persons, each of whom owns, directly or under applicable attribution rules, common stock having 10% or more of the total voting power of our common stock, in the aggregate own, directly or under applicable attribution rules, shares representing more than 50% of the voting power or value of our common stock.

A deemed sale or deemed dividend election must be made on the United States Holder’s original or amended return for the shareholder’s taxable year that includes the termination date and, if made on an amended return, such amended return must be filed not later than the date that is three years after the due date of the original return for such taxable year. Special rules apply where a person is treated, for purposes of the PFIC rules, as indirectly owning our common stock.

United States Federal Income Taxation of “Non-United States Holders”

A beneficial owner of common stock that is not a United States Holder and is not treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes is referred to herein as a “Non-United States Holder.”

Dividends on Common Stock

Non-United States Holders generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our common stock, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-United States Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If the Non-United States Holder is entitled to the benefits of a United States income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income generally is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-United States Holder in the United States.

99




Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

Non-United States Holders generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

·        the gain is effectively connected with the Non-United States Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If the Non-United States Holder is entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain generally is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-United States Holder in the United States; or

·        the Non-United States Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.

If the Non-United States Holder is engaged in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes, the income from the common stock, including dividends and the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the stock that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business will generally be subject to regular United States federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of United States Holders. In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-United States Holder, such holder’s earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, which are subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, made within the United States to a noncorporate United States holder will be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax if such holder:

·        fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

·        is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on its federal income tax returns; or

·        in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-United States Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

If a holder sells our common stock to or through a United States office or broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both United States backup withholding and information reporting unless the holder certifies that it is a non-United States person, under penalties of perjury, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a holder sells our common stock through a non-United States office of a non-United States broker and the sales proceeds are paid outside the United States then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, United States information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a holder sells our common stock through a non-United States office of a broker that is a United States person or has some other contacts with the United States.

Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax. Rather, a holder generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed such stockholder’s income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS.

100




Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

Documents on Display

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information as a foreign private issuer with the SEC. You may inspect and copy our public filings without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. You may obtain copies of all or any part of such materials from the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. You may also inspect reports and other information regarding registrants, such as us, that file electronically with the SEC without charge at a web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

Item 11.                  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

In connection with certain of our credit facilities under which we pay a fixed rate of interest, we entered into interest rate swap agreements designed to decrease our financing cash outflows by taking advantage of the relatively lower interest rate environment in recent years. We have recognized these derivative instruments on the balance sheet at their fair value. Pursuant to the adoption of our Risk Management Accounting Policy, and after putting in place the formal documentation required by SFAS 133 in order to designate these swaps as hedging instruments, as of June 15, 2006, these interest rate swaps qualified for hedge accounting, and, accordingly, since that time, only hedge ineffectiveness amounts arising from the differences in the change in fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item are recognized in our earnings. Assessment and measurement of prospective and retrospective effectiveness for these interest rate swaps will be performed on a quarterly basis, on the financial statement and earnings reporting dates. Prior to June 15, 2006, we recognized changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps in current period earnings as these interest rate swap agreements did not qualify as hedging instruments under the requirements in the accounting literature described below because we had not adopted a hedging policy. These changes would occur due to changes in market interest rates for debt with substantially similar credit risk, payment profile and terms. We have not held or issued derivative financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.

Set forth below is a table of our interest rate swap arrangements as of December 31, 2006.

Counter-party

 

 

 

Effective
Date

 

Termination
Date

 

Notional
Amount on
Effective
Date

 

Contracted
Rate

 

Swap Rate

 

Fair Value
December 31,
2006

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

RBS

 

12/15/2004

 

8/27/2016

 

 

$

60,528

 

 

5.01% p.a.

 

LIBOR plus 0.84% p.a.

 

 

$

( 1,772

)

 

RBS

 

11/17/2004

 

11/2/2016

 

 

$

62,342

 

 

5.01% p.a.

 

LIBOR plus 0.86% p.a.

 

 

(1,889

)

 

RBS

 

11/28/2008

 

11/28/2013

 

 

$

100,000

 

 

4.855%p.a.

 

LIBOR

 

 

482

 

 

RBS

 

11/28/2008

 

11/28/2013

 

 

$

100,000

 

 

4.875%p.a.

 

LIBOR

 

 

401

 

 

RBS

 

11/28/2008

 

11/28/2013

 

 

$

100,000

 

 

4.780%p.a.

 

LIBOR

 

 

786

 

 

HSH

 

12/8/2008

 

12/8/2009

 

 

$

200,000

 

 

4.739%p.a.

 

LIBOR

 

 

1,292

 

 

HSH

 

12/8/2008

 

12/8/2014

 

 

$

400,000

 

 

4.855%p.a.

 

LIBOR

 

 

2,872

 

 

Total fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,172

 

 

 

101




SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS 137, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—Deferral of the Effective Date of SFAS 133,” and SFAS 138, “Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities,” which has been effective for us since January 1, 2001, established accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. They require that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a hedge, the objective of which is to match the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging derivative with the recognition of (i) the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk or (ii) the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transaction. For a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in income in the period of change.

Fair Value Interest Rate Swap Hedges

These interest rate swaps are designed to economically hedge the fair value of the fixed rate loan facilities against fluctuations in the market interest rates by converting its fixed rate loan facilities to floating rate debt. Pursuant to the adoption of our Risk Management Accounting Policy, and after putting in place the formal documentation required by SFAS 133 in order to designate these swaps as hedging instruments, as of June 15, 2006, these interest rate swaps qualified for hedge accounting, and, accordingly, since that time, hedge ineffectiveness amounts arising from the differences in the change in fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item are recognized in our earnings. We consider our strategic use of interest rate swaps to be a prudent method of managing interest rate sensitivity, as it prevents earnings from being exposed to undue risk pose by changes in interest rates. Assessment and measurement of prospective and retrospective effectiveness for these interest rate swaps are performed on a quarterly basis, on the financial statement and earnings reporting dates.

The total fair value change of the interest rate swaps for the period from January 1, 2006 until December 31, 2006 amounted to $(0.33) million, and is included in our statement of income in “Gain/(Loss) on Fair Value of Derivatives.” The total fair value change of the interest rate swap from June 15, 2006 (inception of the hedge) to December 31, 2006 was $2.64 million. The related liability of $3.66 million is shown under “Other Liabilities (long-term)” in our Balance Sheet. The total fair value change of the underlying hedged debt for the period from June 15, 2006 until December 31, 2006 amounted to $(2.29) million and is included in our statement of income in “Gain/(Loss) on Fair Value of Derivatives.” The net ineffectiveness for December 31, 2006 amounted to $2.62 million and is shown in our statement of income under “Gain/(Loss) on Fair Value of Derivatives.”

Cash Flow Interest Rate Swap Hedges

We, according to our long-term strategic plan to maintain relative stability in our interest rate exposure, have decided to swap part of our interest expenses from floating to fixed. To this effect, we have entered into five interest rate swap transactions with varying start and maturity dates, in order to pro-actively and efficiently manage its floating rate exposure.

These interest rate swaps are designed to economically hedge the variability of interest cash flows arising from floating rate debt, attributable to movements in three-month U.S. Dollar LIBOR. According to our Risk Management Accounting Policy, and after putting in place the formal documentation required by SFAS 133 in order to designate these swaps as hedging instruments, as from their inception, these interest rate swaps qualified for hedge accounting, and, accordingly, since that time, only hedge ineffectiveness amounts arising from the differences in the change in fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item are recognized in our earnings. Assessment and measurement of prospective and retrospective effectiveness for these interest rate swaps are performed on a quarterly basis. For qualifying

102




cash flow hedges, the fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized initially in shareholders’ equity, and recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item will affect profit or loss. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized in the income statement immediately.

The total fair value change of the interest rate swaps from their inception in November and December 2006 until December 31, 2006 amounted to $5.8 million, and is included in “Other Comprehensive Income” in our statement of income. There was no ineffective portion for the period of the hedge. The estimated amount of the existing gain on December 31, 2006 that is expected to be reclassified as earnings in the next twelve months from December 31, 2006 is nil.

Assuming no changes to our borrowings or hedging instruments after May 15, 2007, a one-percentage point increase in interest rates would result in a decrease of approximately $3 million in earnings and cash flow while any change in the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements should be neutralized by a corresponding change in “Other Comprehensive Income” as long as our hedging is deemed effective.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We generate all of our revenues in U.S. dollars, but for the year ended December 31, 2006 we incurred approximately 43.1% of our expenses in currencies other than U.S. dollars. As of December 31, 2006, approximately 42.4% of our outstanding accounts payable were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar (mainly in Euro). We have not entered into derivative instruments to hedge the foreign currency translation of assets or liabilities or foreign currency transactions other than as described below with respect to expected inflows in connection with the leasing transactions with respect to vessels in our fleet and we do not use financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. We have recognized these financial instruments on our balance sheet at their fair value. These foreign currency forward contracts did not qualify as hedging instruments until June 30, 2006, and thus, we have recognized changes in their fair value in our current period earnings. As of July 1, 2006 these foreign currency forward contracts qualify for hedge accounting and, accordingly, since that time changes in the fair value of these instruments are not recognized in current period earnings.

In connection with the leasing arrangements with respect to five containerships in our current fleet, the CSCL Europe , the CSCL America , the Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas ), the Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean ) and the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559), and one 9,580 TEU containership under construction, the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561 ), we are entitled to a predetermined amount denominated in British pounds, expected to be equal to approximately 75% of the original purchase price of each vessel, if the put option to sell the equity interest in the partnership which owns these vessels to an entity which can be controlled by us at our option is not exercised with respect to any or all of these vessels. If the value of the British pound declines against the dollar we may have to make provision in our financial statements for foreign currency exchange loss. Although we have entered into forward contracts to economically hedge our exposure to currency fluctuations in connection with certain aspects of the leasing transactions as described below, we have not hedged against fluctuations in the value of the British pound against the dollar with respect the value of the deposit to which we would be entitled if the put option is not exercised, and as a result our operating results could be affected if the value of the British pound against the dollar were to deteriorate at the time the deposits are returned to us.

We entered into foreign currency forward contracts in 2004 to economically hedge our exposure to fluctuations of anticipated cash inflows in British pounds relating to the leasing arrangements. Under the contracts, we will convert £29.7 million of cash inflows to U.S. dollars at the time of maturity (in the years from 2006 to 2012).  These foreign currency forward contracts did not qualify as hedging instruments until June 30, 2006, and thus, we have recognized changes in their fair value in our current period earnings. As

103




of July 1, 2006 these foreign currency forward contracts qualify for hedge accounting and, accordingly, since that time changes in the fair value of these instruments are not recognized in current period earnings.

The total fair value change of the forward contracts for the period from July 1, 2006 (inception of the hedge) until December 31, 2006 amounted to $(1.92) million of which $(1.89) million is included in “Other Comprehensive Income” and the remaining $(0.028) million net ineffectiveness is shown in our statement of income under “Gain/(Loss) on fair value of derivatives.” The estimated amount as at December 31, 2006 that is expected to be reclassified as a loss in the next twelve months is $(0.90) million. The change in fair value of the forward contracts from January 1, 2006 to June 30, 2006 amounted to $(3.08) million and is shown in our statement of income under “Gain/(Loss) on fair value of derivatives.”

As of December 31, 2006 we had recorded the fair value of derivative instrument assets of $5.83 million in “Other assets (non current)” and derivative instrument liabilities of $1.47 million in “Other liabilities (current)” and $5.78 million in “Other liabilities (non current)” on our balance sheet.

We do not believe that we have significant risk exposure to foreign currency fluctuations relating to our operating expenses.

Item 12.                  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Not Applicable.

104




PART II

Item 13.                  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Not Applicable.

Item 14.                  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

We adopted a stockholder rights plan on September 18, 2006 that authorizes the issuance to our existing stockholders of preferred share rights and additional shares of common stock if any third party seeks to acquire control of a substantial block of our common stock. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Description of Capital Stock—Stockholder Rights Plan” included in this annual report for a description of the stockholder rights plan.

Our registration statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-137459) relating to our initial public offering of 10,250,000 shares of common stock was declared effective by the SEC on October 5, 2006 and the offering commenced on that date. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets served as managing underwriters of the offering. The shares of common stock were sold at a public offering price of $21.00 for gross offering proceeds of $215,250,000. The discount to the underwriters was $1.365 per common share for a total underwriting discount of $13,991,250 and we incurred other expenses (including filing, legal and accounting fees) of approximately $3.0 million, none of which were paid to our directors, officers or their affiliates or to persons owning 10% or more of any class of our capital stock. The total net proceeds to us from the offering were $198.2 million.

On October 18, 2006, the net proceeds from this offering were used to repay outstanding indebtedness of $99.1  million under our credit facility with RBS and on October 31, 2006, the net proceeds from this offering were used to repay outstanding indebtedness of $99.1 million under our credit facility with Aegean Baltic Bank. These RBS and Aegean Baltic Bank credit facilities had maturity dates of October 15, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively, and bore interest at rates of LIBOR plus 0.8% and LIBOR plus 0.825%, respectively. These facilities were repaid in full with borrowings under our new credit facilities with RBS and Aegean Baltic Bank and HSH Nordbank. These new RBS and Aegean Baltic Bank-HSH Nordbank credit facilities have maturity dates of February 2022 and November 2016, respectively, and bear interest at rates of LIBOR plus 0.75% and LIBOR plus 0.75%, respectively.

Item 15.                  Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2006 was carried out by us under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer. Based on that evaluation the chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to provide, and are effective in providing, reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. A controls system, no matter how well designed and operated, cannot provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected.

105




Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of  the Registered Public Accounting Firm

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Item 16A.          Audit Committee Financial Expert

Danaos’ Audit Committee consists of three independent directors, Andrew B. Fogarty, Miklos Konkoly Thege, and Myles R. Itkin. Our board of directors has determined that Myles R. Itkin, whose biographical details are included in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees,” qualifies as an audit committee financial expert as defined under current SEC regulations. Mr. Itkin is a United States Certified Public Accountant and independent in accordance with the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Item 16B.         Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all officers and employees of our company, a Code of Conduct for the chief executive officer and senior financial officers of our company and a Code of Ethics for directors of our company, copies of which are posted on our website, and may be viewed at http://www.danaos.com.  We will also provide a paper copy of these documents free of charge upon written request by our stockholders. Stockholders may direct their requests to the attention of Mr. Evangelos Chatzis, Danaos Corporation, 14 Akti Kondyli, 185 45 Piraeus, Greece. No waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the Code of Conduct or the Code of Ethics have been granted to any person during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

Item 16C.         Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A., or PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our annual financial statements acting as our independent auditor for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006.

The chart below sets forth the total amount billed and accrued for the PricewaterhouseCoopers services performed in 2005 and 2006 and breaks down these amounts by the category of service.

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

Audit fees

 

$

286.8

 

$

260.0

 

Audit-related fees

 

170.0

 

180.8

 

Tax fees

 

7.3

 

4.6

 

All other fees

 

0

 

0

 

Total fees

 

$

464.1

 

$

445.4

 

 

Audit Fees

Audit fees paid were compensation for professional services rendered for the audits of our consolidated financial statements.

Audit-related Fees

Audit-related fees include audit fees in connection with our initial public offering.

106




Tax Fees

The tax fees include the aggregate fees billed for certain tax related consultations and other work which are not reported under audit services, including the submission of zero tax returns in Singapore in relation to certain of our vessels owned by Singapore incorporated vessel holding companies.

Other Fees

PricewaterhouseCoopers did not provide any other services that would be classified in this category in 2006 or 2005.

Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

The audit committee charter sets forth our policy regarding retention of the independent auditors, requiring the audit committee to review and approve in advance the retention of the independent auditors for the performance of all audit and lawfully permitted non-audit services and the fees related thereto. The chairman of the audit committee or in the absence of the chairman, any member of the audit committee designated by the chairman, has authority to approve in advance any lawfully permitted non-audit services and fees. The audit committee is authorized to establish other policies and procedures for the pre-approval of such services and fees. Where non-audit services and fees are approved under delegated authority, the action must be reported to the full audit committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting.

The Audit Committee approved all of the non-audit services described above to the extent arising subsequent to the completion of our initial public offering, and the concurrent establishment of our Audit Committee, and determined that the provision of the non-audit services described above is compatible with maintaining the independence of PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Item 16D.        Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not Applicable.

Item 16E.         Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Not Applicable.

107




PART III

Item 17.                  Financial Statements

Not Applicable.

Item 18.                  Financial Statements

Reference is made to pages F-1 through F-32 included herein by reference.

Item 19.                  Exhibits

Number

 

 

 

Description

1.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation*

1.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws*

4.1

 

Amended and Restated Management Agreement between Danaos Shipping Company Limited and Danaos Corporation*

4.2

 

Form of Management Agreement between Danaos Shipping Company Limited and our vessel-owning subsidiaries (See Appendix I to Exhibit 4.1)*

4.3

 

Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement between Danaos Corporation and Dr. John Coustas*

4.4

 

Stockholder Rights Agreement*

4.5

 

2006 Equity Compensation Plan*

4.6

 

Loan Agreement and Supplemental Agreement, dated December 17, 2002 and April 21, 2005 respectively, with Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. and HSH Nordbank AG*

4.7

 

Loan Agreement, dated May 13, 2003, with the Export-Import Bank of Korea*

4.8

 

Loan Agreement, dated January 29, 2004, with the Export-Import Bank of Korea and Fortis Capital Corp.*

4.9

 

Loan Agreement, dated August 14, 2006, with Seasonal Maritime Corporation*

4.10

 

Secondary Put and Call Agreement, dated February 18, 2004, with Allco Finance (UK) Limited with respect to the Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas) *

4.11

 

Secondary Put and Call Agreement, dated February 18, 2004, with Allco Finance (UK) Limited with respect to the Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean)*

4.12

 

Secondary Put and Call Agreement, dated March 11, 2004, with Allco Finance (UK) Limited with respect to the CSCL America*

4.13

 

Secondary Put and Call Agreement, dated March 11, 2004, with Allco Finance (UK) Limited with respect to the CSCL Europe*

4.14

 

Secondary Put and Call Agreement, dated November 30, 2004, with Allco Finance (UK) Limited with respect to the CSCL Pusan (ex HN 1559)*

4.15

 

Secondary Put and Call Agreement, dated November 30, 2004, with Allco Finance (UK) Limited with respect to the CSCL Le Havre (ex HN 1561)*

4.16

 

Loan Agreement, dated September 25, 2006, with Seasonal Maritime Corporation*

4.17

 

Loan Agreement, dated November 14, 2006, with Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. and HSH Nordbank AG

4.18

 

Loan Agreement, dated February 20, 2007, with The Royal Bank of Scotland

8

 

Subsidiaries

11.1

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

108




 

11.2

 

Code of Conduct

11.3

 

Code of Ethics

12.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

12.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

13.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as added by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

13.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as added by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

15.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


*                     Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Reg. No. 333-137459) filed with the SEC and hereby incorporated by reference to such Registration Statement.

109




SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

DANAOS CORPORATION

 

 

/s/ DIMITRI J. ANDRITSOYIANNIS

 

 

Name:

Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis

 

 

Title:

Vice President and CFO

Date: May 30, 2007

 

 

 

110




INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006

 

F-3

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006

 

F-4

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006       

 

F-5

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006

 

F-6

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

 

 

F- 1




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of
Danaos Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Danaos Corporation and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Danaos Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A.

March 27, 2007

F- 2




DANAOS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

Notes

 

2005

 

2006

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

$

38,000

 

$

43,075

 

Restricted cash

 

 

3

 

 

724

 

2,493

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

 

 

 

14,107

 

2,170

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

2,591

 

3,772

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

 

 

 

870

 

1,338

 

Due from related parties

 

 

13

 

 

4,544

 

2,863

 

Net investment in finance lease, current portion

 

 

 

 

 

860

 

 

Other current assets

 

 

8

 

 

2,316

 

3,989

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

 

 

64,012

 

59,700

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets, net

 

 

4,12

 

 

$

654,222

 

$

1,016,608

 

Advances for vessel acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

12,350

 

12,350

 

Advances for vessels under construction

 

 

5

 

 

161,375

 

193,016

 

Accounts receivable in respect of lease agreements, net of current portion

 

 

9

 

 

44,619

 

 

Deferred charges, net

 

 

6

 

 

7,758

 

9,399

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

1,422

 

6,117

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

881,746

 

1,237,490

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

$

945,758

 

$

1,297,190

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

7

 

 

$

6,065

 

$

9,652

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

10

 

 

2,905

 

5,093

 

Long-term debt, current portion

 

 

12

 

 

57,521

 

22,760

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

11a

 

 

 

1,466

 

Unearned revenue

 

 

 

 

 

3,993

 

6,743

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

70,484

 

45,714

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

12

 

 

$

609,217

 

$

639,556

 

Unearned revenue, net of current portion

 

 

4c

 

 

 

10,514

 

Other liabilities

 

 

11b

 

 

3,332

 

35,554

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

612,549

 

685,624

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

$

683,033

 

$

731,338

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock (5,000,000 preferred shares, par value $.01, authorized and not issued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock (200,000,000 common shares, par value $.01, authorized and 44,307,500 and 54,557,500 common shares, par value $.01 issued and outstanding as of December 31,2005 and December 31,2006)

 

 

20

 

 

443

 

546

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

 

90,529

 

288,530

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,941

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

171,753

 

272,835

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

262,725

 

565,852

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

$

945,758

 

$

1,297,190

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 3




DANAOS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

Notes

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

OPERATING REVENUES

 

 

17

 

 

$

208,268

 

$

241,381

 

$

245,588

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Voyage expenses

 

 

 

 

 

(6,314

)

(7,525

)

(7,282

)

Vessel operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

(46,247

)

(53,883

)

(60,742

)

Depreciation

 

 

4

 

 

(31,694

)

(27,114

)

(31,111

)

Amortization of deferred drydocking and special survey costs

 

 

6

 

 

(2,096

)

(3,922

)

(5,425

)

Bad debts expense

 

 

 

 

 

(429

)

(200

)

(421

)

General and administration expenses

 

 

 

 

 

(4,050

)

(5,058

)

(7,574

)

Gain on sale of vessels

 

 

19

 

 

7,667

 

 

14,954

 

Income From Operations

 

 

 

 

 

125,105

 

143,679

 

147,987

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

2,638

 

6,345

 

3,605

 

Interest expenses

 

 

 

 

 

(11,559

)

(23,415

)

(29,240

)

Other finance (costs) income , net

 

 

 

 

 

1,424

 

(7,081

)

1,938

 

Other income (expenses), net

 

 

 

 

 

1,076

 

491

 

(16,580

)

Gain/(Loss) on fair value of derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

(2,225

)

2,831

 

(6,628

)

Total Other Income (Expenses), net

 

 

 

 

 

(8,646

)

(20,829

)

(46,905

)

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

$

116,459

 

$

122,850

 

$

101,082

 

EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

$

2.63

 

$

2.77

 

$

2.16

 

Basic and diluted weighted average number of shares

 

 

 

 

 

44,307,500

 

44,307,500

 

46,750,651

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 4




DANAOS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

Number of

 

Par

 

Paid in

 

Comprehensive

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

Income

 

shares

 

value

 

Capital

 

Income

 

Earnings

 

Total

 

Balance as of January 1,
2004

 

 

$

 

 

 

44,308

 

 

 

$

443

 

 

$

98,824

 

 

$

 

 

$

189,399

 

$

288,666

 

Changes during the year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

116,459

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

116,459

 

116,459

 

Contributions/
(Distributions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,295

)

 

 

 

 

(8,295

)

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,362

)

(12,362

)

Balance as of December 31, 2004

 

 

116,459

 

 

 

44,308

 

 

 

$

443

 

 

$

90,529

 

 

$

 

 

$

293,496

 

$

384,468

 

Changes during the year ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

122,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

122,850

 

122,850

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(244,593

)

(244,593

)

Balance as of December 31, 2005

 

 

122,850

 

 

 

44,308

 

 

 

$

443

 

 

$

90,529

 

 

$

 

 

$

171,753

 

$

262,725

 

Changes during the year ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive
income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

101,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,082

 

101,082

 

Unrealised gain on cash flow hedges-net

 

 

3,941

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,941

 

 

 

3,941

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

10,250

 

 

 

103

 

 

198.001

 

 

 

 

 

198,104

 

Balance as of December 31, 2006

 

 

$

105,023

 

 

 

54,558

 

 

 

$

546

 

 

$

288,530

 

 

$

3,941

 

 

$

272,835

 

$

565,852

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 5




DANAOS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Expressed in thousands of United States Dollars)

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

116,459

 

$

122,850

 

$

101,082

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

31,694

 

27,114

 

31,111

 

Amortization of deferred drydocking and special survey costs

 

2,096

 

3,922

 

5,425

 

Written off amount of drydocking / special survey

 

 

 

385

 

Written off amount of finance costs

 

 

 

396

 

Amortization of finance costs

 

 

101

 

135

 

Payments for drydocking /special survey

 

(5,159

)

(4,505

)

(8,037

)

Gain on sale of vessels

 

(7,667

)

 

(14,954

)

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 

1,274

 

(1,939

)

3,440

 

Change in fair value of hedged debt

 

 

 

2,293

 

(Increase)/Decrease in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable ,short and long-term

 

(2,773

)

4,676

 

(3,034

)

Inventories

 

(1,092

)

156

 

(1,181

)

Prepaid expenses

 

(753

)

520

 

(468

)

Due from related parties

 

3,043

 

(3,726

)

1,681

 

Net investment in finance lease

 

3,494

 

3,694

 

860

 

Other assets, short and long-term

 

(14,119

)

12,673

 

(1,958

)

Increase/(Decrease) in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

(1,012

)

501

 

3,587

 

Accrued liabilities

 

2,676

 

(3,189

)

2,188

 

Unearned revenue (including long-term)

 

895

 

(613

)

(1,152

)

Other liabilities, short and long term

 

 

 

29,779

 

Net Cash provided by Operating Activities

 

129,056

 

162,235

 

151,578

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel acquisitions including advances for vessel acquisitions

 

 

(12,350

)

(171,749

)

Vessels under construction

 

(170,128

)

(28,188

)

(185,148

)

Proceeds from sale of vessels

 

15,381

 

 

26,798

 

Net Cash used in Investing Activities

 

(154,747

)

(40,538

)

(330,099

)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

149,167

 

400,000

 

304,596

 

Proceeds from related party loans

 

 

 

130,375

 

Payments of long-term debt

 

(82,754

)

(339,937

)

(317,390

)

Payments of related party loans

 

 

 

 

 

(130,375

)

Contributions/(Distributions) from/(to) stockholders

 

(8,295

)

 

201,259

 

Dividends paid

 

(12,362

)

(244,593

)

 

Deferred finance costs

 

 

(791

)

(925

)

Deferred public offering costs

 

 

(980

)

(2,175

)

Decrease/(increase) of restricted cash

 

(623

)

5,596

 

(1,769

)

Net Cash(used in)/ provided by Financing Activities

 

45,133

 

(180,705

)

183,596

 

Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

19,442

 

(59,008

)

5,075

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year

 

77,566

 

97,008

 

38,000

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year

 

$

97,008

 

$

38,000

 

$

43,075

 

Supplementary Cash Flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

11,084

 

$

24,283

 

$

26,352

 

Non-cash capitalized interest on vessels under construction

 

$

2,916

 

$

5,275

 

$

6,079

 

Non-cash lease liability related to vessel acquisition

 

 

 

$

14,416

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 6




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1                     Basis of Presentation and General Information

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The reporting and functional currency of the Company is the United States Dollar.

Danaos Corporation (“Danaos”), formerly Danaos Holdings Limited, was formed on December 7, 1998 under the laws of Liberia and is presently the sole owner of all outstanding shares of the companies (the “Danaos Subsidiaries”) listed below. Danaos Holdings Limited was redomiciled in the Marshall Islands on October 7, 2005. In connection with the redomiciliation, the Company changed its name to Danaos Corporation. On October 14, 2005 the Company filed and the Marshall Islands accepted Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. Under the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the authorized capital stock of Danaos Corporation increased to 100,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 and 1,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01. On September 18, 2006, the Company filed and Marshall Islands accepted Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.Under the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the authorized capital stock of Danaos Corporation increases to 200,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01. See note 20 for additional information regarding stockholders’ equity.

The Company’s vessels operate worldwide, carrying containers and dry cargo for many of the world’s leading charterers. The Company manages its operations from its offices in Piraeus, Greece.

The Company’s principal business is the acquisition and operation of vessels. Danaos conducts its operations through the vessel owning subsidiaries whose principal activity is the ownership and operation of container and dry cargo type vessels (see note 2) that are under the exclusive management of a related party of the Company (see note 13).

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared to reflect the consolidation of the companies listed below. The historical balance sheets and results of operations of the companies listed below have been reflected in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders’ equity at and for each period since their respective incorporation dates.

The consolidated companies are referred to as “Danaos,” or “the Company.”

As of December 31, 2006, Danaos included the vessel owning companies listed below:

Company

 

 

 

Date of
Incorporation

 

Vessel Name

 

Vessel
Type

 

Year
Built

 

DWT

 

TEU

Deleas Shipping
Ltd.

 

July 28, 1987

 

Pacific Bridge

 

Container

 

1984

 

 

2,130

Seasenator Shipping Ltd.

 

June 7, 1996

 

Norasia Hamburg

 

Container

 

1989

 

 

3,908

Seacaravel Shipping Ltd.

 

June 7, 1996

 

YM Yantian

 

Container

 

1989

 

 

3,908

Peninsula Maritime Inc.

 

June 10, 1997

 

Eagle Express

 

Container

 

1978

 

 

1,704

Appleton Navigation S.A.

 

May 12, 1998

 

CMA CGM Komodo

 

Container

 

1991

 

 

2,917

F- 7




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

Geoffrey Shipholding Ltd.

 


September 22, 1997

 


CMA CGM Kalamata

 


Container

 


1990

 


 


2,917

Lacey Navigation Inc.

 

March 5, 1998

 

CMA CGM Elbe

 

Container

 

1991

 

 

2,917

Saratoga Trading S.A.

 

May 8, 1998

 

YM Milano

 

Container

 

1998

 

 

3,129

Tyron Enterprises S.A.

 

January 26, 1999

 

Henry

 

Container

 

1986

 

 

3,039

Ferrous Shipping (Private) Ltd.

 

December 6, 2000

 

APL England

 

Container

 

2001

 

 

5,506

Cobaltium
Shipping (Private) Ltd.

 

December 6, 2000

 

APL Scotland

 

Container

 

2001

 

 

5,506

Lissos Shipping (Private) Ltd.

 

February 16, 2001

 

APL Holland

 

Container

 

2001

 

 

5,506

Orchid Navigation Corp.

 

May 20, 1996

 

Dimitris C

 

Dry cargo

 

1994

 

43,814

 

Roberto C Maritime Inc.

 

February 19, 2002

 

Roberto C

 

Dry cargo

 

1994

 

45,210

 

Alexandra Navigation Inc.

 

March 5, 2002

 

Alexandra I

 

Dry cargo

 

1994

 

69,090

 

Mercator Shipping Inc.

 

April 4, 2002

 

MV Achilleas

 

Dry cargo

 

1994

 

69,180

 

Ortelius Maritime Inc.

 

April 4, 2002

 

Fivos

 

Dry cargo

 

1994

 

69,659

 

Independence Navigation Inc.

 

October 9, 2002

 

Independence

 

Container

 

1986

 

 

3,045

Maria C Maritime Inc.

 

February 19, 2002

 

Maria C

 

Dry cargo

 

1994

 

45,205

 

Lato Shipping (Private) Ltd.

 

February 16, 2001

 

APL Belgium

 

Container

 

2002

 

 

5,506

Victory Shipholding Inc.

 

October 9, 2002

 

Victory I

 

Container

 

1988

 

 

3,098

Duke Marine Inc.

 

April 14, 2003

 

Hyundai Duke

 

Container

 

1992

 

 

4,651

Commodore Marine Inc.

 


April 14, 2003

 


Hyundai Commodore

 


Container

 


1992

 


 


4,651

Helderberg Maritime Inc.

 

June 11, 2003

 

S.A. Helderberg

 

Container

 


1977

 


 


3,101

Sederberg Maritime Inc.

 

June 11, 2003

 

S.A. Sederberg

 

Container

 


1978

 


 


3,101

Winterberg Maritime Inc.

 

June 11, 2003

 

S.A. Winterberg

 

Container

 


1978

 


 


3,101

F- 8




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

Constantia Maritime Inc.

 


June 11, 2003

 


Maersk Constantia

 


Container

 


1979

 


 


3,101

Containers Services Inc.

 


May 30, 2002

 


Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean)

 


Container

 


2004

 


 


4,253

Containers Lines Inc. 

 


May 30, 2002

 


Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas)

 


Container

 


2004

 


 


4,253

Oceanew Shipping Ltd.

 

January 3, 2002

 

CSCL Europe

 

Container

 

2004

 

 

8,468

Oceanprize Navigation Ltd.

 

January 20, 2003

 

CSCL America

 

Container

 

2004

 

 

8,468


Federal Marine Inc.

 

February 14,2006

 

MOL Confidence

 

Container

 

1994

 

 

4,651

Karlita Shipping Co. Ltd.

 

February 21, 2003

 

CSCL Pusan

 

Container

 

2006

 

 

9,580

Ramona Marine Co. Ltd.

 

February 21, 2003

 

CSCL Le Havre

 

Container

 

2006

 

 

9,580

Boxcarrier (No 6) Corp.

 


June 27, 2006

 


Maersk Marathon

 


Container

 


1991

 


 


4,814

Boxcarrier (No 7) Corp.

 


June 27, 2006

 


Maersk Messologi

 


Container

 


1991

 


 


4,814

Boxcarrier (No 8) Corp

 


November 16, 2006

 


Maersk Mytilini

 


Container

 


1991

 


 


4,814

Vessels under contract

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auckland Marine Inc.

 

January 27, 2005

 

Norasia Integra

 

Container

 

2004

**

 

4,300

Wellington Marine Inc.

 

January 27, 2005

 

Norasia Atria

 

Container

 

2004

***

 

4,300

Vessels under construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seacarriers Services Inc.

 

June 28, 2005

 

Hull No. 1639

 

Container

 

2007

*

 

4,253

Seacarriers Lines Inc.

 

June 28, 2005

 

Hull No. 1640

 

Container

 

2007

*

 

4,253

F- 9




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

Bayview Shipping Inc.

 

March 22, 2006

 

Hull No. 1670

 

Container

 

2008

*

 

4,253

Channelview Marine Inc.

 

March 22, 2006

 

Hull No. 1671

 

Container

 

2008

*

 

4,253

Balticsea Marine
Inc.

 

March 22, 2006

 

Hull No. 1672

 

Container

 

2008

*

 

4,253

Continent Marine Inc

 

March 22, 2006

 

Hull No. 1673

 

Container

 

2008

*

 

4,253

Medsea Marine
Inc

 

May 8, 2006

 

Hull No. 1698

 

Container

 

2009

*

 

4,253

Blacksea Marine
Inc

 

May 8, 2006

 

Hull No. 1699

 

Container

 

2009

*

 

4,253

Boxcarrier (No 1) Corp.

 

June 27, 2006

 

Hull No. S4001

 

Container

 

2009

*

 

6,500

Boxcarrier (No 2) Corp.

 

June 27, 2006

 

Hull No. S4002

 

Container

 

2009

*

 

6,500

Boxcarrier (No 3) Corp.

 

June 27, 2006

 

Hull No. S4003

 

Container

 

2009

*

 

6,500

Boxcarrier (No 4) Corp.

 

June 27, 2006

 

Hull No. S4004

 

Container

 

2009

*

 

6,500

Boxcarrier (No 5) Corp.

 

June 27, 2006

 

Hull No. S4005

 

Container

 

2009

*

 

6,500


*                     Estimated completion date

**              Scheduled to be delivered to the Company in March 2007.

***       Scheduled to be delivered to the Company in September 2007

2                     Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation:    The accompanying consolidated financial statements represent the consolidation of the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. The Company also consolidates entities that are determined to be variable interest entities as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46(R) if it determines that it is the primary beneficiary. The Company does not have any variable interest entities. Inter-company transaction balances and unrealized gains on transactions between the companies are eliminated.

Use of Estimates:    The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F- 10




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):    The Company follows the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards “Statement of Comprehensive Income” (SFAS 130), which requires separate presentation of certain transactions, which are recorded directly as components of stockholders’ equity.

Foreign Currency Translation:    The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transaction. On the balance sheet dates, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are translated to reflect the current exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:    Cash and cash equivalents consist of current, call, time deposits and certificates of deposit with original maturity of three months or less which are not restricted for use or withdrawal.

Restricted Cash:    Cash restricted accounts include retention and restricted deposit accounts. Certain of the Company’s loan agreements require the Company to deposit one-third of quarterly and one-sixth of the semi-annual principal installments and interest installments, respectively, due on the outstanding loan balance monthly in a retention account. On the rollover settlement date, both principal and interest are paid from the retention account.

Accounts Receivable:    The amount shown as Accounts Receivable at each balance sheet date includes estimated recoveries from charterers for hire and demurrage billings, net of a provision for doubtful accounts. At each balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for purposes of determing the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts. Bad debts are written off in the year which they are identified.

Insurance:    Insurance claims represent the claimable expenses, net of deductibles, which are expected to be recovered from insurance companies. Any costs to complete the claims are included in accrued liabilities. The Company accounts for the cost of possible additional call amounts under its insurance arrangements in accordance with the FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 5 “Accounting for Contingencies” based on the Company’s historical experience and the historical experience of the shipping industry.

Prepaid Expenses and Inventories:    Prepaid expenses consist mainly of insurance expenses and inventories, which consist of bunkers, lubricants and provisions remaining on board the vessels at each period end, which are valued at the lower of market value or cost as determined using the weighted average method.

Financing Costs:    Fees incurred for obtaining new loans are deferred and amortized over the loans’ respective repayment periods using the effective interest rate method. These charges are included in the balance sheet line item Deferred Charges. Any unamortized balance of costs relating to loans repaid or refinanced is expensed in the period the repayment or refinancing is made subject to the provisions of EITF 96-19, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instrument” regarding debt extinguishment.

F- 11




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Vessels’ Cost:    Vessels are stated at cost, which consists of the contract purchase price and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (improvements and delivery expenses). Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels. Otherwise these expenditures are charged to expenses as incurred. Financing costs incurred during the construction period of the vessels are included in vessels’ cost.

Vessels acquired in the secondhand market are treated as a business combination to the extent that such acquisitions include continuing operations and business characteristics such as management agreements, employees and customer base. Otherwise these are treated as purchase of assets. Where the Company identifies any intangible assets or liabilities associated with the acquisition of a vessel purchased in the secondhand market, the Company records all identified tangible and intangible assets or liabilities at fair value. Fair value is determined by reference to market data and the discounted amount of expected future cash flows. The Company has acquired certain vessels in the secondhand market. These acquisitions were considered to be acquisitions of assets. Certain vessels in the Company’s fleet that were purchased in the secondhand market were acquired with existing charters. The company has recognized a liability for a below—market charter attached to a vessel acquired in 2006.

Vessels’ Depreciation:    The cost of the Company’s vessels is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the vessels’ remaining economic useful lives after considering the estimated residual value. Management had estimated the useful life of the Company’s vessels to be 25 years from the year built. As of January 1, 2005, the Company changed prospectively the estimated useful life of the container vessels to be 30 years. The change in estimate was based both on the Company’s experience and the current practice in the shipping industry.

Accounting for Special Survey and Drydocking Costs:    The Company follows the deferral method of accounting for special survey and drydocking costs, whereby actual costs incurred are deferred and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next scheduled survey, which is two and a half years. If special survey or drydocking is performed prior to the scheduled date, the remaining unamortized balances are immediately written off.

The amortization periods reflect the estimated useful economic life of the deferred charge, which is the period between each special survey and drydocking.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets:    SFAS 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets” addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. The Company adopted SFAS 144 as of January 1, 2002. The standard requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles held and used or disposed of by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If the future net cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference between the asset’s carrying value and fair value. No events or changes in circumstances have occurred in the periods presented that would lead to a review for impairment.

Pension and Retirement Benefit Obligations-Crew:    The crew on board the companies’ vessels serve in such capacity under short-term contracts (usually up to nine months) and accordingly, the vessel-owning companies are not liable for any pension or post retirement benefits.

Accounting for Revenue and Expenses:    Revenues and expenses are recognized on a straight-line basis and on an accrual basis. Revenues are generated from bareboat hire and time charters. Bareboat hire

F- 12




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

revenues are recorded over the term of the hire on a straight-line basis. Time charter revenues are recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided. Unearned revenue includes revenue received in advance.

The Company is a member of a pool arrangement with respect to the MV Achilleas and the Alexandra I . The resulting net revenues of the pool are distributed as time charter hire to each participant in accordance with the pool earning points of the individual pool vessels, adjusted for any off hire amount. Distributions of time charter hire to the Company are made every two weeks according to the agreement. An amount not exceeding four weeks’ time charter hire for the vessel may be withheld from the Company as working capital for the pool. The Company recognizes revenue related to the pooling arrangements only when all contingencies under the agreements are resolved.

General and Administrative Expenses:    General and administrative expenses include management fees paid to the vessels’ manager (see note 13).

Repairs and Maintenance:    All repair and maintenance expenses including major overhauling and underwater inspection expenses are charged against income when incurred and are included in vessel operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Dividends:    Dividends are recorded in the Company’s financial statements in the period in which they are approved by the Company’s stockholders.

Segment Reporting:    The Company reports financial information and evaluates its operations by total charter revenues. The Company does not have discrete financial information to evaluate the operating results for each such type of charter. Although revenue can be identified for these types of charters, management cannot and does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information for these charters. As a result, management, including the chief operating decision makers, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet, and thus the Company has determined that it operates under one reportable segment.

Derivative Instruments:    The Company enters into interest rate swap contracts and forward exchange rate contracts to create economic hedges for its interest rate risks and its exposure to currency exchange risk on certain foreign currency receivables. (see also note 15). When such derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, the Company presents these financial instruments at their fair value, and recognizes the fair value changes thereto in the income statement. When the derivatives do qualify for hedge accounting, depending upon the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the fair value of assets, liabilities or firm commitments through income, or recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss) (effective portion) until the hedged item is recognized in income. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in income.

Earnings Per Share:    The Company has presented net income per share for all periods presented based on the number of outstanding shares of common stock of Danaos Corporation at the reported periods taking into account any stock splits. There are no dilutive or potentially dilutive securities, accordingly there is no difference between basic and diluted net income per share.

F- 13




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

The recent accounting pronouncements are the following:

SAB 108—Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (‘SAB 108’). SAB No. 108 provides guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. SAB 108 establishes an approach that requires quantification of financial statement errors based on the effects of each of the company’s balance sheet and statement of operations and the related financial statement disclosures. SAB No. 108 permits existing public companies to record the cumulative effect of initially applying this approach in the first year ending after November 15, 2006 by recording the necessary correcting adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of that year with the offsetting adjustment recorded to the opening balance of retained earnings. Additionally, the use of the cumulative effect transition method requires detailed disclosure of the nature and amount of each individual error being corrected through the cumulative adjustment and how and when it arose. The adoption of SAB No. 108 did not have any effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standard Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155 (SFAS 155) “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140”. SFAS 155 amends SFAS 133 to permit fair value measurement for certain hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative, provides additional guidance on the applicability of SFAS 133 and SFAS 140 to certain financial instruments and subordinated concentrations of credit risk. SFAS 155 is effective for the first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. We are currently evaluating the impact SFAS 155 will have on our consolidated financial statements. This statement will be effective for the Company for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2007.

In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standard Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156 (SFAS 156) “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”. SFAS 156 amends SFAS 140 requiring that all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities be measured at fair value, if practicable. SFAS 156 also permits, but does not require, the subsequent measurement of servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS 156 is effective for the first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The adoption of this Accounting Standard is not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. This statement will be effective for the Company for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2007.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, Fair Value Measurements. This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement does not require new fair value measurements, but is applied to the extent that other accounting pronouncements require or permit fair value measurements. The statement emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Companies will be required to disclose the extent to which fair value is used to measure assets and liabilities, the inputs used to develop the measurements, and the effect of certain of the measurements on earnings (or changes in net assets) for the period. This Statement is effective for The Company for fiscal

F- 14




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

years beginning after November 15, 2007 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier application is encouraged, provided that the entity has not yet issued financial statements, including interim financial statements, for any period of that fiscal year. The Company is currently reviewing this issue to measure the potential impact on the consolidated results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standard Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158 (SFAS 158) “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)”. SFAS 158 improves financial reporting by requiring an employer to recognize the overfunded and underfunded status of a defined benefit retirement plan (other than multiemployer plan) as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income of a business entity or changes in unrestricted net assets of a not-for-profit organization. This statement also improves financial reporting by requiring an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statements of financial position, with limited exceptions. This standard was effective for the Company as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and did not have any effect on the consolidated financial statements.

In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 (SFAS 159) “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. SFAS 159 permits the entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. This Statement is expected to expand the use of fair value measurement, which is consistent with the Board’s long-term measurement objectives for accounting for financial instruments. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of a fiscal year on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity also elects to apply the provisions of FASB Statement No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. The adoption of this policy is not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

FSP No. FIN 46(R)-6—Determining the Variability to be Considered in Applying FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)

In April 2006, the FASB issued this FSP which addresses whether certain arrangements associated with variable interest entities should be treated as variable interests or considered as creators of variability, and indicates that the variability to be considered shall be based on an analysis of the design of the entity. FSP FIN 46(R)-6 is required to be applied prospectively to all entities with which the Company first becomes involved and to all entities previously required to be analyzed under FIN 46(R) upon the occurrence of certain events, beginning the first day of the first reporting period after June 15, 2006. Early application is permitted for periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. Retrospective application to the date of the initial application of FIN 46(R) is permitted but not required, however, if elected, it must be completed no later than the end of the first annual reporting period after July 15, 2006. This standard was effective for the Company as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and did not have any effect on the consolidated financial statements.

F- 15




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3                     Restricted Cash

Restricted cash is comprised as follows:

 

 

Retention

 

Restricted
Deposits

 

Total

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

$

642

 

 

 

$

82

 

 

$

724

 

December 31, 2006

 

 

$

2,493

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,493

 

 

4                     Vessels

Vessels’ cost and accumulated depreciation and changes thereto are as follows:

 

 

Vessel
Cost

 

Accumulated
Depreciation

 

Net Book
Value(b)

 

January 1, 2005

 

$

822,739

 

 

$

(141,403

)

 

$

681,336

 

Additions

 

 

 

(27,114

)

 

(27,114

)

December 31, 2005

 

$

822,739

 

 

$

(168,517

)

 

$

654,222

 

Additions(a)(c)

 

405,341

 

 

(31,111

)

 

374,230

 

Disposals

 

(14,225

)

 

2,381

 

 

(11,844

)

December 31, 2006

 

$

1,213,855

 

 

$

(197,247

)

 

$

1,016,608

 


The residual value (estimated scrap value at the end of the vessels’ useful lives) of the fleet was estimated at $182.4 million as of December 31, 2006 and $121.4 million as of December 31, 2005.

a)                Vessels with a cost of $419.6 million and net book value of $403 million on December 31, 2006 are subject to certain leasing arrangements as explained in Other lease arrangements in note 9.

b)               Includes four container vessels with a net book value of $44.9 million, $45 million, $45.1 million, and $44.9 million at December 31, 2006, for which the charterers have the option to purchase the vessels in February 2007,       2007, July 2007 and January 2008, respectively, each for $44.0 million and in February 2009, June 2009, July 2009 and January 2010, respectively, each for $39.0 million.

c)                On March 23, 2006, the Company purchased the MOL Confidence, a vessel of 4,651 TEU and 61,152 DWT, built in 1994 for an amount of $40.5 million. The vessel was purchased in the secondhand market and was acquired with an existing charter with a $20,750 daily rate for a period of 6.5 years, ending in 2012. The value of the vessel on a charter free basis has been valued at $55.0 million from two independent valuators. The Company has identified a liability of $14.4 million which will be amortized over the period of the time charter. This amount is included in the financial statement lines Unearned revenue, short and long term.

d)               In August 2006, the Company agreed to sell the Fivos, the Alexandra I, the Dimitris C, the Roberto C, the Maria C and the MV Achilleas to a third-party drybulk operator for an aggregate of $143.5 million upon expiration of their current charters between January 2007 and April 2007. Vessels as of December 31, 2006 had a cost of $70.2 million and a net book value of $53.9 million.

e)                On September 8, 2006 the Company took delivery of the CSCL Pusan (ex. HN 1559), a vessel of 9,580 TEU built in 2006 with a cost of $93.0 million.

F- 16




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

f)                  On November 20, 2006 the Company took delivery of the CSCL Le Havre (ex. HN 1561), a vessel of 9,580 TEU built in 2006 with a cost of $ 94.0 million.

g)                On December 13, 2006 the Company purchased the Maersk Marathon, a vessel of 4,814 TEU built in 1991 for an amount of $ 43.4 million. The vessel was chartered with APL Moller-Maersk Group for five years at a rate of $23,450 per day with four consecutive one year options at $22,400, $21,400, $20,400 and $20,400 per day respectively.

h)               On December 18, 2006 the Company purchased the Maersk Messologi, a vessel of 4,814 TEU built in 1991 for an amount of $ 43.5 million. The vessel was chartered with APL Moller-Maersk Group for five years at a rate of $23,450 per day with four consecutive one year options at $22,400, $21,400, $20,400 and $20,400 per day respectively.

i)                  On December 22, 2006 the Company purchased the Maersk Mytilini, a vessel of 4,814 TEU built in 1991 for an amount of $ 43.6 million. The vessel was chartered with APL Moller-Maersk Group for five years at a rate of $23,450 per day with four consecutive one year options at $22,400, $21,400, $20,400 and $20,400 per day respectively.

j)                   APL-NOL has exercised its option to purchase the APL England from the Company for $44.0 million upon expiration of its current charter in February 2007. See also note 4b.

k)               APL-NOL has exercised its option to purchase the APL Scotland from the Company for $44.0 million upon expiration of its current charter in May 2007. See also note 4b.

5                     Advances for Vessels Under Construction

a)     Advances for vessels under construction are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

Advance payments for vessels

 

$

22,390

 

$

143,780

 

Progress payments for vessels

 

156,744

 

46,520

 

Decrease in vessels under construction values in respect of lease arrangements (note 9)

 

(27,272

)

 

Capitalized interest

 

8,191

 

2,541

 

Other vessel related costs

 

1,322

 

175

 

Total

 

$

161,375

 

$

193,016

 

 

The Company entered into two construction contracts in July 2005 with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. for two containerships (the HN 1639 and the HN 1640 ) of 4,253 TEU each. An advance of $28.0 million ($14.0 million for each vessel) was paid as of December 31, 2005. An advance of $7.0 million was also paid on December 19, 2006 for HN 1639 . The total cost of each vessel is $70.0 million. The expected delivery dates for the HN 1639 and the HN 1640 are March 31, 2007 and September 30, 2007, respectively.

The Company entered into four construction contracts on March 28, 2006 with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. for four containerships (the HN 1670 , the HN 1671 , the HN 1672 and the HN 1673 ) of 4,253 TEU each. The contract price of each vessel is $63.8 million. The expected delivery dates are July 2008, October 2008, November 2008 and December 2008, respectively. The Company paid an advance

F- 17




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

of $51.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 in relation to these contracts. The Company has agreed to charter each of these containerships under 12-year charters at a daily charter rate of $22,785.

The Company entered into two construction contracts on May 12, 2006 with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. for two containerships (the HN 1698 and the HN 1699 ) of 4,253 TEU each. The contract price of each vessel is $63.8 million. The expected delivery dates are March 2009 and June 2009, respectively. The Company paid an advance of $12.76 million on May 22, 2006 in relation to these contracts. The Company has agreed to charter each of these containerships under 12-year charters at a daily charter rate of $22,785.

The Company entered into five construction contracts on July 26, 2006 with Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co. Ltd. for five containerships (the HN S400 1 , the HN S4002 , the HN S4003 , the HN S4004 and the HN S4005 ) of 6,500 TEU each. The contract price of each vessel is $91.5 million. The expected delivery dates are April 2009, June 2009, August 2009, October 2009 and December 2009, respectively. The Company paid an advance of $91.5 million on September 18, 2006 in relation to these contracts. The Company has agreed to charter each of these containerships under 12-year charters at a daily charter rate of $34,350.

The charters arranged by the Company in September 2006 for five newbuildings vesels, the HN S4001 , the HN S4002 , the HN S4003 , the HN S4004 and the HN S4005 , include an option for the charterer to purchase each vessel eight years after the commencement of the respective charter, which, based on the respective expected delivery dates for these vessels, is expected to fall in April 2017, June 2017, August 2017, October 2017 and December 2017, respectively, each for $78.0 million.

b)     Advances for vessels under construction and transfers to vessels’ cost in 2005 and 2006 were as follows:

c)

Balance as of January 1, 2005

 

$

127,912

 

Additions

 

33,463

 

Balance as of December 31, 2005

 

$

161,375

 

Additions

 

218,500

 

Transfer to vessels’ cost

 

(186,859

)

Balance as of December 31, 2006

 

$

193,016

 

 

F- 18




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6                     Deferred Charges

Deferred charges consist of the following:

 

 

Drydocking and
Special Survey

 

Finance
Costs

 

Public
Offering
costs

 

Total
Deferred
Charges

 

Balance on January 1, 2005

 

 

$

5,505

 

 

 

 

$

5,505

 

Additions

 

 

4,505

 

 

791

 

980

 

6,276

 

Amortization for the year

 

 

(3,922

)

 

(101

)

 

(4,023

)

Balance on December 31, 2005

 

 

$

6,088

 

 

690

 

980

 

$

7,758

 

Additions

 

 

8,037

 

 

925

 

2,175

 

11,137

 

Written off amounts

 

 

(385

)

 

(396

)

 

(781

)

Amortization for the year

 

 

(5,425

)

 

(135

)

 

(5,560

)

Pre IPO closed to proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

(3,155

)

(3,155

)

Balance on December 31, 2006

 

 

$

8,315

 

 

$

1,084

 

$

 

$

9,399

 

 

7                     Accounts Payable

Accounts payable is comprised of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

Suppliers, repairers

 

$

5,159

 

$

8,105

 

Insurers, agents, brokers

 

624

 

664

 

Other creditors

 

282

 

883

 

Total

 

$

6,065

 

$

9,652

 

 

8                     Other Current Assets

Insurance claims, net of applicable deductibles arising from hull and machinery damages or other insured risks are expected to be fully collected.

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

Insurance claims

 

$

652

 

$

1,902

 

Advances to suppliers

 

1,664

 

2,063

 

Deferred income

 

 

24

 

Total

 

$

2,316

 

$

3,989

 

 

F- 19




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9                     Lease Arrangements

a)     Other lease arrangements

During 2004, the Company entered into a structured transaction with third parties affecting four vessels in its current fleet and two vessels under construction whereby such vessels were acquired by counterparties to the transaction which then time chartered the vessels to the Company for a period of 6 1 ¤ 2  years. At the end of this 6 1 ¤ 2 -year period, the counterparties have rights to require the Company to reacquire the vessels for approximately 75% of the vessels’ initial book value. The cost of building the vessels has been financed with bank loans arranged by the Company. The vessels have been acquired by the counterparties for the same amount that it cost to have them constructed. No gain or loss was recognized thereon. The consideration with respect to the acquisition of these vessels is being held in a deposit account that is not under the control of the Company. The Company is entitled to receive a series of cash payments of amounts released from the deposit which are expected to equal, in the aggregate, approximately 25% of the initial deposit over the 6 1 ¤ 2 years. The excess of these payments above the Company’s payment obligations with respect to chartering-in these vessels is expected to amount to £46 million ($79.6 million). If the counterparties do not exercise their rights to require the Company to reacquire the vessels, the Company would have the right to charter-in the vessels for up to an additional 12 years during which period the Company would be entitled to 49% of the charter revenues in excess of a pre-set base level of the charter-in rate. In such a case, the remaining amount on deposit would be payable to the Company. If the Company is required to reacquire the vessels, ownership of the vessels would revert to the Company and the remaining deposit would be used for the price of reacquiring the vessels. The Company expects that the counterparties will exercise their rights to require the Company to reacquire the vessels.

The Company has not accounted for the transactions as sale and lease-backs because the consideration for the vessels is not under the Company’s control. The vessels are shown as fixed assets on the books of the Company. The Company reduced the cost basis of the vessels and hulls at inception with the present value of the future cash inflows amounting to $59.6 million (£31.9 million), $32.3 million and $27.3 million for the vessels and for the hulls, respectively, and has recognized this amount as a receivable in respect of the lease arrangements. The receivable balance is being reduced by the actual cash inflows over the 6 1 ¤ 2 year term. The discount rates used in the present value calculation range from 4.2% to 4.9%, reflecting the GBP applicable interest rate at the time of the inception of the transactions.

Following proposed changes to U.K. law contained in the draft U.K. Finance Bill published on April 7, 2006, it is expected that the interests of the Company’s counterparties to the transaction described above will be adversely affected. As a result the Company estimates that if the put is ultimately exercised it will be required to pay back an estimated amount of $80 million at the end of the leases. The difference between the estimated liability and the undiscounted cash inflows of $67 million amounting to $13 million was expensed in the second quarter of 2006, the period during which it first became probable that the draft U.K. Finance Bill proposed on April 7, 2006 would be enacted. At the same time the Company reconstituted the original vessels’ and hulls cost amounting to $32.3 million and $27.3 million, respectively, and wrote-off the remaining receivable in respect of the lease agreement amounting to $48.5 million. The Company also recognized a liability of $27.6 million consisting of the portion of the cash inflows received to date from the lease arrangements of $14.6 million and an amount of $13 million as noted above. This liability will be increased with subsequent cash inflows in contemplation of a repayment of the estimated amount of $80 million at the end of the leases.

F-20




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

On July 19, 2006, the U.K. law in connection with the leasing arrangements for certain of the Company’s vessels was enacted.

In addition, the Company has entered into forward currency contracts to convert £29.7 million of cash inflows to U.S. dollars at the time of maturity.

b)     Charters-out:

The future minimum revenue, net of commissions, expected to be earned on non-cancelable time charters is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,
2006

 

2007

 

 

$

242,627

 

 

2008

 

 

201,390

 

 

2009

 

 

234,784

 

 

2010

 

 

272,441

 

 

2011

 

 

242,626

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,611,946

 

 

Total future revenue

 

 

$

2,805,814

 

 

 

Revenues from time charter are not generally received when a vessel is off-hire, including time required for normal periodic maintenance of the vessel. In arriving at the minimum future charter revenues, an estimated time off-hire to perform periodic maintenance on each vessel has been deducted, although there is no assurance that such estimate will be reflective of the actual off-hire in the future. The off-hire assumptions used relate mainly to drydocking and special survey maintenance carried out approximately every 2.5 years per vessel and which may last 10-15 days.

10              Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

Accrued payroll

 

$

754

 

$

472

 

Accrued interest

 

896

 

3,784

 

Accrued expenses

 

1,255

 

837

 

 

 

$

2,905

 

$

5,093

 

 

11              Other Liabilities

a)     Other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

Fair value of forwards

 

 

 

 

1,466

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,466

 

 

F-21




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

b)     Other long- term liabilities consist of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2006

 

Fair value of swaps

 

$

3,332

 

$

3,661

 

Fair value of forwards

 

 

2,114

 

Other liability in respect of lease arrangement (note 9)

 

 

29,779

 

 

 

$

3,332

 

$

35,554

 

 

12              Long Term Debt

a)     Long term debt as of December 31, 2006 consists of the following bank loans:

Lender

 

 

 

Balance
December 31,
2006

 

Current
Portion

 

Long
Term
Portion

 

Balance
December 31,
2005

 

Current
Portion

 

Long
Term
Portion

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland

 

 

75,500

 

 

 

75,500

 

 

187,750

 

 

24,500

 

163,250

 

HSH Nordbank

 

 

49,000

 

 

4,000

 

45,000

 

 

53,000

 

 

4,000

 

49,000

 

The Export-Import Bank of Korea (“KEXIM”)

 

 

101,523

 

 

10,369

 

91,154

 

 

111,892

 

 

10,369

 

101,523

 

The Export-Import Bank of Korea (“KEXIM”) & FORTIS Bank

 

 

144,000

 

 

8,391

 

135,609

 

 

123,325

 

 

 

123,325

 

EFG Eurobank Ergasias

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,296

 

 

1,952

 

1,344

 

Aegean Baltic Bank HSH Nordbank (Joint arrangers & co-underwriters) and Citibank, Dresdner Bank, ABN Amro, DVB Bank & Credit Suisse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

187,475

 

 

16,700

 

170,775

 

HSH Nordbank AG Aegean Baltic Bank

 

 

290,000

 

 

 

290,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of Hedged Debt

 

 

2,293

 

 

 

2,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

662,316

 

 

$

22,760

 

$

639,556

 

 

$

666,738

 

 

$

57,521

 

$

609,217

 

 

F-22




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

b)     The repayment terms of the loans outstanding as of December 31, 2006 were as follows:

Lender

 

 

 

Interest Rate /Vessel

 

Remaining Repayments

The Royal Bank of Scotland

 


0.8% p.a. over LIBOR
Dimitris C
Alexandra I
Roberto C
Maria C
MV Achilleas
Fivos
S.A. Helderberg
S.A. Sederberg
S.A.Winterberg
Maersk Constantia
APL Holland

 


Concerns a loan facility of $200.0 million advanced to the companies in order to refinance certain of their vessels. The outstanding loan facility on December 31, 2006 is payable in five consecutive semi-annual installments starting from 2011 of $8.5 million each, plus a balloon payment of $33.0 million payable with the last installment in 2013.

KEXIM

 

5.0125% p.a. Fixed
CSCL America
CSCL Europe

 

Concerns a loan facility of $124.4 million advanced to the vessel owning companies in order to partially finance the acquisition of their vessels. The outstanding balance as of December 31, 2006 is payable in 38 quarterly installments of $2.6 million plus installments of $1.0 million, $1.3 million and $0.69 million payable in August 2016, September 2016 and November 2016, respectively.

KEXIM—Fortis

 

5.02% p.a. Fixed
CSCL Pusan
CSCL Le Havre

 

Concerns a loan facility of up to $144.0 million advanced to the vessel owning companies in order to partially finance their acquisition of their new vessels. The outstanding balance as of December 31, 2006 is payable in 23 semi-annual installments of $5.6 million plus installments of $2.09 million, $2.14 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million plus a balloon payment of $9.0 million payable with the last installment in October 2018 and January 2019 .

HSH Nordbank

 

0.775% p.a. over LIBOR
Vancouver Express (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caribbean)
Maersk Derby (ex P&O Nedlloyd Caracas)

 

Concerns a loan facility of $60.0 million advanced to the vessel owning companies in order to partially finance the construction of their vessels. The outstanding loan facility on December 31, 2006 is payable in 29 consecutive quarterly installments of $1.0 million each, plus a balloon payment of $20.0 million payable with the last installment in March 2014.

F-23




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

HSH Nordbank AG Aegean Baltic Bank

 


0.700% p.a. over LIBOR

 


Concerns a loan facility of up to $700.0 million advanced to the vessel owning companies in order to partially finance the construction of the new vessels and the repayment of an old loan facility. This revolving credit facility shall be non-amortizing for the first five years and the repayment schedule as well as the balloon will be determined based upon, the weighted average age of the vessels that will comprise the securities portfolio for this loan at the end of the year five ie November 14, 2011.

 

c)                The annual repayments of the above loans, net of current maturities, as of December 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2008

 

 

25,619

 

 

2009

 

 

25,619

 

 

2010

 

 

25,619

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

560,406

 

 

Total long-term debt

 

 

$

637,263

 

 

 

d)               All of the loans referred to in paragraph (a) above are collateralized by first and second preferred mortgages over the vessels financed, general assignment of all hire freights, income and earnings, the assignment of their insurance policies, as well as any proceeds from the sale of mortgaged vessels and the corporate guarantee of Danaos Corporation.

e)                The loan agreements also include positive and negative covenants for the Company, the most significant of which are the maintenance of operating accounts, minimum cash deposits and minimum market values. The borrowers are further restricted from incurring additional indebtedness, changing the vessels’ flags and distributing earnings without the prior consent of the lender. In addition the Company must maintain the following covenants: Fixed asset to Net Debt ratio over 1.45, Total liabilities (excluding Shareholders’ equity) less Cash and cash equivalents not to exceed 70% of the Market value adjusted total assets less cash and cash equivalents, Minimum cash and cash equivalents of $30 million, EBITDA to interest over 2.5, maintain stockholders’ equity (as defined in the agreements) at a minimum of $250 million except for certain banks which require a minimum of $100 million and maintain stockholders’ equity in excess of 30% of total assets (as defined in the agreements).

f)                  The weighted average effective interest rates on long-term borrowings for the periods ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were 5.6% and 4.32%, respectively.

g)                In the second half of 2006 the Company extinguished certain loans and refinanced certain loans with the proceeds obtained from the commencement of trading on the New York Stock Exchange.

F-24




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13              Related Party Transactions

Management Services:    Pursuant to a ship management agreement between each of the vessel owning companies and Danaos Shipping Company Limited (the “Manager”), the Manager acts as the fleet’s technical manager responsible for (i) recruiting qualified officers and crews, (ii) managing day to day vessel operations and relationships with charterers, (iii) purchasing of stores, supplies and new equipment for the vessels, (iv) performing general vessel maintenance, reconditioning and repair, including commissioning and supervision of shipyards and subcontractors of drydock facilities required for such work, (v) ensuring regulatory and classification society compliance, (vi) performing operational budgeting and evaluation, (vii) arranging financing for vessels and (viii) providing accounting, treasury and finance services and (ix) providing information technology software and hardware in the support of the Company’s processes.

Prior to July 1, 2005, the Company paid its manager a monthly management fee of $2,750 for the management of its affairs. The Company also paid a fixed management fee of $150 to $500 per day for each vessel in its fleet depending on its size and type of charterparty. As of July 1, 2005 the new management contract provides for a fee of $500 per day. In addition, the manager receives a management fee of $250 per vessel per day for vessels on bareboat charter and $500 per vessel per day for the remaining vessels in the fleet, pro rated for the calendar days each vessel is owned. The manager also receives a commission of 0.75% on gross freight, charter hire, ballast bonus and demurrage with respect to each vessel in the fleet and a commission of 0.5% based on the contract price of any vessel bought or sold by the manager on its behalf (excluding newbuildings), and a flat fee of $400,000 per newbuilding vessel for the supervision of newbuilding contracts.

For the services rendered, the Manager charged each vessel a daily fee ranging from $250 to $500. Management fees in 2006 amounted to approximately $7.6 million (2005: $5.0 million, 2004: $4.0 million).The related expenses are shown under General and Administrative Expenses on the Statement of Income.

The Company pays monthly advances on account of the above management fees. These prepaid management fees are presented in the Balance sheet under, (Due from related parties).

Related party loans:    On March 14, 2006 the Company entered into a new loan agreement with Seasonal Maritime Corporation, a related party, which amounted to $30.4 million and was payable within a six- month period. On June 16, 2006, the Company repaid $25.4 million of the amount outstanding under the loan facility. The outstanding loan balance of $5.0 million was fully paid on August 8, 2006. The loan bore interest at a margin of 1% pa over LIBOR. Interest expense charged for 2006 was $0.5 million.

On August 14, 2006 the Company entered into a new loan agreement with Seasonal Maritime Corporation, a related party, which amounted to $75.0 million and was payable within a six-month period from such date. The loan bore interest at a margin of 1% pa over LIBOR. The loan was fully repaid on December 28, 2006. Capitalized interest charged for 2006 was $1.5 million.

On September 25, 2006 the Company entered into a new loan agreement with Seasonal Maritime Corporation, a related party, which amounted to $25.0 million and was payable within a six-month period from such date. The loan bore interest at a margin of 1% pa over LIBOR. The loan was fully repaid on December 28, 2006. Capitalized interest charged for 2006 was $0.5 million.

F-25




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14              Taxes

Under the laws of the countries of the Company’s ship owning subsidiaries’ incorporation and/or vessels’ registration, the Company’s ship operating subsidiaries are not subject to tax on international shipping income, however, they are subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which have been included in Vessel Operating Expenses in the accompanying consolidated Statements of Income.

Pursuant to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), U.S.-source income from the international operation of ships is generally exempt from U.S. tax if the company operating the ships meets certain requirements. Among other things, in order to qualify for this exemption, the company operating the ships must be incorporated in a country which grants an equivalent exemption from income taxes to U.S. corporations. All of the Company’s ship-operating subsidiaries satisfy these initial criteria. In addition, these companies must be more than 50% owned by individuals who are residents, as defined, in the countries of incorporation or another foreign country that grants an equivalent exemption to U.S. corporations. These companies also currently satisfy the more than 50% beneficial ownership requirement. In addition, should the beneficial ownership requirement not be met, the management of the Company believes that by virtue of a special rule applicable to situations where the ship operating companies are beneficially owned by a publicly traded company like the Company, the more than 50% beneficial ownership requirement can also be satisfied based on the trading volume and the anticipated widely-held ownership of the Company’s shares, but no assurance can be given that this will remain so in the future, since continued compliance with this rule is subject to factors outside of the Company’s control.

15              Financial Instruments

The principal financial assets of the Company consist of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and other assets. The principal financial liabilities of the Company consist of long-term bank loans and accounts payable.

Interest Rate Risk:    Interest rate risk arises on bank borrowings. The Company monitors the interest rate on borrowings closely to ensure that the borrowings are maintained at favorable rates. The interest rates relating to the long-term loans are disclosed in note 12.

Concentration of Credit Risk:    Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, trade accounts receivable and derivatives. The Company places its temporary cash investments, consisting mostly of deposits, with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of those financial institutions that are considered in the Company’s investment strategy. The Company does not require collateral on these financial instruments. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties to derivative instruments, however, the Company limits this exposure by diversifying among counterparties with high credit ratings. Credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising the Company’s charterer base and their dispersion across many geographic areas. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk is limited to the carrying value of its derivative instruments. The Company is not a party to master netting arrangements.

Fair Value:    The carrying amounts reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of financial assets and liabilities excluding long-term bank loans approximate their respective fair values due to the short maturity of these instruments. The fair values of long-term floating rate bank loans approximate the recorded values, generally due to their variable interest rates. The carrying amount of

F-26




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

fixed rate bank loans is adjusted by the gain or loss on the debt attributable to the hedged risk, and, for un-hedged loans, their carrying amount approximates their fair value. The fair value of the swap agreements equates to the amount that would be paid by the Company to cancel the swaps.

Interest Rate Swaps:    The off-balance sheet risk in outstanding swap agreements involves both the risk of a counter-party not performing under the terms of the contract and the risk associated with changes in market value. The Company monitors its positions, the credit ratings of counterparties and the level of contracts it enters into with any one party. The counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions. The Company has a policy of entering into contracts with parties that meet stringent qualifications and, given the high level of credit quality of its derivative counter-parties, the Company does not believe it is necessary to obtain collateral arrangements.

1.                  Fair Value Interest Rate Swap Hedges

These interest rate swaps are designed to economically hedge the fair value of the fixed rate loan facilities against fluctuations in the market interest rates by converting its fixed rate loan facilities to floating rate debt. Pursuant to the adoption of the Company’s Risk Management Accounting Policy, and after putting in place the formal documentation required by SFAS 133 in order to designate these swaps as hedging instruments, as of June 15, 2006, these interest rate swaps qualified for hedge accounting, and, accordingly, since that time, hedge ineffectiveness amounts arising from the differences in the change in fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item are recognized in the Company’s earnings. The Company considers its strategic use of interest rate swaps to be a prudent method of managing interest rate sensitivity, as it prevents earnings from being exposed to undue risk pose by changes in interest rates. Assessment and measurement of prospective and retrospective effectiveness for these interest rate swaps are being performed on a quarterly basis, on the financial statement and earnings reporting dates.

The total fair value change of the interest rate swaps for the period from January 1, 2006 until December 31, 2006 amounted to $(329), and is included in the Income Statement in Gain/(Loss) on Fair Value of Derivatives. The total fair value change of the interest rate swap from June 15, 2006 (inception of the hedge) to December 31, 2006 was $2,637. The related liability of $3,661 is shown under Other Liabilities (long-term) in the Balance Sheet. The total fair value change of the underlying hedged debt for the period from June 15, 2006 until December 31, 2006 amounted to $(2,292) and is included in the Income Statement in Gain/(Loss) on Fair Value of Derivatives. The net ineffectiveness for December 31, 2006 amounted to $2,621 and is shown in the Income Statement under Gain/(Loss) on fair value of derivatives.

2.                  Cash Flow Interest Rate Swap Hedges

The company, according to its long-term strategic plan to maintain relative stability in its interest rate exposure, has decided to swap part of its interest expenses from floating to fixed. To this effect, the company has entered into five (5) interest rate swap transactions with varying start and maturity dates, in order to pro-actively and efficiently manage its floating rate exposure.

These interest rate swaps are designed to economically hedge the variability of interest cash flows arising from floating rate debt, attributable to movements in three-month USD$ LIBOR. According to the Company’s Risk Management Accounting Policy, and after putting in place the formal documentation required by SFAS 133 in order to designate these swaps as hedging instruments, as from their inception, these interest rate swaps qualified for hedge accounting, and, accordingly, since that time, only hedge ineffectiveness amounts arising from the differences in the change in fair value of the hedging instrument

F-27




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

and the hedged item are recognized in the Company’s earnings. Assessment and measurement of prospective and retrospective effectiveness for these interest rate swaps are being performed on a quarterly basis. For qualifying cash flow hedges, the fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized initially in shareholders’ equity, and recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item will affect profit or loss. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized in the income statement immediately.

The total fair value change of the interest rate swaps from their inception in November and December 2006 until December 31, 2006 amounted to $5,832, and is included in Other Comprehensive Income. There was no ineffective portion for the period of the hedge, The estimated amount of the existing gain on December 31, 2006 that is expected to be reclassified as earnings in the next twelve months from December 31, 2006 is nil.

3.                  Foreign Currency Forward Contracts—Cash Flow Hedges

The Company entered into foreign currency forward contracts in 2004 to economically hedge its exposure to fluctuations of its anticipated cash inflows in U.K. Pounds relating to certain lease arrangements as explained in note 9 Under the contracts the Company will convert £29.7 million of cash inflows to U.S. dollars at the time of maturity (in the years from 2006 to 2012). Pursuant to the adoption of the Company’s Risk Management Accounting Policy, and after putting in place the formal documentation required by SFAS 133 in order to designate these forwards as hedging instruments, as of June 30, 2006, these foreign exchange forwards qualified for hedge accounting, and, accordingly, since that time, only hedge ineffectiveness amounts arising from the differences in the change in fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item are recognized in the Company’s earnings. Assessment and measurement of prospective and retrospective effectiveness for these interest rate swaps are being performed on a quarterly basis. For qualifying cash flow hedges, the fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized initially in shareholders’ equity, and recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item will affect profit or loss. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized in the income statement immediately.

The total fair value change of the forward contracts for the period from July 1, 2006 (inception of the hedge) until December 31, 2006 amounted to $(1,919) of which $(1,891) is included in Other Comprehensive Income and the remaining $(28) net ineffectiveness is shown in the Income Statement under Gain/(Loss) on fair value of derivatives. The estimated amount as at December 31, 2006 that is expected to be reclassified as a loss in the next twelve months is $(896). The change in fair value of the forward contracts from January 1, 2006 to June 30, 2006 amounted to $(3,083) and is shown in the Income Statement under Gain/(Loss) on fair value of derivatives.

As of December 31, 2006 the Company has recorded the fair value of derivative instrument assets of $5,832 in Other assets (non current) and derivative instrument liabilities of $1,466 in Other liabilities (current) and $5,775 in Other liabilities (non current).

F-28




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16              Operating Revenue

Revenue from significant customers (constituting more than 10% of total revenue), are as follows:

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

Charterer

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

APL

 

19%

 

16%

 

15%

 

HMM Korea

 

11%

 

Under 10

%

Under 10

%

CSCL

 

Under 10

%

Under 10

%

11%

 

Korea Lines Corp.

 

Under 10

%

12%

 

Under 10

%

 

17              Revenue by Geographic Location

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

Continent

 

 

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

AUSTRAL—ASIA

 

$

120,082

 

$

154,043

 

$

145,944

 

AMERICA

 

17,286

 

3,266

 

 

EUROPE

 

70,900

 

84,072

 

99,644

 

Total Revenue

 

$

208,268

 

$

241,381

 

$

245,588

 

 

18              Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

The Company, as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, had outstanding commitments of approximately $128.8 million and $790.0 million respectively for the construction of container vessels as follows:

 

 

TEU

 

Contract Price

 

Outstanding
Commitments as
of December 31,
2005

 

Outstanding
Commitments as
of December 31,
2006

 

Hull 1559

 

9,580

 

 

$

83,900

 

 

 

$

8,390

 

 

 

 

 

Hull 1561

 

9,580

 

 

$

83,900

 

 

 

$

8,390

 

 

 

 

 

Hull 1639

 

4,253

 

 

$

70,000

 

 

 

$

56,000

 

 

 

$

49,000

 

 

Hull 1640

 

4,253

 

 

$

70,000

 

 

 

$

56,000

 

 

 

$

56,000

 

 

Hull 1670

 

4,253

 

 

$

63,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

51,040

 

 

Hull 1671

 

4,253

 

 

$

63,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

51,040

 

 

Hull 1672

 

4,253

 

 

$

63,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

51,040

 

 

Hull 1673

 

4,253

 

 

$

63,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

51,040

 

 

Hull 1698

 

4,253

 

 

$

63,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

57,420

 

 

Hull 1699

 

4,253

 

 

$

63,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

57,420

 

 

Hull S4001

 

6,500

 

 

$

91,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

73,200

 

 

Hull S4002

 

6,500

 

 

$

91,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

73,200

 

 

Hull S4003

 

6,500

 

 

$

91,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

73,200

 

 

Hull S4004

 

6,500

 

 

$

91,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

73,200

 

 

Hull S4005

 

6,500

 

 

$

91,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

73,200

 

 

 

 

85,684

 

 

$

1,148,100

 

 

 

$

128,780

 

 

 

$

790,000

 

 

 

F- 29




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

On August 14, 2006 the Company signed a commitment letter with The Royal Bank of Scotland for a senior revolving and term loan facility of up to $700 million. The Company expects to sign the final loan agreement during the 1 st  quarter of 2007.

Contingencies

There are no material legal proceedings to which the Company is a party or to which any of its properties are the subject, or other contingencies that the Company is aware of, other than routine litigation incidental to the Company’s business. In the opinion of management, the disposition of the aforementioned lawsuits should not have a significant effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

19              Sale of Vessel

The Gain on sale of vessels of $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflects the sale of the Sofia III to a third party drybulk operator for $27.5 million, (net proceeds of $26.8) representing a gain of $15.0 million over the acquisition cost of such vessel as depreciated to the time of sale.

20              Stockholders’ Equity

On October 14, 2005 and September 18, 2006 the Company’s Articles of Incorporation were amended. Under the amended articles of incorporation the Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01.

Additionally, on September 18, 2006, the Company effected an 88,615-for-1 split of its outstanding common stock. All common stock amounts (and per share amounts) in the accompanying financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the 88,615-for-1 stock split. In the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, the Company has adjusted its stockholders’ equity accounts as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 by increasing the stated capital and decreasing the additional paid-in capital by $443,070 to reflect the increase in outstanding shares from 500 shares par value $.01 to 44,307,500 shares par value $.01. In the accompanying consolidated statements of income, basic and diluted net income per share and weighted average number of shares has been adjusted for all periods presented.

On October 6, 2006 the Company completed its initial public offering in the United States under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In this respect 10,250,000 shares of common stock at par value of $0.1 were issued for $21 per share. The net proceeds to the Company totaled $201.3 million.

21              Subsequent Events (prior to the audit report date)

a.                  On January 8, 2007 the Company delivered M/V Alexandra I , a bulk carrier built in 1994 with DWT 69,090 resulting on a net gain of US$ 15.6 million approximately. The outstanding loan on the vessel was fully repaid on February 21, 2007.

b.                 On January 10, 2007 the Company delivered M/V Fivos, a bulk carrier built in 1994 with DWT 69,659 resulting on a net gain of US $15.5 million approximately. The outstanding loan on the vessel was fully repaid on February 21, 2007.

F- 30




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

c.                  Declaration of Dividends: On January 18, 2007, the Company declared dividends amounting to $0.44 per common share for the fourth quarter of 2006 payable on February 14, 2007 to all shareholders of record as of January 29, 2007.

d.                 APL-NOL on January 18, 2007 has exercised its option to purchase the APL Holland from the Company for $44.0 million upon expiration of its current charter .

e.                  On January 30, 2007 the Company delivered M/V Dimitris C, a bulk carrier built in 1994 with DWT 43,814 resulting on a net gain of US $13.8 million approximately. The outstanding loan on the vessel was fully repaid on February 21, 2007.

f.                    On February 27, 2007 the Company delivered M/V Roberto C, a bulk carrier built in 1994 with DWT 45,210 resulting on a net gain of US $14.0 million approximately. The outstanding loan on the vessel was fully repaid on February 21, 2007.

g.                  On February 27, 2007 the Company delivered M/V Maria C, a bulk carrier built in 1994 with DWT 45,205 resulting on a net gain of US $13.9 million approximately. The outstanding loan on the vessel was fully repaid on February 21, 2007.

h.                 On March 7, 2007 the Company delivered M/V APL England , a container built in 2001 with 5,506 TEU to APL following the exercise of the call option APL had for this vessel. The sale consideration was $44.6 million. There was no gain or loss on sale associated with this vessel.

i.                    On March 2, 2007 the Company entered into newbuilding contracts with China Shipbuilding Trading Company, Limited for four 6,800 TEU containerships. The vessels will be built by the Shanghai Jiangnan Changxing Heavy Industry Company Limited and they are expected to be delivered to Danaos during the second and third quarter of 2010. The capital expenditure commitment which is approximately of $400 million will be financed by existing credit facilities and own funds according to work in progress under the specific terms of the shipbuilding programs.

k.                 On March 12, 2007 the Company acquired a 4,300 TEU vessel M/V Norasia Integra , built in 2004 for $61.75 million. The vessel is currently under charter with Norasia. The Company has not recognized a separate asset or liability for the existing charter due to the short remaining life and immaterial fair value of such charter. From May 2007 the vessel will commence its 12 year charter with Yang Ming Group at a daily rate of $27,800 per day for the first four years and at a daily rate of $26,300 for the remaining period.

l.                    On February 20, 2007 the Company entered into a new loan agreement with the Royal Bank of Scotland for a multi-currency revolving credit facility up to $700 million to refinance certain existing indebtedness and to finance the purchase price of certain newbuildings. On February 20, 2007 the Company drew down $75.5 million on this facility. The loan bears interest at the respective LIBOR plus 0.75%. Principal repayments will begin after the first five years and will be fully repaid by 2022.

m.             On March 16, 2007 the Company entered into newbuilding contracts with Hanjin Heavy Industries & Construction Co, Ltd for five 6,500 TEU containerships. The vessels are expected to be delivered to Danaos in late 2009 and throughout June 2010. The capital expenditure commitment which is approximately of $500 million will be financed by existing credit facilities and own funds according to work in progress under the specific terms of the shipbuilding

F- 31




DANAOS CORPORATION
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

programs. The Company arranged for 15 year charters for three of these vessels with the Yang Ming Group at a rate of $34,325 per day.

22.           Subsequent Events (Unaudited) occurring after the date of the audit report

a.                  On April 11, 2007 the Company entered into newbuilding contracts with Hanjin Heavy Industries & Construction Co. Ltd for five 3,400 TEU containerships. The vessels are expected to be delivered to the Company in late 2009 and throughout June 2010. The capital expenditure commitment which is approximately $300 million will be financed by existing credit facilities and own funds according to work in progress under the specific terms of the shipbuilding programs. The Company arranged for 10 year charters for all of these vessels with a major line company.

b.                 On April 30, 2007 the Company delivered M/V Achilleas, a bulk carrier built in 1994 with DWT 69,180 resulting on a net gain of $15.7 million.

c.                  On May 24, 2007 the Company secured 18-year bareboat charters for each of two 6,500 TEU containerships, recently placed on order with Hanjin Heavy Industries & Construction Co. Ltd, that are expected to be delivered to the Company in 2009 and 2010.

F- 32



Exhibit 4.17

Dated 14 November 2006

DANAOS CORPORATION

as Borrower

- and -

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1

as Lenders

- and -

HSH NORDBANK AG

as Swap Bank

- and -

AEGEAN BALTIC BANK S.A. and

HSH NORDBANK AG

as Arrangers

- and -

AEGEAN BALTIC BANK S.A.

as Agent

and Security Trustee


LOAN AGREEMENT


relating to revolving credit and term loan facilities

of up to US$700,000,000 to refinance certain existing

indebtedness, to finance part of the purchase

price of certain approved ships and to provide additional liquidity

for general working capital and other corporate purposes of the Borrower

WATSON, FARLEY & WILLIAMS

Piraeus




INDEX

Clause

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

FACILITIES

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

POSITION OF THE LENDERS, THE SWAP BANK AND THE MAJORITY LENDERS

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

DRAWDOWN

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

CURRENCY OPTION

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

INTEREST

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

INTEREST PERIODS

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

DEFAULT INTEREST

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

CONVERSION TO TERM LOAN; REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

INSURANCE

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

SHIP COVENANTS

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

SECURITY COVER

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

INDEMNITIES

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

69

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

ILLEGALITY, ETC

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

INCREASED COSTS

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

SET-OFF

 

71

 




 

27

TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

 

72

 

 

 

 

28

VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

 

75

 

 

 

 

29

NOTICES

 

76

 

 

 

 

30

SUPPLEMENTAL

 

77

 

 

 

 

31

LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

77

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

 

79

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

80

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3 CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

 

81

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 4 TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

88

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5 DESIGNATION NOTICE

 

92

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 6 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

93

 

 

 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

94

 




THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is made on 14 November 2006

BETWEEN :

(1)                                   DANAOS CORPORATION ,  as Borrower ;

(2)                                   THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders ;

(3)                                   HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Martensdamm 6, D-24103 Kiel, Germany as Swap Bank ;

(4)                                   AEGEAN BALTIC BANK S.A. , acting through its office at 28 Diligianni Street, 145 62 Kifissia, Greece and HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095, Hamburg, Germany, as Arrangers ; and

(5)                                   AEGEAN BALTIC BANK S.A. , acting through its office at 28 Diligianni Street, 145 62 Kifissia, Greece, as Agent and Security Trustee .

WHEREAS :

(A)                               The Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower revolving credit and term loan facilities of up to US$700,000,000 in aggregate as follows:

(a)                                   in the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date falling on the fifth anniversary thereof a secured revolving credit of up to US$700,000,000 divided into:

(i)                                      a 5-year revolving credit facility of initially up to US$200,000,000 (which may be increased by the aggregate drawings made by the Borrower pursuant to the facility referred to in sub-paragraph (ii) below):

(aa)                             to be on-lent by the Borrower to certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Borrower to assist such subsidiaries in refinancing the Existing Indebtedness (as hereafter defined), in financing part of the acquisition cost of certain Approved Ships (as hereafter defined); and

(bb)                           to provide the Borrower with additional liquidity for its general working capital and corporate purposes;

(ii)                                   a secured 364-day revolving credit facility of up to US$500,000,000:

(aa)                             to be on-lent by the Borrower to certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Borrower to assist such subsidiaries in financing part of the acquisition cost of certain Approved Ships; and

(bb)                           to provide the Borrower with additional liquidity for its general working capital and corporate purposes;

(b)                                  on the date falling on the fifth anniversary of this Agreement all amounts then outstanding under the revolving credit facility referred to in sub-paragraph (a) above shall be converted into a term loan facility which shall be repaid over a period of up to 5 years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(B)                                 To the extent initially borrowed for the purposes listed in sub-paragraph (a) of Recital (A) and prepaid, the Borrower shall be entitled to reborrow the prepaid amounts for the purposes referred to in sub-paragraph (a)(ii).




(C)                                 The Swap Bank has agreed to enter into interest rate swap and forward foreign exchange transactions with the Borrower from time to time to hedge the Borrower’s exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations and to exchange rate fluctuations between any Optional Currencies (as hereafter defined) and Dollars.

(D)                             The Lenders and the Swap Bank have agreed to share pari passu in the security to be granted to the Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1                                          INTERPRETATION

1.1                                Definitions.   Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

Advance ” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrower under this Agreement;

Affected Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 6.7;

Age ”  means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship, the number of integral years from the year in which the construction of that Ship was completed until the Amortising Period Commencement Date;

Agency and Trust Agreement ”  means the agency and trust agreement executed or to be executed between the Borrower, the Lenders, the Swap Bank, the Agent and the Security Trustee in such form as the Lenders may approve or require;

Agent ”  means Aegean Baltic Bank S.A., in its capacity as agent for the Lenders under the Finance Documents, or any successor of it in such capacity appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

Amortising Period Commencement Date ”  means the date falling on the fifth anniversary of this Agreement;

APL ”  means APL (Bermuda) Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda whose registered office is at Cedar House, 41 Cedar Avenue, Hamilton, Bermuda;

Applicable Accounts ” means, in relation to a Compliance Date or an accounting period, the consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity, income and cash flows, together with related notes, of the Borrower’s Group set out in the annual financial statements or interim financial statements of the Borrower’s Group prepared as of the Compliance Date or, as the case may be, the last day of the accounting period in question (and which the Borrower is obliged to deliver to the Agent pursuant to Clause 12.6);

Approved Broker ”  means each of Braemar Seascope Shipbrokers Limited, Howe Robinson & Co. Ltd., H. Clarkson & Company Limited, Simpson Spence & Young, Maersk Shipbrokers and any other independent sale and purchase shipbroker as may be approved by the Agent from time to time;

Approved Flag ”  means any of the Greek, Panamanian, Liberian, Marshall Islands, Bahamas, Maltese, Cypriot or Singaporean flags or any other flag as the Lenders may, in their absolute discretion, approve as the flag on which a Ship may be registered;

Approved Flag State ”  means any of Greece, Panama, Liberia, the Marshall Islands, the Commonwealth of the Bahamas, Malta, Cyprus or Singapore or any other country in

2




which the Lenders may, in their absolute discretion, approve that a Ship may be registered;

Approved Guarantor ”  means a company which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower incorporated in an Approved Flag State and which shall be the owner of a Mortgaged Ship;

Approved Manager ”  means in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, Danaos Shipping Co. Ltd., a company incorporated in the Republic of Cyprus whose registered office is at Libra House, 16 P. Catelari Street, Nicosia, Cyprus or any other company which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time as the manager of that Ship;

Approved MOA ”  means, in relation to an Approved Ship, the memorandum of agreement (including any amendments or supplements thereto) to be made between the Approved Seller thereof and the Approved Guarantor who is the buyer thereof on such terms and conditions to be approved by the Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and, in the plural, means all of them;

Approved Seller ”  means, in relation to an Approved Ship, the seller of such Approved Ship and, in the plural, means all of them;

Approved Ship ”  means:

(a)                                   any container vessel whose nominal container carrying capacity is not less than approximately 700 TEUs and which on the date of the Mortgage relative thereto is not more than 15 years old; or

(b)                                  any bulk carrier of not less than approximately 20,000 metric tons deadweight and which on the date of the Mortgage relative thereto is not more than 10 years old; or

(c)                                   any other ship owned by the Borrower or an Approved Guarantor which is listed in Appendix I of the commitment letter dated 29 June 2006 issued by Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. (on behalf of the Arrangers) to the Borrower; or

(d)                                  any other type of vessel,

nominated by the Borrower and to be approved by the Lenders (in the case of a Ship falling within paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and in the case of a Ship falling within paragraph (d) above such approval shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Lenders) as an “Approved Ship” for the purposes of this Agreement and, in the plural, means all of them;

Arrangers ” means, together, HSH Nordbank AG and Aegean Baltic Bank S.A.;

Availability Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

(a)                                   in the case of an Advance under the Long-Term Revolving Facility, and subject to Clause 4.2(a), the date falling 30 days before the end of the Revolving Period Provided that if the Drawdown Date of the first Advance under the Long-Term Revolving Facility (which shall be applied in refinancing the Existing Indebtedness) has not occurred by 31 December 2006 the Total Commitments shall be cancelled and terminated on that day;

3




(b)                                  in the case of an Advance under the Short-Term Revolving Facility, and subject to Clauses 4.2(b) and 4.8, the date falling 364 days after the date of this Agreement,

(or in any such case, such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrower); and

(c)                                   if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully cancelled or terminated;

Balloon Instalment ”  and “ Balloon Instalments ” have the meaning given in Clause 9.2(a);

Bareboat Charter Security Agreement ”  means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship which is subject to a bareboat charter (such charter to be entered into by the relevant Owner with the prior consent of the Agent pursuant to Clause 15.13(a)), an agreement or agreements whereby the Security Trustee receives an assignment of the rights of the relevant Owner under the bareboat charter and certain undertakings from that Owner and the relevant charterer and, if so agreed by the Security Trustee (acting with the authorisation of the Lenders), agrees to give certain undertakings to that charterer, in each case, in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

Bareboat-equivalent Time Charter Income ”  means, in relation to a Ship, the aggregate charter hire due and payable to the Owner of that Ship for the remaining unexpired term of the charter or other contract of employment relative to that Ship at the relevant time (excluding any option periods (as that term is defined in Clause 16.5(a))) less the aggregate operating expenses of the Ship as determined by the Borrower and certified to the satisfaction of the Agent for the same period;

Book Net Worth ”  means, as of any Compliance Date, the aggregate of:

(a)                                   the amount paid up or credited as paid up on the issued share capital of the Borrower (other than any redeemable share capital) and any capital surplus in respect of the issued share capital of the Borrower;

(b)                                  the amount standing to the credit of the consolidated capital and revenue reserves of the Borrower’s Group; and

(c)                                   the amount standing to the credit of the Borrower’s Group consolidated profit and loss account

as each such amounts is shown in the Applicable Accounts;

Borrower ”  means Danaos Corporation, a corporation domesticated and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, The Marshall Islands MH 96960 (and includes its successors);

Borrower’s Group ” means the Borrower and each of its subsidiaries;

Business Day ”  means a day on which banks are generally open for business in London, Athens, Hamburg and Kiel and, if on that day a payment or other dealing is due to take place under this Agreement:

(a)                                   in Dollars, a day on which commercial banks are open in New York City;

4




(b)                                  in an Optional Currency (other than Euros), a day on which commercial banks are open in New York City and the principal financial centre of the country of that Optional Currency; and

(c)                                   in Euros, a Target Day;

Cash and Cash Equivalents ”  means the aggregate of:

(a)                                   the amount of freely available credit balances on any deposit or current account;

(b)                                  the market value of transferable certificates of deposit in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Lenders issued by a prime international bank; and

(c)                                   the market value of equity securities (if and to the extent that the Agent is satisfied that such equity securities are readily saleable for cash and that there is a ready market therefor) and investment grade debt securities which are publicly traded on a major stock exchange or investment market (valued at market value as at any applicable date of determination);

in each case owned free of any Security Interest (other than a Security Interest in favour of the Security Trustee) by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries where:

(i)                                      the market value of any asset specified in paragraph (b) and (c) shall be the bid price quoted for it on the relevant calculation date by the Agent: and

(ii)                                   the amount or value of any asset denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be converted into Dollars using the Agent’s spot rate for the purchase of Dollars with that currency on the relevant calculation date;

Charterparty Assignment ”  means, in relation to:

(a)                                   an Existing Ship (at all times during the term of the Existing Charter relative thereto), an assignment of the rights of the Owner of that Existing Ship under the Existing Charter relative to that Existing Ship executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Trustee; and

(b)                                  each other Mortgaged Ship and each Existing Ship after the expiry of the Existing Charter relative thereto, an assignment of the rights of the relevant Owner under any time charterparty or contract of affreightment in respect of such Ship of at least 12 consecutive months or under any bareboat charter and any guarantee of such charter or contract of employment in respect of such Ship executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Trustee,

in each case, in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

CMA CGM ”  means CMA CGM S.A., a company incorporated acting in France acting through its office in Marseille, France;

Commitment ”  means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and “ Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders);

5




Compliance Date” means 30 June and 31 December in each calendar year (or such other dates as of which the Borrower prepares the consolidated financial statements which it is required to deliver pursuant to Clause 12.6);

Confirmation ”  and “ Early Termination Date ”, in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, have the meanings given in the Master Agreement;

Contractual Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.5;

Contribution ”  means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;

Creditor Party ”  means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Swap Bank, either Arranger or any Lender, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;

Danaos Earnings Account ”  means an account of the name of the Borrower with the Agent in Athens designated “Danaos Corporation - US$700m Facility Earnings Account” or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent) which is designated by the Agent as the Danaos Earnings Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

Danaos Earnings Account Pledge ” means a pledge of the Danaos Earnings Account executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lenders and the Agent in such form as the Lenders may approve or require;

Deed of Covenant ”  means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship registered on the Maltese, Cyprus, Singapore or Bahamas flag, a deed of covenant collateral to the Mortgage on such Ship, to be in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

Designated Transaction ” means a Transaction which fulfils the following requirements:

(a)                                   it is entered into by the Borrower pursuant to the Master Agreement with the Swap Bank which, at the time the Transaction is entered into, is also a Lender;

(b)                                  its purpose is the hedging of the Borrower’s exposure (i) under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the final Repayment Date or (ii) to fluctuations in the exchange rate between any of the Optional Currencies and Dollars; and

(c)                                   it is designated by the Borrower, by delivery by the Borrower to the Agent of a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 5, as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;

Dollar Advance ”  means each Advance requested by, and made available to, the Borrower and/or continued in Dollars and in the plural means all of them;

Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange ”  means, in relation to Dollars and in respect of any Interest Period, the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase in the London Interbank Market or, as the case may be, the European Interbank Market of Dollars with an Optional Currency at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the relevant Interest Period;

Dollars ” and “ $ ”  means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

6




Drawdown Date ”  means, in relation to an Advance, the date requested by the Borrower for that Advance to be made, or (as the context requires) the date on which the Advance is actually made;

Drawdown Notice ”  means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

Earnings ” means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Owner of that Ship or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

(a)                                   all freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to the Owner of that Ship or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship;

(b)                                  all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in relation to that Ship in respect of loss of earnings; and

(c)                                   if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;

Earnings Accounts ”  means, together, with Danaos Earnings Account and the Owner’s Earnings Account and in the singular means any of them;

EBITDA ”  means, in respect of the relevant period, the Net Income of the Borrower’s Group before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation and any capital gains or losses realised from the sale of any Fleet Vessels as shown in the Applicable Accounts;

EMU Legislation ”  means legislative measures of the Council of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to, or operation of, a single or unified European currency being part of the implementation of the Third Stage;

Environmental Claim ”  means:

(a)                                   any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or

(b)                                  any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident;

and “ claim ” means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

Environmental Incident ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)                                   any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from that Ship; or

(b)                                  any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than that Ship and which involves a collision between that Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case,

7




in connection with which that Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or that Ship and/or the Owner of that Ship and/or any operator or manager of it is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

(c)                                   any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from that Ship and in connection with which that Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Owner of that Ship and/or any operator or manager of that Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

Environmental Law ”  means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

Environmentally Sensitive Material ”  means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

EURIBOR ”  means, for an Interest Period:

(a)                                   the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Euros for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant Interest Period which appears on the appropriate page of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service at or about 11.00 a.m. (Brussels time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period; or

(b)                                  if no rate is quoted on the appropriate page of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one per cent.) of the rates per annum notified to the Agent by each Lender as the rate at which deposits in Euros are offered to that Lender by leading banks in the European Interbank Market at that Lender’s request at or about 11.00 a.m. (Brussels time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period for a period equal to that Interest Period and for delivery on the first Business Day of it;

Euro ”  and “ Euros ” means, for the time being, the single currency of Participating Member States as provided in the EMU Legislation;

European Interbank Market ” means the interbank market for Euros operating in Participating Member States;

Existing Charter ”  means, in relation to:

(a)                                   “APL BELGIUM”, a time charter dated 30 November 1999 (as supplemented and amended by addenda numbered 1 to 4 (inclusive) thereto and as the same may be further supplemented and amended from time to time), made between Lato and APL as charterer;

(b)                                  “CMA CGM ELBE”, a time charter dated 7 March 2003 (as supplemented and amended by addenda numbered 1 to 6 (inclusive) thereto and as the same may be further supplemented and amended from time to time), made between Lacey and CMA CGM as charterer;

(c)                                   “CMA CGM KALAMATA”, a time charter dated 7 March 2003 (as supplemented and amended by addenda numbered 1 to 5 (inclusive) thereto and as the same may be further supplemented and amended from time to time), made between Geoffrey and CMA CGM as charterer;

8




(d)                                  “CMA CGM KOMODO”, a time charter dated 7 March 2003 (as supplemented and amended by addenda numbered 1 to 5 (inclusive) thereto and as the same may be further supplemented and amended from time to time), made between Appleton and CMA CGM as charterer;

(e)                                   “HENRY”, a time charter dated 19 November 2003 (as supplemented and amended by addenda numbered 1 to 2 thereto and as the same may be further supplemented and amended from time to time), made between Tyron and Wan Hai Lines Ltd. of Taipei, Taiwan;

(f)                                     “HYUNDAI COMMODORE”, a time charter dated 14 April 2003 (as supplemented and amended by an addendum number 1 thereto and as the same may be further supplemented and amended from time to time) made between Commodore and HMM;

(g)                                  “HYUNDAI DUKE”, a time charter dated 14 April 2003 (as supplemented and amended by an addendum number 1 thereto and as the same may be further supplemented and amended from time to time) made between Duke and HMM; and

(h)                                  “INDEPENDENCE”, a time charter dated 19 November 2003 (as supplemented and amended by addenda numbered 1 to 2 thereto and as the same may be further supplemented and amended from time to time), made between Independence and Wan Hai Lines Ltd. of Taipei, Taiwan,

and in the plural means all of them;

Existing Indebtedness ”  means, at any relevant time, the aggregate Financial Indebtedness of Lato and Commodore under the Existing Loan Agreement;

Existing Loan Agreement ”  means the loan agreement dated 18 March 2005 made between (i) Lato, Commodore and certain other companies as joint and several borrowers, (ii) the banks and financial institutions referred to therein as lenders and (iii) Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. as agent and security agent in respect of a loan facility of (originally) $200,000,000 (of which an amount of $179,125,000 is outstanding by way of principal on the date of this Agreement) and, in the singular, means any of them;

Existing Owners ”  means each of:

(a)                                   Lato Shipping (Private) Ltd. (“ Lato ”), a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore whose registered office is at 20 Raffles Place, #09-01, Ocean Towers, Singapore;

(b)                                  Appleton Navigation S.A. (“ Appleton ”);

(c)                                   Commodore Marine Inc. (“ Commodore ”);

(d)                                  Duke Marine Inc. (“ Duke ”);

(e)                                   Geoffrey Shipholding Limited (“ Geoffrey ”);

(f)                                     Independence Navigation Inc. (“ Independence ”);

(g)                                  Lacey Navigation Inc. (“ Lacey ”);

(h)                                  Tyron Enterprises S.A. (“ Tyron ”),

9




each a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia,

and, in the singular means any one of them;

Existing Ships ”  means each of:

(a)                                   “APL BELGIUM”, a 2002-built container vessel of approximately 5,500 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Lato under Singapore flag (“ APL BELGIUM ”);

(b)                                  “CMA CGM ELBE”, a 1991-built container vessel of approximately 2,930 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Lacey under Greek flag (“ CMA CGM ELBE ”);

(c)                                   “CMA CGM KALAMATA”, a 1991-built container vessel of approximately 2,930 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Geoffrey under Greek flag (“ CMA CGM KALAMATA ”);

(d)                                  “CMA CGM KOMODO”, a 1991-built container vessel of approximately 2,930 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Appleton under Greek flag (“ CMA CGM KOMODO ”);

(e)                                   “HENRY”, a 1986-built container vessel of approximately 3,065 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Tyron under Greek flag (“ HENRY ”);

(f)                                     “HYUNDAI COMMODORE”, a 1992-built container vessel of approximately 4,650 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Commodore under Greek flag (“ HYUNDAI COMMODORE ”);

(g)                                  “HYUNDAI DUKE”, a 1992-built container vessel of approximately 4,650 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Duke under Greek flag (“ HYUNDAI DUKE ”); and

(h)                                  “INDEPENDENCE”, a 1986-built container vessel of approximately 3,045 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Independence under Cypriot flag (“ INDEPENDENCE ”),

and, in the singular, means any one of them;

Event of Default ”  means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 20.1;

Finance Documents ”  means:

(a)                                   this Agreement;

(b)                                  the Master Agreement;

(c)                                   the Guarantees;

(d)                                  the Agency and Trust Agreement;

(e)                                   the Master Agreement Assignment;

(f)                                     the Mortgages;

(g)                                  the Deeds of Covenant;

10




(h)                                  the General Assignments;

(i)                                      the Danaos Earnings Account Pledge;

(j)                                      the Owner’s Earnings Account Pledges;

(k)                                   any Charterparty Assignment;

(l)                                      any Bareboat Charter Security Agreements;

(m)                                Manager’s Undertakings; and

(n)                                  any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower, any Owner or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the documents referred to in this definition;

Financial Indebtedness ”  means, in relation to a person (the “ debtor ”),  a liability of the debtor:

(a)                                   for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;

(b)                                  under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;

(c)                                   under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility made available to the debtor;

(d)                                  under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;

(e)                                   under any foreign exchange transaction, any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor; or

(f)                                     under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within paragraphs (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;

Financial Year ”  means, in relation to the Borrower’s Group and each Owner, each period of 1 year commencing on 1 January in respect of which its audited accounts are or ought to be prepared;

Fleet Vessels ”  means together all of the vessels (including, but not limited to, the Ships) from time to time owned or leased by members of the Borrower’s Group which, at the relevant time, are included within the Total Assets of the Borrower’s Group in the balance sheet of the Applicable Accounts or which would be included within the balance sheet if the Applicable Accounts were required to be prepared at that time;

Forward Currency Swap ”  means any Transaction made between the Borrower and the Swap Bank pursuant to the Master Agreement for the forward purchase or sale of one Optional Currency either with another Optional Currency or with Dollars;

General Assignment ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, a general assignment of the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation of that Ship executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

11




Guarantee ”  means, in relation to each Owner, a guarantee by that Owner of the Borrower’s liabilities under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

HMM ”  means Hyundai Merchant Marine Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia;

Insurances ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)                                   all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, which are effected in respect of that Ship, her Earnings or otherwise in relation to her; and

(b)                                  all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium;

Interest Coverage Ratio ”  means, in relation to a Compliance Date or an accounting period, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the most recent financial period of the Borrower’s Group to (b) the Net Interest Expenses for that financial period;

Interest Period ”  means a period determined in accordance with Clause 7;

Interest Rate Swap Rate ”  means, for any applicable period:

(a)                                   the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant applicable period which appears on the appropriate page of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service on the second Business Day prior to the commencement of the applicable period; or

(b)                                  if no rate is quoted on the appropriate page of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service, the rate per annum determined by the Swap Bank to be the Interest Rate Swap Rate for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant applicable period;

IPO ”  means a successful initial public offering of the shares of the Borrower on the New York Stock Exchange;

ISM Code means, in relation to its application to the Approved Manager, each Owner, the Mortgaged Ship owned by that Owner and its operation:

(a)                                   ‘The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention’, currently known or referred to as the ‘ISM Code’, adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A.741(18) on 4 November 1993 and incorporated on 19 May 1994 into chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (SOLAS 1974); and

(b)                                  all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including without limitation, the ‘Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations’ produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A.788(19) adopted on 25 November 1995,

12




as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

ISM Code Documentation ” includes, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)                                   the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) issued pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to that Ship within the periods specified by the ISM Code; and

(b)                                  all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISM SMS and its implementation and verification which the Agent may require; and

(c)                                   any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain that Ship’s compliance or the compliance of the Owner of that Ship with the ISM Code which the Agent may require;

ISM SMS ” means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, the safety management system for that Ship which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained by the Owner of that Ship under the ISM Code;

Japanese Yen ” means the lawful currency for the time being of Japan;

ISPS Code ”  means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organisation Assembly as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

ISPS Code Documentation ”  includes, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)                                   the International Ship Security Certificate issued pursuant to the ISPS Code in relation to that Ship within the period specified in the ISPS Code; and

(b)                                  all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISPS Code and its implementation and verification which the Agent may require;

Lender ”  means, subject to Clause 27.6:

(a)                                   a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Agent under Clause 27.14) unless it has delivered a Transfer Certificate or Certificates covering the entire amounts of its Commitment and its Contribution; and

(b)                                  the holder for the time being of a Transfer Certificate;

(and includes their respective successors);

LIBOR ” means, for an Interest Period:

(a)                                   the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Dollars or, as the case may be, the relevant Optional Currency for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant Interest Period which appears on the appropriate page of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period or on such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for Dollars or, as the case may be, the relevant Optional Currency); or

(b)                                  if no rate is quoted on the appropriate page of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service , the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean

13




(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one per cent.) of the rates per annum notified to the Agent by each Lender as the rate at which deposits in Dollars or, as the case may be, the relevant Optional Currency are offered to that Lender by leading banks in the London Interbank Market at that Lender’s request at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period for a period equal to that Interest Period and for delivery on the first Business Day of it;

Loan ”  means the aggregate principal amount of the Advances for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;

Long-Term Revolving Facility ”  means the aggregate principal amount of initially up to $200,000,000 (as such amount may be increased pursuant to Clause 4.2(b)(iv));

Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit ”  means, at any time during the Availability Period for the Long-Term Revolving Facility, an amount initially not exceeding $200,000,000 in aggregate which may be increased from time to time by the aggregate amount of all Advances initially drawn under the Short-Term Revolving Facility and which have been consolidated into the Long-Term Revolving Facility pursuant to Clause 4.2(b)(iii) and which may be reduced by any optional cancellations made pursuant to this Agreement;

Major Casualty ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, any casualty to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

Majority Lenders ”  means:

(a)                                   at any time when no Advances are outstanding, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.67 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and

(b)                                  at any other time, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.67 per cent. of the Loan;

Management Agreement ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, an agreement made or to be made between (i) the Owner of that Ship and (ii) the Approved Manager in respect of the commercial and technical management of the Ship and, in the plural, means all of them;

Manager’s Undertaking ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, a letter of undertaking executed or to be executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Lenders may approve or require agreeing certain matters in relation to the management of that Ship and subordinating the rights of the Approved Manager against the Ship and the Owner thereof to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and, in the plural, means all of them;

Market Value ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship and each Fleet Vessel, the market value thereof calculated in accordance with Clause 16.4 or, as the case may be, Clause 16.5;

Market Value Adjusted Net Worth ”  means, at any time, the amount by which the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets exceed the Total Liabilities;

Market Value Adjusted Total Assets ”  means, at any time, the Total Assets adjusted to reflect the Market Value of all Fleet Vessels (by substituting the value of each Fleet

14




Vessel as specified in the Applicable Accounts with the Market Value of that Fleet Vessel as at the relevant Compliance Date);

Margin ” means, 0.70 per cent. per annum;

Master Agreement ” means a master agreement (on the 1992 or, as the case may be, 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form) made between the Borrower and the Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the master agreement;

Master Agreement Assignment ” means the assignment of the Master Agreement in such form as the Lenders may approve or require;

Mortgage ” means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, a first priority or preferred mortgage on that Ship executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Trustee or, as the case may be, the Lenders, in each case to be in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

Mortgaged Ship ”  means a Ship which is subject to a Mortgage at any relevant time and, in the plural, means all of them;

Negotiation Period ” has the meaning given in Clause 6.10;

Net Income ” means, in relation to each Financial Year of the Borrower, the aggregate income of the Borrower’s Group appearing in the Applicable Accounts for that Financial Year less the aggregate of:

(a)                                   the amounts incurred by the Borrower’s Group during that Financial Year as expenses of its business;

(b)                                  depreciation, amortisation and all interest in respect of all Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower’s Group paid by all members of the Borrower’s Group during that Financial Year;

(c)                                   Net Interest Expenses;

(d)                                  taxes; and

(e)                                   other items charged to the Borrower’s consolidated profit and loss account for the relevant Financial Year;

Net Interest Expenses ”  means, as of any Compliance Date, the aggregate of all interest, commitment and other fees, commissions, discounts and other costs, charges or expenses accruing due from all the members the Borrower’s Group during that accounting period less interest income received, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with USGAAP and as shown in the consolidated statements of income for the Group in the Applicable Accounts;

Optional Currency ” means any one of Euro, Japanese Yen, Sterling or Swiss Francs or any other currency which may be approved by all the Lenders (in their sole and absolute discretion)  Provided that such currency is for the time being freely transferable, freely convertible into Dollars and dealt in on the London Interbank Market or, as the case may be, the European Interbank Market;

15




Optional Currency Advance ” means each Advance requested by, and made available to, the Borrower and/or continued in an Optional Currency and in the plural means all of them;

Original Dollar Amount ” means the amount in Dollars which would have been outstanding if the relevant Advance had first been drawn in and had remained denominated in Dollars, reduced as may be appropriate from time to time by repayments and/or prepayments and in accordance with Clause 5;

Owner ” means, in relation to:

(a)                                   “APL BELGIUM”, Lato;

(b)                                  “CMA CGM ELBE”, Lacey;

(c)                                   “CMA CGM KALAMATA”, Geoffrey;

(d)                                  “CMA CGM KOMODO”, Appleton;

(e)                                   “HENRY”, Tyron;

(f)                                     “HYUNDAI COMMORE”, Commodore;

(g)                                  “HYUNDAI DUKE”, Duke;

(h)                                  “INDEPENDENCE”, Independence; and

(i)                                      each other Mortgaged Ship, the Approved Guarantor which (i) is the owner of such Mortgaged Ship or (ii) acquired such Mortgaged Ship pursuant to the Approved MOA relative thereto,

and, in the plural, means all of them;

Owner’s Earnings Account ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, an account in the name of the Owner of such Ship with the Agent in Athens designated “[name of Ship] - Earnings Account” or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent) which is designated by the Agent as the Owner’s Earnings Account in relation to that Ship for the purposes of this Agreement and, in the plural, means all of them;

Owner’s Earnings Account Pledge ” means, in relation to each Owner’s Earnings Account, a pledge of that Owner’s Earnings Account executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Lenders and the Agent in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

Participating Member State ”  means each state so described in any EMU Legislation;

Payment Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.5;

Permissible Limit ” means, for the purpose of Clause 5, the lesser of (a) the Total Commitments and (b) the Relevant Percentage (as defined in Clause 4.2) of the aggregate Market Value of the Mortgaged Ships.

Pertinent Jurisdiction ”, in relation to a company, means:

(a)                                   England and Wales;

(b)                                  the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

16




(c)                                   a country in which the company’s central management and control is or has recently been exercised;

(d)                                  a country in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;

(e)                                   a country in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which the company maintains a permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; and

(f)                                     a country the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) above;

Potential Event of Default ”  means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, a determination of the Majority Lenders (in the case of any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents which is made subject to the determination of the Majority Lenders) and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;

Quotation Date ” means, in relation to any Interest Period (or any other period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document):

(a)                                   in the case of deposits in Dollars or an Optional Currency (other than Euros), the day on which quotations would ordinarily be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits in the relevant currency to which such rate is to be determined for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period or other period; and

(b)                                  in the case of deposits in Euros, the Target Day on which quotations would ordinarily be given by leading banks in the European Interbank Market for deposits in Euros for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period or other period;

Reference Loan ” means, for the purpose of Clause 5, the amount in Dollars which would have been outstanding at the relevant time if the Term Loan had been (a) denominated in Dollars on the Amortising Period Commencement Date and thereafter remained denominated in Dollars and (b) reduced from time to time by the repayments and/or prepayments (made in Dollars) referred to in Clause 9;

Reference Rate ” means:

(a)                                   in relation to an Advance denominated in Dollars or in an Optional Currency (other than Euros), LIBOR; and

(b)                                  in relation to an Advance denominated in Euros, EURIBOR;

Relevant Person ” has the meaning given in Clause 20.9;

Repayment Date ”  means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 9;

Requisition Compensation ”  includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “ Total Loss ”;

17




Revolving Credit ”  means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of the Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit and the Short-Term Revolving Facility Limit or, as the context may require, the aggregate principal amount of the Advances under the Long-Term Revolving Facility and Short-Term Revolving Facility outstanding under this Agreement at that time;

Revolving Period ”  means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date falling on the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement;

Secured Liabilities ”  means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Owners, the other Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or by virtue of the Finance Documents or any judgement relating to the Finance Documents; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

Security Cover Ratio ”  means the ratio which is determined, at any time, by comparing the aggregate of the amounts referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 16.1 against the Loan;

Security Interest ”  means:

(a)                                   a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

(b)                                  the rights of the plaintiff under an action in rem in which the vessel concerned has been arrested or a writ has been issued or similar step taken; and

(c)                                   any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A;

but this definition does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

Security Party ”  means each of the Owners and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of “Finance Documents”;

Security Period ”  means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Lenders and the other Creditor Parties (which notice the Agent shall give when the conditions set out below are satisfied) that:

(a)                                   all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;

(b)                                  no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;

(c)                                   neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clause 21, 22 or 23 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; and

18




(d)                                  the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Majority Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;

Security Trustee ”  means Aegean Baltic Bank S.A., in its capacity as security trustee for the Lenders under the Finance Documents, or any successor of it in such capacity appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

 “ Ships ”  means, together, the Existing Ships and the Approved Ships and, in the singular, means any of them;

Short-Term Revolving Facility ”  means the aggregate principal amount of initially up to $500,000,000 which may be drawn by the Borrower in accordance with Clause 4.2;

Short-Term Revolving Facility Limit ”  means, at any time during the Availability Period for the Short-Term Revolving Facility, an amount initially not exceeding $500,000,000 in aggregate which shall be reduced from time to time by (a) the aggregate amount of all Advances drawn under the Short-Term Revolving Facility and consolidated into the Long-Term Revolving Facility pursuant to Clause 4.2(b)(iv) and (b) any undrawn amounts of the Short-Term Revolving Facility cancelled by the Lenders pursuant to Clause 4.8 or by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 9.5;

Spot Rate of Exchange means, in relation to an Optional Currency and in respect of any Interest Period, the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase in the London Interbank Market or, as the case may be, the European Interbank Market, of that Optional Currency with Dollars at or about 11.00 a.m. (London Time) on the Quotation Date for the relevant Interest Period;

Sterling   means the lawful currency for the time being of the United Kingdom;

Sub-Loan ”  shall have the meaning given to that term in Clause 9.2(c);

Swap Bank ”  means HSH Nordbank AG acting through its office at Martensdamm 6, D-24103 Kiel, Germany;

Swap Exposure ” means, as at any relevant date, the amount certified by the Swap Bank to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Swap Bank under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Borrower and the Swap Bank;

Swiss Francs ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the Swiss Federation;

Target Day ” means a day on which the Trans-european Automated Real time Gross settlement Express Transfer system is open, which is, at the date of this Agreement, any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) other than Christmas Day and New Year’s Day;

Term Loan ”  means, on the Amortising Period Commencement Date, the aggregate principal amount of all the Advances (following the conversion of the Revolving Credit to the Term Loan pursuant to Clause 9.1) and, at all times thereafter, the Loan for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;

19




Third Stage ”  means the third stage of European economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty on European Union;

Total Assets ” means, as of any Compliance Date, the aggregate value of all assets of the Borrower’s Group included in the Applicable Accounts as “ current assets ” and the value of all investments (valued in accordance with USGAAP) and all other tangible and intangible assets of the Borrower’s Group properly included in the Applicable Accounts as “ fixed assets ” in accordance with USGAAP;

Total Indebtedness ”  means the consolidated Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower’s Group as shown in the consolidated balance sheets for the Borrower’s Group in the Applicable Accounts;

Total Liabilities ” means, as of any Compliance Date, Total Assets less Book Net Worth;

Total Loss ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)                                   actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;

(b)                                  any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than her proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority, excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one year without any right to an extension;

(c)                                   any condemnation of that Ship by any tribunal or by any person or person claiming to be a tribunal; and any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless she is within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the Owner of that Ship;

Total Loss Date ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)                                   in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

(b)                                  in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:

(i)                                      the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

(ii)                                   the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Owner of that Ship with that Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

(c)                                   in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;

Transaction”  has the meaning given in the Master Agreement;

Transfer Certificate ”  has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

Treaty on European Union ”  means the Treaty of Rome of 25 March 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986 and the Maastricht Treaty of 7 February 1992;

20




Trust Property ” has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

USGAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as from time to time in effect in the United States of America;

Weighted Age ”  means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship which is a container vessel, the product of that Ship’s Age multiplied by that Ship’s Weight Factor;

Weighted Average Age of the Ships ”  means, the aggregate of the single Weighted Age of all the Mortgaged Ships which are container vessels at the Amortising Period Commencement Date; and

Weight Factor ”  means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship which is a container vessel, the nominal TEU capacity of such Ship expressed as a percentage of the aggregate TEU capacity of all Mortgaged Ships on the Amortising Period Commencement Date which are container vessels.

1.2                                Construction of certain terms.   In this Agreement:

approved ”  means, for the purposes of Clause 14, approved in writing by the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders;

asset ” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

company ” includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;

consent ” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

contingent liability ” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

document ” includes a deed; also a letter, fax or telex;

excess risks ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, (i) the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges which are not recoverable as a result of the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding her hull and machinery insured value and (ii) collision liabilities not recoverable in full under the applicable hull and machinery insurance by reason of such liabilities exceeding such proportion of the insured value of that Ship as is covered thereunder;

expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

law ” includes any form of delegated legislation, any order or decree, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union,  the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

legal or administrative action” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

liability ” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

months ”  shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

21




obligatory insurances ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Owner of that Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 14 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

parent company ”  has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

person ”  includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

policy ”, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

protection and indemnity risks ”  means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including, but not limited to, pollution, freight, demurrage and detention risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation therein of Clause 1 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/10/83) or Clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/1995) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or the Conditions and Plan of the Swedish Club or any equivalent provision;

regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

subsidiary ”  has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

successor ” includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any other person’s rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganisation of it or any other person;

tax ”  includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and

war risks ”  includes all risks referred to in the Institute War and Strike Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) and (1/11/95) including, but not limited to, the risk of mines, blocking and trapping, missing vessel, political risks, deprivation, confiscation and all risks excluded by Clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or Clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or in the Conditions and Plan of the Swedish Club.

1.3                                Meaning of “month”.   A period of one or more “months” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (“the numerically corresponding day”), but:

(a)                                   on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or

(b)                                  on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day;

22




and “month” and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly.

1.4                                Meaning of “subsidiary”.   A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:

(a)                                   a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or

(b)                                  P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of S; or

(c)                                   P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or

(d)                                  P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P;

and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

1.5                                General Interpretation.

(a)                                   In this Agreement:

(i)                                      references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

(ii)                                   references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

(iii)                                words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

(iv)                               where a determination or opinion is stated to be “conclusive” it shall be binding on the relevant party save for manifest error;

(b)                                  Clauses 1.1 to 1.4 and paragraph (a) of this Clause 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.

(c)                                   The clause headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

2                                          FACILITIES

2.1                                Amount of facilities.   Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Clause 4.2), the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower revolving credit and term loan credit facilities not exceeding $700,000,000 in aggregate at any time.

2.2                                Lenders’ participations in Advances.   Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in each Advance in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

3                                          POSITION OF THE LENDERS, THE SWAP BANK AND THE MAJORITY LENDERS

3.1                                Interests of Lenders and Swap Bank several.   The rights of the Lenders and the Swap Bank under this Agreement and the Master Agreement are several; accordingly:

23




(a)                                   each Lender shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under this Agreement; and

(b)                                  the Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under the Master Agreement,

without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender or the Swap Bank as additional parties in the proceedings.

3.2                                Proceedings by individual Lender or Swap Bank.   However, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, no Lender and the Swap Bank may bring proceedings in respect of:

(a)                                   any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or a Security Party under or connected with a Finance Document or the Master Agreement; or

(b)                                  any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by the Borrower or a Security Party in or connected with a Finance Document or the Master Agreement.

3.3                                Obligations several.   The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement and of the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement or of the Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement shall not result in:

(a)                                   the obligations of the other Lenders being increased; nor

(b)                                  the Borrower, any Security Party or any other Creditor Party being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document;

and in no circumstances shall a Lender or the Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender or the Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Master Agreement.

3.4                                Parties bound by certain actions of Majority Lenders.   Every Lender, the Swap Bank, the Borrower and each Security Party shall be bound by:

(a)                                   any determination made, or action taken, by the Majority Lenders under any provision of a Finance Document;

(b)                                  any instruction or authorisation given by the Majority Lenders to the Agent or the Security Trustee under or in connection with any Finance Document;

(c)                                   any action taken (or in good faith purportedly taken) by the Agent or the Security Trustee in accordance with such an instruction or authorisation.

3.5                                Reliance on action of Agent.   However, the Borrower and each Security Party:

(a)                                   shall be entitled to assume that the Majority Lenders have duly given any instruction or authorisation which, under any provision of a Finance Document, is required in relation to any action which the Agent has taken or is about to take; and

(b)                                  shall not be entitled to require any evidence that such an instruction or authorisation has been given.

24




3.6                                Construction.   In Clauses 3.4 and 3.5 references to action taken include (without limitation) the granting of any waiver or consent, an approval of any document and an agreement to any matter.

4                                          DRAWDOWN

4.1                                Request for Advance.   Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request an Advance to be made by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (Greek time) 3 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date.

4.2                                Availability.   The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:

(a)                                   in the case of an Advance under the Long-Term Revolving Facility;

(i)                                      the Drawdown Date of such Advance shall be a Business Day during the Availability Period for the Long-Term Revolving Facility;

(ii)                                   the Drawdown Date in respect of the first such Advance shall not be later than 31 December 2006 (and such Advance shall (inter alia) be applied in fully refinancing the Existing Indebtedness secured on the Existing Ships) and a failure by the Borrower to satisfy this condition shall result in the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement being automatically terminated on 31 December 2006; and

(iii)                                when such Advance is aggregated with all other then outstanding Advances under the Long-Term Revolving Facility (including, without limitation, any Advances initially made under the Short-Term Revolving Facility), the aggregate amount of such Advances does not exceed the lesser of (A) the Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit and (B) the Relevant Percentage of the aggregate Market Values of the Mortgaged Ships;

(b)                                  in the case of an Advance under the Short-Term Revolving Facility:

(i)                                      on the Drawdown Date of any Advance under the Short-Term Revolving Facility, the Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit will have been fully drawn;

(ii)                                   the Drawdown Date of such Advance shall be a Business Day during the Availability Period relative to the Short-Term Revolving Facility;

(iii)                                when such Advance is aggregated with all other then outstanding Advances under the Long-Term Revolving Facility (including, without limitation, any Advances initially made under the Short-Term Revolving Facility), the Advances do not exceed the lesser of (A) the Total Commitments and (B) the Relevant Percentage of the aggregate Market Value of the Mortgaged Ships;

(iv)                               on the Drawdown Date of such Advance (and immediately following the drawdown thereof), the Advance will be consolidated into the Long-Term Revolving Facility and the Short-Term Revolving Facility Limit shall be permanently reduced by the amount of the Advance (and the Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit will be increased by the same amount);

(c)                                   each Advance shall be drawn down in an amount of at least $5,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000; and

(d)                                  if any part of the Total Commitments relating to the Short-Term Revolving Facility or the Long-Term Revolving Facility have not been borrowed before the end of the Availability

25




Period applicable thereto, the Total Commitments shall on that date be permanently cancelled by an amount equal to such undrawn amount,

In Clauses 4.2(a)(iii) and 4.2(b)(iii) “ Relevant Percentage ”  means (1) at any time when the Loan does not exceed $200,000,000, 80 per cent. and (2) at all other times, 75 per cent.

4.3                                Purpose of Advances.   The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use each Advance only for the purposes stated in the Recitals to this Agreement.

4.4                                Notification to Lenders of receipt of Drawdown Notice.   The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders it has received a Drawdown Notice and the Agent shall inform each Lender of:

(a)                                   the amount of the Advance and the Drawdown Date;

(b)                                  the amount of that Lender’s participation in the Advance; and

(c)                                   the duration of the first Interest Period relative to such Advance.

4.5                                Drawdown Notice irrevocable.   A Drawdown Notice must be signed by a duly authorised person on behalf of the Borrower; and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

4.6                                Lenders to make available Contributions.   Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on each Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower the amount due from that Lender on that Drawdown Date under Clause 2.2.

4.7                                Disbursement of Advances.   Subject to the provisions of this Agreement the Agent shall, on and with value on each Drawdown Date, pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.6; and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:

(a)                                   in the case of the first Advance under the Long-Term Revolving Facility which shall be used to refinance the Existing Indebtedness, to such account of the Existing Owners (or any of them) as may be specified by the Agent to the Borrower, with such Advance being applied to fully prepay the Existing Indebtedness;

(b)                                  in the case of each other Advance, to the account nominated by the Borrower in the Drawdown Notice and, if applicable, subject to such conditions or restrictions as the Agent may reasonably impose; and

(c)                                   in each case, in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.

4.8                                Review of Availability Period for Short-Term Revolving Facility .  If at the end of the Availability Period for the Short-Term Revolving Facility the Short-Term Revolving Facility has not been fully drawn, the Borrower may, by giving the Agent not less than 30 days notice in writing, request the extension of the original Availability Period for the Short Term Revolving Facility for a further period of up to 364 days (an “ Extension Period ”).  If all the Lenders, acting in their sole and absolute discretion, agree to extend the applicable Availability Period in accordance with this Clause 4.8 the Agent shall send to the Borrower a notice in writing advising it of the period by which the Availability Period will be extended and the available amount of the Short-Term Revolving Facility during the Extension Period Provided that :

26




(a)                                   the Lenders shall, in their sole and absolute discretion, determine how much of the Short-Term Revolving Facility Limit may be made available to the Borrower during any Extension Period and the length of the Extension Period and if the Lenders agree to make available less than the whole of the Short-Term Revolving Facility Limit, the balance shall be permanently cancelled and the Commitments of the Lenders shall be permanently reduced by (in aggregate) the amount which has been so cancelled; and

(b)                                  if the Lenders agree to extend the Availability Period, the Borrower shall on or prior to the expiry of each Extension Period be entitled, by giving the Agent not less than 30 days notice in writing, to request a further extension (of up to 364 days) in the Availability Period applicable to the Short-Term Revolving Facility subject to making such a request prior to the date falling on the fourth anniversary of this Agreement;

(c)                                   on the earlier of (i) the end of the Availability Period in respect of the Short-Term Revolving Facility (as extended by one or more Extension Periods) and (ii) the Amortising Period Commencement Date, any undrawn amounts of the Short-Term Revolving Facility shall be permanently cancelled.

4.9                                Approval of Ships .  Each Ship nominated by the Borrower to be an Approved Ship for the purposes of this Agreement shall need to be approved first by all the Lenders as such (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld in the case of a Ship which falls within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Approved Ship” and such approval shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Lenders in the case of a Ship which falls within paragraph (d) of the definition of “Approved Ship”)  Provided that if a Lender fails to respond to the Agent within 10 Business Days of the Agent’s notice to the Lenders seeking their approval of a Ship as an Approved Ship, that Lender shall be deemed to have given its approval.

5                                          CURRENCY OPTION

5.1                                Notice of Optional Currency.  Subject to the following provisions of this Clause 5 and the other provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may elect that up to 2 Advances each be denominated in an Optional Currency during an Interest Period applicable to each such Advance by ensuring that the Agent receives, not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period, a notice specifying the Optional Currency in which the Borrower wishes such Advance to be denominated during the Interest Period and the amount (in Dollars) to be denominated in such Optional Currency Provided always that :

(a)                                   the Loan may be divided at any time into Advances denominated in no more than 3 different currencies with no more than 2 Advances being denominated in Optional Currencies;

(b)                                  the amount of each Advance which is denominated in an Optional Currency shall not be less than the higher of (i) the equivalent in the relevant Optional Currency of $10,000,000 (determined by converting that Optional Currency into Dollars at the applicable Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange) and (ii) an amount equal to at least 20 per cent. of the aggregate amount of all Advances denominated in Optional Currencies (and the amounts referred to in this sub-paragraph (ii) shall be calculated by nominally converting into Dollars each Advance denominated in an Optional Currency using the Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the relevant Interest Period or Interest Periods);

(c)                                   the aggregate amount of the Advances denominated in Optional Currencies (when such Advances are nominally converted into Dollars using the Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the relevant Interest Period or Interest Periods) shall not exceed the lesser of (i) $140,000,000 and (ii) 70 per cent. of the Loan;

27




(d)                                  no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and

(e)                                   the Lenders are satisfied that funds in the Optional Currency requested by the Borrower are available to them in the normal course of business for the duration of the Interest Period.

5.2                                Failure to give notice.  If the Borrower fails to give a notice in accordance with, and by the time mentioned in Clause 5.1 for any applicable Interest Period, the whole of the relevant Advance shall be denominated in Dollars for the Interest Period.

5.3                                Agent to notify the Lenders.  The Agent shall notify the Lenders, promptly upon receiving a notice under Clause 5.1, of the Optional Currency requested by the Borrower in such notice.

5.4                                Objection by a Lender to requested Optional Currency.   If, after the Borrower has requested that an Advance be denominated in an Optional Currency during an Interest Period, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day falling immediately prior to the commencement of the Interest Period that it is unable to fund itself in the Optional Currency requested by the Borrower, the whole of the relevant Advance shall be denominated in Dollars for the Interest Period.

5.5                                Initial advance in an Optional Currency.   If an Advance is to be made available in an Optional Currency for the first Interest Period applicable to that Advance, the Lenders will make available to the Borrower in accordance with Clause 2.2 an amount determined by converting into that Optional Currency the Dollar amount of the Advance at the Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the Interest Period.

5.6                                Determination of Continuing Balance at end of Interest Period.   At the end of each Interest Period in respect of an Advance (the “preceding Interest Period” ), the Agent shall determine the amount of the Loan during the immediately succeeding Interest Period for that Advance (the “succeeding Interest Period” ) (such amount being hereinafter referred to as the “Continuing Balance” ).  The Agent’s determination of the Continuing Balance shall be made in the following manner:

(a)                                   if the determination is made during the Revolving Period, by notionally converting any Advances denominated in an Optional Currency into Dollars at the Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the succeeding Interest Period and aggregating such Advances with any Advances at that time denominated in Dollars (such aggregate amount being hereinafter referred to as the “ Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan ”) and if on the date on which the Agent makes its determination:

(i)                                      the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan exceeds the Permissible Limit, the Borrower shall forthwith prepay in full an amount equal to such excess (and the provisions of sub-paragraph (ii) shall apply to the balance of the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan (after the application of the prepayment to be made pursuant to this sub-paragraph (i));

(ii)                                   the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan exceeds the Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit (but not the Permissible Limit), the Borrower shall either:

(A)                               notionally drawdown an Advance under the Short-Term Revolving Facility which shall be equal to such excess (and the Borrower shall pay all fees applicable to the drawdown of such Advance pursuant to Clause 21.1); or

28




(B)                                 prepay such amount so that, following the application of such prepayment against the Loan, the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan does not exceed the Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit; and

(iii)                                the circumstances referred to in sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) do not apply, the Continuing Balance shall be equal to the Loan at that time; and

(iv)                               the Continuing Balance (as determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 5.6(a)) is less than the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan in the preceding Interest Period, the amount of such difference may not be reborrowed and the Lenders shall not be obliged to advance to the Borrower any further monies (other than in accordance with Clause 9.14(b)); and

(b)                                  if the determination is made on or after the Amortising Period Commencement Date, the determination shall be made immediately after the Borrower has made any repayment and/or prepayment of all or any part of the Advance which it is required to make at that time pursuant to Clause 9 and:

(i)                                      if the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan exceeds the Reference Loan, the Borrower shall forthwith prepay an amount equal to such excess; and

(ii)                                   if the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan does not exceed the Reference Loan, the Continuing Balance shall be equal to the Term Loan in the preceding Interest Period (as reduced in accordance with the provisions of Clause 9) and the Lenders shall not be obliged to advance to the Borrower any further monies.

5.7                                Continuation of an Advance in the same currency.  If an Advance is to be continued during the succeeding Interest Period in the same Optional Currency in which it was denominated during the preceding Interest Period, the Agent shall:

(a)                                   first determine the Continuing Balance of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.6; and

(b)                                  thereafter:

(i)                                      if the relevant Advance has been reduced by any prepayment and/or repayment (pursuant to Clause 5.6 and/or Clause 9), the Advance shall continue to be made available during the succeeding Interest Period in the amount so reduced unless the effect of the prepayment and/or repayment is to fully repay the Advance in which case the Advance shall not continue to be made available in the succeeding Interest Period; and

(ii)                                   if no prepayment or repayment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, the Advance will continue to be made available during the succeeding Interest Period in the same amount as the Advance was outstanding (in the relevant Optimal Currency) at the end of the preceding Interest Period.

5.8                                Continuation of an Advance in a different currency.  If an Advance is to be continued during the succeeding Interest Period in a different currency from that in which it was denominated during the preceding Interest Period:

(a)                                   the Agent shall:

(i)                                      first determine the Continuing Balance of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.6; and

(ii)                                   secondly:

29




(A)                               if the relevant Advance has been reduced by any prepayment and/or repayment (pursuant to Clause 5.6 and/or Clause 9), the Advance shall continue to be made available during the succeeding Interest Period in the amount so reduced unless the effect of the prepayment and/or repayment is to fully repay the Advance in which case the Advance shall not continue to be made available in the succeeding Interest Period; and
(B)                                 if no prepayment or repayment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, the Advance will continue to be made available during the succeeding Interest Period in the same amount as the Advance was outstanding (in the relevant Optional Currency) at the end of the preceding Interest Period;

(iii)                                thirdly, conditional upon the repayments required by paragraphs (a) and (b) and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the relevant Advance shall be re-advanced forthwith on terms that:

(A)                               if the Advance is to be denominated in Dollars during the succeeding Interest Period, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower in accordance with Clause 2.2 an amount in Dollars (the “ relevant Dollar amount ”) determined by converting into Dollars the amount of the relevant Advance (or, if applicable pursuant to sub-paragraph (b)(i) of this Clause 5.8, its remaining balance) in the currency in which it is then denominated on the basis of the Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the succeeding Interest Period; and
(B)                                 if the relevant Advance is to be denominated in another Optional Currency during the succeeding Interest Period, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower in accordance with Clause 2.2 an amount in the other Optional Currency determined by converting into that other Optional Currency the relevant Dollar amount on the basis of the Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the succeeding Interest Period;

(b)                                  the Lenders may, with value on the first day of the succeeding Interest Period, apply a sum equal to the amount (determined as aforesaid) to be advanced (or, as the case may be, so much of that amount as may be necessary) in purchasing an amount in the currency in which the relevant Advance is then outstanding sufficient to make the repayment (or so much of the repayment as can be purchased with the amount to be advanced on that date) and shall on receipt thereof apply the amount so purchased in or towards the repayment;

(c)                                   (without prejudice to the other provisions of this Clause 5) if:

(i)                                      after the purchase and application referred to in Clause 5.8(b) any moneys remain owing to the Lenders or any moneys remain to be advanced to the Borrower by the Lenders on that date in respect of the relevant Advance; or

(ii)                                   for any reason the application is not or cannot be effected on that date;

the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of the fact and of the amount so owing or to be advanced and the Borrower, subject to Clause 5.6(a)(ii), shall forthwith pay the amount to the Agent for the account of the Lenders or (as the case may be), and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lenders shall forthwith in accordance with Clause 2.2 advance the amount to the Borrower; and

(d)                                  the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender on demand against all costs, expenses, liabilities and losses sustained as incurred as a result of or in connection with the operation of this Clause 5.

30




5.9                                Determination of Continuing Balance during Interest Period.   The Agent may at any time during an Interest Period during which an Advance is denominated in an Optional Currency determine the Continuing Balance of the Loan by first determining the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan:

(a)                                   if the determination is made during the Revolving Period and the Agent determines:

(i)                                      that the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan is greater than 105 per cent. of the Permissible Limit (for the purposes of this sub-paragraph (i), the “ excess ”), the Borrower shall, within 10 Business Days of notice from the Agent to such effect, pay to a pledged deposit account to be opened in the name of the Borrower with the Agent (for the account of the Lenders) an amount in Dollars equal to the excess (but taking account of any moneys already paid pursuant to this Clause 5.9 and not then applied as referred to below) and the provisions of sub-paragraph (ii) below shall apply to the balance of the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan.  Amounts paid pursuant to this Clause 5.9 shall be retained by the Agent and applied on the last day of each Interest Period in respect of the whole of the relevant Advance and on each Repayment Date in or towards satisfaction of the Borrower’s actual obligation to make a payment in accordance with Clause 5.6; and

(ii)                                   that the Dollar Equivalent Loan exceeds the Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit (but not the Permissible Limit), the Borrower shall, on the first date on which interest is payable in respect of any Advance pursuant to Clause 6, either:

(A)                               notionally drawdown an Advance under the Short-Term Revolving Facility which shall be equal to such excess (and the Borrower shall pay all fees applicable to the drawdown of such Advance pursuant to Clause 21.1); or
(B)                                 prepay such amount so that, following the application of such prepayment against the Loan, the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan does not exceed the Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit;

(iii)                                that the circumstances referred to in sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) do not apply, the Continuing Balance shall be equal to the Loan at that time;

(b)                                  if the determination is made on or after the Amortising Period Commencement Date and the Agent determines:

(i)                                      that the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan is greater than 105 per cent. of the Reference Loan (for the purposes of this sub-paragraph (i), the “ excess ”), the Borrower shall, within 10 Business Days of notice from the Agent to such effect, pay to a pledged deposit account to be opened in the name of the Borrower with the Agent (for the account of the Lenders) an amount in any currency equal (or if applicable, equivalent, on the basis of the Spot Rate of exchange applicable at that time) to the excess (but taking account of any moneys already paid pursuant to this Clause 5.9 and not then applied as referred to below). Amounts paid pursuant to this Clause 5.9 shall be retained by the Agent and applied on the last day of each Interest Period in respect of the whole of the relevant Advance and on each Repayment Date in or towards satisfaction of the Borrower’s actual obligation to make a payment in accordance with Clause 5.6; and

(ii)                                   that the circumstances in sub-paragraph (i) do not apply, the Continuing Balance shall be equal to the Term Loan at that time.

31




5.10                         Reduction in Reference Loan.   If any reduction is made to an Advance pursuant to this Clause 5 and this results in the Term Loan being less than the Reference Loan, such difference shall be applied against the Term Loan in inverse order of maturity.

5.11                         Forward Currency Swap .  The Borrower may, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, at any time pursuant to a Transaction under the Master Agreement enter into a Forward Currency Swap whereby the Loan (or the relevant part thereof), whether denominated in Dollars or in an Optional Currency is bought or sold forward for conversion into an Optional Currency or, as the case may be, Dollars on the first day of any Interest Period falling after the entry into the Forward Currency Swap.

6                                          INTEREST

6.1                                Payment of normal interest.   Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on each Advance in respect of each Interest Period applicable to it shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.

6.2                                Normal rate of interest.   Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on each Advance in respect of an Interest Period applicable to it shall be the aggregate of the Margin and the Reference Rate for that Interest Period.

6.3                                Payment of accrued interest.   In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

6.4                                Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest.   The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:

(a)                                   each rate of interest; and

(b)                                  the duration of each Interest Period;

as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.

6.5                                Obligation of Lenders to quote.   Each Lender shall, if the circumstances referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of LIBOR arise at any time, use all reasonable efforts to supply any quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement.

6.6                                Absence of quotations by Lenders.   If any Lender fails to supply a quotation when required, the Agent shall determine the relevant Reference Rate on the basis of the quotations supplied by the other Lender or Lenders; but if at least half of the total number of Lenders at any time fail to provide a quotation, the relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 6.

6.7                                Market disruption.   The following provisions of this Clause 6 apply if:

(a)                                   no rate is quoted on the appropriate page of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service and at least half of the total number of Lenders at any time do not, before 1.00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for an Interest Period, provide quotations to the Agent in order to fix LIBOR; or

(b)                                  at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, Lenders having Contributions together amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Loan (or, if an Advance has not been made, Commitments amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments) or at least half of the total number of Lenders at any time notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part of them) during the Interest

32




Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for an Interest Period; or

(c)                                   at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender (the “ Affected Lender ”) that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars or, as the case may be, the relevant Optional Currency in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.

6.8                                Notification of market disruption.   The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and each of the Lenders stating the circumstances falling within Clause 6.7 which have caused its notice to be given.

6.9                                Suspension of drawdown.   If the Agent’s notice under Clause 6.8 is served on the Borrower before an Advance is made:

(a)                                   in a case falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 6.7, the Lenders’ obligations to make, and the Borrower’s obligation to borrow, that Advance; and

(b)                                  in a case falling within paragraph (c) of Clause 6.7, the Affected Lender’s obligation to participate in the Advance;

shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Agent’s notice continue.

6.10                         Negotiation of alternative rate of interest. If the Agent’s notice under Clause 6.8 is served on the Borrower after an Advance is made, the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within the 30 days after the date on which the Agent serves its notice under Clause 6.8 (the “ Negotiation Period ”), an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender to fund or continue to fund their or its Contribution during the Interest Period concerned.

6.11                         Application of agreed alternative rate of interest.   Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.

6.12                         Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement .  If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, set an interest period and interest rate representing the cost of funding of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender in Dollars or, as the case may be, the relevant Optional Currency, or in any available currency of their or its Contribution plus the Margin; and the procedure provided for by this Clause 6.12 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Agent.

6.13                         Notice of prepayment.   If the Borrower does not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 6.12, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay.

6.14                         Prepayment; termination of Commitments .  A notice under Clause 6.13 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the Affected Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:

(a)                                   on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments or (as the case may require) the Commitment of the Affected Lender shall be cancelled; and

(b)                                  on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender’s

33




Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and, if the prepayment or repayment is not made on the last day of the interest period set by the Agent, any sums payable under Clause 22.1(b).

6.15                         Application of prepayment.   The provisions of Clause 9 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

7                                          INTEREST PERIODS

7.1                                Commencement of Interest Periods.   The first Interest Period applicable to an Advance shall commence on the Drawdown Date for that Advance and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.

7.2                                Duration of normal Interest Periods.   Subject to Clauses 7.3 and 7.4, each Interest Period shall be:

(a)                                   1, 3, 6, 9 or 12 months as notified by the Borrower to the Agent not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period; or

(b)                                  3 months, if the Borrower fails to notify the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a) above; or

(c)                                   such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrower,

Provided that no more than 6 Interest Periods in aggregate may be current at any time.

7.3                                Duration of Interest Periods for repayment instalments.   In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 9 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.

7.4                                Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected.   If, after the Borrower has selected (and the Lenders have agreed) an Interest Period longer than 6 months, any Lender notifies the Agent:

(a)                                   in the case of an Advance to be denominated in Dollars or an Optional Currency (other than Euros), by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day before the commencement of that Interest Period, that it is not satisfied that deposits in the relevant currency for a period equal to that Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when that Interest Period commences; and

(b)                                  in the case of an Advance to be denominated in Euros, by 11.00 a.m.  (Brussels time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of that Interest Period, that it is not satisfied that deposits in Euros for a period equal to that Interest Period will be available to it in the European Interbank Market when that Interest Period commences,

that Interest Period shall be of a duration of 3 months.

8                                          DEFAULT INTEREST

8.1                                Payment of default interest on overdue amounts.   The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 8 on any amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:

(a)                                   the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or

34




(b)                                  if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

(c)                                   if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 20.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

8.2                                Default rate of interest.   Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 1.5 per cent plus:

(a)                                   in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 8.3; or

(b)                                  in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at paragraph (b) of Clause 8.3.

8.3                                Calculation of default rate of interest.   The rates referred to in Clause 8.2 are:

(a)                                   the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period applicable to it); and

(b)                                  the Margin plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may select from time to time:

(i)                                      the Reference Rate; or

(ii)                                   if the Agent (after consultation with all the Lenders) determines that deposits of the currency in which the overdue amount is denominated for any such period are not being made available to any Lender by leading banks in the London Interbank Market or, as the case may be, the European Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Lender from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with all the Lenders) may from time to time determine.

8.4                                Notification of interest periods and default rates.   The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 8.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent’s notification.

8.5                                Payment of accrued default interest.   Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause 8 shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

8.6                                Compounding of default interest.  Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall be compounded every 3 months.

8.7                                Application to Master Agreement.   For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 8 does not apply to any amount payable under the Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Designated Transaction as to which section 2(e) (Default Interest; Other Amounts) of the Master Agreement shall apply.

9                                          CONVERSION TO TERM LOAN;  REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

9.1                                Conversion to Term Loan .  On the Amortising Period Commencement Date, the Revolving Credit shall be converted into the Term Loan.

35




9.2                                Repayments.   The following provisions of this Clause 9.2 shall apply to the repayment of the Term Loan:

(a)                                   the Term Loan shall be repaid by up to 20 equal consecutive three-monthly repayment instalments (each a “ Repayment Instalment ” and together the “ Repayment Instalments ”) and, if applicable, a final balloon instalment (the “ Balloon Instalment ”);

(b)                                  if on the Amortising Period Commencement Date all the Mortgaged Ships are container vessels, each Repayment Instalment shall be “ RI ” and the Balloon Instalment shall be “ B ” and the number of the Repayment Instalments shall be “ N ” where:

(i)

RI

 

=

 

TL

 

 

 

 

(20-WAA) x4

where

TL ” is the Term Loan as at the Amortising Period Commencement Date; and

WAA ”  is the Weighted Average Age of the Mortgaged Ships on the Amortising Period Commencement Date

(ii)                                   the number of Repayment Instalments shall be determined by dividing TL by RI Provided that the number of repayment Instalments may not exceed 20 in aggregate; and

(iii)                                B                                      =                                          TL - (RI x N);

(c)                                   if on the Amortising Period Commencement Date the Mortgaged Ships include vessels other than container vessels:

(i)                                      the Term Loan shall be divided into notional sub-loans (each a “ Sub-Loan ”) with the number of Sub-Loans being equal to the number of different types of Mortgaged Ships;

(ii)                                   the amount of each Sub-Loan shall be determined by multiplying the Term Loan by a fraction whose numerator is the aggregate Market Values of the Mortgaged Ships of the same type and whose denominator is the aggregate Market Value of all the Mortgaged Ships at that time;

(iii)                                each Sub-Loan shall be repaid in the following manner:

(A)                               the Sub-Loan relating to the Mortgaged Ships which are container vessels shall be repaid in accordance with Clause 9.2(b) but by construing all references in that Clause to the Term Loan as references to the relevant Sub-Loan;
(B)                                 the repayment instalments and the balloon instalment in relation to each Sub-Loan for Mortgaged Ships which are not container vessels shall be determined in accordance with principles similar to those referred to in Clause 9.2(b) and by also taking into account the age and income generating capacity at that time of the relevant Ships.  The actual amount of the said instalments shall be included within a notice to be sent by the Agent (with the authorisation of all the Lenders) to the Borrower on or before the Amortising Period Commencement Date;

(d)                                  if the provisions of this Clause 9.2(c) shall apply at any time, all references in this Agreement to the Repayment Instalments and the Balloon Instalment shall be read and construed as references to the aggregate amount of the individual repayment instalments

36




of each Sub-Loan and the aggregate amount of the individual balloon instalments of each Sub-Loan; and

(e)                                   if the Weighted Average Age of the Mortgaged Ships at the Amortising Period Commencement Date is:

(i)                                      at least 20, the Term Loan (or, if applicable, the relevant Sub-Loan or Sub-Loans) shall become repayable on the Amortising Period Commencement Date in full through a single instalment; or

(ii)                                   at least 15, B shall be zero.

9.3                                Repayment Dates for Term Loan/Sub-Loans.   Subject to Clause 9.2(e), the first Repayment Instalment in respect of the Term Loan or, if applicable each Sub-Loan, shall be repaid on the date falling 3 months after the Amortising Period Commencement Date, each subsequent Repayment Instalment shall be repaid at 3-monthly intervals thereafter and the Balloon Instalment, together with the final Repayment Instalment, shall be repaid on the date falling on the earlier of (a) the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement and (b) 31 December 2016.

9.4                                Final Repayment Date.   On the final Repayment Date for the Term Loan or, if applicable, each Sub-Loan, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums (if any) then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.

9.5                                Optional facility cancellation.   The Borrower shall be entitled, upon giving to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days prior written notice (which notice shall be irrevocable), to cancel, in whole or in part, and, if in part, by an amount not less than $5,000,000 or a higher multiple of $1,000,000, the undrawn balance of the Revolving Credit.  Upon such cancellation taking effect on expiry of such notice the several obligations of the Lenders to make their respective Commitments available in relation to the portion of the Total Commitments to which such notice relates shall terminate and the commitment fee referred to in Clause 21.1(b)) on such portion shall cease to accrue.

9.6                                Voluntary prepayment.   Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan on the last day of an Interest Period.

9.7                                Conditions for voluntary prepayment.   The conditions referred to in Clause 9.6 are that:

(a)                                   a partial prepayment shall be $5,000,000 or a higher multiple of $1,000,000;

(b)                                  the Agent has received from the Borrower at least 5 (at any time during the Revolving Period) or 15 (at any time thereafter) days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made;

(c)                                   the Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force.

9.8                                Effect of notice of prepayment.   A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice Provided that the Borrower may, during the Revolving Period, withdraw or amend a prepayment notice up to 3 days prior to the date of prepayment specified in the relevant prepayment notice.

37




9.9                                Notification of notice of prepayment.   The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrower under Clause 9.7(c).

9.10                         Mandatory prepayment/reductions.   If a Mortgaged Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss or the Mortgage on that Ship is discharged pursuant to Clause 9.10(b)(iii) and immediately following such sale, Total Loss or discharge of Mortgage (each a “ Disposal Event ”) the Security Cover Ratio (determined by reference to all the remaining Mortgaged Ships) is less than the higher of (i) 133 per cent. and (ii) the Security Cover Ratio maintained immediately prior to the date of the Disposal Event applicable to that Ship (the “ Minimum Disposal Security Cover Ratio ”):

(a)                                   and such Disposal Event occurs before the Amortising Period Commencement Date, the Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit shall be permanently reduced by an amount, which after giving credit thereto, results in the Security Cover Ratio (on the first day after the Disposal Event applicable to the Ship) being equal to the Minimum Disposal Security Cover Ratio, unless the Borrower procures the execution by an Approved Guarantor and (where applicable) registration of Finance Documents in respect of a further Approved Ship equivalent or essentially equivalent to the Finance Documents applicable to the Ship subject to the relevant Disposal Event which results in the Security Cover Ratio being at least equal to the Minimum Disposal Security Cover Ratio in which case no permanent reduction of the Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit shall be made;

(b)                                  and such Disposal Event occurs after the Amortising Period Commencement Date, the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay such amount of the Loan so that, after giving credit to the prepayment, the Security Cover Ratio is equal to the Minimum Disposal Security Cover Ratio.

The prepayments or, as the case may be, permanent reductions and/or cancellations of the Long-Term Revolving Facility Limit referred to in this Clause 9.10 shall be made:

(i)                                      in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the relevant Ship to its buyer; or

(ii)                                   in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss; or

(iii)                                in the case the Mortgage on the relevant Ship is discharged (other than in the circumstances referred to in paragraph (i) above and where the Borrower and the Security Parties have discharged all their obligations under the Finance Documents), on or before the date on which the Mortgage is discharged.

9.11                         Application of partial prepayment.   Each partial prepayment made after the Amortising Period Commencement Date shall be applied to reduce pro rata each Repayment Instalment and the Balloon Instalment of the Term Loan or the applicable Sub-Loan.

9.12                         Currency of Payment.  Each repayment or prepayment of the Loan or any part thereof shall be made in the currency in which the Loan or the relevant part thereof was outstanding on the relevant Repayment Date or, as the case may be, the date of prepayment (in such proportions as between the currencies in which the Loan is denominated at the time of the relevant repayment or prepayment as the Advance or Advances in the one currency bear to the Advance or Advances in the other currency) and on the basis of the Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the Interest Period expiring on such Repayment Date or date of prepayment or, if not the last day of an Interest Period, applicable to the then current Interest Period.

38




9.13                         Amounts payable on repayment or prepayment.   A repayment or prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 22 or otherwise) in respect of the amount repaid or prepaid and, if the repayment or prepayment is not made on the last day of an applicable Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 22.1(b) but without premium or penalty.

9.14                         Reborrowing.

(a)                                   No amount of the Term Loan prepaid may be reborrowed.

(b)                                  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, any amount of the Revolving Credit repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed.

9.15                         Unwinding of Designated Transactions.   On or prior to any repayment or prepayment of the Loan under this Clause 9 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions to the extent necessary to ensure that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 9.2.

9.16                         Prepayment of Swap Benefit.   If a Designated Transaction is terminated in circumstances where the Swap Bank would be obliged to pay an amount to the Borrower under the Master Agreement, the Borrower hereby agrees that such payment shall be applied in prepayment of the Loan in accordance with Clause 9.11 and authorises the Swap Bank to pay such amount to the Agent for such purpose.

10                                   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

10.1                         Documents, fees and no default.   Each Lender’s obligation to contribute to an Advance is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a)                                   that, on or before the Drawdown Date relative to the Advance which will be used in fully refinancing the Existing Indebtedness, the Agent receives the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

(b)                                  that, on or before the Drawdown Date relative to each Advance which will be used in financing an Approved Ship, the Agent receives the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

(c)                                   that, on or before the Drawdown Date relative to each Advance which will be secured on an Approved Ship (in order to ensure compliance with Clause 10.1(f)), the Agent receives the documents described in Part C of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

(d)                                  that each Drawdown Notice contains irrevocable instructions from the Borrower to pay on the Drawdown Date relative to the relevant Advance all fees payable at that time (including, without limitation, any accrued commitment fee) pursuant to Clause 21.1;

(e)                                   that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:

(i)                                      no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the borrowing of the relevant Advance;

(ii)                                   the representations and warranties in Clause 11 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true

39




and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing; and

(iii)                                none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 6.7 has occurred and is continuing;

(f)                                     that, if the ratio set out in Clause 16.1 were applied immediately following the making of the Advance, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan under that Clause;

(g)                                  that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, reasonably request by notice to the Borrower prior to the relevant Drawdown Date.

10.2                         Waiver of conditions precedent .  If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 10.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 10 Business Days after the relevant Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, specifies).

11                                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

11.1                         General. The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows.

11.2                         Status. The Borrower is a corporation domesticated in and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

11.3                         Share capital and ownership.   The Borrower has an authorised share capital divided into 205,000,000 shares of $0.01 each divided into 200,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.  The Borrower is the indirect and ultimate owner of all of the issued share capital of each Existing Owner.

11.4                         Corporate power.   The Borrower (or in the case of paragraphs (a) and (b), each Existing Owner) has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

(a)                                   to own and register the Existing Ship owned by it in its name on the Singapore flag, the Greek flag or the Cypriot flag, as the case may be;

(b)                                  to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Existing Charter to which it is a party;

(c)                                   to execute the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party; and

(d)                                  to borrow under this Agreement, to enter into Designated Transactions under the Master Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party.

11.5                         Consents in force.   All the consents referred to in Clause 11.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

11.6                         Legal validity; effective Security Interests.   The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):

(a)                                   constitute the Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and

40




(b)                                  create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate;

subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

11.7                         No third party Security Interests.   Without limiting the generality of Clause 11.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:

(a)                                   the Borrower will have the right to create all Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and

(b)                                  no third party will have any Security Interest or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

11.8                         No conflicts.   The execution by the Borrower of each Finance Document to which it is a party, the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document to which it is a party, will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

(a)                                   any law or regulation; or

(b)                                  the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

(c)                                   any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets.

11.9                         No withholding taxes.   All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

11.10                  No default.   No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

11.11                  Information.   All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 12.5.

11.12                  No litigation.   No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s ability to satisfy timely any or all of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents.

11.13                  Compliance with certain undertakings.   At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 12.2, 12.4, 12.9 and 12.14.

11.14                  Taxes paid. The Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to, the Borrower and its business.

11.15                  Validity and completeness of Existing Charters. The copy of each Existing Charter delivered to the Agent before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy and:

(a)                                   each Existing Charter constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties thereto respectively in accordance with its terms; and

(b)                                  no amendments or additions to any Existing Charter have been agreed (other than those notified to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement) nor has any party thereto waived any of their respective rights under any Existing Charter.

41




11.16                  ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance.   The Borrower will procure that the Owners of the Existing Ships and the Approved Manager obtain all necessary ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation in connection with the Existing Ships and comply with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

11.17                  No money laundering.   Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 4.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower confirms that it is acting for its own account and that the foregoing will not involve or lead to contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) of the Council of the European Communities).

12                                   GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

12.1                         General. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit (which permission will not be unreasonably withheld in the circumstances referred to in Clause 12.3 where the permission of the Agent is required).

12.2                         Title; negative pledge and pari passu ranking .  The Borrower will:

(a)                                   indirectly hold the entire beneficial interest in, each Owner, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents;

(b)                                  not create or permit to arise any Security Interest over any other asset, present or future (including, but not limited to the Borrower’s rights against the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement or all or any part of the Borrower’s interest in any amount payable to the Borrower by the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement) other than in the normal course of its business of acquiring, financing and operating vessels; and

(c)                                   procure that its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law.

12.3                         No disposal of assets. The Borrower will not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:

(a)                                   all or a substantial part of its assets (including, without limitation, the shares of the Owners), whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or

(b)                                  any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation

if such transfer, lease or disposal results in a reduction of the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets by at least 50 per cent. (in all other circumstances the Borrower shall be deemed to have complied with its obligations under this Clause 12.3 by providing the Agent with prior written notice of its decision to transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets as aforesaid).

12.4                         No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred. The Borrower will not, and will procure that none of the Owners will, incur any liability or obligation except liabilities and obligations:

42




(a)                                   under the Finance Documents to which each is a party;

(b)                                  under the Master Agreement (but in such case, only in connection with any Designated Transactions);

(c)                                   incurred, in the case of each Owner, in the normal course of its business of operating vessels; and

(d)                                  incurred, in the case of the Borrower, in the normal course of its business of acquiring and financing vessels.

12.5                         Information provided to be accurate.   All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

12.6                         Provision of financial statements. The Borrower will send to the Agent:

(a)                                   as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each Financial Year of the Borrower (commencing with the Financial Year ended 31 December 2005), the audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower’s Group for that Financial Year;

(b)                                  as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each 6-month period in each Financial Year of the Borrower ending on respectively 30 June and 31 December, the unaudited consolidated accounts of the Borrower’s Group for that 6-month period; and

(c)                                   at any time after an IPO of the Borrower, as soon as possible but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each financial quarter in each Financial Year of the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated accounts of the Borrower’s Group for that 3-month period.

12.7                         Form of financial statements.   All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 12.6 will:

(a)                                   be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and USGAAP consistently applied;

(b)                                  give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Borrower’s Group at the date of those accounts and of its profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

(c)                                   fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower’s Group.

12.8                         Shareholder and creditor notices. The Borrower will send the Agent, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all documents which are despatched:

(a)                                   to the Borrower’s creditors generally;

(b)                                  if there is no Event of Default, to its shareholders (or any class of them) which the Borrower is required to despatch by law; and

(c)                                   if there is an Event of Default which is continuing, all documents despatched by the Borrower to its shareholders (or any class of them).

12.9                         Consents. The Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:

(a)                                   for the Borrower to perform its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party;

43




(b)                                  for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document to which it is a party; and

(c)                                   for each Owner to continue to own and operate the Ship owned by it;

and the Borrower will comply (or procure compliance) with the terms of all such consents.

12.10                  Maintenance of Security Interests. The Borrower will:

(a)                                   at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and

(b)                                  without limiting the generality of paragraph (a) at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority in the Marshall Islands, Singapore or Greece or such other jurisdiction which the Lenders may reasonably require (including, without limitation, any Approved Flag State if at the relevant time a Ship is registered under the laws of such Approved Flag State), pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in any such country in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

12.11                  Notification of litigation. The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Borrower, any Security Party, the Approved Manager, any Ship, their Earnings or their Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.

12.12                  No amendment to Master Agreement;  Transactions.   The Borrower will not:

(a)                                   agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, the Master Agreement or any of its provisions; or

(b)                                  enter into any Transaction pursuant to the Master Agreement except Designated Transactions.

12.13                  No amendment to the Existing Charters and Approved MOAs.   The Borrower will ensure that:

(a)                                   no Existing Owner shall agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, any Existing Charter or any of its provisions; and

(b)                                  no Approved Guarantor shall agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, an Approved MOA to which such Approved Guarantor is a party or any of its provisions.

12.14                  Principal place of business. The Borrower will maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at the address stated in Clause 29.2(a); and the Borrower will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in any other country.

12.15                  Confirmation of no default. The Borrower will, within 3 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by an authorised officer of the Borrower and which:

(a)                                   states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or

44




(b)                                  states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 12.15 from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 10 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan or (if no Advance is outstanding at the relevant time) Commitments exceeding 10 per cent. of the aggregate of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 12.15 does not affect the Borrower’s obligations under Clause 12.16.

12.16                  Notification of default. The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of:

(a)                                   the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or

(b)                                  any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred;

and will thereafter keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.

12.17                  Provision of further information. The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating:

(a)                                   to the Borrower, the Owners, the Ships, their Earnings or their Insurances; or

(b)                                  to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, an Approved MOA, any Existing Charter or a Finance Document;

which may be requested by the Agent or the Security Trustee or (through the Agent) by any Lender at any time.

12.18                  Provision of copies and translation of documents. The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

12.19                  Time Charter Assignment .  The Borrower shall procure that if any Owner enters into a time charterparty or contract of affreightment in respect of its Ship which is of 12 or more months in duration, or is capable of exceeding 12 months in duration or any bareboat charter in respect of its Ship, such Owner shall at the request of the Agent, execute in favour of the Security Trustee a Charterparty Assignment and (in the case of any bareboat charter of a Ship) a Bareboat Charter Security Agreement in respect of such charter and shall deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 of Part A of Schedule 3 hereof.

12.20                  Tax Lease Structure.   The Borrower may place any Mortgaged Ship within a tax lease structure, with the prior written consent of the Agent (to be given with the authorisation of, and upon such terms and conditions as may be requested by, all the Lenders (which shall include, without limitation, a requirement that the Borrower pay an administration fee to the Agent (for and on behalf of itself and the Lenders) in a reasonable amount to be agreed between the Borrower and the Agent (acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders (such authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld)) to compensate the Agent and the Lenders for all additional work which will be required to implement the tax lease structure).

45




13                                   CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS

13.1                         General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit (such permission not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of Clause 13.3(e)).

13.2                         Maintenance of status. The Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

13.3                         Negative undertakings. The Borrower will not:

(a)                                   change the nature of its business; or

(b)                                  pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution at any time when an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the payment of any dividend or the making of any other form of distribution;

(c)                                   effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital at any time when an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or will result from any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital; or

(d)                                  provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:

(i)                                      a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower’s share or loan capital; or

(ii)                                   any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected;

or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length Provided that this shall not prevent or restrict the Borrower from on-lending the Loan to the Owners; or

(e)                                   enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation; or

(f)                                     cause the shares of the Borrower to cease to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

13.4                         Financial Covenants.   The Borrower shall ensure that at all times when compliance with the undertakings in this Clause 13.4 is determined pursuant to Clause 13.5:

(a)                                   the ratio of Total Liabilities (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) shall not exceed 0.7:1;

(b)                                  the aggregate of all Cash and Cash Equivalents shall not be less than the higher of (i) $30,000,000 and (ii) the Relevant Percentage of the Total Indebtedness of the Borrower’s Group (where “ Relevant Percentage ” means (i) at all times during the Revolving Period, 3 per cent. and (ii) at all times thereafter, 4 per cent.);

(c)                                   the Interest Coverage Ratio shall not be less than 2.5:1;

(d)                                  the Market Value Adjusted Net Worth of the Borrower’s Group shall not be less than:

(i)                                      at all times prior to an IPO, $250,000,000; and

46




(ii)                                   at all times thereafter, $400,000,000

Provided that at all times the Book Net Worth shall be not less than $250,000,000.

13.5                         Compliance Check.   Compliance with the undertakings contained in Clause 13.4 shall be determined in each Financial Year:

(a)                                   at the time the Agent receives the Applicable Accounts of the Borrower’s Group for the first 6-month period of the Borrower’s Group in each Financial Year (pursuant to Clauses 12.6(b)), by reference to the unaudited Applicable Accounts in the case of the first 6-month period in each Financial Year of the Borrower and, in the case of the second 6-month period, the audited Applicable Accounts of the Borrower;

(b)                                  at any other time as the Agent may reasonably request by reference to such evidence as the Lenders may require to determine and calculate the financial covenants referred to in Clause 13.4.

At the same time as it delivers the Applicable Accounts referred to in this Clause 13.5, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 demonstrating its compliance (or not, as the case may be) with the provisions of Clause 13.4 signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower.

13.6                         Subordination of rights of Borrower.  All rights which the Borrower at any time has (whether in respect of the on-lending of the Loan or any other transaction) against any Owner or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents;  and in particular, the Borrower shall not during the Security Period:

(a)                                   claim, or in a bankruptcy of any Owner prove for, any amount payable to the Borrower by an Owner, whether in respect of the on-lending of the Loan or any other transaction;

(b)                                  take or enforce any Security Interest for any such amount; or

(c)                                   claim to set-off any such amount against any amount payable by the Borrower to any Owner.

13.7                         Maintenance of ownership of Owners.  The Borrower shall remain the ultimate legal and beneficial owner of the entire issued and allotted share capital of each Owner which at the relevant time is party to a Guarantee free from any Security Interest.

14                                   INSURANCE

14.1                         General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to procure that each Owner will comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

14.2                         Maintenance of obligatory insurances.   The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at the expense of that Owner against:

(a)                                   fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

(b)                                  war risks;

(c)                                   protection and indemnity risks;

(d)                                  any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the

47




Security Trustee be reasonable for that Owner to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to that Owner.

14.3                         Terms of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall effect such insurances:

(a)                                   in Dollars;

(b)                                  in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis being at least the greater of (i) the Market Value of the Ship owned by it and (ii) together with the other Mortgaged Ships, 120 per cent. of the Loan;

(c)                                   in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and the international marine insurance market (currently $1,000,000,000);

(d)                                  in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship owned by it;

(e)                                   on approved terms; and

(f)                                     through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

14.4                         Further protections for the Creditor Parties.   In addition to the terms set out in Clause 14.3, the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances shall:

(a)                                   (except in relation to risks referred to in Clause 14.2(c)) if the Security Trustee so requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Trustee, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

(b)                                  name the Security Trustee as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;

(c)                                   provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made (other than in respect of premiums due in relation to the Ships) without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

(d)                                  provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party; and

(e)                                   provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if any Owner fails to do so.

14.5                         Renewal of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall:

(a)                                   at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

(i)                                      notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or the insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Owner proposes to renew that insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

(ii)                                   seek the Security Trustee’s approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

48




(b)                                  at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it, renew the insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and

(c)                                   procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

14.6                         Copies of policies; letters of undertaking. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and with a letter or letters of undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

(a)                                   they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 14.4;

(b)                                  they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

(c)                                   they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

(d)                                  they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Owner or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and

(e)                                   they will not (other than in respect of premiums due in relation to the other Mortgaged Ships) set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Owner under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.

14.7                         Copies of certificates of entry. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:

(a)                                   a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

(b)                                  a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee;

(c)                                   where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by that Owner’s protection and indemnity association, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by that Owner in relation to that Ship in accordance with the requirements of such protection and indemnity association; and

(d)                                  a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

49




14.8                         Deposit of original policies. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

14.9                         Payment of premiums. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.

14.10                  Guarantees. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

14.11                  Compliance with terms of insurances. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable thereunder repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular that:

(a)                                   each Owner shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 14.7(c) above) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;

(b)                                  no Owner shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it unless approved (where applicable) by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

(c)                                   each Owner shall make all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

(d)                                  no Owner shall employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

14.12                  Alteration to terms of insurances.   The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall neither make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

14.13                  Settlement of claims. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or (subject as hereinafter provided) for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

14.14                  Provision of copies of communications. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications which may be reasonably requested by the Security Trustee between that Owner and:

(a)                                   the approved brokers; and

(b)                                  the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

(c)                                   the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters;

50




which relate directly or indirectly to:

(i)                                      that Owner’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

(ii)                                   any credit arrangements made between that Owner and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

14.15                  Provision of information.   In addition, the Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) reasonably requests for the purpose of:

(a)                                   obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

(b)                                  effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 14.16 below or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances;

and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses reasonably incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

14.16                  Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances.   The Security Trustee shall maintain and renew all or any of the following insurances on such terms, conditions, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider appropriate:

(a)                                   a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance in an amount of not less than 120 per cent. of the Loan providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties for any losses under or in connection with any Finance Document which directly or indirectly result from loss of or damage to any Ship or a liability of any Ship or of any Owner, being a loss or damage which is prima facie covered by an obligatory insurance but in respect of which there is a non-payment (or reduced payment) by the underwriters by reason of, or on the basis of an allegation concerning:

(i)                                      any act or omission on the part of any Owner, of any operator, charterer, manager or sub-manager of any Ship or of any officer, employee or agent of any Owner or of any such person, including any breach of warranty or condition or any non-disclosure relating to such obligatory insurance;

(ii)                                   any act or omission, whether deliberate, negligent or accidental, or any knowledge or privity of any Owner, any other person referred to in paragraph (i) above, or of any officer, employee or agent of any Owner or of such a person, including the casting away or damaging of any Ship and/or any Ship being unseaworthy; and/or

(iii)                                any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance policy whether or not similar to the foregoing; and

(b)                                  a mortgagee’s interest additional perils policy in an amount of not less than 110 per cent. of the Loan providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties against, among other things, any possible losses or other consequences of any Environmental Claim, including the risk of expropriation, arrest or any form of detention of any Ship, or the imposition of

51




any Security Interest over any Ship and/or any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee’s interest additional perils policy;

and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other reasonable expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

14.17                  Review of insurance requirements.   The Security Trustee shall be entitled to review after prior consultation with the Borrower the requirements of this Clause 14 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the opinion of the Security Trustee, significant and capable of affecting the Owners or the Ships and its or their insurance (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the Owners may be subject).

14.18                  Modification of insurance requirements.   The Security Trustee shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Owners of any proposed modification under Clause 14.17 to the requirements of this Clause 14 which the Security Trustee reasonably considers appropriate in the circumstances, and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrower and the Owners as an amendment to this Clause 14 and shall bind the Borrower accordingly.

14.19                  Compliance with mortgagee’s instructions.   The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require any Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the Owners implement any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 14.18 and the Borrower shall procure that the Owners comply with any such requirement within a reasonable period of time in the context of the then prevailing circumstances.

15                                   SHIP COVENANTS

15.1                         General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to procure that each Owner shall comply with the following provisions of this Clause 15 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may otherwise permit (such permission not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of Clause 15.2).

15.2                         Ship’s name and registration. Each Owner shall keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name as a ship registered under an Approved Flag and shall not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the port of registry or the name of that Ship.

15.3                         Repair and classification. Each Owner shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

(a)                                   consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

(b)                                  so as to maintain the highest class with a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies and which is acceptable to the Agent (acting upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders) free of all overdue recommendations and conditions affecting class; and

(c)                                   so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered on an Approved Flag or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from

52




time to time including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISM Code Documentation, the ISPS Code and the ISPS Code Documentation.

15.4                         Classification society undertaking . The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall instruct the classification society of the Ship owned by it to do all or any of the following after the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default (and procure that the classification society undertakes with the Security Trustee at such time):

(a)                                   to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records held by the classification society in relation to that Ship;

(b)                                  to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents),  at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Owner and that Ship at the offices of the classification society and to take copies of them;

(c)                                   to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the classification society:

(i)                                      receives notification from that Owner or any person that that Ship’s classification society is to be changed; or

(ii)                                   becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Owner’s or that Ship’s membership of the classification society;

(d)                                  following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:

(i)                                      to confirm that that Owner is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or

(ii)                                   if that Owner is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences thereof, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.

15.5                         Modification. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship owned by it or equipment installed on her which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce her value.

15.6                         Removal of parts. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall remove any material part of the Ship owned by it, or any item of equipment installed on, that Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on that Ship the property of that Owner and subject to the security constituted by the relevant Mortgage Provided that an Owner may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.

15.7                         Surveys. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee provide the Security Trustee, with copies of all survey reports.

53




15.8                         Inspection .  The Borrower shall:

(a)                                   ensure that each Owner shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times to inspect her condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs or to prepare a survey report (at the reasonable cost of the Borrower) in respect of such Ship and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections;

(b)                                  ensure that each Ship shall, both at the time of the survey referred to in this Clause 15.8 and at all other times throughout the Security Period, be in a good and safe condition and state of repair

Provided that any inspection of a Ship will be conducted without interfering with the reasonable operation, repairs and maintenance of that Ship and all inspections shall be carried out at the risk of the Security Trustee if there has been wilful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the surveyors or other person appointed by the Security Trustee to conduct the inspection.

15.9                         Prevention of and release from arrest. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall promptly discharge or settle:

(a)                                   all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, her Earnings or her Insurances other than such liens and claims arising in the ordinary course of business (which must in any event be discharged in accordance with best ship management practice);

(b)                                  all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, her Earnings or her Insurances; and

(c)                                   all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, her Earnings or her Insurances;

and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of that Ship, or of her detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure that the Owner of that Ship shall procure her release within 5 Business Days of receiving such notice by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

15.10                  Compliance with laws etc. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner and the Approved Manager shall:

(a)                                   comply, or procure compliance with, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Owner;

(b)                                  not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow her employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the ISM Code and the ISPS Code; and

(c)                                   in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers unless, in the case of such a zone where an additional premium would be payable, that Owner has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover required for it to enter or trade to any war zone.

15.11                  Provision of information. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall promptly provide the Agent with any information which it reasonably requests regarding:

54




(a)                                   the Ship owned by it, her employment, position, engagements and her Insurances;

(b)                                  the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship owned by it;

(c)                                   any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship owned by it and any payments made in respect of that Ship;

(d)                                  any towages and salvages; and

(e)                                   that Owner’s compliance, the Approved Manager’s compliance, or the compliance of the Ship owned by it, with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code;

and, upon the Agent’s request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ship owned by it, of any current charter guarantee and, of the ISM Code Documentation and the ISPS Code Documentation.

15.12                  Notification of certain events. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall, as soon as it become aware of any of the events referred to in this Clause 15.12, notify the Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

(a)                                   any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

(b)                                  any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

(c)                                   any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not complied with in accordance with its terms (including, without limitation, any time limits specified by any insurer or classification society or any competent authority);

(d)                                  any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it (if the arrest or detention has not been released within 3 Business Days of its imposition or the Borrower or the relevant Owner considers that the arrest or detention will not be released within 3 Business Day of its imposition), any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or her Earnings or her Insurances or any requisition of that Ship for hire;

(e)                                   any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it which is not included within the schedule of dry docking to be submitted by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 15.16 or any dry docking the length, cost or extent of which is materially different to that contemplated by the aforementioned schedule;

(f)                                     any Environmental Claim made against that Owner or in connection with the Ship owned by it, or any Environmental Incident;

(g)                                  any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Owner and, to the extent that that Owner is aware of such claim, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it; or

(h)                                  any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with;

and that that Owner shall keep the Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Agent shall require of that Owner’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

55




15.13                  Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:

(a)                                   let the Ship owned by it on demise charter for any period;

(b)                                  enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship owned by it for a term of at least, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may be at least, 12 months;

(c)                                   charter the Ship owned by it otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when that Ship is fixed;

(d)                                  appoint a manager of the Ship owned by it other than the Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager’s appointment;

(e)                                   de-activate or lay up the Ship owned by it; or

(f)                                     put the Ship owned by it into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon her in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or her Earnings or her Insurances for the cost of such work or otherwise or other arrangements satisfactory to the Security Trustee are made to ensure that no such lien will be exercised.

15.14                  Notice of Mortgage. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Owner to the Lenders.

15.15                  Sharing of Earnings. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall:

(a)                                   enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings;

(b)                                  enter into any agreement or arrangement for the postponement of any date on which any Earnings are due; the reduction of the amount of any Earnings or otherwise for the release or adverse alteration of any right of that Owner to any Earnings; or

(c)                                   enter into any agreement or arrangement for the release of, or adverse alteration to, any guarantee or Security Interest relating to any Earnings.

15.16                  Notification of scheduled dry dockings.  The Borrower will by no later than 31 January in each calendar year send to the Agent a schedule (in a form satisfactory to the Agent) identifying which Ships are intended to be dry docked during that year and the extent of the works to be carried out during each dry docking and the estimated duration and cost of the same.  The schedule will be updated by no later than 30 June in each calendar year to take account of any Ships which are to be dry docked within that year which were not subject to a Mortgage when the original schedule for the relevant year was sent to the Agent.

16                                   SECURITY COVER

16.1                         Provision of additional security cover; prepayment.   The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party that, if at any time the Agent notifies the Borrower that:

(a)                                   the aggregate of the Market Values of the Mortgaged Ships; plus

(b)                                  the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 16,

56




is below 125 per cent. of the Loan, the Borrower will, within 14 Business Days after the date on which the Agent’s notice is served, either:

(i)                                      provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security acceptable to the Lenders which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and which, if it consists of or includes a Security Interest, covers such asset or assets and is documented in such terms as the Agent may, with authorisation from the Majority Lenders, approve or require; or

(ii)                                   prepay in accordance with Clause 9 such part (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall,

16.2                         Meaning of additional security.   In Clause 16.1 “ security ” means a Security Interest over an asset or assets acceptable to the Lenders (whether securing the Borrower’s liabilities under the Finance Documents or a guarantee in respect of those liabilities), or a guarantee, letter of credit or other security in respect of the Borrower’s liabilities under the Finance Documents.

16.3                         Requirement for additional documents.   The Borrower shall not be deemed to have complied with paragraph (i) of Clause 16.1 until the Agent has received in connection with the additional security certified copies of documents of the kinds referred to in paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 3 Part A and such legal opinions in terms acceptable to the Majority Lenders from such lawyers as they may select.

16.4                         Valuation of Ship not subject to a long-term charter.   The Market Value of a Mortgaged Ship which at the relevant time is not subject to a charter or other contract of employment having an unexpired term of at least 9 months at any date is that shown by taking the average of two valuations prepared:

(a)                                   as at a date not more than 6 weeks previously;

(b)                                  by 2 Approved Brokers appointed by the Borrower, with both reporting to the Agent;

(c)                                   with or without physical inspection of that Ship (as the Agent may require);

(d)                                  on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment; and

(e)                                   after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

Provided that if the difference between the 2 valuations obtained at any one time pursuant to this Clause 16.4 is greater than 10 per cent. a valuation shall be commissioned from a third Approved Broker appointed by the Agent.  Such valuation shall be conducted in accordance with this Clause 16.4 and the Market Value of the Ship in such circumstances shall be the average of the initial 2 valuations and the valuation provided by the third Approved Broker.

16.5                         Valuation of Ship subject to long-term charter.  The Market Value of a Mortgaged Ship which at the relevant time is subject to a charter or other contract of employment having an unexpired term of at least 9 months shall be the aggregate of the present values (as may be conclusively determined by the Agent) of:

(a)                                   the Bareboat-equivalent Time Charter Income of the Ship in respect of the remaining unexpired term of the relevant charter or other contract of employment excluding any periods for which the relevant charter or contract of employment may be renewed at the option of any party (for the purposes of this Clause 16.5, an “ option period ”); and

57




(b)                                  the current charter-free market value (determined in accordance with Clause 16.4 but subject to the adjustments referred to in this Clause 16.5) of a vessel with identical characteristics to the Ship other that its age which shall, for the purposes of this Clause 16.5, be considered to be the age of the Ship at the expiration of the charter or other contract of employment to which the Ship is subject at the relevant time (excluding any option periods), as such value may be adjusted to take into account the terms of any commitments undertaken by the Owner of the Ship which may affect its value.

For the purposes of this Clause 16.5, the discount rate which will apply in calculating the present value of the amounts referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) will be the applicable Interest Rate Swap Rate for a period equal to the unexpired term of the Ship’s time charter or other contract of employment (excluding any option periods (rounded up to the nearest integral year)) unless the unexpired term of the Ship’s charter or other contract of employment (excluding any option periods) is less than 12 months in which the Interest Rate Swap Rate for a period of 12 months will apply.

16.6                         Value of additional security.   The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 16.1 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 16.4.

16.7                         Valuations binding.   Any valuation under paragraph (i) of Clause 16.1, Clauses 16.4, 16.5 or 16.6 shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of a security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.

16.8                         Provision of information.   The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker or expert acting under Clause 16.4, 16.5 or 16.6 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker or expert may reasonably request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.

16.9                         Payment of valuation expenses.   Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower’s obligations under Clauses 21.2, 21.3 and 22.3, the Borrower shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker or expert instructed or approved by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause.

16.10                  Frequency of Valuations.   The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Agent may commission valuations of the Mortgaged Ships at such times as the Majority Lenders shall deem necessary and, in any event, not less often than once during each 6-month period of the Security Period Provided that in each calendar year one set of valuations of each Ship may be obtained from the electronic services provided by an Approved Broker subject to such electronic services having been previously approved by the Agent (acting upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders) in writing.

17                                   PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

17.1                         Currency and method of payments .  All payments to be made:

(a)                                   by the Lenders to the Agent; or

(b)                                  by the Borrower to the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender,

under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:

58




(i)                                      if in Dollars, by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) and if in an Optional Currency, by not later than 11.00 a.m. (in the principal financial centre for that Optional Currency), in each case on the due date;

(ii)                                   if in Dollars, in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System and if in an Optional Currency, in immediately available funds (or in each case in such other funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement denominated in Dollars or the relevant Optional Currency);

(iii)                                in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, if in Dollars, to the account of the Agent at JPMorgan Chase Bank, New York, (Swift Code CHASUS33 (Account No 400807963 (Reference “Danaos Corporation - US$700,000,000 facility”)), if in an Optional Currency to such account of the Agent with such bank as the Agent shall have notified to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties, or in each case to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and

(iv)                               in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

17.2                         Payment on non-Business Day.   If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:

(a)                                   the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

(b)                                  if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

17.3                         Basis for calculation of periodic payments.   All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year or, in relation to any amount denominated in Sterling, a 365 day year.

17.4                         Currency of Interest Payments.  All payments of interest in respect of the Loan or any part thereof shall be made in the currency in which the Loan or the relevant part thereof is outstanding at the relevant time.

17.5                         Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties.   Subject to Clauses 17.6, 17.7 and 17.8:

(a)                                   any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and

(b)                                  amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.

17.6                         Permitted deductions by Agent.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount

59




available to a Lender, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender to pay on demand.

17.7                         Agent only obliged to pay when monies received.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.

17.8                         Refund to Agent of monies not received.   If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender, without first having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender concerned shall, on demand:

(a)                                   refund the sum in full to the Agent; and

(b)                                  pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.

17.9                         Agent may assume receipt.   Clause 17.8 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available (except an express notice from a Lender that it will not fund its Contribution).

17.10                  Creditor Party accounts.   Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

17.11                  Agent’s memorandum account.   The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

17.12                  Accounts prima facie evidence.   If any accounts maintained under Clauses 17.10 and 17.11 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.

18                                   APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

18.1                         Normal order of application. Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document after the service of a notice on the Borrower under Clauses 20.2(a)(i) or (ii) shall be applied:

(a)                                   FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreement in the following order and proportions:

(i)                                      first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (ii) and (iii) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 21, 22 and 23 of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document or in the Master Agreement);

60




(ii)                                   secondly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreement (and, for this purpose, the expression “ interest ” shall include any net amount which the Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2(e) (Obligations) of the Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the Swap Bank at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 18); and

(iii)                                thirdly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of the Loan and the Swap Exposure (in the case of the latter, calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder);

(b)                                  SECONDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document or the Master Agreement but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.1(a); and

(c)                                   THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

18.2                         Variation of order of application.   The Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders and the Swap Bank, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 18.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

18.3                         Notice of variation of order of application.   The Agent may give notices under Clause 18.2 from time to time in respect of sums which may be received or recovered in the future.

18.4                         Appropriation rights overridden.   This Clause 18 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 18.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any Security Party.

19                                   APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

19.1                         Payment of Earnings.   The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party that, throughout the Security Period it will ensure that (subject only to the provisions of the General Assignments), all the Earnings of each Mortgaged Ship are paid to the Owner’s Earnings Account relative to such Ship or, at the option of the Borrower, to the Danaos Earnings Account.

19.2                         Location of accounts.   The Borrower shall, and shall ensure each Owner shall, promptly:

(a)                                   comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Accounts (or any of them); and

(b)                                  execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts.

20                                   EVENTS OF DEFAULT

20.1                         Events of Default.   An Event of Default occurs if:

61




(a)                                   the Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due or (if so payable) on demand any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document;  such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default if:

(i)                                      such failure is due to a bank payment transmission error; and

(ii)                                   the Borrower or the relevant Security Party remedies such failure within 3 days of the due date of payment of the relevant amount; or

(b)                                  any breach occurs of Clause 10, 12.3, 13.2, 13.3, 13.4, 14.2 or 16.1; or

(c)                                   any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) unless, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, such default is capable of remedy, and such default is remedied within 14 Business Days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or

(d)                                  (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach (which the Security Trustee considers, in its discretion, to be material) by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or

(e)                                   any representation, warranty or statement (which the Security Trustee considers, in its discretion, to be material) made by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default if an innocent misrepresentation has been made and which, if capable of remedy, is remedied within 10 Business Days of its occurrence unless such innocent misrepresentation is made on a Drawdown Date; or

(f)                                     any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person (other than the Borrower) or any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower of at least $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in another currency) in aggregate in the case of any Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraph (a) of the definition of that term or any Financial Indebtedness falling within all other paragraphs of the definition of that term (or, when aggregated with any Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraph (a) of that term) of at least $10,000,000 in aggregate (or the equivalent in another currency):

(i)                                      any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is not paid when due or, if so payable, on demand; or

(ii)                                   any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or

(iii)                                a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is lawfully terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being lawfully terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

(iv)                               any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or

62




(v)                                  any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or

(g)                                  any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:

(i)                                      a Relevant Person becomes unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

(ii)                                   any assets of a Relevant Person are subject of any form of execution, attachment, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums aggregating, $100,000 (or $10,000,000 in the case of the Borrower) or more or the equivalent in another currency; or

(iii)                                any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or

(iv)                               a Relevant Person makes any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that it is insolvent or likely to become insolvent, or a winding up or administration order is made in relation to a Relevant Person, or the members or directors of a Relevant Person pass a resolution to the effect that it should be wound up, placed in administration or cease to carry on business, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrower or an Owner which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Majority Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or

(v)                                  a petition is presented in any Pertinent Jurisdiction for the winding up or administration, or the appointment of a provisional liquidator, of a Relevant Person unless, in the case of an involuntary petition, the petition is being contested in good faith and on substantial grounds and is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of the presentation of the petition; or

(vi)                               a Relevant Person petitions a court, or presents any proposal for, any form of judicial or non-judicial suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of its debt (or certain of its debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of its creditors or of any class of them or any such suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, contract or otherwise; or

(vii)                            any meeting of the members or directors of a Relevant Person is summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi); or

(viii)                         in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs or any procedure is commenced which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, is similar to any of the foregoing; or

(h)                                  the Borrower ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business or, as a result of intervention by or under the authority of any government, the business of the Borrower is wholly or partially curtailed or suspended, or all or a substantial part of the assets or undertaking of the Borrower is seized, nationalised, expropriate of compulsorily acquired; or

(i)                                      it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:

(i)                                      for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document; or

63




(ii)                                   for the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Lenders to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or

(j)                                      any consent necessary to enable any Owner to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or to enable the Borrower, any Owner or any Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document, any Existing Charter, any charter referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “Charterparty Assignment” or an Approved MOA is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled if this materially affects the security position of the Creditor Parties or the ability of the Borrower or a Security Party to timely perform its or their obligations under any Finance Document; or

(k)                                   if, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, members of the Coustas family (either directly and/or through companies beneficially owned by members of the Coustas family and/or trusts or foundations of which members of the Coustas family are beneficiaries) own and control 50 per cent. or less of the issued share capital of the Borrower; or

(l)                                      if, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, the shares of the Borrower cease to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange; or

(m)                                it appears to the Majority Lenders that, without their prior consent, a change has occurred or probably has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the ultimate beneficial ownership of any of the shares in any Owner or in the ultimate control of the voting rights attaching to any of those shares; or

(n)                                  any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or

(o)                                  the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy unless within 14 Business Days of the security being so imperilled or jeopardised (i) the Borrower or a Security Party provides to the Security Trustee security in the form of a new Finance Document which, in the opinion of the Lenders, is equivalent to that constituted by the Finance Document which has become imperilled or jeopardised or (ii) the security ceases to be imperilled or in jeopardy; or

(p)                                  the Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with the consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders; or

(q)                                  an Event of Default (as defined in Section 14 of the Master Agreement) occurs; or

(r)                                     any other event occurs or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:

(i)                                      a change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of the Borrower or any Owner; or

(ii)                                   any accident or other event involving any Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a Relevant Person;

in the light of which the Majority Lenders consider that there is a material risk that the Borrower is, or will later become, unable to discharge its liabilities under the Finance Documents as they fall due.

64




20.2                         Actions following an Event of Default.   On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:

(a)                                   the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:

(i)                                      serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement are terminated; and/or

(ii)                                   serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or

(iii)                                take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or

(b)                                  the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.

20.3                         Termination of Commitments.   On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 20.2, the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall terminate.

20.4                         Acceleration.   On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 20.2, the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.

20.5                         Multiple notices; action without notice.   The Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a) (i) and (ii) of Clause 20.2 simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in that Clause if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

20.6                         Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties.   The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 20.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.

20.7                         Creditor Party rights unimpaired.   Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

20.8                         Exclusion of Creditor Party liability.   No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to the Borrower or a Security Party:

(a)                                   for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

65




(b)                                  as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset;

except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

20.9                         Relevant Persons.   In this Clause 20 a “ Relevant Person ” means the Borrower, a Security Party (other than any bareboat charterer which is a party to a Bareboat Charter Security Agreement an “ excluded Security Party ”) and any company which is a subsidiary of the Borrower or a Security Party (other than an excluded Security Party) or of which a Security Party (other than an excluded Security Party) is a subsidiary but excluding any company which is dormant and the value of whose gross assets is $50,000 or less.

20.10                  Interpretation.   In Clause 20.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 20.1(g) “ petition ” includes an application.

21                                   FEES AND EXPENSES

21.1                         Arrangement, commitment and agency fees.   The Borrower shall pay to the Agent:

(a)                                   an arrangement/underwriting fee of an amount previously agreed in writing between the Arrangers and the Borrower for distribution among the Lenders and the Arrangers in the proportions agreed;

(b)                                  quarterly in arrears (and on the last day of the Revolving Period) during the period from the date of this Agreement to the last day of the Revolving Period, for the account of the Lenders, a commitment fee at the rate previously agreed in writing between the parties on the undrawn amount of the Long-Term Revolving Facility, for distribution among the Lenders in the proportions agreed;

(c)                                   a drawdown fee of an amount previously agreed in writing between the Arrangers and the Borrower, for distribution among the Lenders in the proportions agreed; and

(d)                                  on the date falling 3 months after the date of this Agreement and every 3 months thereafter during the Security Period, an agency fee of an amount previously agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrower, such agency fee to be payable to the Agent in arrears for its own account.

21.2                         Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.   The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses reasonably incurred by the Agent, the Lenders or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document.

21.3                         Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.   The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Lender in connection with:

(a)                                   any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;

66




(b)                                  any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Majority Lenders or the Lender concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;

(c)                                   the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 16 or any other matter relating to such security; or

(d)                                  any step taken by the Lender concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

21.4                         Documentary taxes.   The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent’s demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any liabilities and expenses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.

21.5                         Certification of amounts.   A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due save in the case of manifest error.

22                                   INDEMNITIES

22.1                         Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan.   The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent’s demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all expenses, liabilities and losses which are incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:

(a)                                   an Advance not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;

(b)                                  the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable to it or other relevant period;

(c)                                   any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 8);

(d)                                  the occurrence and/or continuance of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 20;

and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.

22.2                         Breakage costs.   Without limiting its generality, Clause 22.1 covers any liability, expense or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:

67




(a)                                   in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and

(b)                                  in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.

22.3                         Miscellaneous indemnities.   The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, demands, proceedings, liabilities, taxes, losses and expenses of every kind (“ liability items ”) which may be made or brought against, or incurred by, the Creditor Party concerned, in any country, in relation to:

(a)                                   any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Creditor Party concerned or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document;

(b)                                  any other event, matter or question which occurs or arises at any time during the Security Period and which has any connection with, or any bearing on, any Finance Document, any payment or other transaction relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created (or intended to be created) by a Finance Document;

other than liability items which are shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or the wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

22.4                         Extension of indemnities; environmental indemnity.   Without prejudice to its generality, Clause 22.3 covers:

(a)                                   any matter which would be covered by Clause 21.3 if any of the references in that Clause to a Lender were a reference to the Agent or (as the case may be) to the Security Trustee; and

(b)                                  any liability items which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, pollution or the protection of the environment.

22.5                         Currency indemnity.   If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the “ Contractual Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Payment Currency ”) for the purpose of:

(a)                                   making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or

(b)                                  obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or

(c)                                   enforcing any such order or judgment;

the Borrower shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

68




In this Clause 22.5 the “ available rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

This Clause 22.5 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgement or order relating to those other liabilities.

22.6                         Application to Master Agreement.   For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22.5 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to the Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 8 (Contractual Currency) of the Master Agreement shall apply.

22.7                         Certification of amounts.   A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 22 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

22.8                         Sums deemed due to a Lender.   For the purposes of this Clause 22, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender save in the case of manifest error.

23                                   NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

23.1                         No deductions.   All amounts due from the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be paid:

(a)                                   without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and

(b)                                  free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Borrower is required by law to make.

23.2                         Grossing-up for taxes.   If the Borrower is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:

(a)                                   the Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

(b)                                  the Borrower shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

(c)                                   the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.

23.3                         Evidence of payment of taxes.   Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.

23.4                         Exclusion of tax on overall net income.   In this Clause 23 “ tax deduction ” means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party’s overall net income.

23.5                         Application to the Master Agreement.   For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 23 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to the Swap Bank under or in connection

69




with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) (Deduction or Withholding for Tax) of the Master Agreement shall apply.

24                                   ILLEGALITY, ETC

24.1                         Illegality.   This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

(a)                                   unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or

(b)                                  contrary to, or inconsistent with, a regulation;

for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

24.2                         Notification of illegality.   The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 24.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.

24.3                         Prepayment; termination of Commitment.   On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 24.2, the Notifying Lender’s Commitment shall terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender’s notice under Clause 24.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution in accordance with Clause 9 (other than Clause 9.6).

25                                   INCREASED COSTS

25.1                         Increased costs.   This Clause 25 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:

(a)                                   the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law, or a regulation or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law or regulation is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Notifying Lender’s overall net income); or

(b)                                  the effect of complying with any law or regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the implementation of any regulations which shall replace, amend and / or supplement those set out in the statement of the Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices dated July 1988 and entitled “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Structures”)) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement,

the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an “ increased cost ”, that is to say,:

(i)                                      an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or its Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;

70




(ii)                                   a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;

(iii)                                an additional or increased cost of funding or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender’s Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or

(iv)                               a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement;

but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 22.1 or by Clause 23.

For the purposes of this Clause 25.1 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class thereof) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

25.2                         Notification to Borrower of claim for increased costs.   The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 25.1.

25.3                         Payment of increased costs.   The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.

25.4                         Notice of prepayment.   If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 25.3, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution.

25.5                         Prepayment; termination of Commitment.   A notice under Clause 25.4 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:

(a)                                   on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and

(b)                                  on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin (but subject to Clause 22.1).

25.6                         Application of prepayment.   Clause 9 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

26                                   SET-OFF

26.1                         Application of credit balances.   Each Creditor Party may without prior notice but following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:

(a)                                   apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and

71




(b)                                  for that purpose:

(i)                                      break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;

(ii)                                   convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and/or

(iii)                                enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

26.2                         Existing rights unaffected.   No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 26.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

26.3                         Sums deemed due to a Lender.   For the purposes of this Clause 26, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.

27                                   TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

27.1                         Transfer by Borrower. The Borrower may not, without the prior consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of all the Lenders:

(a)                                   transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document; or

(b)                                  enter into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation, or carry out any other act, as a result of which any of its rights or liabilities would vest in, or pass to, another person.

27.2                         Transfer by a Lender.   Subject to Clause 27.4, a Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may cause:

(a)                                   its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; and

(b)                                  an equal proportion of its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment,

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution or special purpose vehicle established by any Lender (a “ Transferee Lender ”) by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a “ Transfer Certificate ”) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.

Any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent, the Agent or Security Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Agreement.

A transfer pursuant to this Clause 27.2 shall:

(i)                                      be effected without the consent of, but with notice to, the Borrower:

(A)                               following the occurrence of an Event of Default;
(B)                                 if such transfer is to a subsidiary or any other company or financial institution which is in the same ownership or control as the Transferor Lender; or

72




(C)                                 if such transfer is part of the Transferor Lender’s programme of securitising its portfolio of loans; and

(ii)                                   require the consent of the Borrower in all other circumstances and, if the Borrower objects to such transfer it shall notify the Agent within 5 days of receiving notice of the proposed transfer (the “ transfer notice ”) and either the Borrower shall, within 15 days of the transfer notice, prepay the Contribution of the Transferor Lender which it was proposing to transfer (such prepayment to be made in accordance with Clause 9) and/or the Commitment of the Transferor Lender which it was proposing to transfer shall be permanently cancelled on the date of the Borrower’s notice to the Agent.

27.3                         Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification.   As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):

(a)                                   sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Agent, the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and each of the other Lenders;

(b)                                  on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it; and

(c)                                   send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b).

27.4                         Effective Date of Transfer Certificate.   A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 27.3 on or before that date.

27.5                         No transfer without Transfer Certificate.   No assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.

27.6                         Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate.  If a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the successor shall automatically and without any further act being necessary become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.

27.7                         Effect of Transfer Certificate.   A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:

(a)                                   to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely;

(b)                                  the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;

(c)                                   the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with a Contribution and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;

(d)                                  the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

73




(e)                                   any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate’s effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the Transferor Lender;

(f)                                     the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 6.7 and Clause 21, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and

(g)                                  in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

27.8                         Maintenance of register of Lenders.   During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 27.4) of each Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days prior notice.

27.9                         Reliance on register of Lenders.   The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.

27.10                  Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates. The Borrower, the Security Trustee and each Lender irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.

27.11                  Registration fee.   In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall, following its request and at its option, be entitled to recover a registration fee of $2,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent’s option) the Transferee Lender.

27.12                  Sub-participation; subrogation assignment.   A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

27.13                  Disclosure of information.   A Lender may provide or disclose to an actual or potential Transferee Lender, any assignee or sub-participant or any person who may otherwise enter into contractual relations with that Lender in connection with this Agreement, a copy of this Agreement, copies of all information provided by the Borrower or any of the Security Parties under or in connection with each Finance Document, details of drawings made by the Borrower under this Agreement and information regarding the performance by the Borrower and the Security Parties of their obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

74




27.14                  Change of lending office.   A Lender may change its lending office and may change its booking office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:

(a)                                   the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and

(b)                                  the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

27.15                  Notification.   On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office or is acting through the booking office of which the Agent last had notice.

28                                   VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

28.1                         Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders.   Subject to Clause 28.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf and with the consent of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

28.2                         Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders.   However, as regards the following, Clause 28.1 applies as if the words “by the Agent on behalf and with the consent of the Majority Lenders” were replaced by the words “by or on behalf and with the consent of every Lender”:

(a)                                   a change in the definition of the Margin or in the definition of LIBOR or EURIBOR;

(b)                                  a change to the date for, or the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other sum payable under this Agreement;

(c)                                   a change to any Lender’s Commitment;

(d)                                  an extension of the Availability Period;

(e)                                   a change to the definition of “Majority Lenders” or “Finance Documents”;

(f)                                     a change to the preamble or to Clause 2, 3, 4, 6.1, 9.2, 12, 13.4, 18, 19, 20 or 31;

(g)                                  a change to this Clause 28;

(h)                                  any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document; and

(i)                                      any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender’s consent is required.

28.3                         Exclusion of other or implied variations.   Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 28.1 and 28.2, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

75




(a)                                   a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

(b)                                  an Event of Default; or

(c)                                   a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or

(d)                                  any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law;

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

29                                   NOTICES

29.1                         General.   Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax; and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.

29.2                         Addresses for communications.   A notice shall be sent:

(a)

to the Borrower:

 

c/o the Approved Manager

 

 

 

Akti Kondyli 14

 

 

 

185 45 Piraeus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No: +30 210 422 0855

 

 

 

 

(b)

to a Lender:

 

At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as

 

 

 

the case may require) in the relevant Transfer

 

 

 

Certificate.

 

 

 

 

(c)

to the Agent

 

Aegean Baltic Bank S.A.

 

and the Security

 

28 Diligianni Street

 

Trustee:

 

145 62 Kifissia

 

 

 

Greece

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No: + 30 210 623 4192/3

 

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Security Parties.

29.3                         Effective date of notices.   Subject to Clauses 29.4 and 29.5:

(a)                                   a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;

(b)                                  a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.

29.4                         Service outside business hours.   However, if under Clause 29.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:

(a)                                   on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or

(b)                                  on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time;

76




the notice shall (subject to Clause 29.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

29.5                         Illegible notices.   Clauses 29.3 and 29.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

29.6                         Valid notices.   A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that the manner of serving it does not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice.

29.7                         English language.   Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

29.8                         Meaning of “notice”.   In this Clause “notice” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

30                                   SUPPLEMENTAL

30.1                         Rights cumulative, non-exclusive.   The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:

(a)                                   cumulative;

(b)                                  may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

(c)                                   shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

30.2                         Severability of provisions.   If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

30.3                         Counterparts.   A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

30.4                         Benefit and binding effect .  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall enure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective (including subsequent) successors and permitted assigns and transferees.

30.5                         Third party rights.   A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

31                                   LAW AND JURISDICTION

31.1                         English law.   This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

31.2                         Exclusive English jurisdiction.   Subject to Clause 31.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

77




31.3                         Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties.   Clause 31.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the right:

(a)                                   to commence proceedings in relation to any matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that matter; and

(b)                                  to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement.

31.4                         Process agent. The Borrower irrevocably appoints Danaos Management Consultants at their office for the time being, presently at 4 Staple Inn, Holborn, London WC1V 7QU, England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this Agreement.

31.5                         Creditor Party rights unaffected.   Nothing in this Clause 31 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

31.6                         Meaning of “proceedings”.   In this Clause 31, “proceedings” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into and amended and restated on the dates stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

78




SCHEDULE 1

LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

Lender and Lending Office

 

Commitment
(US Dollars)

 

 

 

HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany

 

693,000,000

 

 

 

Fax No:+(49) 40 3333 34118

 

 

 

 

 

Aegean Baltic Bank S.A.
28 Diligianni Street
145 62 Kifissia
Greece

 

7,000,000

 

 

 

Fax No: +(30 210) 623 4192/3

 

 

 

79




SCHEDULE 2

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

To:                               Aegean Baltic Bank S.A.

28 Diligianni Street

145 62 Kifissia

Greece

[                  ] 200[ · ]

Attention:                                       Loans Administration

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

1                                          We refer to the loan agreement dated [ · ] 2006 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) and made between ourselves, as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein and yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee in connection with revolving credit and term loan facilities of up to US$700,000,000 in aggregate.  Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.

2                                          We request to borrow an Advance under the [Long-Term][Short-Term] Revolving Facility as follows:

(a)                                   Amount: US$[ · ];

(b)                                  The Advance shall be drawn in [$] or [Optional Currency];                          

(c)                                   Drawdown Date:  [             ] 200[ · ];

(d)                                  Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [        ] months; and

(e)                                   Payment instructions : account in the name of [                  ] and numbered [          ] with [                 ] of [                       ].

3                                          We represent and warrant that:

(a)                                   the representations and warranties in Clause 11 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Finance Documents would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing;

(b)                                  no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Advance.

4                                          This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

5                                          We authorise you to deduct from the Advance the amount of all fees payable pursuant to Clause 21.1.

 

[Name of Signatory]

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

 

DANAOS CORPORATION

 

80




SCHEDULE 3

CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

PART A

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 10.1(a) required before the Drawdown Date of the Advance which will be used in fully refinancing the Existing Indebtedness.

1                                          A duly executed original of each of:

(a)                                   this Agreement;

(b)                                  the Agency and Trust Deed;

(c)                                   the Master Agreement; 

(d)                                  the Master Agreement Assignment;

(e)                                   the Guarantees to be entered into by the Existing Owners;

(f)                                     the Mortgages, the Deeds of Covenant, the General Assignments and the Charterparty Assignments relative to the Existing Ships; and

(g)                                  the Owner’s Earnings Account Pledges relative to the Existing Ships or, if the Borrower decides that the Earnings of the Existing Ships are instead to be paid to the Danaos Earnings Account, the Danaos Earnings Account Pledge.

2                                          Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower and each Existing Owner.

3                                          Copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and the directors and shareholders of each Existing Owner authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Owner is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give the Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement.

4                                          The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower or an Existing Owner.

5                                          Copies of all consents which the Borrower or any Existing Owner requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.

6                                          The originals of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of each Owner’s Earnings Account relative to an Existing Ship or, as the case may be, the Danaos Earnings Account.

7                                          Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each Existing Owner is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower.

8                                          Documentary evidence that:

(a)                                   each Existing Ship is definitively and permanently registered in the name of its Owner under Greek flag or, in the case of “APL BELGIUM”, Singapore flag and, in the case of “INDEPENDENCE”, Cypriot flag;

81




(b)                                  each Existing Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of its Owner save as contemplated by the Finance Documents to which that Owner is a party;

(c)                                   each Existing Ship maintains the highest available class with a classification society which is a member of the IACS as the Agent may approve free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such classification society;

(d)                                  each Mortgage relative to an Existing Ship has been duly registered against that Existing Ship as a valid first preferred mortgage in accordance with the laws of Greece or, in the case of “APL BELGIUM”, as a valid first priority statutory mortgage in accordance with the laws of Singapore and, in the case of “INDEPENDENCE”, as a valid first priority statutory mortgage in accordance with the laws of Cyprus; and

(e)                                   each Existing Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of such insurances have been complied with.

9                                          A copy of the Management Agreement and a duly executed original of the Manager’s Undertaking in relation to each Existing Ship.

10                                   Copies of:

(a)                                   the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of the ISM Code Documentation in respect of each Existing Ship and the Approved Manager certified as true and in effect by the Owner of such Existing Ship; and

(b)                                  the ISPS Code Documentation in respect of each Existing Ship and the Owner thereof certified as true and in effect by that Owner.

11                                   Two valuations (at the cost of the Borrower) of each Existing Ship addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purpose of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 6 weeks before the Drawdown Date for the first Advance, each from an Approved Broker (such valuations to be made in accordance with Clause 16.4 or, as the case may be, Clause 16.5).

12                                   All documentation required by each Creditor Party in relation to the Borrower and any Security Party pursuant to that Creditor Party’s “know your customer” requirements.

13                                   Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 30 has accepted its appointment.

14                                   Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands, Liberia, Singapore, Greece, Cyprus and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

15                                   A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances of the Existing Ships as the Agent may require.

16                                   If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

82




PART B

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 10.1(b) required before the Drawdown Date of each Advance which shall be used in part-financing an Approved Ship.

In Part B of Schedule 3, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:

Relevant Advance ” means, in relation to each Approved Ship, the Advance which shall be used to part-finance the acquisition of such Approved Ship;

Relevant Owner ” means the Approved Guarantor which is the buyer of the Relevant Ship; and

Relevant Ship ” means, in relation to each Relevant Advance, the Approved Ship which is to be financed by such Advance.

1                                          Copies of resolutions of the shareholders and directors of the Relevant Owner and the Borrower authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which such Owner is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, approving the borrowing of the Relevant Advance and authorising named directors or attorneys to give the Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement and, in the case of the Relevant Owner, ratifying the execution of the Approved MOA to which it is a party.

2                                          The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Relevant Owner.

3                                          Copies of all consents which the Relevant Owner or the Borrower requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document or the Approved MOA.

4                                          Copies of the Approved MOA in respect of the Relevant Ship and of all documents issued by the Relevant Owner and the relevant Approved Seller under or in connection therewith.

5                                          The written confirmation of the Agent that the Relevant Ship has been approved by the Lenders as an Approved Ship for the purposes of this Agreement pursuant to Clause 4.9.

6                                          A duly executed original of the Guarantee of the Relevant Owner and of the Mortgage, the General Assignment, the Owner’s Earnings Account Pledge (only if the Earnings of the Relevant Ship are not to be paid to the Danaos Earnings Account) and, if required by the relevant Approved Flag State, the Deed of Covenant, relative to the Relevant Ship and of each document to be delivered pursuant to each such Finance Document.

7                                          If applicable, a duly executed original of the Charterparty Assignment and the Bareboat Charter Security Agreement in respect of the Relevant Ship and of each document to be delivered pursuant to each such Finance Document.

8                                          Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Relevant Owner is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower.

9                                          The originals of any documents required in connection with the opening of the Owner’s Earnings Account in respect of the Relevant Ship (only if the Earnings of the Relevant Ship are not to be paid to the Danaos Earnings Account).

10                                   Documentary evidence that:

83




(a)                                   the Relevant Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the Approved Seller thereof to, and accepted by, the Relevant Owner under the Approved MOA, and the full purchase price payable under the MOA (in addition to the part of the purchase price to be financed by the Relevant Advance) has been duly paid;

(b)                                  the Relevant Ship is registered in the ownership of the Relevant Owner under an Approved Flag;

(c)                                   the Relevant Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Relevant Owner save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

(d)                                  the Relevant Ship maintains the highest available class with a classification society which is a member of the IACS as the Agent may approve free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such classification society;

(e)                                   the Mortgage relating to the Relevant Ship has been duly registered or recorded against the Relevant Ship as a valid first priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the relevant Approved Flag State; and

(f)                                     the Relevant Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

11                                   A copy of the Management Agreement and duly executed original of the Manager’s Undertaking in relation to the Relevant Ship.

12                                   Copies of:

(a)                                   the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of the ISM Code Documentation in respect of the Relevant Ship and the Approved Manager certified as true and in effect by the Relevant Owner; and

(b)                                  the ISPS Code Documentation in respect of the Relevant Ship and the Relevant Owner certified as true and in effect by the Relevant Owner.

13                                   Such documentary evidence as the Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution by the relevant Approved Seller of the Approved MOA and of all documents to be executed by such Approved Seller under the Approved MOA.

14                                   Two valuations (at the cost of the Borrowers) of the Relevant Ship, addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 6 weeks before the Drawdown Date relative to the Relevant Advance, each from an Approved Broker (such valuations to be made in accordance with Clause 16.4 or, as the case may be, Clause 16.5).

15                                   If required by the Lenders, a satisfactory (in the absolute opinion of the Lenders) survey report (at the cost of the Borrower) in respect of the Relevant Ship, addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 6 weeks before the Drawdown Date relative to the Relevant Advance, from an independent marine surveyor selected by the Lenders who shall have conducted a physical inspection of the Relevant Ship.

16                                   At the cost of the Borrower, a favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Lenders on such matters relating to the insurances for the Relevant Ship as the Agent may require.

84




17                                   Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of the Approved Flag State and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

18                                   If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

PART C

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 10.1(c) required before the Drawdown Date of each Advance which shall be secured on an Approved Ship.

In Part C of Schedule 3, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:

Relevant Advance ” means the Advance which shall be drawn down on the relevant Drawdown Date;

Relevant Owner ” means the owner of the Relevant Ship; and

Relevant Ship ” means, in relation to each Relevant Advance, each Approved Ship which is to act as security for such Advance.

1                                          Copies of resolutions of the shareholders and directors of each Relevant Owner and the Borrower authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which such Owner is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, approving the borrowing of the Relevant Advance and authorising named directors or attorneys to give the Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement.

2                                          The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Relevant Owner.

3                                          Copies of all consents which each Relevant Owner or the Borrower requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.

4                                          The written confirmation of the Agent that each Relevant Ship has been approved by the Lenders as an Approved Ship for the purposes of this Agreement pursuant to Clause 4.9.

5                                          A duly executed original of the Guarantee of each Relevant Owner and of the Mortgage, the General Assignment, the Owner’s Earnings Account Pledge (only if the Earnings of the Relevant Ship are not to be paid to the Danaos Earnings Account) and, if required by the relevant Approved Flag State, the Deed of Covenant, relative to each Relevant Ship and of each document to be delivered pursuant to each such Finance Document.

6                                          If applicable, a duly executed original of the Charterparty Assignment and the Bareboat Charter Security Agreement in respect of each Relevant Ship and of each document to be delivered pursuant to each such Finance Document.

7                                          Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each Relevant Owner is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower.

8                                          The originals of any documents required in connection with the opening of the Danaos Earnings Account in respect of each Relevant Ship (only if the Earnings of the Relevant Ship are not to be paid to the Danaos Earnings Account).

85




9                                          Documentary evidence that:

(a)                                   each Relevant Ship is registered in the ownership of the Relevant Owner under an Approved Flag;

(b)                                  each Relevant Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Relevant Owner save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

(c)                                   each Relevant Ship maintains the highest available class with a classification society which is a member of the IACS as the Agent may approve free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such classification society;

(d)                                  the Mortgage relating to each Relevant Ship has been duly registered or recorded against the Relevant Ship as a valid first priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the relevant Approved Flag State; and

(e)                                   each Relevant Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

10                                   A copy of the Management Agreement and duly executed original of the Manager’s Undertaking in relation to each Relevant Ship.

11                                   Copies of:

(a)                                   the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of the ISM Code Documentation in respect of each Relevant Ship and the Approved Manager certified as true and in effect by the Relevant Owner; and

(b)                                  the ISPS Code Documentation in respect of each Relevant Ship and each Relevant Owner certified as true and in effect by each Relevant Owner.

12                                   Two valuations (at the cost of the Borrowers) of each Relevant Ship, addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 6 weeks before the Drawdown Date relative to the Relevant Advance, each from an Approved Broker (such valuations to be made in accordance with Clause 16.4 or, as the case may be, Clause 16.5).

13                                   If required by the Lenders, a satisfactory (in the absolute opinion of the Lenders) survey report (at the cost of the Borrower) in respect of each Relevant Ship, addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 6 weeks before the Drawdown Date relative to the Relevant Advance, from an independent marine surveyor selected by the Lenders who shall have conducted a physical inspection of the Relevant Ship.

14                                   At the cost of the Borrower, a favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Lenders on such matters relating to the insurances for each Relevant Ship as the Agent may require.

15                                   Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of the Approved Flag State and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

16                                   If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

86




Every copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary of the Borrower.

87




SCHEDULE 4

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

To:                               AEGEAN BALTIC BANK S.A. for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee, and each Lender, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.

[                   ], 20[  ]

1                                          This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement dated [ · ] 2006 (the “ Agreement ”) and made between (1) Danaos Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), (2) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 as Lenders, (3) HSH Nordbank AG as Swap Bank, (4) HSH Nordbank AG and Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. as Arrangers, (5) Aegean Baltic Bank S.A. as Agent and Security Trustee for revolving credit and term loan facilities of up to $700,000,000 in aggregate. 

2                                          In this Certificate, terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate and in addition:

Relevant Parties ” means the Agent, the Arrangers, the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee and each Lender;

Transferor ” means [full name] of [lending office];

Transferee ” means [full name] of [lending office].

3                                          The effective date of this Certificate is [ · ], provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.

4                                          The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely and without recourse all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [ · ] per cent. of its Contribution, which amounts to $[ · ].

5                                          By virtue of this Certificate and Clause 27 of the Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[ · ]] [from [ · ] per cent. of its Commitment which percentage represents $[ · ]].

6                                          The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 27 of the Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.

88




7                                          The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 27 of the Agreement.

8                                          The Transferor:

(a)                                   warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party:

(i)                                      that the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs in connection with this transaction; and

(ii)                                   that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;

(b)                                  warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4 above; and

(c)                                   undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee’s title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.

9                                          The Transferee:

(a)                                   confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement and of each other Finance Document ;

(b)                                  agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Trustee, any of the Arrangers or any Lender in the event that:

(i)                                      any Finance Document proves to be invalid or ineffective;

(ii)                                   the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any Finance Document; or

(iii)                                it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents;

(c)                                   agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Arrangers or any Lender in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;

(d)                                  warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party:

(i)                                      that it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and

(ii)                                   that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and

(e)                                   confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.

89




10                                   The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent’s or the Security Trustee’s own officers or employees.

11                                   The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 10 above as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.

12                                   This Certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

[Name of Transferor]

 

[Name of Transferee]

 

 

 

By:

 

By:

 

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

 

 

Agent

 

 

 

Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself
as Agent and for every other Relevant Party

 

[Name of Agent]

By:

Date:

90




Administrative Details of Transferee

Name of Transferee:

Lending Office:

Contact Person

(Loan Administration Department):

Telephone:

Telex:

Fax:

Contact Person

(Credit Administration Department):

Telephone:

Telex:

Fax:

Account for payments:

NOTE:

 

THIS TRANSFER CERTIFICATE ALONE MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENT TO TRANSFER A PROPORTIONATE SHARE OF THE TRANSFEROR’S INTEREST IN THE SECURITY CONSTITUTED BY THE FINANCE DOCUMENTS IN THE TRANSFEROR’S OR TRANSFEREE’S JURISDICTION OR IN THE JURISDICTION OF THE LAW WHICH GOVERNS A PARTICULAR SECURITY INTEREST. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH LENDER TO ASCERTAIN WHETHER ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS ARE REQUIRED FOR THIS PURPOSE.

91




SCHEDULE 5

DESIGNATION NOTICE

To:                               Aegean Baltic Bank S.A.

28 Diligianni Street

145 62 Kifissia

Greece

[ · ]

Dear Sirs

Loan Agreement dated [ · ] 2006 made between (inter alia) (i) ourselves as Borrower, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee and (iv) HSH Nordbank AG as Swap Bank in respect of revolving credit and term loan facilities of up to US$700,000,000 in aggregate (the “Loan Agreement”)

We refer to:

1                                          the Loan Agreement;

2                                          the Master Agreement dated [ · ] made between ourselves and HSH Nordbank AG; and

3                                          a Confirmation delivered pursuant to the said Master Agreement dated [ · ] and addressed by HSH Nordbank AG to us.

In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, we hereby give you notice of the said Confirmation and hereby confirm that the Transaction evidenced by it will be designated as a “Designated Transaction” for the purposes of the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents.

Yours faithfully,

 

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

DANAOS CORPORATION

92




SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To:                               Aegean Baltic Bank S.A.

28 Diligianni Street

145 62 Kifissia

Greece

 [ · ] 200[ · ]

Dear Sirs,

We refer to a loan agreement [ · ] 2006 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) made between (amongst others) yourselves and ourselves in relation to revolving credit and term facilities of up to $700,00000 in aggregate.

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this compliance certificate.

We enclose with this certificate a copy of the [audited]/[unaudited] consolidated accounts for the Borrower’s Group for the [Financial Year] [6-month period] ended [ · ].  The accounts (i) have been prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and USGAAP all consistently applied, (ii) give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Borrower’s Group at the date of the accounts and of its profit for the period to which the accounts relate and (iii) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower’s Group.

We also enclose copies of the valuations of all the Fleet Vessels which were used in calculating the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets of the Borrower’s Group as at [ · ].

The Borrower represents that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred as at the date of this certificate [except for the following matter or event [ set out all material details of matter or event ]].  In addition as of [ · ], the Borrower confirms compliance with the financial covenants set out in Clause 13.4 of the Loan Agreement for the 6 months ending as of the date to which the enclosed accounts are prepared.

We now certify that, as at [ · ]:

(a)                                   the ratio of Total Liabilities (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) is [ · ]:[ · ];

(b)                                  the aggregate of all Cash and Cash Equivalents is $[ · ];

(c)                                   the Interest Coverage Ratio is [ · ]:[ · ]; and

(d)                                  the Market Value Adjusted Net Worth is $[ · ] and the Book Net Worth is $[ · ].

This certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

 

[ · ]

Chief Financial Officer of

Danaos Corporation

93




EXECUTION PAGE

THE BORROWER

 

 

 

SIGNED by John Coustas

) /s/ John Coustas

for and on behalf of

)

DANAOS CORPORATION

)

 

 

 

 

THE LENDERS

 

 

 

SIGNED by D. Daispynes Althinides

) /s/ D. Daispynes Althinides

for and on behalf of

)

AEGEAN BALTIC BANK S.A.

)

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by G. Paleokrasas

) /s/ G. Paleokrasas

for and on behalf of

)

HSH NORDBANK AG

)

 

 

 

 

SWAP BANK

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by G. Paleokrasas

) /s/ G. Paleokrasas

for and on behalf of

)

HSH NORDBANK AG

)

 

 

 

 

THE ARRANGERS

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by D. Daispynes Althinides

) /s/ D. Daispynes Althinides

for and on behalf of

)

AEGEAN BALTIC BANK S.A.

)

 

94




 

SIGNED by G. Paleokrasas

) /s/ G. Paleokrasas

for and on behalf of

)

HSH NORDBANK AG

)

 

 

 

 

THE AGENT AND THE SECURITY TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by D. Daispynes Althinides

) /s/ D. Daispynes Althinides

for and on behalf of

)

AEGEAN BALTIC BANK S.A.

)

 

 

 

 

Witness to the above

)

signatures:

)

 

 

Name: Hatzmichalis

 /s/ illegible

 

 

Address: 2 Defteras Merarchias

 

               Piraeus 18536 Greece

 

 

95



Exhibit 4.18

Dated 20 February 2007

DANAOS CORPORATION

as Borrower

- and -

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1

as Lenders

- and -

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

as Swap Bank

- and -

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

as Issuing Bank, Agent

and Security Trustee

LOAN AGREEMENT

relating to a revolving credit facility

of up to US$700,000,000

to refinance certain existing indebtedness and equity and

to (re)finance the purchase price

of certain approved ships/newbuildings

WATSON, FARLEY & WILLIAMS

Piraeus




INDEX

Clause

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

FACILITIES

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

POSITION OF THE LENDERS, THE SWAP BANK AND THE MAJORITY LENDERS

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

DRAWDOWN

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

CURRENCY OPTION

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

INTEREST

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

INTEREST PERIODS

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

DEFAULT INTEREST

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

INSURANCE

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

SHIP COVENANTS

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

SECURITY COVER

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

69

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

INDEMNITIES

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

ILLEGALITY, ETC

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

INCREASED COSTS

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

SET-OFF

 

79

 

 




 

27

 

TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

79

 

 

 

 

28

 

VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

82

 

 

 

 

29

 

NOTICES

83

 

 

 

 

30

 

REDUCTION OF GUARANTEES

84

 

 

 

 

31

 

SETTLEMENT OF GUARANTEES

85

 

 

 

 

32

 

INDEMNITY OF THE BORROWER

85

 

 

 

 

33

 

INDEMNITIES OF THE LENDERS

88

 

 

 

 

34

 

SUPPLEMENTAL

89

 

 

 

 

35

 

LAW AND JURISDICTION

90

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

91

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 DRAWDOWN NOTICE / GUARANTEE ISSUE REQUEST

92

 

 

SCHEDULE 3 CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

94

 

 

SCHEDULE 4 TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

101

 

 

SCHEDULE 5 DESIGNATION NOTICE

105

 

 

SCHEDULE 6 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

106

 

 

SCHEDULE 7 MANDATORY COST FORMULA

107

 

 

EXECUTION PAGE

109

 

 




THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is made on 20 February 2007

BETWEEN :

(1)            DANAOS CORPORATION , as Borrower ;

(2)            THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders ;

(3)            THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC , acting through its office at Akti Miaouli 45, 185 36 Piraeus, Greece, as Swap Bank ;

(4)            THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC , acting through its office at Akti Miaouli 45, 185 36 Piraeus, Greece, as Issuing Bank ; and

(5)            THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC , acting through its office at Akti Miaouli 45, 185 36 Piraeus, Greece, as Agent and Security Trustee .

WHEREAS :

(A)           The Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a revolving credit facility of up to US$700,000,000 divided into:

(i)             a revolving credit facility of up to US$200,000,000 to be on-lent by the Borrower to certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Borrower to assist such subsidiaries in refinancing the Existing Indebtedness (as hereafter defined) and the equity of such subsidiaries; and

(ii)            a revolving credit facility of up to US$500,000,000 to be on-lent by the Borrower to certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Borrower to assist such subsidiaries in (re)financing the acquisition cost of certain Approved Ships.

(B)            The Swap Bank has agreed to enter into interest rate swap and forward foreign exchange transactions with the Borrower from time to time to hedge the Borrower’s exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations and to exchange rate fluctuations between any Optional Currencies (as hereafter defined) and Dollars.

(C)            Each of the wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Borrower mentioned above will execute in favour of the Security Trustee a guarantee of the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower under this Agreement.

(D)          The Lenders and the Swap Bank have agreed to share pari passu in the security to be granted to the Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1               INTERPRETATION

1.1           Definitions.   Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

Advance ” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrower under this Agreement or (as the case may be) the Outstanding Guarantee Amount of each Guarantee issued upon request of the Borrower under this Agreement or, as the context may require, the principal amount of each such borrowing from time to time outstanding;

Advance 1 Grace Period ”  means the period commencing on the first Drawdown Date of an Advance in respect of the Tranche A Advance 1 Ship and ending on the earlier of:

(a)            the date falling 5 years after such first Drawdown Date;




(b)            the first date on which any Tranche A Advance 1 Ship has an Age of 19 years or more; or

(c)            the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower that any Tranche A Advance 1 Ship is not subject to long-term time charter employment fully satisfactory to the Lenders;

Advance 3 Grace Period ”  means the period commencing on the first Drawdown Date of an Advance in respect of the Tranche A Advance 3 Ships and ending on the earlier of:

(a)            the date falling 1 year after such first Drawdown Date;

(b)            the first date on which any Tranche A Advance 3 Ship has an Age of 19 years or more; or

(c)            the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower that any Tranche A Advance 3 Ship is not subject to long-term time charter employment fully satisfactory to the Lenders;

Affected Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 6.7;

Age ”  means, in relation to any ship on any date, the number of years (rounded down to the nearest integer) from the year in which the construction of that ship was completed until that date;

Agency and Trust Agreement ”  means the agency and trust agreement executed or to be executed between the Borrower, the Lenders, the Swap Bank, the Issuing Bank, the Agent and the Security Trustee in such form as the Lenders may approve or require;

Agent ”  means The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, acting in its capacity as agent for the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Issuing Bank under the Finance Documents through its office at Akti Miaouli 45, 185 36 Piraeus, Greece, or any successor of it in such capacity appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

Applicable Accounts ” means, in relation to a Compliance Date or an accounting period, the consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity, income and cash flows, together with related notes, of the Borrower’s Group set out in the annual financial statements or quarterly financial statements of the Borrower’s Group prepared as of the Compliance Date or, as the case may be, the last day of the accounting period in question (and which the Borrower is obliged to deliver to the Agent pursuant to Clause 12.6, which accounts are to be prepared in accordance with Clause 12.7);

Approved Broker ”  means each of Arrow Sale & Purchase (UK) Ltd., Braemer Seascope Ltd., Galbraith’s Limited, Howe Robinson & Co. Ltd., H. Clarkson & Company Limited, Simpson Spence & Young and any other independent sale and purchase shipbroker as may be approved by the Agent from time to time;

Approved Flag ”  means any of the Greek, Panamanian, Liberian, Marshall Islands, Bahamas, Maltese, Cypriot or Singaporean flags or any other flag as the Lenders may, in their absolute discretion, approve as the flag on which a Ship may be registered;

Approved Flag State ”  means any of Greece, Panama, Liberia, the Marshall Islands, the Commonwealth of the Bahamas, Malta, Cyprus or Singapore or any other country in which the Lenders may, in their absolute discretion, approve that a Ship may be registered;

2




Approved Guarantor ”  means a company (acceptable in all respects to the Lenders) which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower incorporated in an Approved Flag State and which shall be the owner of a Mortgaged Ship;

Approved Manager ”  means in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, Danaos Shipping Co. Ltd., a company incorporated in the Republic of Cyprus whose registered office is at Libra House, 16 P. Catelari Street, Nicosia, Cyprus or any other company which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time as the manager of that Ship;

Approved Purchase Contract ”  means, in relation to an Approved Ship, the memorandum of agreement or, as the case may be, shipbuilding contract (including in either case any amendments or supplements thereto) to be made between the Approved Seller thereof and the Approved Guarantor who is the buyer thereof on such terms and conditions to be approved by the Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and, in the plural, means all of them;

Approved Seller ”  means, in relation to an Approved Ship, the seller or, as the case may be, builder of such Approved Ship and, in the plural, means all of them;

Approved Ship ”  means:

(a)            any container vessel to be purchased pursuant to an Approved Purchase Contract, which, on the anticipated date of registration of the Mortgage relative thereto, has an Age of not more than 15 years and will, on delivery to the relevant Approved Guarantor, be subject to long-term employment fully satisfactory to the Lenders;

(b)            any dry bulk carrier to be purchased pursuant to an Approved Purchase Contract, which, on the anticipated date of registration of the Mortgage relative thereto, has an Age of not more than 15 years; or

(c)            any other vessel of an Age and type acceptable to the Lenders (in their sole and absolute discretion) and which will, on delivery to the relevant Approved Guarantor, be subject to long-term employment satisfactory to the Lenders (in their sole and absolute discretion),

in each case nominated by the Borrower, and approved in writing by the Agent (such written approval to be given by the Agent upon the instructions of all the Lenders (acting in their sole and absolute discretion)), as an “Approved Ship” for the purposes of this Agreement and, in the plural, means all of them;

Availability Period ”  means, in relation to an Advance, the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

(a)            subject to Clauses 4.2 and 4.8, the date falling 1 month before the final Reduction Date for that Advance (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrower); or

(b)            if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully cancelled or terminated;

Bareboat Charter Security Agreement ”  means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship which is subject to a bareboat charter (including without limitation each Existing Bareboat Charter) (such bareboat charter to be entered into by the relevant Owner with the prior consent of the Agent pursuant to Clause 15.13(a)), an agreement or agreements whereby the Security Trustee receives an assignment of the rights of the relevant Owner under the bareboat charter and certain undertakings from that Owner and the relevant

3




charterer and, if so agreed by the Security Trustee (acting with the authorisation of the Lenders), agrees to give certain undertakings to that charterer, in each case, in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

Bareboat-equivalent Time Charter Income ”  means, in relation to a Ship, the aggregate charter hire due and payable to the Owner of that Ship for the remaining unexpired term of the charter or other contract of employment relative to that Ship at the relevant time (excluding any option periods (as that term is defined in Clause 16.5(a))) less the aggregate operating expenses of the Ship as determined by the Borrower and certified to the satisfaction of the Agent for the same period;

Beneficiary ” means, in relation to a Guarantee, the person in whose favour the Guarantee has been issued under this Agreement;

Book Net Worth ”  means, as of any Compliance Date, the aggregate of value of the stockholders’ equity of the Group as shown in the Applicable Accounts;

Borrower ”  means Danaos Corporation, a corporation domesticated and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, The Marshall Islands MH 96960 (and includes its successors);

Borrower’s Group ” means the Borrower and each of its subsidiaries;

Business Day ”  means a day on which banks are generally open for business in London and Athens and, if on that day a payment or other dealing is due to take place under this Agreement:

(a)            in Dollars, a day on which commercial banks are open in New York City;

(b)            in an Optional Currency (other than Euros), a day on which commercial banks are open in New York City and the principal financial centre of the country of that Optional Currency; and

(c)            in Euros, a Target Day;

Cash and Cash Equivalents ”  means the aggregate of:

(a)            the amount of freely available credit balances on any deposit or current account;

(b)            the market value of transferable certificates of deposit in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Lenders issued by a prime international bank; and

(c)            the market value of equity securities (if and to the extent that the Agent is satisfied that such equity securities are readily saleable for cash and that there is a ready market therefor) and investment grade debt securities which are publicly traded on a major stock exchange or investment market (valued at market value as at any applicable date of determination);

in each case owned free of any Security Interest (other than a Security Interest in favour of the Security Trustee) by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries where:

(i)             the market value of any asset specified in paragraph (b) and (c) shall be the bid price quoted for it on the relevant calculation date by the Agent; and

(ii)            the amount or value of any asset denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be converted into Dollars using the Agent’s spot rate for the purchase of Dollars with that currency on the relevant calculation date;

4




Cash Collateral Account ” means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Agent in Piraeus designated “Danaos Corporation - Cash Collateral Account”, or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent or with a bank or financial institution other than the Agent) which is designated by the Agent as the Cash Collateral Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

Charterparty Assignment ”  means, in relation to:

(a)            an Existing Ship (at all times during the term of the Existing Time Charter relative thereto), an assignment of the rights of the Owner of that Existing Ship under the Existing Time Charter relative to that Existing Ship executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Trustee; and

(b)            each other Mortgaged Ship and each Existing Ship after the expiry of the Existing Time Charter or Existing Bareboat Charter relative thereto, an assignment of the rights of the relevant Owner under any time charterparty or contract of affreightment in respect of such Ship of at least 12 consecutive months or under any time charter and any guarantee of such charter or contract of employment in respect of such Ship executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Trustee,

in each case, in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

Commitment ”  means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and “ Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders);

Compliance Date” means 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each calendar year (or such other dates as of which the Borrower prepares the consolidated financial statements which it is required to deliver pursuant to Clause 12.6);

Confirmation ” and “ Early Termination Date ”, in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, have the meanings given in the Master Agreement;

Contractual Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.5;

Contribution ”  means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Outstanding Guarantee Amount);

Creditor Party ”  means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Issuing Bank, the Swap Bank or any Lender, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;

Current Percentage ”  means, in relation to a Lender and in respect of a Guarantee, the proportion, expressed as a percentage, which the Lender’s Commitment bore to the Total Commitments as at the Drawdown Date of the Guarantee;

Danaos Accounts Account Charge ”  means the deed containing, inter alia, a charge in respect of the Danaos Earnings Account and the Cash Collateral Account executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Lenders may approve or require;

Danaos Earnings Account ”  means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Agent in Piraeus designated “Danaos Corporation US$700m facility - Earnings Account” or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent) which is designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

5




Deed of Covenant ”  means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship registered on the Maltese, Cyprus, Singapore or Bahamas flag, a deed of covenant collateral to the Mortgage on such Ship, to be in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

Delivery Date ”  means the date on which an Approved Ship is delivered to, and accepted by, the Approved Guarantor under the Approved Purchase Contract;

Designated Transaction ” means a Transaction which fulfils the following requirements:

(a)            it is entered into by the Borrower pursuant to the Master Agreement with the Swap Bank which, at the time the Transaction is entered into, is also a Lender and the Borrower’s rights under the Master Agreement are subject to a Master Agreement Assignment;

(b)            its purpose is the hedging of the Borrower’s exposure (i) under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR or (as the case may be) EURIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the final Reduction Date or (ii) to fluctuations in the exchange rate between any of the Optional Currencies and Dollars; and

(c)            it is designated by the Borrower, by delivery by the Borrower to the Agent of a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 5, as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;

Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange ”  means, in relation to Dollars and in respect of any Interest Period, the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase in the London Interbank Market or, as the case may be, the European Interbank Market of Dollars with an Optional Currency at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the relevant Interest Period;

Dollars ” and “ $ ”  means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

Drawdown Date ”  means, in relation to an Advance, the date requested by the Borrower for that Advance to be made (or, as the case may be, for the issue of the Guarantee), or (as the context requires) the date on which the Advance is actually made (or, as the case may be, the Guarantee is actually issued);

Drawdown Notice ”  means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

Earnings ” means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Owner of that Ship or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

(a)            all freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable to the Owner of that Ship or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship;

(b)            all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in relation to that Ship in respect of loss of earnings; and

6




(c)            if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;

Earnings Accounts”   means, together, the Danaos Earnings Account as the Owner’s Earnings Accounts and in the singular means any of them;

Earnings Account Charge ”  means, in relation to each Owner’s Earnings Account, the deed containing, inter alia, a charge in respect of that Owner’s Earnings Account executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and in the plural means all of them;

EBITDA ”  means, in respect of the relevant period, the Net Income of the Borrower’s Group before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation and any capital gains or losses realised from the sale of any Fleet Vessels as shown in the Applicable Accounts;

EMU Legislation ”  means legislative measures of the Council of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to, or operation of, a single or unified European currency being part of the implementation of the Third Stage;

Environmental Claim ”  means:

(a)            any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or

(b)            any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident;

and “ claim ” means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

Environmental Incident ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)            any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from that Ship; or

(b)            any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than that Ship and which involves a collision between that Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which that Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or that Ship and/or the Owner of that Ship and/or any operator or manager of it is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

(c)            any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from that Ship and in connection with which that Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Owner of that Ship and/or any operator or manager of that Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

Environmental Law ”  means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

7




Environmentally Sensitive Material ”  means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

EURIBOR ”  means, for an Interest Period (or any other period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document):

(a)            the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Euros for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant Interest Period (or, as the case may be, such other period) which appears on the appropriate page of the Reuters Money News Service at or about 11.00 a.m. (Brussels time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period (or, as the case may be, such other period); or

(b)            if no rate is quoted on the appropriate page of the Reuters Money News Service, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one per cent.) of the rates per annum notified to the Agent by each Lender as the rate at which deposits in Euros are offered to that Lender by leading banks in the European Interbank Market at that Lender’s request at or about 11.00 a.m. (Brussels time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period (or, as the case may be, such other period) for a period equal to that Interest Period (or, as the case may be, such other period) and for delivery on the first Business Day of it;

Euro ”  and “ Euros ” means, for the time being, the single currency of Participating Member States as provided in the EMU Legislation;

European Interbank Market ” means the interbank market for Euros operating in Participating Member States;

Existing Bareboat Charter ”  means, in relation to:

(a)            “SA SEDERBERG”, a Barecon 89 bareboat charter dated 5 April 2002 and made between MC Robin Shipping Limited as original owner and Safmarine as charterer (as the same may be supplemented and amended from time to time);

(b)            “SA WINTERBERG”, a Barecon 89 bareboat charter dated 5 April 2002 and made between MC Eagle Shipping Limited as original owner and Safmarine as charterer (as the same may be supplemented and amended from time to time);

(c)            “SA HELDERBERG”, a Barecon 89 bareboat charter dated 5 April 2002 and made between MC Canary Shipping Limited as original owner and Safmarine as charterer (as the same may be supplemented and amended from time to time); and

(d)            “MAERSK CONSTANTIA”, a Barecon 89 bareboat charter dated 5 April 2002 and made between MC Seagull Shipping Limited as original owner and Safmarine as charterer (as the same may be supplemented and amended from time to time),

each of the charters in paragraphs (a) to (d) being supplemented by a side letter dated 5 April 2002 and addenda numbered 1 to 4 thereto and novated by a deed of novation dated 17 June 2003 in favour of the relevant Existing Owner as owner and in the plural means all of them;

Existing Charter ”  means any Existing Bareboat Charter or any Existing Time Charter;

8




Existing Indebtedness ”  means, at any relevant time, the aggregate Financial Indebtedness under the Existing Loan Agreement;

Existing Loan Agreement ”  means the loan agreement dated 11 April 2005 made between (inter alia) Sederberg, Winterberg, Helderberg and Constantia as joint and several borrowers and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc. as lender in respect of a loan facility of (originally) $200,000,000 (of which an amount of $75,500,000 is outstanding by way of principal on the date of this Agreement);

Existing Owners ”  means in relation to:

(a)            “MOL CONFIDENCE”, Federal Marine Inc. (“ Federal ”);

(b)            “SA HELDERBERG”, Helderberg Maritime Inc. (“ Helderberg ”);

(c)            “SA WINTERBERG”, Winterberg Maritime Inc. (“ Winterberg ”);

(d)            “SA SEDERBERG”, Sederberg Maritime Inc. (“ Sederberg ”);

(e)            “MAERSK CONSTANTIA”, Constantia Maritime Inc. (“ Constantia ”);

(f)             “YM YANTIAN”, Seacaravel Shipping Limited (“ Seacaravel ”);

(g)            “NORASIA HAMBURG”, Seasenator Shipping Limited (“ Seasenator ”);

(h)            “VICTORY I”, Victory Shipholding Inc. (“ Victory ”);

(i)             “YM MILANO”, Saratoga Trading S.A. (“ Saratoga ”); and

(j)             any substitute vessel referred to in the proviso to the definition of “Existing Ship”, the Approved Guarantor which is the registered owner of such vessel,

being, in the case of each of Federal, Helderberg, Winterberg, Sederberg, Constantia, Victory and Saratoga, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia and, in the case of each of Seacaravel and Seasenator, a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Cyprus whose registered office is at Tribune House, 10 Skopa Street, P.O. Box 4736, Nicosia, Cyprus and, in the singular means any one of them;

Existing Ships ”  means each of:

(a)            the “ Tranche A Advance 1 Ship ”, being “MOL CONFIDENCE”, a 1994-built container vessel of approximately 4,651 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Federal under Cyprus flag and having IMO number 9065625 (“ MOL CONFIDENCE ”);

(b)            the “ Tranche A Advance 2 Ships ”, being,

(i)             “SA HELDERBERG”, a 1977-built container vessel of approximately 3,101 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Helderberg under Bahamas flag (and dual registered on the Belgian flag) and having IMO number 7423029 (“ SA HELDERBERG ”);

(ii)            “SA WINTERBERG”, a 1978-built container vessel of approximately 3,101 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Winterberg under Bahamas flag (and dual registered on the Belgian flag) and having IMO number 7422192 (“ SA WINTERBERG ”);

9




(iii)           “SA SEDERBERG”, a 1978-built container vessel of approximately 3,101 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Sederberg under Bahamas flag (and dual registered on the Belgian flag) and having IMO number 7423031 (“ SA SEDERBERG ”); and

(iv)           “MAERSK CONSTANTIA”, a 1979-built container vessel of approximately 3,101 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Constantia under Bahamas flag (and dual registered on the Belgian flag) and having IMO number 7422207 (“ MAERSK CONSTANTIA ”);

(c)            the “ Tranche A Advance 3 Ships ”, being:

(i)             “YM YANTIAN”, a 1989-built container vessel of approximately 3,908 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Seacaravel under Cyprus flag and having IMO number 8718110 (“ YM YANTIAN ”); and

(ii)            “NORASIA HAMBURG”, a 1989-built container vessel of approximately 3,908 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Seasenator under Cyprus flag and having IMO number 8718122 (“ NORASIA HAMBURG ”); and

(d)            the “ Tranche A Advance 4 Ships ”, being:

(i)             “VICTORY I”, a 1988-built container vessel of approximately 3,098 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Victory under Panama flag and having IMO number 8705486 (“ VICTORY I ”); and

(ii)            “YM MILANO”, a 1988-built container vessel of approximately 3,129 TEUs container carrying capacity which is registered in the ownership of Saratoga under Greek flag and having IMO number 8707355 (“ YM MILANO ”),

and, in the singular, means any one of them Provided that the Lenders may, in their sole and absolute discretion and at the request of the Borrower made prior to the first Advance under Tranche A, agree to the substitution of any of the vessels set out above with another vessel nominated by the Borrower and acceptable to the Lenders;

 “ Existing Time Charter ”  means, in relation to:

(a)            “MOL CONFIDENCE”, a time charter dated 11 October 2004 and made between Federal Maritime Limited as original owner and Hyundai Merchant Marine Co., Ltd. as charterer as novated in favour of Federal as owner pursuant to a tripartite deed dated 23 February 2006 (as the same may be supplemented and amended from time to time);

(b)            “YM YANTIAN”, a time charter dated 30 March 2005 and made between Seacaravel as owner and Yangming (UK) Ltd. as charterer as supplemented by a side letter and addenda numbered 1 and 2 thereto (as the same may be further supplemented and amended from time to time);

(c)            “NORASIA HAMBURG”, a time charter dated 11 January 2000 and made between Seasenator as owner and Cosco Container Lines as charterer as supplemented by addenda numbered 1 to 5 thereto (as the same may be further supplemental and amended from time to time);

10




(d)            “VICTORY I”, a time charter dated 6 February 2004 and made between Victory as owner and Norasia Container Lines Ltd. as charterer (as the same may be supplemented and amended from time to time);

(e)            “YM MILANO”, a time charter dated 9 October 2003 and made between Saratoga as owner and Yangming (UK) Ltd. as charterer as supplemented by addenda numbered 1 to 4 thereto (as the same may be further supplemented and amended from time to time); and

(f)             any charter of each substitute vessel referred to in the proviso to the definition of “Existing Ship” which will be continuing on the Drawdown Date of the Advance relating to that vessel,

and in the plural means all of them;

Event of Default ”  means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 20.1;

Finance Documents ”  means:

(a)            this Agreement;

(b)            the Master Agreement;

(c)            the Agency and Trust Agreement;

(d)            the Owner Guarantees;

(e)            the Mortgages;

(f)             the Deeds of Covenant;

(g)            the General Assignments;

(h)            any Charterparty Assignment;

(i)             any Bareboat Charter Security Agreement;

(j)             the Master Agreement Assignment;

(k)            the Danaos Accounts Account Charge;

(l)             the Earnings Account Charges;

(m)           the Manager’s Undertakings;

(n)            the Pre-Delivery Security Assignments; and

(o)            any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower, any Owner or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition;

Finance Level ”  means:

(a)            (save for the part-financing of a pre-delivery instalment under an Approved Purchase Contract to which paragraph (c) below shall apply instead) in the case of an Approved Ship to be purchased pursuant to an Approved Purchase Contract,

11




which is a container vessel and which, on the anticipated date of registration of the Mortgage relative thereto, has:

(i)             an Age of 4 years or less, 80 per cent. of the lesser of (x) Market Value of the Approved Ship and (y) the net contract price set out in the Approved Purchase Contract for the Approved Ship (any such Approved Ship being a “ New Container Vessel Type A ”);

(ii)            an Age of 5, 6, 7 or 8 years, 75 per cent. of the lesser of (x) the Market Value of the Approved Ship and (y) the net contract price set out in the Approved Purchase Contract for the Approved Ship (any such Approved Ship being a “ New Container Vessel Type B ”);

(iii)           an Age of 9, 10, 11, 12 or 13 years, 70 per cent. of the lesser of (x) the Market Value of the Approved Ship and (y) the net contract price set out in the Approved Purchase Contract for the Approved Ship (any such Approved Ship being a “ New Container Vessel Type C ”);

(iv)           an Age of 14 or 15 years, 65 per cent. of the lesser of (x) the Market Value of the Approved Ship and (y) the net contract price set out in the Approved Purchase Contract for the Approved Ship (any such Approved Ship being a “ New Container Vessel Type D ”); or

(b)            (save for the part-financing of a pre-delivery instalment under an Approved Purchase Contract to which paragraph (c) below shall apply instead) in the case of an Approved Ship to be purchased pursuant to an Approved Purchase Contract, which is a dry bulk carrier and which, on the anticipated date of registration of the Mortgage relative thereto, has:

(i)             an Age of 4 years or less, 75 per cent. of the lesser of (x) the Market Value of the Approved Ship and (y) the net contract price set out in the Approved Purchase Contract for the Approved Ship (any such Approved Ship being a “ New Bulk Vessel Type A ”);

(ii)            an Age of 5, 6, 7 or 8 years, 70 per cent. of the lesser of (x) the Market Value of the Approved Ship and (y) the net contract price set out in the Approved Purchase Contract for the Approved Ship (any such Approved Ship being a “ New Bulk Vessel Type B ”);

(iii)           an Age of 9, 10, 11, 12 or 13 years, 65 per cent. of the lesser of (x) the Market Value of the Approved Ship and (y) the net contract price set out in the Approved Purchase Contract for the Approved Ship (any such Approved Ship being a “ New Bulk Vessel Type C ”);

(iv)           an Age of 14 or 15 years, 60 per cent. of the lesser of (x) the Market Value of the Approved Ship and (y) the net contract price set out in the Approved Purchase Contract for the Approved Ship (any such Approved Ship being a “ New Bulk Vessel Type D ”); or

12




(c)            in the case of a part-financing of a pre-delivery instalment under an Approved Purchase Contract, 80 per cent. of the net contract price set out in the Approved Purchase Contract; or

(d)            in the case of any other Approved Ship, such figure as the Lenders shall determine in their absolute discretion,

save that, in the case of paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above, the Lenders may in their absolute discretion increase the “Finance Level” subject to the satisfaction of any conditions (including, without limitation, the provision of additional security) required by the Lenders;

Financial Indebtedness ”  means, in relation to a person (the “ debtor ”), a liability of the debtor:

(a)            for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;

(b)            under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;

(c)            under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility made available to the debtor;

(d)            under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;

(e)            under any foreign exchange transaction, any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor; or

(f)             under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within paragraphs (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;

Financial Year ”  means, in relation to the Borrower’s Group and each Owner, each period of 1 year commencing on 1 January in respect of which its audited accounts are or ought to be prepared;

Fleet Vessels ”  means, together, all of the vessels (including, but not limited to, the Ships) from time to time owned or leased by members of the Borrower’s Group which, at the relevant time, are included within the Total Assets of the Borrower’s Group in the balance sheet of the Applicable Accounts or which would be included within the balance sheet if the Applicable Accounts were required to be prepared at that time;

Forward Currency Swap ”  means any Transaction made between the Borrower and the Swap Bank pursuant to the Master Agreement for the forward purchase or sale of one Optional Currency either with another Optional Currency or with Dollars;

General Assignment ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, a general assignment of the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation of that Ship executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

Guarantee ” means each guarantee issued or to be issued by the Issuing Bank in favour of a Beneficiary in a form which the Issuing Bank approves;

13




Guaranteed Obligations ” means, in relation to a Guarantee, the actual and contingent, certain and future obligations and liabilities owed by the Borrower or (as the case may be) the relevant Owner to the Beneficiary and secured by the Guarantee;

Insurances ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)            all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, which are effected in respect of that Ship, her Earnings or otherwise in relation to her; and

(b)            all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium;

Interest Coverage Ratio ”  means, in relation to a Compliance Date or an accounting period, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the most recent financial period of the Borrower’s Group to (b) the Net Interest Expenses for that financial period;

Interest Period ”  means a period determined in accordance with Clause 7;

Interest Rate Swap Rate ”  means, for any applicable period:

(a)            the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant applicable period which appears on the appropriate page of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service on the second Business Day prior to the commencement of the applicable period; or

(b)            if no rate is quoted on the appropriate page of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service, the rate per annum determined by the Swap Bank to be the Interest Rate Swap Rate for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant applicable period;

ISM Code ” means, in relation to its application to the Approved Manager, each Owner, the Mortgaged Ship owned by that Owner and its operation:

(a)            ‘The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention’, currently known or referred to as the ‘ISM Code’, adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A.741(18) on 4 November 1993 and incorporated on 19 May 1994 into chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (SOLAS 1974); and

(b)            all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including without limitation, the ‘Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations’ produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A.788(19) adopted on 25 November 1995,

as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

ISM Code Documentation ” includes, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)            the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) issued pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to that Ship within the periods specified by the ISM Code; and

14




(b)            all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISM SMS and its implementation and verification which the Agent may require; and

(c)            any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain that Ship’s compliance or the compliance of the Owner of that Ship with the ISM Code which the Agent may require;

ISM SMS ” means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, the safety management system for that Ship which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained by the Owner of that Ship under the ISM Code;

Issuing Bank ”  means The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, acting in its capacity as issuing bank through its office at Akti Miaouli 45, 185 36 Piraeus, Greece;

Japanese Yen ” means the lawful currency for the time being of Japan;

ISPS Code ”  means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organisation Assembly as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

ISPS Code Documentation ”  includes, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)            the International Ship Security Certificate issued pursuant to the ISPS Code in relation to that Ship within the period specified in the ISPS Code; and

(b)            all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISPS Code and its implementation and verification which the Agent may require;

Lender ”  means, subject to Clause 27.6:

(a)            a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Agent under Clause 27.14) unless it has delivered a Transfer Certificate or Certificates covering the entire amounts of its Commitment and its Contribution; and

(b)            the holder for the time being of a Transfer Certificate;

(and includes their respective successors);

LIBOR ” means, for an Interest Period (or any other period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document):

(a)            the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Dollars or, as the case may be, the relevant Optional Currency for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant Interest Period (or, as the case may be, such other period) which appears on the appropriate page of the Reuters Money News Service at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period (or, as the case may be, such other period) or on such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for Dollars or, as the case may be, the relevant Optional Currency); or

(b)            if no rate is quoted on the appropriate page of the Reuters Money News Service, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one per cent.) of the rates per annum notified to the Agent by each Lender as the rate at which deposits in Dollars or, as the case may be, the relevant Optional Currency are offered to that

15




                Lender by leading banks in the London Interbank Market at that Lender’s request at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period (or, as the case may be, such other period) for a period equal to that Interest Period (or, as the case may be, such other period) and for delivery on the first Business Day of it;

Loan ”  means the aggregate principal amount of the Advances for the time being outstanding under this Agreement (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Outstandings);

Major Casualty ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, any casualty to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

Majority Lenders ”  means:

(a)            at any time when no Advances are outstanding, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.67 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and

(b)            at any other time, Lenders whose Contributions (plus, in the case of the Lender which is also the Issuing Bank, its Outstandings) total 66.67 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and the Outstandings;

Management Agreement ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, an agreement made or to be made between (i) the Owner of that Ship and (ii) the Approved Manager in respect of the commercial and technical management of the Ship and, in the plural, means all of them;

Manager’s Undertaking ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, a letter of undertaking executed or to be executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Lenders may approve or require agreeing certain matters in relation to the management of that Ship and subordinating the rights of the Approved Manager against the Ship and the Owner thereof to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and, in the plural, means all of them;

Mandatory Cost ”  means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 7;

Market Value ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship and each Fleet Vessel, the market value thereof calculated in accordance with Clause 16.4 or, as the case may be, Clause 16.5;

Market Value Adjusted Net Worth ”  means, at any time, the amount by which the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets exceed the Total Liabilities;

Market Value Adjusted Total Assets ”  means, at any time, the Total Assets adjusted to reflect the Market Value of all Fleet Vessels (by substituting the value of each Fleet Vessel as specified in the Applicable Accounts with the Market Value of that Fleet Vessel as at the relevant Compliance Date);

Margin ” means, 0.75 per cent. per annum;

16




Master Agreement ” means a master agreement (on the 1992 or, as the case may be, 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form) made between the Borrower and the Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the master agreement;

Master Agreement Assignment ” means the assignment of the Master Agreement in such form as the Lenders may approve or require;

Moratorium Period ”  means the period commencing on the Drawdown Date for the first Advance under Tranche A and ending 5 years thereafter;

Mortgage ” means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, a first priority or preferred mortgage on that Ship executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Trustee or, as the case may be, the Lenders, in each case to be in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

Mortgaged Ship ”  means a Ship which is subject to a Mortgage at any relevant time and, in the plural, means all of them;

Negotiation Period ” has the meaning given in Clause 6.10;

Net Income ” means, in relation to each Financial Year of the Borrower, the aggregate income of the Borrower’s Group appearing in the Applicable Accounts for that Financial Year less the aggregate of:

(a)            the amounts incurred by the Borrower’s Group during that Financial Year as expenses of its business;

(b)            depreciation, amortisation and all interest in respect of all Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower’s Group paid by all members of the Borrower’s Group during that Financial Year;

(c)            Net Interest Expenses;

(d)            taxes; and

(e)            other items charged to the Borrower’s consolidated profit and loss account for the relevant Financial Year;

Net Interest Expenses ”  means, as of any Compliance Date, the aggregate of all interest, commitment and other fees, commissions, discounts and other costs, charges or expenses accruing due from all the members the Borrower’s Group during that accounting period less interest income received, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with USGAAP and as shown in the consolidated statements of income for the Borrower’s Group in the Applicable Accounts;

New Bulk Vessel Type A ”, “ New Bulk Vessel Type B ”, “ New Bulk Vessel Type C ”, “ New Bulk Vessel Type D ”, “ New Container Vessel Type A ”, “ New Container Vessel Type B ”, “ New Container Vessel Type C ” and “ New Container Vessel Type D ”  have the meanings given to them in the definition of “ Finance Level ”;

Nomination Date ”  means the date determined in accordance with Clause 4.8;

Optional Currency ” means any one of Euro, Japanese Yen, Sterling or Swiss Francs or any other major currency which may be approved by all the Lenders (in their sole and

17




absolute discretion) Provided that such currency is for the time being freely transferable, freely convertible into Dollars and dealt in on the London Interbank Market or, as the case may be, the European Interbank Market;

Outstanding Guarantee Amount ” means, in relation to a Guarantee, the maximum amount for which the Guarantee was issued less the aggregate amount of all reductions to it which have been made in accordance with the provisions of Clause 30.1;

Outstandings ” means, at any time, the aggregate of each Outstanding Guarantee Amount at that time;

Owner ” means, in relation to:

(a)            each Existing Ship, the Existing Owner thereof; and

(b)            any other Mortgaged Ship, the Approved Guarantor which (i) is the registered owner of such Mortgaged Ship or (ii) acquired, or committed to acquire, such Mortgaged Ship pursuant to the Approved Purchase Contract relative thereto,

and, in the plural, means all of them;

Owner Guarantee ”  means, in relation to each Owner, a guarantee by that Owner of the Borrower’s liabilities under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents executed or to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Lenders may approve or require and, in the plural, means all of them;

Owner’s Earnings Account ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, an amount in the name of the Owner of such Ship with the Agent in Piraeus designated “[name of Ship] - Earnings Account” or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent) which is designated by the Agent as the Owner’s Earnings Account in relation to that Ship for the purposes of this Agreement and, in the plural, means all of them;

Participating Member State ”  means each state so described in any EMU Legislation;

Payment Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.5;

Pertinent Jurisdiction ”, in relation to a company, means:

(a)            England and Wales;

(b)            the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

(c)            a country in which the company’s central management and control is or has recently been exercised;

(d)            a country in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;

(e)            a country in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which the company maintains a permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; and

(f)             a country the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) above;

18




Potential Event of Default ”  means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, a determination of the Majority Lenders (in the case of any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents which is made subject to the determination of the Majority Lenders) and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;

Pre-Delivery Advance ”  means an Advance under Tranche B which will be used for the purpose of part-(re)financing the payment of a pre-delivery instalment (other than the delivery instalment) for an Approved Ship under a shipbuilding contract which is an Approved Purchase Contract;

Pre-Delivery Security Assignment ”  means, in relation to an Approved Ship, a first priority assignment in favour of the Security Trustee of the Approved Purchase Contract for that Approved Ship (save in the case of an Approved Purchase Contract which is already the subject of an existing Pre-Delivery Security Assignment) and the Refund Guarantee in respect of the instalment which is to be financed by the Pre-Delivery Advance in such form as the Lenders may approve or require;

Quotation Date ” means, in relation to any Interest Period (or any other period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document):

(a)            in the case of deposits in Dollars or an Optional Currency (other than Euros), the day on which quotations would ordinarily be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits in the relevant currency to which such rate is to be determined for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period or other period; and

(b)            in the case of deposits in Euros, the Target Day on which quotations would ordinarily be given by leading banks in the European Interbank Market for deposits in Euros for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period or other period;

Receiving Bank ”  means American Express Bank Limited, 3 World Financial Centre, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10285-2300, USA or such other bank as may from time to time be notified by the Agent to the Borrower;

Reduction Date ”  means a date on which a reduction is required to be made under Clause 9.1;

Reference Rate ” means:

(a)            in relation to an Advance denominated in Dollars or in an Optional Currency (other than Euros), LIBOR; and

(b)            in relation to an Advance denominated in Euros, EURIBOR;

Refund Guarantee ”  means, in relation to an instalment of the purchase price of an Approved Ship due to the Approved Seller under an Approved Purchase Contract, an irrevocable guarantee issued or to be issued by the Refund Guarantor in favour of the relevant Approved Guarantor under the Approved Purchase Contract in respect of the refund of that instalment in such form as the Lenders shall agree;

Refund Guarantor ”  means, in relation to a Refund Guarantee, the issuer of that Refund Guarantee;

Relevant Person ” has the meaning given in Clause 20.9;

19




Requisition Compensation ”  includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “ Total Loss ”;

Safmarine ”  means Safmarine Container Lines NV of De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerp, Belgium;

Secured Liabilities ”  means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Owners, the other Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or by virtue of the Finance Documents or any judgement relating to the Finance Documents; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

Security Interest ”  means:

(a)            a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

(b)            the rights of the plaintiff under an action in rem in which the vessel concerned has been arrested or a writ has been issued or similar step taken; and

(c)            any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A;

but this definition does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

Security Party ”  means each of the Owners and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of “Finance Documents”;

Security Period ”  means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Lenders and the other Creditor Parties (which notice the Agent shall give when the conditions set out below are satisfied) that:

(a)            all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;

(b)            no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;

(c)            neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clause 21, 22 or 23 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

(d)            the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Majority Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document; and

20




(e)            each Guarantee has been returned to the Issuing Bank by the relevant Beneficiary endorsed to the effect that it is cancelled;

Security Trustee ”  means The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, in its capacity as security trustee for the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Issuing Bank under the Finance Documents through its office at Akti Miaouli 45, 185 36 Piraeus, Greece, or any successor of it in such capacity appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

Settlement Amount ” means, in relation to a Guarantee, the amount payable by the Issuing Bank to the Beneficiary in respect of the Guarantee;

Settlement Date ” means, in relation to a Guarantee, the date on which payment of the Settlement Amount is due to the Beneficiary in respect of the Guarantee;

Ships ”  means, together, the Existing Ships and the Approved Ships and, in the singular, means any of them;

Spot Rate of Exchange means, in relation to an Optional Currency and in respect of any Interest Period, the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase in the London Interbank Market or, as the case may be, the European Interbank Market, of that Optional Currency with Dollars at or about 11.00 a.m. (London Time) on the Quotation Date for the relevant Interest Period;

Sterling   means the lawful currency for the time being of the United Kingdom;

Swap Bank ”  means The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, acting in its capacity as swap bank through its office at Akti Miaouli 45, 185 36 Piraeus, Greece;

Swap Exposure ” means, as at any relevant date, the amount certified by the Swap Bank to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Swap Bank under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Borrower and the Swap Bank;

Swiss Francs ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the Swiss Federation;

Target Day ” means a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross settlement Express Transfer system is open, which is, at the date of this Agreement, any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) other than Christmas Day and New Year’s Day;

Third Stage ”  means the third stage of European economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty on European Union;

Total Assets ” means, as of any Compliance Date, the aggregate value of all assets of the Borrower’s Group included in the Applicable Accounts as “current assets” and the value of all investments (valued in accordance with USGAAP) and all other tangible and intangible assets of the Borrower’s Group properly included in the Applicable Accounts as “fixed assets” in accordance with USGAAP;

Total Liabilities ” means, as of any Compliance Date, Total Assets less Book Net Worth;

Total Loss ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)            actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;

21




(b)            any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than her proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority, excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one year without any right to an extension;

(c)            any condemnation of that Ship by any tribunal or by any person or person claiming to be a tribunal; and any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless she is within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the Owner of that Ship;

Total Loss Date ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship:

(a)            in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

(b)            in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:

(i)             the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

(ii)            the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Owner of that Ship with that Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

(c)            in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;

Tranches ”  means Tranche A and Tranche B and, in the singular, means either of them;

Tranche A ”  means, together, the Tranche A Additional Advances, Tranche A Advance 1, Tranche A Advance 2, Tranche A Advance 3 and Tranche A Advance 4;

Tranche A Additional Advances ”  means the aggregate principal amount of up to $62,000,000 which may be drawn by the Borrower in accordance with Clause 4.2 consisting of each Advance under Tranche A in respect of a Tranche A Additional Advance Ship or, as the context requires, the principal amount thereof for the time being advanced and outstanding under this Agreement;

Tranche A Additional Advance Ship ”  means any Approved Ship which is financed by a Tranche A Additional Advance and in the plural means all of them;

Tranche A Advance 1 ”  means the aggregate principal amount of up to $38,000,000 which may be drawn by the Borrower in accordance with Clause 4.2 consisting of each Advance under Tranche A in respect of the Tranche A Advance 1 Ship or, as the context requires, the principal amount thereof for the time being advanced and outstanding under this Agreement;

Tranche A Advance 1 Balloon ”  means the balloon amount calculated in accordance with Clauses 9.1(a) and 9.2;

Tranche A Advance 2 ”  means the aggregate principal amount of up to $22,000,000 which may be drawn by the Borrower in accordance with Clause 4.2 consisting of each Advance under Tranche A in respect of the Tranche A Advance 2 Ships or, as the context

22




requires, the principal amount thereof for the time being advanced and outstanding under this Agreement;

Tranche A Advance 2 Balloon ”  means the balloon amount calculated in accordance with Clauses 9.1(b) and 9.2;

Tranche A Advance 3 ”  means the aggregate principal amount of up to $46,000,000 which may be drawn by the Borrower in accordance with Clause 4.2 consisting of each Advance under Tranche A in respect of the Tranche A Advance 3 Ships or, as the context requires, the principal amount thereof for the time being advanced and outstanding under this Agreement;

Tranche A Advance 3 Balloon ”  means the balloon amount calculated in accordance with Clauses 9.1(c) and 9.2;

Tranche A Advance 4 ”  means the aggregate principal amount of up to $32,000,000 which may be drawn by the Borrower in accordance with Clause 4.2 consisting of each Advance under Tranche A in respect of the Tranche A Advance 4 Ships or, as the context requires, the principal amount thereof for the time being advanced and outstanding under this Agreement;

Tranche A Advance 4 Balloon ”  means the balloon amount calculated in accordance with Clauses 9.1(d) and 9.2;

Tranche A Balloons ”  means the Tranche A Advance 1 Balloon, the Tranche A Advance 2 Balloon, the Tranche A Advance 3 Balloon and the Tranche A Advance 4 Balloon and, in the singular, means any of them;

Tranche A Limit ”  means an amount not exceeding (initially) $200,000,000 in aggregate which may be reduced by any cancellations or reductions made pursuant to this Agreement;

Tranche B ”  means the aggregate principal amount of up to $500,000,000 which may be drawn by the Borrower in accordance with Clause 4.2 consisting of each Advance under Tranche B in respect of an Approved Ship or, as the context requires, the aggregate principal amount thereof for the time being advanced and outstanding under this Agreement;

Tranche B Limit ”  means an amount not exceeding (initially) $500,000,000 in aggregate which may be reduced by any cancellations or reductions made pursuant to this Agreement;

Transaction”  has the meaning given in the Master Agreement;

Transfer Certificate ”  has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

Treaty on European Union ”  means the Treaty of Rome of 25 March 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986 and the Maastricht Treaty of 7 February 1992;

Trust Property ” has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Agreement; and

USGAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as from time to time in effect in the United States of America.

23




1.2           Construction of certain terms.   In this Agreement:

administration notice ” means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator;

approved ”  means, for the purposes of Clause 14, approved in writing by the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders;

asset ” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

company ” includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;

consent ” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

contingent liability ” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

document ” includes a deed; also a letter or fax;

excess risks ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, (i) the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges which are not recoverable as a result of the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding her hull and machinery insured value and (ii) collision liabilities not recoverable in full under the applicable hull and machinery insurance by reason of such liabilities exceeding such proportion of the insured value of that Ship as is covered thereunder;

expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

financial institution ”  includes, without limitation, any trust, fund or other entity whatsoever which has been established for, or is engaged in, making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or any other assets;

law ” includes any form of delegated legislation, any order or decree, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union,  the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

legal or administrative action” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

liability ” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

months ”  shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

obligatory insurances ”  means, in relation to each Mortgaged Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Owner of that Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 14 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

parent company ”  has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

person ”  includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

24




policy ”, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

protection and indemnity risks ” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including, but not limited to, pollution, freight, demurrage and detention risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of Clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or the Conditions and Plan of the Swedish Club or any equivalent provision;

regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

subsidiary ”  has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

successor ” includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any other person’s rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganisation of it or any other person;

tax ”  includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and

war risks ” includes the risk of mines, blocking and trapping, missing vessel, political risks, deprivation, confiscation and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/95) or clause 33 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or in the Conditions and Plan of the Swedish Club.

1.3           Meaning of “month”.   A period of one or more “months” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (“the numerically corresponding day”), but:

(a)            on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or

(b)            on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day;

and “month” and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly.

1.4           Meaning of “subsidiary”.   A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:

(a)            a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or

25




(b)            P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of S; or

(c)            P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or

(d)            P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P;

and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

1.5           General Interpretation.

(a)            In this Agreement:

(i)             references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

(ii)            references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

(iii)           words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

(iv)           where a determination or opinion is stated to be “conclusive” it shall be binding on the relevant party save for manifest error;

(b)            Clauses 1.1 to 1.4 and paragraph (a) of this Clause 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.

(c)            The clause headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

2               FACILITIES

2.1           Amount of facilities.   Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Clause 4.2), the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower a revolving credit facility not exceeding $700,000,000 in aggregate at any time.

2.2           Lenders’ participations in Advances.   Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in each Advance in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

3               POSITION OF THE LENDERS, THE SWAP BANK AND THE MAJORITY LENDERS

3.1           Interests of Lenders, Swap Bank and Issuing Bank several.   The rights of the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the Master Agreement are several; accordingly:

(a)            each Lender and the Issuing Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under this Agreement; and

(b)            the Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under the Master Agreement,

without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender, the Swap Bank or the Issuing Bank as additional parties in the proceedings.

26




3.2           Proceedings by individual Lender, Swap Bank or Issuing Bank.   However, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, no Lender nor the Swap Bank nor the Issuing Bank may bring proceedings in respect of:

(a)            any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or a Security Party under or connected with a Finance Document or the Master Agreement; or

(b)            any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by the Borrower or a Security Party in or connected with a Finance Document or the Master Agreement.

3.3           Obligations several.   The obligations of the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Issuing Bank under this Agreement and of the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender, the Swap Bank or the Issuing Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or of the Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement shall not result in:

(a)            the obligations of the other Lenders or (as the case may be) the Swap Bank or (as the case may be) the Issuing Bank being increased; nor

(b)            the Borrower, any Security Party or any other Creditor Party being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document,

and in no circumstances shall a Lender, the Swap Bank or the Issuing Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender, the Swap Bank or the Issuing Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Master Agreement.

3.4           Parties bound by certain actions of Majority Lenders.   Every Lender, the Swap Bank, the Issuing Bank, the Borrower and each Security Party shall be bound by:

(a)            any determination made, or action taken, by the Majority Lenders under any provision of a Finance Document;

(b)            any instruction or authorisation given by the Majority Lenders to the Agent or the Security Trustee under or in connection with any Finance Document (subject always to Clause 28.2);

(c)            any action taken (or in good faith purportedly taken) by the Agent or the Security Trustee in accordance with such an instruction or authorisation.

3.5           Reliance on action of Agent.   However, the Borrower and each Security Party:

(a)            shall be entitled to assume that the Majority Lenders have duly given any instruction or authorisation which, under any provision of a Finance Document, is required in relation to any action which the Agent has taken or is about to take; and

(b)            shall not be entitled to require any evidence that such an instruction or authorisation has been given.

3.6           Construction.   In Clauses 3.4 and 3.5 references to action taken include (without limitation) the granting of any waiver or consent, an approval of any document and an agreement to any matter.

27




4               DRAWDOWN

4.1           Request for Advance.   Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request an Advance to be made under either Tranche A or Tranche B by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (Greek time) 3 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date.

4.2           Availability.   The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:

(a)            the Advance shall relate to one of the following:

(i)             the Tranche A Additional Advance Ships;

(ii)            the Tranche A Advance 1 Ship;

(iii)           the Tranche A Advance 2 Ships;

(iv)           the Tranche A Advance 3 Ships;

(v)            the Tranche A Advance 4 Ships; or

(vi)           an Approved Ship;

(b)            the first drawdown of an Advance relating to any of the Tranche A Additional Advance Ships, the Tranche A Advance 1 Ship, the Tranche A Advance 2 Ships, the Tranche A Advance 3 Ships, the Tranche A Advance 4 Ships shall be:

(i)             made not later than 28 February 2007 (or such later date as Lenders may agree with the Borrower);

(ii)            applied first in refinancing the Existing Indebtedness and then, once the Existing Indebtedness has been permanently reduced to zero, applied in refinancing the equity of the Approved Guarantors owning the Existing Ships;

(c)            the first drawdown of an Advance relating to an Approved Ship shall be:

(i)             made on or after the first drawdown of an Advance under Tranche A; and

(ii)            applied to assist an Approved Guarantor in (re)financing the acquisition cost of that Approved Ship;

(d)            in the case of a second or subsequent drawdown of an Advance relating to any of the Tranche A Additional Advance Ships, the Tranche A Advance 1 Ship, the Tranche A Advance 2 Ships, the Tranche A Advance 3 Ships, the Tranche A Advance 4 Ships or an Approved Ship, the Drawdown Date of the Advance shall be a Business Day during the Availability Period for that Advance;

(e)            the amount of the Advance shall not exceed:

(i)             in the case of an Advance under Tranche A Advance 1 when aggregated with the Advance(s) under Tranche A Advance 1 already drawn down and outstanding, the maximum aggregate amount determined in accordance with Clause 9.1(a);

(ii)            in the case of an Advance under Tranche A Advance 2 when aggregated with the Advance(s) under Tranche A Advance 2 already drawn down and outstanding, the maximum aggregate amount determined in accordance with Clause 9.1(b);

28




(iii)           in the case of an Advance under Tranche A Advance 3 when aggregated with the Advance(s) under Tranche A Advance 3 already drawn down and outstanding, the maximum aggregate amount determined in accordance with Clause 9.1(c);

(iv)           in the case of an Advance under Tranche A Advance 4 when aggregated with the Advance(s) under Tranche A Advance 4 already drawn down and outstanding, the maximum aggregate amount determined in accordance with Clause 9.1(d);

(v)            in the case of a Tranche A Additional Advance the lesser of (A) an amount, when aggregated with the Tranche A Additional Advance(s) already drawn down and outstanding, equal to the maximum aggregate amount determined in accordance with Clause 9.1(e) and (ii) an amount which does not exceed 80 per cent. of the Market Value of the Approved Ship to be financed by that Tranche A Additional Advance (with such Market Value being determined in accordance with the valuations referred to in paragraph 13 of Schedule 3, Part B);

(vi)           (save in the case of a Pre-Delivery Advance to which Clause 4.2(e)(vii) applies instead) in the case of an Advance under Tranche B in respect of an Approved Ship when aggregated with the Advance(s) under Tranche B already drawn down and outstanding in respect of that Approved Ship and the Outstanding Guarantee Amount of each Guarantee relating to that Approved Ship, the maximum aggregate amount determined in accordance with Clause 9.1(e); or

(vii)          in the case of a Pre-Delivery Advance under Tranche B in respect of an Approved Ship:

(A)           when aggregated with the Advance(s) under Tranche B already drawn down and outstanding in respect of that Approved Ship and the Outstanding Guarantee Amount of each Guarantee relating to that Approved Ship, the Finance Level; and
(B)            80 per cent. of the net amount of the pre-delivery instalment which is the subject of such Pre-Delivery Advance;

(f)             when such Advance is aggregated with all other then outstanding Advances under that Tranche, the aggregate amount of such Advances does not exceed the Tranche A Limit or (as the case may be) the Tranche B Limited;

(g)            in the case of a Pre-Delivery Advance when aggregated with the Pre-Delivery Advance(s) already drawn down, the aggregate amount of such Advances does not exceed $200,000,000 (or such higher amount as may be agreed from time to time between the Lenders and the Agent (acting in their sole and absolute discretion));

(h)            in the case of an Advance which is to be drawndown on the Delivery Date of an Approved Ship to refinance part or all of the Pre-Delivery Advance(s) in relation to that Approved Ship, the Borrower has given the Agent at least 3 months’ notice of the Borrower’s intention to borrow such Advance and the amount of such Advance;

(i)             each Advance shall be drawn down in an amount of at least $1,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000;

(j)             if any part of the Total Commitments relating to Tranche A or Tranche B have not been borrowed before the end of the Availability Period applicable thereto, the Total Commitments shall on that date be permanently cancelled by an amount equal to such undrawn amount;

(k)            the amount of, and Interest Period applicable to, each Advance (including the requested Advance) is compatible with the anticipated reductions pursuant to Clause 9.1; and

29




(l)             if the Borrower has elected that an Advance under Tranche B should take the form of a Guarantee to be issued by the Issuing Bank and the Issuing Bank has (at its absolute discretion) agreed to such election:

(i)             the Agent must receive, together with the Drawdown Notice, a final draft of the form of Guarantee which the Borrower is requesting to be issued on the intended Drawdown Date and which the Borrower intends to use in the normal course of its business; and

(ii)            the form of the Guarantee has to be approved by the Issuing Bank at least 2 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date but it must in any event contain express provisions:

(A)           limiting the Outstanding Guarantee Amount of the Guarantee to an amount which, in the reasonable opinion of the Issuing Bank, from time to time will not result in a breach of the maximum limits set out in Clause 9.1;
(B)            limiting the total amount payable by the Issuing Bank under that Guarantee to a stated maximum amount in Dollars; and
(C)            stating that that Guarantee shall expire or be reduced to zero not later than the final Reduction Date,
save that, in the case of a form of Guarantee which does not comply with paragraphs (A) or (C), the Issuing Bank may in its absolute discretion approve such Guarantee subject to any conditions it may require including, in any case, full cash security for the additional exposure of the Issuing Bank.

4.3           Purpose of Advances.   The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use each Advance only for the purposes stated in the Recitals to this Agreement.

4.4           Notification to Lenders of receipt of Drawdown Notice.   The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders (and, if applicable, the Issuing Bank) it has received a Drawdown Notice and the Agent shall inform each Lender (and, if applicable, the Issuing Bank) of:

(a)            the amount of the Advance and the Drawdown Date;

(b)            the amount of that Lender’s participation in the Advance; and

(c)            the duration of the first Interest Period relative to such Advance.

4.5           Drawdown Notice irrevocable.   A Drawdown Notice must be signed by a duly authorised person on behalf of the Borrower; and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (which authorisation shall not be unreasonably withheld).

4.6           Lenders to make available Contributions/Issuing Bank to make available Guarantee.

(a)            If the Borrower has elected for an Advance to be made available in the form of a Guarantee, Clauses 4.6(b), 4.7, 6, 7 and 9 shall not apply in relation to such Advance.

(b)            Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on each Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower the amount due from that Lender on that Drawdown Date under Clause 2.2.

30




4.7           Disbursement of Advances.   Subject to the provisions of this Agreement the Agent shall, on and with value on each Drawdown Date, pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.6(b); and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:

(a)            in the case of an Advance under Tranche A which shall be used to refinance the Existing Indebtedness, to such account of the Existing Owners (or any of them) as may be specified by the Agent to the Borrower, with such Advance being applied to fully prepay the Existing Indebtedness;

(b)            in the case of each other Advance or any amount referred to in sub-clause (a) above in excess of that required to fully prepay the Existing Indebtedness, to the Earnings Account nominated by the Borrower in the relevant Drawdown Notice and, if applicable, subject to such conditions or restrictions as the Agent may reasonably impose; and

(c)            in each case, in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.

4.8           Approval of Ships .

(a)            Each Ship nominated by the Borrower to be an Approved Ship for the purposes of this Agreement shall be nominated by the Borrower no later than the date falling 364 days after the date of this Agreement (as may be extended pursuant to Clause 4.8(b), the “ Nomination Date ”) and approved by all the Lenders as such Provided that if a Lender fails to respond to the Agent within 10 Business Days of the Agent’s notice to the Lenders seeking their approval of a Ship as an Approved Ship, that Lender shall be deemed to have given its approval.

(b)            The Lenders shall be entitled from time to time to review and consider the extension of the Nomination Date in relation to all or any part of Tranche B.  If all the Lenders, acting in their sole and absolute discretion, agree to extend the Nomination Date in accordance with this Clause 4.8 the Agent shall send to the Borrower a notice in writing advising it of the new Nomination Date and the available amount of Tranche B during the period in which the Nomination Date has been extended Provided that the Lenders shall, in their sole and absolute discretion, determine how much of the Tranche B Limit may be made available to the Borrower during any such extended period and the length of any such extended period and if the Lenders agree to make available less than the whole of the Tranche B Limit, the balance shall be permanently cancelled and the Commitments of the Lenders shall be permanently reduced by (in aggregate) the amount which has been so cancelled.

5               CURRENCY OPTION

5.1           Notice of Optional Currency.  Subject to the following provisions of this Clause 5 and the other provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may elect that up to 2 Advances each be denominated in an Optional Currency during an Interest Period applicable to each such Advance by ensuring that the Agent receives, not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period, a notice specifying the Optional Currency in which the Borrower wishes such Advance to be denominated during the Interest Period and the amount (in Dollars) to be denominated in such Optional Currency Provided always that :

(a)            the Loan may be divided at any time into Advances denominated in no more than 3 different currencies with no more than 2 Advances being denominated in Optional Currencies;

(b)            the amount of each Advance which is denominated in an Optional Currency shall not be less than the higher of:

31




(i)             the equivalent in the relevant Optional Currency of $1,000,000 (determined by converting that Optional Currency into Dollars at the applicable Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange); or

(ii)            an amount equal to at least 20 per cent. of the aggregate amount of all Advances denominated in Optional Currencies (and the amounts referred to in this sub-Clause (ii) shall be calculated by nominally converting into Dollars each Advance denominated in an Optional Currency using the Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the relevant Interest Period or Interest Periods);

(c)            the aggregate amount of the Advances denominated in Optional Currencies (when such Advances are nominally converted into Dollars using the Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the relevant Interest Period or Interest Periods) shall not exceed the lesser of:

(i)             $100,000,000; or

(ii)            50 per cent. of the Loan;

(d)            no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and

(e)            the Lenders are satisfied that funds in the Optional Currency requested by the Borrower are available to them in the normal course of business for the duration of the Interest Period.

5.2           Failure to give notice.  If the Borrower fails to give a notice in accordance with, and by the time mentioned in Clause 5.1 for any applicable Interest Period, the whole of the relevant Advance shall be denominated in Dollars for the Interest Period.

5.3           Agent to notify the Lenders.  The Agent shall notify the Lenders, promptly upon receiving a notice under Clause 5.1, of the Optional Currency requested by the Borrower in such notice.

5.4           Objection by a Lender to requested Optional Currency.   If, after the Borrower has requested that an Advance be denominated in an Optional Currency during an Interest Period, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day falling immediately prior to the commencement of the Interest Period that it is unable to fund itself in the Optional Currency requested by the Borrower, the whole of the relevant Advance shall be denominated in Dollars for the Interest Period.

5.5           Initial advance in an Optional Currency.   If an Advance is to be made available in an Optional Currency for the first Interest Period applicable to that Advance, the Lenders will make available to the Borrower in accordance with Clause 2.2 an amount determined by converting into that Optional Currency the Dollar amount of the Advance at the Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the Interest Period.

5.6           Determination of Continuing Balance at end of Interest Period.   At the end of each Interest Period in respect of an Advance (the “preceding Interest Period” ), the Agent shall determine the amount of the Loan during the immediately succeeding Interest Period for that Advance (the “succeeding Interest Period” ) (such amount being hereinafter referred to as the “Continuing Balance” ).  The Agent’s determination of the Continuing Balance shall be made in the following manner (immediately after the Borrower has made any repayment and/or prepayment of all or any part of the Loan which it is required to make at that time, and any reduction of the Total Commitments, pursuant to Clause 9):

32




(a)            by notionally converting any Advances denominated in an Optional Currency into Dollars at the Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the succeeding Interest Period and aggregating such Advances with any Advances at that time denominated in Dollars (such aggregate amount being hereinafter referred to as the “ Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan ”);

(b)            by notionally converting any Advances under Tranche A denominated in an Optional Currency into Dollars at the Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the succeeding Interest Period and aggregating such Advances with any Advances under Tranche A at that time denominated in Dollars (such aggregate amount being hereinafter referred to as the “ Dollar Equivalent Amount of Tranche A ”);

(c)            by notionally converting any Advances under Tranche B denominated in an Optional Currency into Dollars at the Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the succeeding Interest Period and aggregating such Advances with any Advances under Tranche B at that time denominated in Dollars (such aggregate amount being hereinafter referred to as the “ Dollar Equivalent Amount of Tranche B ”); and

(d)            if, on the date on which the Agent makes its determination:

(i)             the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan exceeds the Total Commitments, the Borrower shall forthwith prepay an amount equal to such excess (and the provisions of sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) shall apply to the balance of the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan (after the application of the prepayment to be made pursuant to this sub-paragraph (i));

(ii)            the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Tranche A exceeds the Tranche A Limit (but not the Total Commitments), the Borrower shall prepay such amount so that, following the application of such prepayment against Tranche A, the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Tranche A does not exceed the Tranche A Limit;

(iii)           the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Tranche B exceeds the Tranche B Limit (but not the Total Commitments), the Borrower shall prepay such amount so that, following the application of such prepayment against Tranche B, the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Tranche B does not exceed the Tranche B Limit; and

(iv)           the circumstances referred to in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) do not apply, the Continuing Balance shall be equal to the Loan at that time.

5.7           Continuation of an Advance in the same currency.  If an Advance is to be continued during the succeeding Interest Period in the same Optional Currency in which it was denominated during the preceding Interest Period, the Agent shall:

(a)            first determine the Continuing Balance of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.6; and

(b)            thereafter:

(i)             if the relevant Advance has been reduced by any prepayment and/or repayment (pursuant to Clause 5.6 and/or Clause 9), the Advance shall continue to be made available during the succeeding Interest Period in the amount so reduced unless the effect of the prepayment and/or repayment is to fully repay the Advance in which case the Advance shall not continue to be made available in the succeeding Interest Period; and

(ii)            if no prepayment or repayment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, the Advance will continue to be made available during the succeeding Interest Period in the same amount as the Advance was outstanding (in the relevant Optional Currency) at the end of the preceding Interest Period.

33




5.8           Continuation of an Advance in a different currency.  If an Advance is to be continued during the succeeding Interest Period in a different currency from that in which it was denominated during the preceding Interest Period:

(a)            the Agent shall:

(i)             first determine the Continuing Balance of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.6;

(ii)            secondly:

(A)           if the relevant Advance has been reduced by any prepayment and/or repayment (pursuant to Clause 5.6 and/or Clause 9), the Advance shall continue to be made available during the succeeding Interest Period in the amount so reduced unless the effect of the prepayment and/or repayment is to fully repay the Advance in which case the Advance shall not continue to be made available in the succeeding Interest Period; and
(B)            if no prepayment or repayment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, the Advance will continue to be made available during the succeeding Interest Period in the same amount as the Advance was outstanding (in the relevant Optional Currency) at the end of the preceding Interest Period; and

(iii)           thirdly, conditional upon the repayments required by paragraphs (a) and (b) and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the relevant Advance shall be re-advanced forthwith on terms that:

(A)           if the Advance is to be denominated in Dollars during the succeeding Interest Period, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower in accordance with Clause 2.2 an amount in Dollars (the “ relevant Dollar amount ”) determined by converting into Dollars the amount of the relevant Advance (or, if applicable pursuant to sub-paragraph (a)(ii)(A) of this Clause 5.8, its remaining balance) in the currency in which it is then denominated on the basis of the Dollar Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the succeeding Interest Period; and
(B)            if the relevant Advance is to be denominated in another Optional Currency during the succeeding Interest Period, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower in accordance with Clause 2.2 an amount in the other Optional Currency determined by converting into that other Optional Currency the relevant Dollar amount on the basis of the Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the succeeding Interest Period;

(b)            the Lenders may, with value on the first day of the succeeding Interest Period, apply a sum equal to the amount (determined as aforesaid) to be advanced (or, as the case may be, so much of that amount as may be necessary) in purchasing an amount in the currency in which the relevant Advance is then outstanding sufficient to make the repayment (or so much of the repayment as can be purchased with the amount to be advanced on that date) and shall on receipt thereof apply the amount so purchased in or towards the repayment;

(c)            (without prejudice to the other provisions of this Clause 5) if:

(i)             after the purchase and application referred to in Clause 5.8(b) any moneys remain owing to the Lenders or any moneys remain to be advanced to the Borrower by the Lenders on that date in respect of the relevant Advance; or

(ii)            for any reason the application is not or cannot be effected on that date;

34




the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of the fact and of the amount so owing or to be advanced and the Borrower, subject to Clause 5.6, shall forthwith pay the amount to the Agent for the account of the Lenders or (as the case may be), and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lenders shall forthwith in accordance with Clause 2.2 advance the amount to the Borrower; and

(d)            the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender on demand against all costs, expenses, liabilities and losses sustained as incurred as a result of or in connection with the operation of this Clause 5.

5.9           Determination of Continuing Balance during Interest Period.   The Agent may at any time during an Interest Period during which an Advance is denominated in an Optional Currency determine the Continuing Balance of the Loan by first determining the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan and if the Agent determines:

(a)            that the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan is greater than 110 per cent. of the Total Commitments (for the purposes of this paragraph (a), the “ excess ”), the Borrower shall, within 5 Business Days of notice from the Agent to such effect, pay to a pledged deposit account to be opened in the name of the Borrower with the Agent (for the account of the Lenders) an amount in Dollars equal to the excess (but taking account of any moneys already paid pursuant to this Clause 5.9 and not then applied as referred to below) and the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) below shall apply to the balance of the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the Loan.  Amounts paid pursuant to this Clause 5.9 shall be retained by the Agent and applied on the last day of each Interest Period in respect of the whole of the relevant Advance and on each Reduction Date in or towards satisfaction of the Borrower’s actual obligation to make a payment in accordance with Clause 5.6;

(b)            that the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Tranche A exceeds the Tranche A Limit (but not the Total Commitments), the Borrower shall, on the first date on which interest is payable in respect of any Advance under Tranche A pursuant to Clause 6, prepay such amount so that, following the application of such prepayment against Tranche A, the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Tranche A does not exceed the Tranche A Limit;

(c)            that the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Tranche B exceeds the Tranche B Limit (but not the Total Commitments), the Borrower shall, on the first date on which interest is payable in respect of any Advance under Tranche B pursuant to Clause 6, prepay such amount so that, following the application of such prepayment against Tranche B, the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Tranche B does not exceed the Tranche B Limit; and

(d)            that the circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) do not apply, the Continuing Balance shall be equal to the Loan at that time.

5.10         Forward Currency Swap .  The Borrower may, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, at any time pursuant to a Transaction under the Master Agreement enter into a Forward Currency Swap whereby the Loan (or the relevant part thereof), whether denominated in Dollars or in an Optional Currency is bought or sold forward for conversion into an Optional Currency or, as the case may be, Dollars on the first day of any Interest Period falling after the entry into of the Forward Currency Swap.

6               INTEREST

6.1           Payment of normal interest.   Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on each Advance in respect of each Interest Period applicable to it shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.

6.2           Normal rate of interest.   Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on each Advance in respect of an Interest Period applicable to it shall be the aggregate of the Margin, the Mandatory Cost (if any) and the Reference Rate for that Interest Period.

35




6.3           Payment of accrued interest.   In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

6.4           Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest.   The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:

(a)            each rate of interest; and

(b)            the duration of each Interest Period,

as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.

6.5           Obligation of Lenders to quote.   Each Lender shall, if the circumstances referred to in paragraph (b) of the definitions of either LIBOR or EURIBOR arise at any time, use all reasonable efforts to supply any quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement.

6.6           Absence of quotations by Lenders.   If any Lender fails to supply a quotation when required, the Agent shall determine the relevant Reference Rate on the basis of the quotations supplied by the other Lender or Lenders; but if at least half of the total number of Lenders at any time fail to provide a quotation, the relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 6.

6.7           Market disruption.   The following provisions of this Clause 6 apply if:

(a)            no rate is quoted on the appropriate page of the Reuters Money News Service and at least half of the total number of Lenders at any time do not, before 1.00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for an Interest Period, provide quotations to the Agent in order to fix the Reference Rate for that Interest Period; or

(b)            at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, Lenders having Contributions (excluding, for the purposes of this Clause, any Outstanding Guarantee Amount) together amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Loan (or, if an Advance has not been made, Commitments amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments) or at least half of the total number of Lenders at any time notify the Agent that the Reference Rate for that Interest Period fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part of them) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market or (as the case may be) the European Interbank Market at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for an Interest Period; or

(c)            at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender (the “ Affected Lender ”) that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars or, as the case may be, the relevant Optional Currency in the London Interbank Market or (as the case may be) the European Interbank Market in order to fund its Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.

6.8           Notification of market disruption.   The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and each of the Lenders stating the circumstances falling within Clause 6.7 which have caused its notice to be given.

6.9           Suspension of drawdown.   If the Agent’s notice under Clause 6.8 is served on the Borrower before an Advance is made:

(a)            in a case falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 6.7, the Lenders’ obligations to make, and the Borrower’s obligation to borrow, that Advance; and

36




(b)            in a case falling within paragraph (c) of Clause 6.7, the Affected Lender’s obligation to participate in the Advance,

shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Agent’s notice continue.

6.10         Negotiation of alternative rate of interest. If the Agent’s notice under Clause 6.8 is served on the Borrower after an Advance is made, the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within the 30 days after the date on which the Agent serves its notice under Clause 6.8 (the “ Negotiation Period ”), an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender to fund or continue to fund their or its Contribution during the Interest Period concerned.

6.11         Application of agreed alternative rate of interest.   Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.

6.12         Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement .  If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, set an interest period and interest rate representing the cost of funding of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender in Dollars or, as the case may be, the relevant Optional Currency, or in any available currency of their or its Contribution plus the aggregate of the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any); and the procedure provided for by this Clause 6.12 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Agent.

6.13         Notice of prepayment.   If the Borrower does not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 6.12, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay (and, if applicable, procure the cancellation of the Outstandings).

6.14         Prepayment; termination of Commitments .  A notice under Clause 6.13 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the Affected Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:

(a)            on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments or (as the case may require) the Commitment of the Affected Lender shall be cancelled;

(b)            if the prepayment involves the Lenders or the Affected Lender which is the Issuing Bank, no later than the last Business Day of the interest period set by the Agent, the Borrower shall procure the cancellation of the Outstandings and the return of each Guarantee to the Issuing Bank endorsed by the relevant Beneficiary to the effect that it is cancelled; and

(c)            on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the aggregate of the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any) and, if the prepayment or repayment is not made on the last day of the interest period set by the Agent, any sums payable under Clause 22.1(b).

6.15         Application of prepayment.   The provisions of Clause 9 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

37




7               INTEREST PERIODS

7.1           Commencement of Interest Periods.   The first Interest Period applicable to an Advance shall commence on the Drawdown Date for that Advance and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.

7.2           Duration of normal Interest Periods.   Subject to Clauses 7.3 and 7.4, each Interest Period shall be:

(a)            3, 6 or 12 months as notified by the Borrower to the Agent not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period; or

(b)            in the case of the first Interest Period applicable to the second and any subsequent Advance relating to any of the Tranche A Advance 1 Ship, the Tranche A Advance 2 Ships, the Tranche A Advance 3 Ships, the Tranche A Advance 4 Ships or an Approved Ship, a period ending on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the first Advance relating to that Ship or (as the case may be) those Ships then current, whereupon all of the Advances relating to that Ship or (as the case may be) those Ships shall be consolidated and treated as a single Advance; or

(c)            3 months, if the Borrower fails to notify the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a) above; or

(d)            such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrower,

Provided that no more than 6 Interest Periods in aggregate may be current at any time.

7.3           Duration of Interest Periods for repayment instalments.   In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 9 on a particular Reduction Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Reduction Date.

7.4           Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected.   If, after the Borrower has selected (and the Lenders have agreed) an Interest Period longer than 6 months, any Lender notifies the Agent:

(a)            in the case of an Advance to be denominated in Dollars or an Optional Currency (other than Euros), by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day before the commencement of that Interest Period, that it is not satisfied that deposits in the relevant currency for a period equal to that Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when that Interest Period commences; and

(b)            in the case of an Advance to be denominated in Euros, by 11.00 a.m. (Brussels time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of that Interest Period, that it is not satisfied that deposits in Euros for a period equal to that Interest Period will be available to it in the European Interbank Market when that Interest Period commences,

that Interest Period shall be of a duration of 3 months.

8               DEFAULT INTEREST

8.1           Payment of default interest on overdue amounts.   The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 8 on any amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:

(a)            the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or

38




(b)            if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

(c)            if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 20.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

8.2           Default rate of interest.   Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 1.5 per cent plus:

(a)            in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 8.3; or

(b)            in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at paragraph (b) of Clause 8.3.

8.3           Calculation of default rate of interest.   The rates referred to in Clause 8.2 are:

(a)            the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period applicable to it); and

(b)            the aggregate of the Margin (only in the case of an Advance which has not been drawn down in the form a Guarantee) and the Mandatory Cost (if any) plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may select from time to time:

(i)             the Reference Rate; or

(ii)            if the Agent (after consultation with all the Lenders) determines that deposits of the currency in which the overdue amount is denominated for any such period are not being made available to any Lender by leading banks in the London Interbank Market or, as the case may be, the European Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Lender from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with all the Lenders) may from time to time determine.

8.4           Notification of interest periods and default rates.   The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 8.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent’s notification.

8.5           Payment of accrued default interest.   Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause 8 shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

8.6           Compounding of default interest.   Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall be compounded every 3 months.

8.7           Application to Master Agreement.   For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 8 does not apply to any amount payable under the Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Designated Transaction as to which section 2(e) (Default Interest; Other Amounts) of the Master Agreement shall apply.

9               REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

9.1           Reduction and repayment.

39




(a)            Tranche A Advance 1.   Subject to any other Clause of this Agreement, the maximum aggregate amount on the date of this Agreement which may be outstanding at any time in respect of all Advance(s) in respect of the Tranche A Advance 1 Ship shall be $38,000,000 and shall thereafter reduce:

(i)             by 2 consecutive semi-annual reductions of $16,700,000 each, with the first such reduction occurring on the date falling 6 months after the expiry of the Advance 1 Grace Period; and

(ii)            a balloon reduction of $4,600,000 (as such balloon may be reduced in accordance with Clause 9.2, the “ Tranche A Advance 1 Balloon ”) together with the final such semi-annual reduction.

(b)            Tranche A Advance 2.   Subject to any other Clause of this Agreement, the maximum aggregate amount on the date of this Agreement which may be outstanding at any time in respect of all Advance(s) in respect of the Tranche A Advance 2 Ships shall be $22,000,000 and shall thereafter reduce:

(i)             by 4 consecutive semi-annual reductions of $750,000 each, with the first such reduction occurring on the date falling 6 months after the first Drawdown Date of an Advance in respect of the Tranche A Advance 2 Ships; and

(ii)            a balloon reduction of $19,000,000 (as such balloon may be reduced in accordance with Clause 9.2, the “ Tranche A Advance 2 Balloon ”) together with the final such semi-annual reduction.

(c)            Tranche A Advance 3.   Subject to any other Clause of this Agreement, the maximum aggregate amount on the date of this Agreement which may be outstanding at any time in respect of all Advance(s) in respect of the Tranche A Advance 3 Ships shall be $46,000,000 and shall thereafter reduce:

(i)             by 4 consecutive semi-annual reductions of $9,500,000 each, with the first such reduction occurring on the date falling 6 months after the expiry of the Advance 3 Grace Period; and

(ii)            a balloon reduction of $8,000,000 (as such balloon may be reduced in accordance with Clause 9.2, the “ Tranche A Advance 3 Balloon ”) together with the final such semi-annual reduction.

(d)            Tranche A Advance 4.   Subject to any other Clause of this Agreement, the maximum aggregate amount on the date of this Agreement which may be outstanding at any time in respect of all Advance(s) in respect of the Tranche A Advance 4 Ships shall be $32,000,000 and shall thereafter reduce:

(i)             by 4 consecutive semi-annual reductions of $6,500,000 each, with the first such reduction occurring on the date falling 6 months after the first Drawdown Date of an Advance in respect of the Tranche A Advance 4 Ships; and

(ii)            a balloon reduction of $6,000,000 (as such balloon may be reduced in accordance with Clause 9.2, the “ Tranche A Advance 4 Balloon ”) together with the final such semi-annual reduction.

(e)            Tranche B and Tranche A Additional Advances.

(i)             Subject to any other Clause of this Agreement and save in respect of the financing of one or more pre-delivery instalment(s) of an Approved Ship under an Approved Purchase Contract (to which Clause 9.1(e)(v) applies instead), the maximum aggregate amount on the date of this Agreement which may be

40




outstanding at any time in respect of all Advance(s) in respect of an Approved Ship which is, on the first Drawdown Date applicable to that Ship, a newbuilding delivered on that date shall be the Finance Level for that Approved Ship and shall thereafter reduce:

(A)           by consecutive equal semi-annual reductions with the first such reduction occurring on the date falling 6 months after the expiry of the Moratorium Period and the final such reduction occurring on the date falling 120 months after the first Drawdown Date applicable to that Ship; and
(B)            a balloon reduction together with the final such semi-annual reduction,
with the amount of each equal semi-annual reduction and the balloon reduction calculated so as to result in a 10 year loan repayable on an 18 year “straight-line” profile (i.e. a 10 year profile of equal semi-annual instalments reducing to zero at the end of year 18).
For the avoidance of doubt, an Advance drawndown under Tranche B to refinance part or all of the Pre-Delivery Advance(s) of an Approved Ship shall be considered as an Advance falling under this Clause 9.1(e)(i).

(ii)            Subject to any other Clause of this Agreement and save in respect of the financing of one or more pre-delivery instalment(s) of an Approved Ship under an Approved Purchase Contract (to which Clause 9.1(e)(v) applies instead), the maximum aggregate amount on the date of this Agreement which may be outstanding at any time in respect of all Advance(s) in respect of an Approved Ship which has, on the first Drawdown Date applicable to that Ship, an Age of 8 years or less shall be the Finance Level for that Approved Ship and shall thereafter reduce:

(A)           by consecutive equal semi-annual reductions with the first such reduction occurring on the date falling 6 months after the expiry of the Moratorium Period and the final such reduction occurring on the date falling 10 years after the first Drawdown Date applicable to that Ship; and
(B)            a balloon reduction together with the final such semi-annual reduction,

with the amount of each equal semi-annual reduction and the balloon reduction calculated so as to result in a 10 year loan repayable on a “straight-line” full amortisation profile over a period (the “ Loan Profile Period ”) equal to:

(1)                            18 years; less
(2)                            the Age of that Ship on the first Drawdown Date applicable to it.

(iii)           Subject to any other Clause of this Agreement, the maximum aggregate amount on the date of this Agreement which may be outstanding at any time in respect of all Advance(s) in respect of an Approved Ship which has, on the first Drawdown Date applicable to that Ship, an Age of 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 years shall be the Finance Level for that Approved Ship and shall thereafter reduce by consecutive equal semi-annual reductions, with the first such reduction occurring on the date falling 6 months after the first Drawdown Date applicable to that Ship and the final such reduction occurring on the date falling:

(A)           9 years; less
(B)            1 year for each year which the Age of the Ship exceeds 9 years on the first Drawdown Date,

41




after such Drawdown Date and with the amount of each reduction required so as to fully reduce such maximum aggregate amount to zero by maturity.

(iv)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Clause 9.1(e), the Lenders may (in their sole and absolute discretion based on the condition, characteristics and employment of the relevant Approved Ship) modify the manner of reduction and repayment of any Advance under Tranche B or any Tranche A Additional Advance so that the scheduled reductions and repayments are subject to a moratorium period (the duration of which shall be determined by the Lenders in their discretion);

(v)            In the case of the financing of one or more pre-delivery instalment(s) of an Approved Ship under a Purchase Contract and subject to any other Clause of this Agreement, the maximum aggregate amount on the date of this Agreement which may be outstanding at any time in respect of all Advance(s) in respect of that Approved Ship shall be the Finance Level for that Approved Ship and shall thereafter reduce to zero on the earlier of:

(A)           the Delivery Date for that Approved Ship; or
(B)            the date falling 3 years after the date of this Agreement.

(f)             Reduction of Total Commitments, Tranche A Limit and Tranche B Limit.   Any reduction in any maximum aggregate amount under this Clause 9.1 or any other Clause shall cause an equivalent amount of the Total Commitments and the Tranche A Limit or (as the case may be) the Tranche B Limit to be permanently cancelled, following which the Commitment of each Lender shall be permanently reduced pro rata.

(g)            Repayment.   The Borrower shall ensure at all times that each of Tranche A Advance 1, Tranche A Advance 2, Tranche A Advance 3, Tranche A Advance 4 and all Advance(s) in respect of an Approved Ship (including, in each case, the Outstanding Guarantee Amount of any Guarantee issued in respect of any Ship to which any such Advance relates) is not greater than the relevant maximum outstanding amount permitted pursuant to this Clause 9.1 and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall if required pursuant to this Clause 9.1(g) prepay some or all of the outstanding Advances (and/or procure the cancellation of some or all of the Outstandings) so that the aggregate amount of the Advances and the Outstandings thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled reduction under this Clause 9.1) exceed the limits set out in this Clause 9.1 as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to this Clause 9.1.  Clauses 9.7 and 9.11 shall apply in relation to any such prepayment.

9.2           Tranche A balloons.   If, at any time, the Agent determines that any of the Tranche A Advance 1 Balloon, the Tranche A Advance 2 Balloon, the Tranche A Advance 3 Balloon or the Tranche A Advance 4 Balloon exceeds 80 per cent. of the aggregate of the prevailing scrap value of each Ship to which that Tranche A Balloon relates, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and, on the 5 Business Day following the date of the Agent’s notification:

(a)            the maximum aggregate amount which may be outstanding at any time in respect of all Advance(s) in respect of the Ships to which that Tranche A Balloon relates shall reduce by an amount equal to such excess;

(b)            that Tranche A Balloon shall reduce by an amount equal to such excess; and

(c)            without prejudice to Clause 9.1(g), the Borrower shall prepay some or all of the outstanding Advances so that the amount of Tranche A Advance 1, Tranche A Advance 2, Tranche A Advance 3 or (as the case may be) Tranche A Advance 4 does not exceed

42




the maximum aggregate amount as referred to in, and reduced in accordance with, Clause 9.2(a).

9.3           Final reduction date.   On the date on which the maximum aggregate amount of any of the Tranche A Advance 1, Tranche A Advance 2, Tranche A Advance 3, Tranche A Advance 4 or all Advance(s) in respect of an Approved Ship reduces to zero in accordance with Clause 9.1, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums (if any) then accrued or owing under such Advance(s).

9.4           Optional facility cancellation.   The Borrower shall be entitled, upon giving to the Agent not less than 14 Business Days (or such shorter notice as the Lenders may agree) prior written notice (which notice shall be irrevocable), to cancel, in whole or in part, and, if in part, by an amount not less than $1,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000, the undrawn balance of Tranche A Advance 1, Tranche A Advance 2, Tranche A Advance 3, Tranche A Advance 4 or all Advance(s) in respect of an Approved Ship.  Upon such cancellation taking effect on expiry of such notice Clause 9.1(f) shall apply, the commitment fee referred to in Clause 21.1(c)) on such portion shall cease to accrue and the amounts by which the relevant maximum aggregate amount outstanding shall periodically reduce pursuant to Clause 9.1 shall be reduced pro rata or (at the Borrower’s option if notified to the Agent) in order of maturity by the amount of such cancellation.

9.5           Voluntary prepayment.   Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of any Advance on the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Advance.

9.6           Conditions for voluntary prepayment.   The conditions referred to in Clause 9.5 are that:

(a)            a partial prepayment shall be $1,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000;

(b)            the Agent has received from the Borrower at least 5 (at any time during the Moratorium Period) or 15 (at any time thereafter) days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made;

(c)            the Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force.

9.7           Effect of notice of prepayment.   A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice Provided that the Borrower may, during the Moratorium Period, withdraw or amend a prepayment notice up to 3 days prior to the date of prepayment specified in the relevant prepayment notice subject to the Borrower indemnifying the Lenders (or any of them) in respect of any costs, liabilities or losses which they may incur in connection with the withdrawal of, or amendment to, a prepayment notice by the Borrower.

9.8           Notification of notice of prepayment.   The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrower under Clause 9.6(c).

9.9           Mandatory prepayment/reductions.

(a)            If a Mortgaged Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss or the Mortgage on that Ship is discharged pursuant to Clause 9.9(C):

43




(i)             in the case of an Existing Ship, the Borrower shall ensure that all the sale or Total Loss proceeds are paid to the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee and the Agent shall apply all (or, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Lenders, part) of such proceeds in repayment of the Loan;

(ii)            in the case of an Approved Ship, the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay all of the Advance(s) in respect of that Approved Ship whereupon the portion of the Total Commitments in respect of those Advance(s) (together with any other outstanding Total Commitments in respect of that Approved Ship) shall be permanently cancelled and Clause 9.1(f) shall apply.

(b)            In the case of an Approved Ship which has been financed by a Pre-Delivery Advance, the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay all of the Advance(s) in respect of that Approved Ship (whereupon the portion of the Total Commitments in respect of those Advance(s) (together with any other outstanding Total Commitments in respect of that Approved Ship) shall be permanently cancelled and Clause 9.1(f) shall apply) if any of the following occurs, on demand by the Agent:

(i)             an event or circumstance occurs which under the Approved Purchase Contract results in either party to the Approved Purchase Contract having the right to cancel or rescind the Approved Purchase Contract; or

(ii)            either the Approved Purchase Contract or any Refund Guarantee issued under the Approved Purchase Contract is cancelled, terminated, rescinded or suspended or otherwise ceases to remain in force for any reason; or

(iii)           the Approved Purchase Contract is amended or varied without the prior written consent of the Lenders except for any such amendment or variation as is permitted by this Agreement or any other relevant Finance Document; or

(iv)           the Approved Ship has not for any reason been delivered to, and accepted by, the Approved Guarantor under the Approved Purchase Contract by the earlier of (x) the date set out in the Approved Purchase Contract (as extended by permissible delays pursuant to the Approved Purchase Contract), (y) the final Reduction Date and (z) the date falling 3 years after the date of this Agreement.

(c)            If any Existing Charter or any other charter approved by the Lenders for the purposes of long-term employment under the definition of “Approved Ship” is terminated, becomes invalid or unenforceable or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect for any reason (other than by effluxion of time or following the sale or Total Loss of the Ship to which that charter relates) or the relevant Owner under any such charter is in breach such that the other party is entitled to terminate unilaterally or hire payable under any such charter is not paid on the due date or is suspended (a “ charter termination date ”), the Borrower shall prepay in full the Advance relative to the relevant Ship within 3 days of the relevant charter termination date unless (i) the relevant Owner enters into a new charterparty in respect of its Ship with a charterer acceptable to the Lenders (in their Sole and absolute discretion) on terms, for a period and at a daily charterhire rate which are equivalent or no less favourable that those in the Existing Charter or such other charter, with such substitute charter being entered into within 30 days from the charter termination date relative to the Existing Charter or such other charter or (ii) the Majority Lenders are satisfied that the security cover ratio (as determined in accordance with Clause 16.1) is sufficient to allow the Lenders to maintain the Advance (without requiring any prepayment of the same).

(d)            If any of the circumstances referred to in the foregoing provisions of this Clause 9.9 which trigger a mandatory prepayment or reduction pursuant to this Clause 9.9 should arise, the Borrower hereby agrees to pay to the Agent any amount, in addition to that required to be paid pursuant to the applicable foregoing provisions of this Clause 9.9,

44




which the Agent (acting upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may notify to the Borrower in writing from time to time, which amount will be paid at the same time as the applicable prepayment or reduction required to be made pursuant to the applicable foregoing provisions of this Clause 9.9 and will be applied in prepayment of the Loan (and the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorises the Agent to make such application).

For the avoidance of doubt, references in this Clause 9.9 to the Advance(s) in respect of a Ship shall include (if relevant) the Outstanding Guarantee Amount of any Guarantee issued in relation to that Ship and references in this Clause 9.9 to prepaying the Advance(s) in respect of a Ship shall include (if relevant) procuring the cancellation of the Outstanding Guarantee Amount of any Guarantee issued in relation to that Ship.

The prepayments and/or, as the case may be, permanent cancellations referred to in Clause 9.9(a) shall be made:

(A)           in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the relevant Ship to its buyer; or

(B)            in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss; or

(C)            in the case the Mortgage on the relevant Ship is discharged (other than in the circumstances referred to in paragraph (A) above and where the Borrower and the Security Parties have discharged all their obligations under the Finance Documents), on or before the date on which the Mortgage is discharged.

9.10         Currency of payment.  Each repayment or prepayment of the Loan or any part thereof shall be made in the currency in which the Loan or the relevant part thereof was outstanding on the relevant date of repayment or (as the case may be) prepayment (in such proportions as between the currencies in which the Loan is denominated at the time of the relevant repayment or prepayment as the Advance or Advances in the one currency bear to the Advance or Advances in the other currency) and on the basis of the Spot Rate of Exchange applicable to the Interest Period expiring on such repayment date or date of prepayment or, if not the last day of an Interest Period, applicable to the then current Interest Period.

9.11         Amounts payable on repayment or prepayment.   A repayment or prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 22 or otherwise) in respect of the amount repaid or prepaid and, if the repayment or prepayment is not made on the last day of an applicable Interest Period together with:

(a)            any sums payable under Clause 22.1(b); and

(b)            as an agreed compensation for the loss of the Lender’s anticipated return on capital, a fee equal to the Margin (plus the Mandatory Cost, if any) on the amount prepaid for the balance of the applicable Interest Period,

but otherwise without premium or penalty.

9.12         Reborrowing.   Subject to the terms of this Agreement, any amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed.

9.13         Unwinding of Designated Transactions.   On or prior to any repayment or prepayment of the Loan under this Clause 9 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions to the extent necessary to ensure that the notional

45




principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 9.1.

9.14         Prepayment of swap benefit.   If a Designated Transaction is terminated in circumstances where the Swap Bank would be obliged to pay an amount to the Borrower under the Master Agreement, the Borrower hereby agrees that such payment shall be applied in prepayment of the Loan in accordance with Clause 9.5 and authorises the Swap Bank to pay such amount to the Agent for such purpose.

10            CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

10.1         Documents, fees and no default.   Each Lender’s obligation to contribute to an Advance (and, in the case of the Lender which is the Issuing Bank, to issue any Guarantee) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a)            that, on or before the Drawdown Date relative to the Advance which will be used in fully refinancing the Existing Indebtedness, the Agent receives the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

(b)            that, on or before the Drawdown Date relative to each Advance which will be used in financing an Approved Ship (other than in the case of a Pre-Delivery Advance to which Clause 10.1(c) applies instead), the Agent receives the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

(c)            that, on or before the Drawdown Date relative to a Pre-Delivery Advance which will be used in financing an Approved Ship, the Agent receives the documents described in Part C of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

(d)            that each Drawdown Notice contains irrevocable instructions from the Borrower to pay on the Drawdown Date relative to the relevant Advance all fees payable at that time (including, without limitation, any accrued guarantee commitment and commitment commission fees) pursuant to Clause 21.1;

(e)            that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:

(i)             no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the borrowing of the relevant Advance or (as the case may be) the issue of the Guarantee;

(ii)            the representations and warranties in Clause 11 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing; and

(iii)           none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 6.7 has occurred and is continuing;

(f)             that, if the ratio set out in Clause 16.1 were applied immediately following the making of the Advance or (as the case may be) the issue of the Guarantee, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan or procure the cancellation of any of the Outstandings under that Clause; and

(g)            that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which

46




the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, reasonably request by notice to the Borrower prior to the relevant Drawdown Date.

10.2         Waiver of conditions precedent .  If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed and/or (as the case may be) a Guarantee to be issued before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 10.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 10 Business Days after the relevant Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, specify).

11            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

11.1         General. The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows.

11.2         Status. The Borrower is a corporation domesticated in and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

11.3         Share capital and ownership.   The Borrower has an authorised share capital divided into 205,000,000 shares of $0.01 each divided into 200,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.  The Borrower is the indirect and ultimate owner of all of the issued share capital of each Existing Owner.

11.4         Corporate power.   The Borrower (or in the case of paragraphs (a) and (b), each Existing Owner) has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

(a)            to own and register the Existing Ship owned by it in its name on the relevant Approved Flag;

(b)            to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Existing Charter to which it is a party;

(c)            to execute the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party; and

(d)            to borrow under this Agreement, to enter into Designated Transactions under the Master Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party.

11.5         Consents in force.   All the consents referred to in Clause 11.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

11.6         Legal validity; effective Security Interests.   The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):

(a)            constitute the Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and

(b)            create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate;

subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

11.7         No third party Security Interests.   Without limiting the generality of Clause 11.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:

(a)            the Borrower will have the right to create all Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and

47




(b)            no third party will have any Security Interest or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

11.8         No conflicts.   The execution by the Borrower of each Finance Document to which it is a party, the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan (including, without limitation, any request for issue of a Guarantee), and its compliance with each Finance Document to which it is a party, will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

(a)            any law or regulation; or

(b)            the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

(c)            any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets.

11.9         No withholding taxes.   All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

11.10       No default.   No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

11.11       Information.   All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 12.5.

11.12       No litigation.   No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s ability to satisfy and discharge in a timely manner any of its liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.

11.13       Compliance with certain undertakings.   At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 12.2, 12.4, 12.9 and 12.14.

11.14       Taxes paid. The Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to, the Borrower and its business.

11.15       Validity and completeness of Existing Charters. The copy of each Existing Charter delivered to the Agent before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy and:

(a)            each Existing Charter constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties thereto respectively in accordance with its terms; and

(b)            no amendments or additions to any Existing Charter have been agreed (other than those notified to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement) nor has any party thereto waived any of their respective rights under any Existing Charter.

11.16       ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance.   The Borrower will procure that the Owners of the Existing Ships and the Approved Manager obtain all necessary ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation in connection with the Existing Ships and comply with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

11.17       No money laundering.   Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 4.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, the issue of any Guarantee on request of the Borrower, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower

48




confirms that it is acting for its own account and that the foregoing will not involve or lead to contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) of the Council of the European Communities).

12            GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

12.1         General. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit (which permission will not be unreasonably withheld in the circumstances referred to in Clause 12.3 where the permission of the Agent is required).

12.2         Title; negative pledge and pari passu ranking .  The Borrower will:

(a)            Indirectly hold the entire beneficial interest in, each Owner, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents;

(b)            not create or permit to arise any Security Interest over any other asset, present or future (including, but not limited to the Borrower’s rights against the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement or all or any part of the Borrower’s interest in any amount payable to the Borrower by the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement) other than in the normal course of its business of acquiring, financing and operating vessels; and

(c)            procure that its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law.

12.3         No disposal of assets. The Borrower will not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:

(a)            all or a substantial part of its assets (including, without limitation, the shares of the Owners), whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or

(b)            any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation,

if such transfer, lease or disposal results in a reduction of the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets by at least 50 per cent. (in all other circumstances the Borrower shall be deemed to have complied with its obligations under this Clause 12.3 by providing the Agent with prior written notice of its decision to transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets as aforesaid).

12.4         No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred. The Borrower will not, and will procure that none of the Owners will, incur any liability or obligation except liabilities and obligations:

(a)            under the Finance Documents and the Approved Purchase Contracts to which each is a party;

(b)            under the Master Agreement (but in such case, only in connection with any Designated Transactions);

(c)            incurred, in the case of each Owner, in the normal course of its business of operating vessels; and

49




(d)            incurred, in the case of the Borrower, in the normal course of its business of acquiring and financing vessels through its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

12.5         Information provided to be accurate.   All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

12.6         Provision of financial statements. The Borrower will send to the Agent:

(a)            as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each Financial Year of the Borrower (commencing with the Financial Year ended 31 December 2005), the audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower’s Group for that Financial Year and the audited individual accounts of the Borrower for that Financial Year; and

(b)            as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each financial quarter in each Financial Year of the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated accounts of the Borrower’s Group for that 3-month period.

12.7         Form of financial statements.   All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 12.6 will:

(a)            be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and USGAAP consistently applied;

(b)            give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Borrower’s Group at the date of those accounts and of their or its profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

(c)            fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Borrower’s Group.

12.8         Shareholder and creditor notices. The Borrower will send the Agent, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all documents which are despatched:

(a)            to the Borrower’s creditors generally;

(b)            if there is no Event of Default, to its shareholders (or any class of them) which the Borrower is required to despatch by law; and

(c)            if there is an Event of Default which is continuing, all documents despatched by the Borrower to its shareholders (or any class of them).

12.9         Consents.   The Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew (or, as the case may be, will procure that there is maintained in force and promptly obtained or renewed), and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:

(a)            for the Borrower and each Owner to perform its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party;

(b)            for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document to which it is a party; and

(c)            for each Owner to continue to own and operate the Ship owned by it;

and the Borrower will comply (or procure compliance) with the terms of all such consents.

12.10       Maintenance of Security Interests. The Borrower will:

50




(a)            at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and

(b)            without limiting the generality of paragraph (a) at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority in the Marshall Islands, Liberia, Greece, Panama, Bahamas or Cyprus or such other jurisdiction which the Lenders may reasonably require (including, without limitation, any Approved Flag State if at the relevant time a Ship is registered under the laws of such Approved Flag State), pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in any such country in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

12.11       Notification of litigation. The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Borrower, any Security Party, the Approved Manager, any Ship, their Earnings or their Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.

12.12       No amendment to Master Agreement;  Transactions.   The Borrower will not:

(a)            agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, the Master Agreement or any of its provisions; or

(b)            enter into any Transaction pursuant to the Master Agreement except Designated Transactions.

12.13       No amendment to the Existing Charters and Approved Purchase Contracts.   The Borrower will ensure that:

(a)            no Existing Owner shall agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, any Existing Charter or any of its provisions; and

(b)            no Approved Guarantor shall agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, an Approved Purchase Contract to which such Approved Guarantor is a party or any of its provisions.

12.14       Principal place of business. The Borrower will maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at the address stated in Clause 29.2(a); and the Borrower will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in any other country.

12.15       Confirmation of no default. The Borrower will, within 3 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by an authorised officer of the Borrower and which:

(a)            states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or

(b)            states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 12.15 from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having aggregate Contributions and Outstandings exceeding 10 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and the Outstandings or (if no Advance is outstanding at the relevant time) Commitments exceeding 10 per cent. of the

51




aggregate of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 12.15 does not affect the Borrower’s obligations under Clause 12.16.

12.16       Notification of default. The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of:

(a)            the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or

(b)            any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred;

and will thereafter keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.

12.17       Provision of further information. The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating:

(a)            to the Borrower, the Owners, the Ships, their Earnings or their Insurances; or

(b)            to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, an Approved Purchase Contract, any Existing Charter or a Finance Document;

which may be requested by the Agent or the Security Trustee or (through the Agent) by any Lender at any time.

12.18       Provision of copies and translation of documents.   The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

12.19       Time charter assignment .  Without prejudice to Clause 15.13, the Borrower shall procure that if any Owner enters into a time charterparty or contract of affreightment in respect of its Ship which is of 12 or more months in duration, or is capable of exceeding 12 months in duration or any bareboat charter in respect of its Ship, such Owner shall at the request of the Agent, execute in favour of the Security Trustee a Charterparty Assignment and (in the case of any bareboat charter of a Ship) a Bareboat Charter Security Agreement in respect of such charter and shall deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 of Part A of Schedule 3 hereof.

12.20       Purchase of further tonnage.   The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall purchase any vessel other than an Approved Ship.

12.21       Provision of confirmations.   The Borrower shall provide to the Creditor Parties (or any of them) such documentation and evidence as may be required by that Creditor Party from time to time to comply with applicable law and regulations and its own internal guidelines in relation to the opening of bank accounts and the identification of its customers.

12.22       Right of first refusal in relation to refinancing of Pre-Delivery Advances.

(a)            The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no Approved Guarantor will, enter into any discussion with any person in relation to the refinancing of any Pre-Delivery Advance without first discussing the same with the Lenders and giving the Lenders the option to refinance such Pre-Delivery Advance on terms to be agreed between the Borrower and the Lenders.

52




(b)            The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no Approved Guarantor will, refinance any Pre-Delivery Advance with any person (other than the Lenders) on terms agreed with that person unless the Lenders have first been given the option pursuant to Clause 12.23(a) to refinance such Pre-Delivery Advance on the same (or substantially similar) terms.

12.23       Tax Lease Structure.   The Borrower may place any Mortgaged Ship within a tax lease structure, with the prior written consent of the Agent (to be given with the authorisation of, and upon such terms and conditions as may be requested by, all the Lenders (acting in their sole and absolute discretion, which shall include, without limitation, a requirement that the Borrower pay an administration fee to the Agent (for and on behalf of itself and the Lenders) in a reasonable amount to be agreed between the Borrower and the Agent (acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders (such authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld)) to compensate the Agent and the Lenders for all additional work which will be required to implement the tax lease structure).

13            CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS

13.1         General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit (such permission not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of Clause 13.3(e)).

13.2         Maintenance of status. The Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

13.3         Negative undertakings. The Borrower will not:

(a)            change the nature of its business; or

(b)            pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution at any time when an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the payment of any dividend or the making of any other form of distribution;

(c)            effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital at any time when an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or will result from any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital; or

(d)            provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:

(i)             a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower’s share or loan capital; or

(ii)            any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected;

or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length Provided that this shall not prevent or restrict the Borrower from on-lending the Loan to the Owners; or

(e)            enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation; or

(f)             cause the shares of the Borrower to cease to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

13.4         Financial covenants.   The Borrower shall ensure that at all times:

53




(a)            the ratio of Total Liabilities (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) shall not exceed 0.7:1;

(b)            the aggregate of all Cash and Cash Equivalents shall not be less than $30,000,000;

(c)            the Interest Coverage Ratio shall not be less than 2.5:1; and

(d)            the Market Value Adjusted Net Worth of the Borrower’s Group shall not be less than $400,000,000.

13.5         Compliance check.   Compliance with the undertakings contained in Clause 13.4 shall be determined in each Financial Year:

(a)            at the time the Agent receives the Applicable Accounts of the Borrower’s Group for the first 6-month period of the Borrower’s Group in each Financial Year (pursuant to Clause 12.6(b)), by reference to the unaudited Applicable Accounts for the first two financial quarters in the relevant Financial Year and, in the case of the second 6-month period, by reference to the audited Applicable Accounts of the Borrower’s Group in each Financial Year;

(b)            at any other time as the Agent may reasonably request by reference to such evidence as the Lenders may require to determine and calculate the financial covenants referred to in Clause 13.4.

At the same time as it delivers the Applicable Accounts referred to in this Clause 13.5, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 demonstrating its compliance (or not, as the case may be) with the provisions of Clause 13.4 signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower.

13.6         Subordination of rights of Borrower.  All rights which the Borrower at any time has (whether in respect of the on-lending of the Loan or any other transaction) against any Owner or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents;  and in particular, the Borrower shall not during the Security Period:

(a)            claim, or in a bankruptcy of any Owner prove for, any amount payable to the Borrower by an Owner, whether in respect of the on-lending of the Loan or any other transaction;

(b)            take or enforce any Security Interest for any such amount; or

(c)            claim to set-off any such amount against any amount payable by the Borrower to any Owner.

13.7         Maintenance of ownership of Owners.  The Borrower shall remain the ultimate legal and beneficial owner of the entire issued and allotted share capital of each Owner which at the relevant time is party to an Owner Guarantee free from any Security Interest.

14            INSURANCE

14.1         General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to procure that each Owner will comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

14.2         Maintenance of obligatory insurances.   The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at the expense of that Owner against:

54




(a)            fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

(b)            war risks;

(c)            protection and indemnity risks;

(d)            any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for that Owner to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to that Owner.

14.3         Terms of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall effect such insurances:

(a)            in Dollars;

(b)            in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis being at least the greater of (i) the Market Value of the Ship owned by it and (ii) together with the other Mortgaged Ships, 120 per cent. of:

(i)             the aggregate of the Loan and the Outstandings; less

(ii)            the aggregate of all Pre-Delivery Advances;

(c)            in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;

(d)            in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship owned by it;

(e)            on approved terms; and

(f)             through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

14.4         Further protections for the Creditor Parties.   In addition to the terms set out in Clause 14.3, the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances shall:

(a)            (except in relation to risks referred to in Clause 14.2(c)) if the Security Trustee so requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Trustee, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

(b)            name the Security Trustee as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;

(c)            provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made (other than in respect of premiums due in relation to the Ships) without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

(d)            provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party; and

55




(e)            provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if any Owner fails to do so.

14.5         Renewal of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall:

(a)            at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

(i)             notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or the insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Owner proposes to renew that insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

(ii)            seek the Security Trustee’s approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

(b)            at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it, renew the insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and

(c)            procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

14.6         Copies of policies; letters of undertaking. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and with a letter or letters of undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

(a)            they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 14.4;

(b)            they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

(c)            they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

(d)            they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Owner or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and

(e)            they will not (other than in respect of premiums due in relation to the other Mortgaged Ships) set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Owner under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.

14.7         Copies of certificates of entry. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:

(a)            a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

(b)            a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee;

56




(c)            where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by that Owner’s protection and indemnity association, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by that Owner in relation to that Ship in accordance with the requirements of such protection and indemnity association; and

(d)            a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

14.8         Deposit of original policies. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

14.9         Payment of premiums. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.

14.10       Guarantees. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

14.11       Compliance with terms of insurances. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable thereunder repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular that:

(a)            each Owner shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 14.7(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;

(b)            no Owner shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it unless approved (where applicable) by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

(c)            each Owner shall make all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

(d)            no Owner shall employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

14.12       Alteration to terms of insurances.   The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall neither make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

14.13       Settlement of claims.  The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or (subject as hereinafter provided) for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

57




14.14       Provision of copies of communications. If the Security Trustee shall so request in respect of an Owner, the Borrower shall procure that that Owner shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication or as otherwise specified by the Security Trustee, copies of all written communications which may be reasonably requested by the Security Trustee between that Owner and:

(a)            the approved brokers; and

(b)            the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

(c)            the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters;

which relate directly or indirectly to:

(i)             that Owner’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

(ii)            any credit arrangements made between that Owner and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

14.15       Provision of information.   In addition, the Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) reasonably requests for the purpose of:

(a)            obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

(b)            effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 14.16 below or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances;

and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses reasonably incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

14.16       Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances.   The Security Trustee shall maintain and renew all or any of the following insurances on such terms, conditions, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider appropriate:

(a)            a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance in an amount of not less than 120 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and the Outstandings providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties for any losses under or in connection with any Finance Document which directly or indirectly result from loss of or damage to any Ship or a liability of any Ship or of any Owner, being a loss or damage which is prima facie covered by an obligatory insurance but in respect of which there is a non-payment (or reduced payment) by the underwriters by reason of, or on the basis of an allegation concerning:

(i)             any act or omission on the part of any Owner, of any operator, charterer, manager or sub-manager of any Ship or of any officer, employee or agent of any Owner or of any such person, including any breach of warranty or condition or any non-disclosure relating to such obligatory insurance;

(ii)            any act or omission, whether deliberate, negligent or accidental, or any knowledge or privity of any Owner, any other person referred to in paragraph (i)

58




above, or of any officer, employee or agent of any Owner or of such a person, including the casting away or damaging of any Ship and/or any Ship being unseaworthy; and/or

(iii)           any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance policy whether or not similar to the foregoing; and

(b)            a mortgagee’s interest additional perils policy in an amount of not less than 120 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan and the Outstandings providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties against, among other things, any possible losses or other consequences of any Environmental Claim, including the risk of expropriation, arrest or any form of detention of any Ship, or the imposition of any Security Interest over any Ship and/or any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee’s interest additional perils policy,

and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other reasonable expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

14.17       Review of insurance requirements.   The Security Trustee shall be entitled to review after prior consultation with the Borrower the requirements of this Clause 14 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the opinion of the Security Trustee, significant and capable of affecting the Owners or the Ships and its or their insurance (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the Owners may be subject).

14.18       Modification of insurance requirements.   The Security Trustee shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Owners of any proposed modification under Clause 14.17 to the requirements of this Clause 14 which the Security Trustee reasonably considers appropriate in the circumstances, and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrower and the Owners as an amendment to this Clause 14 and shall bind the Borrower accordingly.

14.19       Compliance with mortgagee’s instructions.   The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require any Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the Owners implement any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 14.18 and the Borrower shall procure that the Owners comply with any such requirement within a reasonable period of time in the context of the then prevailing circumstances.

15            SHIP COVENANTS

15.1         General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to procure that each Owner shall comply with the following provisions of this Clause 15 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (such authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of a proposed change of name or port of registry under the same flag of a Ship), may otherwise permit.

15.2         Ship’s name and registration. Each Owner shall keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name as a ship registered under an Approved Flag and shall not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the port of registry or the name of that Ship.

59




15.3         Repair and classification. Each Owner shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

(a)            consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

(b)            so as to maintain the highest class with a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies and which is acceptable to the Agent (acting upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders) free of all overdue recommendations and conditions affecting class; and

(c)            so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered on an Approved Flag or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISM Code Documentation, the ISPS Code and the ISPS Code Documentation.

15.4         Classification society undertaking . The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall instruct the classification society of the Ship owned by it to do all or any of the following after the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default (and procure that the classification society undertakes with the Security Trustee at such time):

(a)            to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records held by the classification society in relation to that Ship;

(b)            to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents),  at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Owner and that Ship at the offices of the classification society and to take copies of them;

(c)            to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the classification society:

(i)             receives notification from that Owner or any person that that Ship’s classification society is to be changed; or

(ii)            becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Owner’s or that Ship’s membership of the classification society;

(d)            following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:

(i)             to confirm that that Owner is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or

(ii)            if that Owner is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences thereof, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.

15.5         Modification. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship owned by it or equipment installed on her which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce her value.

15.6         Removal of parts. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall remove any material part of the Ship owned by it, or any item of equipment installed on, that Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the

60




same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on that Ship the property of that Owner and subject to the security constituted by the relevant Mortgage Provided that an Owner may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.

15.7                         Surveys. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee provide the Security Trustee, with copies of all survey reports.

15.8                         Inspection .  The Borrower shall:

(a)                                   ensure that each Owner shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship (at the risk of the relevant Owner save where any loss is shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such surveyor or other person) owned by it at all reasonable times to inspect her condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs or to prepare a survey report (at the reasonable cost of the Borrower) in respect of such Ship and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections Provided that such boarding and inspection does not materially disrupt the relevant Ship’s reasonable operation, repairs or maintenance; and

(b)                                  ensure that each Ship shall, both at the time of the survey referred to in this Clause 15.8 and at all other times throughout the Security Period, be in a good and safe condition and state of repair.

15.9                         Prevention of and release from arrest. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall promptly discharge or settle:

(a)                                   all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, her Earnings or her Insurances other than such liens and claims arising in the ordinary course of business (which must in any event be discharged in accordance with best ship management practice);

(b)                                  all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, her Earnings or her Insurances; and

(c)                                   all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, her Earnings or her Insurances;

and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of that Ship, or of her detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure that the Owner of that Ship shall procure her release within 5 Business Days of receiving such notice by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

15.10                  Compliance with laws etc. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner and the Approved Manager shall:

(a)                                   comply, or procure compliance with, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Owner;

(b)                                  not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow her employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the ISM Code and the ISPS Code; and

61




(c)                                   in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers unless, in the case of such a zone where an additional premium would be payable, that Owner has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover required for it to enter or trade to any war zone.

15.11                  Provision of information. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall promptly provide the Agent with any information which it reasonably requests regarding:

(a)                                   the Ship owned by it, her employment, position, engagements and her Insurances;

(b)                                  the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship owned by it;

(c)                                   any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship owned by it and any payments made in respect of that Ship;

(d)                                  any towages and salvages; and

(e)                                   that Owner’s compliance, the Approved Manager’s compliance, or the compliance of the Ship owned by it, with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code;

and, upon the Agent’s request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ship owned by it, of any current charter guarantee and, of the ISM Code Documentation and the ISPS Code Documentation.

15.12                  Notification of certain events. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall, as soon as it becomes aware of any of the events referred to in this Clause 15.12, notify the Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

(a)                                   any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

(b)                                  any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

(c)                                   any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not complied with in accordance with its terms (including, without limitation, any time limit specified by any insurer or classification society or any competent authority);

(d)                                  any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it (if the arrest or detention has not been released within 3 Business Days of its imposition or the Borrower or the relevant Owner considers that the arrest or detention will not be released within 3 Business Day of its imposition), any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or her Earnings or her Insurances or any requisition of that Ship for hire;

(e)                                   any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it which the Owner knows, or reasonably determines, will or may exceed (or has exceeded) 10 days in total;

(f)                                     any Environmental Claim made against that Owner or in connection with the Ship owned by it, or any Environmental Incident;

(g)                                  any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Owner and, to the extent that that Owner is aware of such claim, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it; or

62




(h)                                  any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with;

and that that Owner shall keep the Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Agent shall require of that Owner’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

15.13                  Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:

(a)                                   save for any Existing Charter existing on the date of this Agreement which is a bareboat charter, let the Ship owned by it on demise charter for any period;

(b)                                  enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship owned by it for a term of at least, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may be at least, 12 months;

(c)                                   charter the Ship owned by it otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when that Ship is fixed;

(d)                                  appoint (or permit the appointment of) a manager of the Ship owned by it other than the Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager’s appointment;

(e)                                   de-activate or lay up the Ship owned by it; or

(f)                                     put the Ship owned by it into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon her in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or her Earnings or her Insurances for the cost of such work or otherwise or other arrangements satisfactory to the Security Trustee are made to ensure that no such lien will be exercised.

15.14                  Notice of Mortgage. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Owner to the Lenders.

15.15                  Sharing of Earnings. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall:

(a)                                   enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings;

(b)                                  enter into any agreement or arrangement for the postponement of any date on which any Earnings are due; the reduction of the amount of any Earnings or otherwise for the release or adverse alteration of any right of that Owner to any Earnings; or

(c)                                   enter into any agreement or arrangement for the release of, or adverse alteration to, any guarantee or Security Interest relating to any Earnings.

16                                   SECURITY COVER

16.1                         Provision of additional security cover; prepayment.   The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party that, if at any time the Agent notifies the Borrower that:

(a)                                   the aggregate of the Market Values of the Mortgaged Ships; plus

(b)                                  the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 16,

63




is below 125 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan, the Swap Exposure and the Outstandings less the aggregate of all Pre-Delivery Advances, the Borrower will, within 14 Business Days after the date on which the Agent’s notice is served, either:

(i)                                      provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security acceptable to the Lenders which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and which, if it consists of or includes a Security Interest, covers such asset or assets and is documented in such terms as the Agent may, with authorisation from the Majority Lenders, approve or require; or

(ii)                                   prepay in accordance with Clause 9 such part (at least) of the Loan and/or procure cancellation of such part of the Outstandings as will eliminate the shortfall.

16.2                         Meaning of additional security.   In Clause 16.1 “ security ” means a Security Interest over an asset or assets acceptable to the Lenders (whether securing the Borrower’s liabilities under the Finance Documents or a guarantee in respect of those liabilities), or a guarantee, letter of credit or other security in respect of the Borrower’s liabilities under the Finance Documents.

16.3                         Requirement for additional documents.   The Borrower shall not be deemed to have complied with paragraph (i) of Clause 16.1 until the Agent has received in connection with the additional security certified copies of documents of the kinds referred to in paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 of Schedule 3 Part A and such legal opinions in terms acceptable to the Majority Lenders from such lawyers as they may select.

16.4                         Valuation of Ship not subject to a long-term charter.   The Market Value of a Mortgaged Ship which at the relevant time is not subject to a charter or other contract of employment having an unexpired term of at least 12 months with a first class acceptable charterer (in the absolute discretion of the Agent) is that shown by taking the average of two valuations prepared:

(a)                                   as at a date not more than 6 weeks previously;

(b)                                  by 2 Approved Brokers appointed by the Borrower, with both reporting to the Agent;

(c)                                   with or without physical inspection of that Ship (as the Agent may require);

(d)                                  on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment; and

(e)                                   after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

Provided that if the difference between the 2 valuations obtained at any one time pursuant to this Clause 16.4 is greater than 10 per cent. a valuation shall be commissioned from a third Approved Broker appointed by the Agent.  Such valuation shall be conducted in accordance with this Clause 16.4 and the Market Value of the Ship in such circumstances shall be the average of the initial 2 valuations and the valuation provided by the third Approved Broker.

16.5                         Valuation of Ship subject to long-term charter.  The Market Value of a Mortgaged Ship which at the relevant time is subject to a charter or other contract of employment having an unexpired term of at least 12 months with a first class charterer acceptable to the Agent (which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall be the aggregate of the present values (as may be conclusively determined by the Agent) of:

64




(a)                                   the Bareboat-equivalent Time Charter Income of the Ship in respect of the remaining unexpired term of the relevant charter or other contract of employment excluding any periods for which the relevant charter or contract of employment may be renewed at the option of any party (for the purposes of this Clause 16.5, an “ option period ”); and

(b)                                  the current charter-free market value (determined in accordance with Clause 16.4 but subject to the adjustments referred to in this Clause 16.5) of a vessel with identical characteristics to the Ship other that its age which shall, for the purposes of this Clause 16.5, be considered to be the age of the Ship at the expiration of the charter or other contract of employment to which the Ship is subject at the relevant time (excluding any option periods), as such value may be adjusted to take into account the terms of any commitments undertaken by the Owner of the Ship which may affect its value.

For the purposes of this Clause 16.5, the discount rate which will apply in calculating the present value of the amounts referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) will be the applicable Interest Rate Swap Rate for a period equal to the unexpired term of the Ship’s time charter or other contract of employment (excluding any option periods (rounded up to the nearest integral year)) unless the unexpired term of the Ship’s charter or other contract of employment (excluding any option periods) is less than 12 months in which the Interest Rate Swap Rate for a period of 12 months will apply.

16.6                         Value of additional security.   The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 16.1 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 16.4.

16.7                         Valuations binding.   Any valuation under paragraph (i) of Clause 16.1, Clauses 16.4, 16.5 or 16.6 shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of a security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.

16.8                         Provision of information.   The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker or expert acting under Clause 16.4, 16.5 or 16.6 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker or expert may reasonably request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.

16.9                         Payment of valuation expenses.   Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower’s obligations under Clauses 21.2, 21.3 and 22.3, the Borrower shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker or expert instructed or approved by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause.

16.10                  Frequency of Valuations.   The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Agent may commission valuations of the Mortgaged Ships at such times as the Majority Lenders shall deem necessary and, in any event, not less often than once during each 3-month period of the Security Period Provided that in each calendar year one set of valuations of each Ship may be obtained from the electronic services provided by an Approved Broker subject to such electronic services having been previously approved by the Agent (acting upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders) in writing.

17                                   PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

17.1                         Currency and method of payments .  All payments to be made:

(a)                                   by the Lenders to the Agent; or

65




(b)                                  by the Borrower to the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender,

under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:

(i)                                      if in Dollars, by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) and if in an Optional Currency, by not later than 11.00 a.m. (in the principal financial centre for that Optional Currency), in each case on the due date;

(ii)                                   if in Dollars, in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System and if in an Optional Currency, in immediately available funds (or in each case in such other funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement denominated in Dollars or the relevant Optional Currency);

(iii)                                in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, if in Dollars, to the account of the Agent at the Receiving Bank (Account No 000261123) with reference “Danaos Corporation - US$700m facility”, or if in an Optional Currency to such account of the Agent with such bank as the Agent shall have notified to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties, or in each case to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and

(iv)                               in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

17.2                         Payment on non-Business Day.   If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:

(a)                                   the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

(b)                                  if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

17.3                         Basis for calculation of periodic payments.   All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year or (in relation to any amount denominated in Sterling) a 365 day year.

17.4                         Currency of Interest Payments.  All payments of interest in respect of the Loan or any part thereof shall be made in the currency in which the Loan or the relevant part thereof is outstanding at the relevant time.

17.5                         Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties.   Subject to Clauses 17.6, 17.7 and 17.8:

(a)                                   any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, the Issuing Bank or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and

66




(b)                                  amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.

17.6                         Permitted deductions by Agent.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender or the Issuing Bank, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from the Issuing Bank or that Lender under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender or the Issuing Bank to pay on demand.

17.7                         Agent only obliged to pay when monies received.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower, the Issuing Bank or any Lender any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower, the Issuing Bank or that Lender until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.

17.8                         Refund to Agent of monies not received.   If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower, the Issuing Bank or a Lender, without first having received that sum, the Borrower, the Issuing Bank or (as the case may be) the Lender concerned shall, on demand:

(a)                                   refund the sum in full to the Agent; and

(b)                                  pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.

17.9                         Agent may assume receipt.   Clause 17.8 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available (except an express notice from a Lender that it will not fund its Contribution).

17.10                  Creditor Party accounts.   Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

17.11                  Agent’s memorandum account.   The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Issuing Bank and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

17.12                  Accounts prima facie evidence.   If any accounts maintained under Clauses 17.10 and 17.11 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.

18                                   APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

18.1                         Normal order of application. Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document after the service of a notice on the Borrower under Clauses 20.2(a)(i) or (ii) shall be applied:

(a)                                   FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreement in the following order and proportions:

67




(i)                                      first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (ii) and (iii) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 21, 22 and 23 of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document or in the Master Agreement);

(ii)                                   secondly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreement (and, for this purpose, the expression “ interest ” shall include any net amount which the Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2(e) (Obligations) of the Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the Swap Bank at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 18); and

(iii)                                thirdly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of the Loan and the Swap Exposure (in the case of the latter, calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder);

(b)                                  SECONDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document or the Master Agreement but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.1(a); and

(c)                                   THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

18.2                         Variation of order of application.   The Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Swap Bank, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 18.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

18.3                         Notice of variation of order of application.   The Agent may give notices under Clause 18.2 from time to time in respect of sums which may be received or recovered in the future.

18.4                         Appropriation rights overridden.   This Clause 18 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 18.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any Security Party.

19                                   APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

19.1                         Payment of Earnings.   The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party that, throughout the Security Period it will ensure that (subject only to the provisions of the General Assignments), all the Earnings of each Mortgaged Ship are paid to the Owner’s Earnings Account relative to such Ship or, at the option of the Borrower, to the Danaos Earnings Account Provided that at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default the Agent (acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders) may, by notice to the Borrower, direct that the Earnings of the Ships (or any of them) be paid to a particular Earnings Account or Earnings Accounts and the Borrower shall comply or ensure that the relevant Owner or Owners comply with the Agent’s direction forthwith.

19.2                         Location of accounts.   The Borrower shall, and shall ensure each Owner shall, promptly:

68




(a)                                   comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Accounts and the Cash Collateral Account (or any of them); and

(b)                                  execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts and the Cash Collateral Account (or any of them).

20                                   EVENTS OF DEFAULT

20.1                         Events of Default.   An Event of Default occurs if:

(a)                                   the Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due or (if so payable) on demand any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document;  such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default if:

(i)                                      such failure is due to a bank payment transmission error; and

(ii)                                   the Borrower or the relevant Security Party remedies such failure within 3 days of the due date of payment of the relevant amount; or

(b)                                  any breach occurs of Clause 10, 12.3, 13.2, 13.3, 13.4, 14.2 or 16.1; or

(c)                                   any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) unless, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, such default is capable of remedy, and such default is remedied within 14 Business Days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or

(d)                                  (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach (which the Security Trustee considers, in its discretion, to be material) by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or

(e)                                   any representation, warranty or statement (which the Security Trustee considers, in its discretion, to be material) made by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default if an innocent misrepresentation has been made and which, if capable of remedy, is remedied within 10 Business Days of its occurrence unless such innocent misrepresentation is made on a Drawdown Date; or

(f)                                     any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person (other than the Borrower) or any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower of at least $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in another currency) in aggregate in the case of any Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraph (a) of the definition of that term or any Financial Indebtedness falling within all other paragraphs of the definition of that term (or, when aggregated with any Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraph (a) of that term) of at least $10,000,000 in aggregate (or the equivalent in another currency):

(i)                                      any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is not paid when due or, if so payable, on demand; or

(ii)                                   any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or

69




(iii)                                a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is lawfully terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being lawfully terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

(iv)                               any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or

(v)                                  any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or

(g)                                  any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:

(i)                                      a Relevant Person becomes unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

(ii)                                   any assets of a Relevant Person are subject of any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums aggregating, $100,000 (or $10,000,000 in the case of the Borrower) or more or the equivalent in another currency; or

(iii)                                any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or

(iv)                               a Relevant Person makes any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that it is insolvent or likely to become insolvent, or a winding up or administration order is made in relation to a Relevant Person, or the members or directors of a Relevant Person pass a resolution to the effect that it should be wound up, placed in administration or cease to carry on business, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrower or an Owner which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Majority Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or

(v)                                  a petition is presented in any Pertinent Jurisdiction for the winding up or administration, or the appointment of a provisional liquidator, of a Relevant Person unless, in the case of an involuntary petition, the petition is being contested in good faith and on substantial grounds and is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of the presentation of the petition; or

(vi)                               a Relevant Person petitions a court, or presents any proposal for, any form of judicial or non-judicial suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of its debt (or certain of its debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of its creditors or of any class of them or any such suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, contract or otherwise; or

(vii)                            any meeting of the members or directors of a Relevant Person is summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi); or

(viii)                         in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs or any procedure is commenced which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, is similar to any of the foregoing; or

70




(h)                                  the Borrower ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business or, as a result of intervention by or under the authority of any government, the business of the Borrower is wholly or partially curtailed or suspended, or all or a substantial part of the assets or undertaking of the Borrower is seized, nationalised, expropriate of compulsorily acquired; or

(i)                                      it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:

(i)                                      for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document; or

(ii)                                   for the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Lenders to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or

(j)                                      any consent necessary to enable any Owner to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or to enable the Borrower, any Owner or any Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document, any Existing Charter, any charter referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “Charterparty Assignment” or an Approved Purchase Contract is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled if this materially affects the security position of the Creditor Parties (or any of them) or the ability of the Borrower or a Security Party to timely discharge and/or perform its or their liabilities and obligations (or any of them) under any Finance Document; or

(k)                                   if, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, members of the Coustas family (either directly and/or through companies beneficially owned by members of the Coustas family and/or trusts or foundations of which members of the Coustas family are beneficiaries) own and control less than 51 per cent. of the issued voting share capital of the Borrower; or

(l)                                      if, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, the shares of the Borrower cease to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange; or

(m)                                it appears to the Majority Lenders that, without their prior consent, a change has occurred or probably has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the ultimate beneficial ownership of any of the shares in any Owner or in the ultimate control of the voting rights attaching to any of those shares; or

(n)                                  any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or

(o)                                  the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy unless within 14 Business Days of the security being so imperilled or jeopardised (i) the Borrower or a Security Party provides to the Security Trustee security in the form of a new Finance Document which, in the opinion of the Lenders, is equivalent to that constituted by the Finance Document which has become imperilled or jeopardised or (ii) the security ceases to be imperilled or in jeopardy; or

(p)                                  the Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with the consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders; or

71




(q)                                  for any reason whatsoever, any Ship ceases to be managed by the Approved Manager on terms in all respects approved by the Majority Lenders; or

(r)

(s)                                   an Event of Default (as defined in Section 14 of the Master Agreement) occurs; or

(t)                                     any other event occurs or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:

(i)                                      a change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of the Borrower or any Owner; or

(ii)                                   any accident or other event involving any Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a Relevant Person;

in the light of which the Majority Lenders consider that there is a material risk that the Borrower is, or will later become, unable to discharge its liabilities under the Finance Documents as they fall due.

20.2                         Actions following an Event of Default.   On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:

(a)                                   the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:

(i)                                      serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender and the Issuing Bank to the Borrower under this Agreement are terminated; and/or

(ii)                                   serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Loan (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Guarantee), all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or

(iii)                                take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders and/or the Issuing Bank are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or

(b)                                  the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Issuing Bank and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.

20.3                         Termination of Commitments.   On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 20.2, the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender and the Issuing Bank to the Borrower under this Agreement shall terminate.

20.4                         Acceleration.   On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 20.2, the Loan (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Guarantee), all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.

20.5                         Multiple notices; action without notice.   The Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a) (i) and (ii) of Clause 20.2 simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the

72




Security Trustee may take any action referred to in that Clause if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

20.6                         Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties.   The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Security Trustee, the Issuing Bank and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 20.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.

20.7                         Creditor Party rights unimpaired.   Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

20.8                         Exclusion of Creditor Party liability.   No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to the Borrower or a Security Party:

(a)                                   for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

(b)                                  as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset;

except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

20.9                         Relevant Persons.   In this Clause 20 a “ Relevant Person ” means the Borrower, a Security Party (other than any bareboat charterer which is a party to a Bareboat Charter Security Agreement) and any company which is a subsidiary of the Borrower or a Security Party or of which a Security Party is a subsidiary but excluding any company which is dormant and the value of whose gross assets is $50,000 or less.

20.10                  Interpretation.   In Clause 20.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 20.1(g) “ petition ” includes an application.

21                                   FEES AND EXPENSES

21.1                         Arrangement, guarantee commission and commitment commission fees.   The Borrower shall pay to the Agent arrangement fees, guarantee commission and commitment commission of the amounts, at the rates, and at the times, previously agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrower for distribution among the Lenders in the proportions agreed.

21.2                         Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.   The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses reasonably incurred by the Agent, the Lenders or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document.

73




21.3                         Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.   The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Lender in connection with:

(a)                                   any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;

(b)                                  any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Issuing Bank, the Majority Lenders or the Lender concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;

(c)                                   the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 16 or any other matter relating to such security; or

(d)                                  any step taken by the Lender concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

21.4                         Documentary taxes.   The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent’s demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any liabilities and expenses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.

21.5                         Certification of amounts.   A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due save in the case of manifest error.

22                                   INDEMNITIES

22.1                         Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan.   The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender on the Agent’s demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all expenses, liabilities and losses (including, without limitation, any loss of Margin) which are incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:

(a)                                   an Advance not being borrowed, and/or a Guarantee not being issued, on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;

(b)                                  the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable to it or other relevant period;

(c)                                   any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 8);

(d)                                  the occurrence and/or continuance of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 20;

74




and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.

22.2                         Breakage costs.   Without limiting its generality, Clause 22.1 covers any liability, expense or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:

(a)                                   in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and

(b)                                  in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.

22.3                         Miscellaneous indemnities.   The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, demands, proceedings, liabilities, taxes, losses and expenses of every kind (“ liability items ”) which may be made or brought against, or incurred by, the Creditor Party concerned, in any country, in relation to:

(a)                                   any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Creditor Party concerned or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document;

(b)                                  any other event, matter or question which occurs or arises at any time during the Security Period and which has any connection with, or any bearing on, any Finance Document, any payment or other transaction relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created (or intended to be created) by a Finance Document,

other than liability items which are shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or the wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

22.4                         Extension of indemnities; environmental indemnity.   Without prejudice to its generality, Clause 22.3 covers:

(a)                                   any matter which would be covered by Clause 21.3 if any of the references in that Clause to a Lender were a reference to the Agent or (as the case may be) to the Security Trustee; and

(b)                                  any liability items which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, pollution or the protection of the environment.

22.5                         Currency indemnity.   If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the “ Contractual Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Payment Currency ”) for the purpose of:

(a)                                   making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or

(b)                                  obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or

75




(c)            enforcing any such order or judgment;

the Borrower shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

In this Clause 22.5 the “ available rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

This Clause 22.5 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgement or order relating to those other liabilities.

22.6         Application to Master Agreement.   For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22.5 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to the Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 8 (Contractual Currency) of the Master Agreement shall apply.

22.7         Certification of amounts.   A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 22 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

22.8         Sums deemed due to a Lender or the Issuing Bank.   For the purposes of this Clause 22, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender or the Issuing Bank shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender or the Issuing Bank save in the case of manifest error.

22.9         Receiving Bank.   The Borrower shall indemnify the Agent on demand against all costs and expenses arising out of the role of the Receiving Bank in relation to the Loan.

23            NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

23.1         No deductions.   All amounts due from the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be paid:

(a)            without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and

(b)            free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Borrower is required by law to make.

23.2         Grossing-up for taxes.   If the Borrower is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:

(a)            the Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

(b)            the Borrower shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

(c)            the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.

76




23.3         Evidence of payment of taxes.   Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.

23.4         Exclusion of tax on overall net income.   In this Clause 23 “ tax deduction ” means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party’s overall net income.

23.5         Application to the Master Agreement.   For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 23 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to the Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) (Deduction or Withholding for Tax) of the Master Agreement shall apply.

24            ILLEGALITY, ETC

24.1         Illegality.   This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

(a)            unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or

(b)            contrary to, or inconsistent with, a regulation;

for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement or any Guarantee in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

24.2         Notification of illegality.   The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 24.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.

24.3         Prepayment; termination of Commitment.   On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 24.2:

(a)            the Notifying Lender’s Commitment shall terminate;

(b)            if the Notifying Lender is the Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall procure the prompt cancellation of the Outstandings and the return of each Guarantee issued to the Issuing Bank endorsed by the relevant Beneficiary to the effect that it is cancelled; and

(c)            thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender’s notice under Clause 24.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution in accordance with Clause 9 (other than Clause 9.5).

25            INCREASED COSTS

25.1         Increased costs.   This Clause 25 applies if a Lender or the Issuing Bank (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:

(a)            the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law, or a regulation or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law or regulation is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Notifying Lender’s overall net income); or

(b)            the effect of complying with any law or regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement (including, without

77




limitation, the implementation of any regulations which shall replace, amend and/or supplement those set out in the statement of the Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices dated July 1988 and entitled “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Structures”) (the “ Basle Accord ”)) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement,

the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an “ increased cost ”, that is to say:

(i)             an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or its Contribution or Outstandings or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or Outstandings or other unpaid sums;

(ii)            a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;

(iii)           an additional or increased cost of funding or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender’s Contribution and/or Outstandings or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution and/or the Outstandings; or

(iv)           a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement;

but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 22.1 or by Clause 23.

For the purposes of this Clause 25.1 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class thereof) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

In the event that it appears to the Agent that an increased cost will arise pursuant to this Clause 25.1 as a result of the implementation of the Basle Accord, the Agent shall consult with the Borrower but without prejudice to the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower under the above provisions of this Clause 25.1.

25.2         Notification to Borrower of claim for increased costs.   The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 25.1.

25.3         Payment of increased costs.   The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.

25.4         Notice of prepayment.   If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 25.3, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution and, if the Notifying Lender is the Issuing Bank, to cancel the Outstandings.

78




25.5         Prepayment; termination of Commitment.   A notice under Clause 25.4 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:

(a)            on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled;

(b)            if the Notifying Lender is the Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall procure the prompt cancellation of the Outstandings and the return of each Guarantee to the Issuing Bank endorsed by the relevant Beneficiary to the effect that it is cancelled; and

(c)            on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the aggregate of the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any) (but subject to Clause 22.1).

25.6         Application of prepayment.   Clause 9 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

26            SET-OFF

26.1         Application of credit balances.   Each Creditor Party may without prior notice but following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:

(a)            apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and

(b)            for that purpose:

(i)             break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;

(ii)            convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and/or

(iii)           enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

26.2         Existing rights unaffected.   No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 26.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

26.3         Sums deemed due to a Lender.   For the purposes of this Clause 26, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.

26.4         No Security Interest.   This Clause 26 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower.

27            TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

27.1         Transfer by Borrower. The Borrower may not, without the prior consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of all the Lenders:

79




(a)            transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document; or

(b)            enter into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation, or carry out any other act, as a result of which any of its rights or liabilities would vest in, or pass to, another person.

27.2         Transfer by a Lender.   Subject to Clause 27.4, a Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may at any time, with the prior consent of the Agent but without needing the consent of the Borrower or any Security Party, cause:

(a)            its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; and

(b)            an equal proportion of its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment,

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution or special purpose vehicle established by any Lender (a “ Transferee Lender ”) by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a “ Transfer Certificate ”) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.

However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent, the Agent or Security Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Agreement.

27.3         Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification.   As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):

(a)            sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Agent, the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and each of the other Lenders;

(b)            on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it; and

(c)            send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b).

27.4         Effective Date of Transfer Certificate.   A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 27.3 on or before that date.

27.5         No transfer without Transfer Certificate.   No assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.

27.6         Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate.  If a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the successor shall automatically and without any further act being necessary become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.

27.7         Effect of Transfer Certificate.   A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:

(a)            to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely;

80




(b)            the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;

(c)            the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with a Contribution and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;

(d)            the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

(e)            any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate’s effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the Transferor Lender;

(f)             the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 6.7 and Clause 21, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and

(g)            in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

27.8         Maintenance of register of Lenders.   During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender, the Outstandings from time to time and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 27.4) of each Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days prior notice.

27.9         Reliance on register of Lenders.   The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions, the amount of the Outstandings and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.

27.10       Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates. The Borrower, the Security Trustee and each Lender irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.

27.11       Registration fee.   In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall, following its request and at its option, be entitled to recover a registration fee of $2,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent’s option) the Transferee Lender.

27.12       Sub-participation; subrogation assignment.   A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Issuing Bank, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and

81




terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Issuing Bank, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

27.13       Disclosure of information.   A Lender may provide or disclose to an actual or potential Transferee Lender, any proposed or actual assignee or sub-participant or any person who may otherwise enter into (or propose to enter into) contractual relations with that Lender in connection with this Agreement or to any other person as required by any applicable law or regulation, a copy of this Agreement, copies of all information provided by the Borrower or any of the Security Parties under or in connection with each Finance Document, details of drawings made by the Borrower under this Agreement and information regarding the performance by the Borrower and the Security Parties of their obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.  Any Creditor Party may, disclose the size and term of the Total Commitments and the Loan and the name of the Borrower and each of the Security Parties to any investor or a potential investor in a securitisation (or similar transaction of broadly equivalent economic effect) of that Creditor Party’s rights or obligations under the Finance Documents (or any of them).

27.14       Change of lending office.   A Lender may change its lending office and may change its booking office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:

(a)            the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and

(b)            the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

27.15       Notification.   On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office or is acting through the booking office of which the Agent last had notice.

28            VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

28.1         Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders.   Subject to Clause 28.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf and with the consent of the Majority Lenders, by the Issuing Bank, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

28.2         Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders.   However, as regards the following, Clause 28.1 applies as if the words “by the Agent on behalf and with the consent of the Majority Lenders” were replaced by the words “by or on behalf and with the consent of every Lender, the Swap Bank and the Issuing Bank”:

(a)            a change in the definition of the Margin, the Mandatory Cost or in the definition of LIBOR or EURIBOR;

(b)            a change to the date for, or the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other sum payable under this Agreement;

(c)            a change to any Lender’s Commitment;

(d)            an extension of the Availability Period for any Advance;

(e)            a change to the definition of “Majority Lenders” or “Finance Documents”;

82




(f)             a change to the preamble or to Clause 2, 3, 4, 6.1, 9.1, 12, 13.4, 18, 19, 20, 30, 31, 32, 33 or 35;

(g)            a change to this Clause 28;

(h)            any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document; and

(i)             any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender’s consent is required.

28.3         Exclusion of other or implied variations.   Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 28.1 and 28.2, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

(a)            a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

(b)            an Event of Default; or

(c)            a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or

(d)            any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law;

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

29            NOTICES

29.1         General.   Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax; and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.

29.2         Addresses for communications.   A notice shall be sent:

(a)

to the Borrower:

c/o the Approved Manager

 

 

Akti Kondyli 14

 

 

185 45 Piraeus

 

 

Greece

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No: +30 210 422 0855

 

 

 

(b)

to a Lender:

at the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as

 

 

the case may require) in the relevant Transfer

 

 

Certificate

 

 

 

(c)

to the Agent,

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

 

the Security

Akti Miaouli 45

 

Trustee or

185 36 Piraeus

 

the Issuing Bank:

Greece

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No: +30 210 459 6600

 

83




or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Security Parties.

29.3         Effective date of notices.   Subject to Clauses 29.4 and 29.5:

(a)            a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;

(b)            a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.

29.4         Service outside business hours.   However, if under Clause 29.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:

(a)            on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or

(b)            on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time;

the notice shall (subject to Clause 29.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

29.5         Illegible notices.   Clauses 29.3 and 29.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

29.6         Valid notices.   A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that the manner of serving it does not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice.

29.7         English language.   Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

29.8         Meaning of “notice”.   In this Clause “notice” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

30            REDUCTION OF GUARANTEES

30.1         Reduction of Outstanding Guarantee Amounts.   The Outstanding Guarantee Amount of a Guarantee shall not be treated as reduced for the purposes of this Agreement unless and until:

(a)            the Issuing Bank, or the Agent on its behalf, has received a written confirmation from the Beneficiary of the amount of such reduction; or

(b)            the Issuing Bank has notified the Agent in writing that (notwithstanding the absence of a written confirmation from the Beneficiary) it is satisfied that its liability under the Guarantee has been irrevocably reduced or discharged; or

(c)            the amount of the Guarantee irrevocably and unconditionally reduces in accordance with its terms; or

84




(d)            the expiry date of the Guarantee elapses and the Issuing Bank has notified the Borrower in writing, through the Agent, that it is satisfied that no claim or demand has been made, or may thereafter be made, under the Guarantee.

31            SETTLEMENT OF GUARANTEES

31.1         Notification of Settlement Amount.   The Issuing Bank shall, immediately after receiving a demand from, or after being notified by, the Beneficiary that it is required to make payment under a Guarantee, notify the Agent that such payment is due and of the Settlement Amount and the Settlement Date, and the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

31.2         Borrower’s settlement.   The Borrower shall:

(a)            immediately after notification from the Agent under Clause 31.1, acknowledge to the Agent that it will reimburse the Settlement Amount; and

(b)            pay to the Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, the Settlement Amount in Dollars on the Settlement Date.

31.3         Borrower’s failure to reimburse.   If the Borrower fails to reimburse the Settlement Amount to the Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, on the Settlement Date pursuant to Clause 31.2, it shall pay to the Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, interest on the Settlement Amount from the Settlement Date to the date the Issuing Bank is reimbursed by the Borrower at the rate described in Clause 8 such interest to be compounded in accordance with Clause 8.6 and payable on demand.

32            INDEMNITY OF THE BORROWER

32.1         Borrower’s undertaking to indemnify.   The Borrower agrees that it shall:

(a)            pay to the Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, upon demand by the Agent an amount equal to each amount:

(i)             demanded from or paid by the Issuing Bank under a Guarantee;

(ii)            paid by the Issuing Bank to a Beneficiary under Clause 32.9;

and which is not otherwise fully reimbursed, paid or repaid by the Borrower under this Agreement;

(b)            pay to the Agent, for the account of the Lenders, upon demand by the Agent an amount equal to each amount paid by the Lenders to the Issuing Bank, or the Agent on its behalf, pursuant to Clause 33.1;

(c)            indemnify, as a principal and independent debtor, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders severally on demand against all actions, claims, demands, liabilities, costs, losses, damages and expenses incurred, suffered or sustained or any penalty or other expenditure which may result or which the Issuing Bank or any Lender may incur, suffer or sustain in connection with or arising out of or in relation to any Guaranteed Obligations and/or the payment under or other performance of a Guarantee or Clause 33.

32.2         Payment to Lenders.   The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the account of the Lender concerned, upon demand by the Agent an amount equal to each amount paid by a Lender to the Issuing Bank, or the Agent on its behalf, pursuant to Clause 33 notwithstanding that:

85




(a)            that amount may not properly be due whether because the corresponding amount was not properly due to the Beneficiary under a Guarantee or for any other reason whatsoever (other than in the case of gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Issuing Bank); or

(b)            any Guarantee and/or any Guaranteed Obligations and/or the indemnities contained in Clause 33 is or are void or invalid or not binding on or enforceable against the Borrower or the Issuing Bank or a Beneficiary (as the case may be) for any reason whatsoever (other than in the case of gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Issuing Bank) including (without limitation) the effect of any enactment, any legal limitation, illegality, disability, lack of corporate capacity or lack of powers of any party thereto or of any of its directors or officers.

32.3         Guarantee payments.   The Borrower:

(a)            irrevocably authorises the Issuing Bank to make any payment demanded from it pursuant to a Guarantee if that demand is made in accordance with its terms;

(b)            accepts that any demand for payment made by the Beneficiary pursuant to a Guarantee and which is made in accordance with its terms shall be conclusive evidence that the Issuing Bank was liable to make payment under the Guarantee and any payment which the Issuing Bank makes pursuant to any such demand shall be accepted by the Borrower as binding upon the Borrower; and

(c)            acknowledges and agrees that the Issuing Bank shall not in any circumstances whatsoever be liable to the Borrower in respect of any loss or damage suffered by the Borrower by reason of the Issuing Bank making a payment to the Beneficiary in connection with any payment demanded under a Guarantee.

32.4         Continuing indemnities.   The liabilities and obligations of the Borrower under the indemnities set out in Clause 32.1 shall remain in force as a continuing security until:

(a)            the full, prompt and complete performance of all the terms of such indemnities including the proper and valid payment of all amounts that may become due to the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders under this Clause 32.4; and

(b)            subject to Clause 32.5, an absolute discharge or release of the Borrower signed by the Issuing Bank or the Lender concerned,

and accordingly the Borrower shall not have, as regards those indemnities, any of the rights or defences of a surety.

32.5         Discharges.   Any such discharge or release referred to in Clause 32.4, and any composition or arrangement which the Borrower may effect with the Issuing Bank or any Lender shall be deemed to be made subject to the condition that it will be void if any payment or security which any Creditor Party may previously have received or may thereafter receive is set aside under any applicable law or proves to have been for any reason invalid.

32.6         Waiver of rights and defences.   Without limiting the generality of Clauses 32.4 and 32.5, the Borrower shall neither be discharged from any of its liabilities or obligations under Clause 32.1 by, nor have any claim against any Creditor Party in respect of:

(a)            any misrepresentation or non-disclosure respecting the affairs or condition of the Issuing Bank or any Lender made to the Borrower by any person; or

(b)            a Beneficiary and/or any Creditor Party releasing or granting any time or any indulgence whatsoever or making any settlement, composition or arrangement with the Borrower, a Beneficiary or any other person; or

86




(c)            a Beneficiary and/or any Creditor Party asserting or pursuing, failing or neglecting to assert or pursue, or delaying in asserting or pursuing, or waiving, any of their rights or remedies against the Borrower, a Beneficiary or any other person; or

(d)            a Beneficiary and/or any Creditor Party and/or the Borrower, with the consent of the Borrower (or with or without the consent of the Borrower in the case of any variation agreed between a Beneficiary and the Borrower or the person whose obligations are guaranteed thereby), making, whether expressly or by conduct, any variation to any Guaranteed Obligations or a Guarantee; or

(e)            a Beneficiary and/or any Creditor Party and/or the Borrower:

(i)             taking, accepting, varying, dealing with, enforcing, abstaining from enforcing, surrendering or releasing any security in relation to a Beneficiary or the Issuing Bank or any Lender or the Borrower or any other person in such manner as it or they think fit; or

(ii)            claiming, proving for, accepting or transferring any payment in respect of the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and/or a Beneficiary relative to any Guaranteed Obligations or under this Agreement in any composition by, or winding up of, the Borrower and/or any third party or abstaining from so claiming, proving, accepting or transferring; or

(f)             any assignment or transfer by a Beneficiary of, or any succession to, any of its rights relative to any Guaranteed Obligations or a Guarantee.

32.7         Provision of cash collateral security.   Forthwith upon, or at any time following:

(a)            the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or

(b)            a shortfall in the level of security cover required to be maintained pursuant to Clause 16.1;

(c)            the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 20.2; or

(d)            the service of a notice under Clause 24.2 or Clause 25.4,

then in any such circumstances the Agent on behalf of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall be entitled (but not obliged) to demand payment by the Borrower of, and the Borrower forthwith upon such demand shall pay to the Agent on behalf of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders such amount as shall be, the aggregate of:

(i)             any Settlement Amount then due from the Borrower to the Issuing Bank pursuant to Clause 31.2 and not reimbursed; and

(ii)            the Outstandings.

32.8         Application of cash collateral security.   Subject always to the overriding provisions of Clause 18, moneys received by the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders pursuant to Clause 32.7 shall be applied (as between the Borrower on the one hand and the Issuing Bank and the Lenders on the other) in the following manner:

(a)            firstly, in or towards payment of any Settlement Amount then due from the Borrower to the Lenders pursuant to Clause 31.2 and not reimbursed;

(b)            secondly, in payment to an account or accounts of the Agent for application from time to time by the Agent (and the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorises the Agent so to apply

87




any such moneys) in or towards payment of, or reimbursement to the Issuing Bank for, any amount which the Issuing Bank shall or may at any time and from time to time thereafter pay or be or become liable to pay to the Beneficiary under or pursuant to or in connection with a Guarantee; and

(c)            thirdly, in or towards payment of all other sums which may be owing to the Issuing Bank and each Lender under or in connection with a Guarantee.

32.9         Negotiation with Beneficiaries.   The Borrower:

(a)            irrevocably authorises the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) to negotiate with any Beneficiary at any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with a view to arranging for the prepayment by the Issuing Bank, for the account of the Borrower, of any Guaranteed Obligations;

(b)            agrees that at any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default the Issuing Bank shall be entitled (but not, so far as the Borrower is concerned, bound) to pay to any Beneficiary, in such manner and upon such terms as the Issuing Bank and the Beneficiary shall agree, any Guaranteed Obligations.

33            INDEMNITIES OF THE LENDERS

33.1         Lenders’ undertakings to indemnify.   Each Lender severally agrees that it shall:

(a)            indemnify, as a principal and independent debtor, the Issuing Bank on demand in an amount equal to its Current Percentage of any amount payable by the Borrower to or for the account of the Issuing Bank under Clause 32.1(a) or (c) but unpaid; and

(b)            pay to the Agent (for the account of the Issuing Bank) interest upon any amounts payable by it pursuant to this Clause 33.1 from the date of demand to the date of actual payment by it at a rate from time to time determined by the Issuing Bank by reference to the cost of funds of the Issuing Bank from such sources as the Issuing Bank may from time to time determine.

33.2         Continuing indemnities.   The liabilities and obligations of each Lender under the indemnities set out in Clause 33.1 shall remain in force as a continuing security until the full, prompt and complete performance of all the terms of those indemnities including the proper and valid payment of all amounts that may become due to the Issuing Bank under this Agreement and accordingly no Lender shall have, as regards those indemnities, any of the rights or defences of a surety.

33.3         Discharges.   Any discharge or release granted to any Lender in respect of the foregoing indemnities and any composition or arrangement which the Agent or the Security Trustee on behalf of the Lenders may effect with the Issuing Bank, shall be deemed to be made subject to the condition that it will be void to the extent that any payment or security which the Issuing Bank may previously have received or may thereafter receive is set aside under any applicable law or proves to have been for any reason invalid.

33.4         Waiver of rights and defences.   Without limiting the generality of Clause 33.2, no Lender shall be discharged from any of its liabilities or obligations under Clause 33.1 by, nor shall any Lender have any claim against any other Creditor Party in respect of:

(a)            the Issuing Bank releasing or granting any time or any indulgence whatsoever or making any settlement, composition or arrangement with the Borrower or a Beneficiary or any other person; or

(b)            a Beneficiary and/or any Creditor Party and/or the Borrower, making, whether expressly or by conduct, any variation to any Guaranteed Obligations or a Guarantee; or

88




(c)            a Beneficiary and/or the Issuing Bank and/or the Borrower and/or the Agent and/or the Security Trustee:

(i)             taking, accepting, varying, dealing with, enforcing, abstaining from enforcing, surrendering or releasing any security in relation to a Beneficiary or the Issuing Bank or the Borrower or any other person in such manner as it or they may think fit; or

(ii)            claiming, proving for, accepting or transferring any payment in respect of the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and/or a Beneficiary relative to any Guaranteed Obligations or under this Agreement in any composition by, or winding up of, the Borrower and/or any third party or abstaining from so claiming, proving, accepting or transferring; or

(d)            any assignment or transfer by a Beneficiary of, or any succession to, any of its rights relative to any Guaranteed Obligations or a Guarantee.

33.5         Transfer of benefit of security on Lender’s failure to pay.   If any Lender fails to make any payment to the Agent for account of the Issuing Bank pursuant to Clause 33.1 on the due date then until such Lender’s failure has been remedied in full the Issuing Bank shall be entitled to:

(a)            the benefit of such Lender’s share of the Borrower’s indemnity under Clause 32 and the benefit of all security then existing or thereafter created to secure the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement to which such Lender would have been entitled had it performed its obligations in full as aforesaid; and

(b)            such Lender’s rights to commissions and fees in respect of the Guarantee in respect of which it has failed to perform its obligations.

The rights conferred upon the Issuing Bank by this Clause 33.5 shall be in addition and without prejudice to its other rights against such Lender under this Clause 33.

34            SUPPLEMENTAL

34.1         Rights cumulative, non-exclusive.   The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:

(a)            cumulative;

(b)            may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

(c)            shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

34.2         Severability of provisions.   If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

34.3         Counterparts.   A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

34.4         Benefit and binding effect .  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall enure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective (including subsequent) successors and permitted assigns and transferees.

89




34.5         Third party rights.   A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

35            LAW AND JURISDICTION

35.1         English law.   This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

35.2         Exclusive English jurisdiction.   Subject to Clause 35.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

35.3         Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties.   Clause 35.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the right:

(a)            to commence proceedings in relation to any matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that matter; and

(b)            to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement.

35.4         Process agent. The Borrower irrevocably appoints Danaos Management Consultants at their office for the time being, presently at 4 Staple Inn, Holborn, London WC1V 7QU, England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this Agreement.

35.5         Creditor Party rights unaffected.   Nothing in this Clause 35 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

35.6         Meaning of “proceedings”.   In this Clause 35, “proceedings” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into and amended and restated on the dates stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

90




SCHEDULE 1

LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

Lender and Lending Office

 

Tranche A
Commitment
(US Dollars)

 

Tranche B
Commitment
(US Dollars)

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
Akti Miaouli 45
185 36 Piraeus
Greece

Fax No: +30 210 459 6600

 

200,000,000

 

500,000,000

 

 

91




SCHEDULE 2

DRAWDOWN NOTICE / GUARANTEE ISSUE REQUEST

To:

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

 

Akti Miaouli 45

 

185 36 Piraeus

 

Greece

 

 

Attention:

Shipping Department

 

2007

DRAWDOWN NOTICE / GUARANTEE ISSUE REQUEST

1               We refer to the loan agreement dated 20 February 2007 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) and made between (amongst others) ourselves, as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein and yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee in connection with revolving credit facilities of up to US$700,000,000 in aggregate.  Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.

2               We request to borrow an Advance under [Tranche A][Tranche B] as follows:

(a)            Amount: US$[  ];

(b)            The Advance shall be drawn in [$] or [Optional Currency];

(c)            The Advance relates to the vessel[s] [ · ];

(d)            Drawdown Date: [                 ]2007;

(e)            Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [ ] months; and

(f)             Payment instructions: [account in the name of [ · ] and numbered [ · ] with [ · ] of [ · ]]/[ the [Danaos] Earnings Account [in respect of [ · ]].

3               [We request the issue of a Guarantee in the form attached as follows:

(a)            Amount of the Guarantee: [ · ];

(b)            Guarantee Issue Date (“ Drawdown Date ”):  [ · ];

(c)            Expiry date of the Guarantee: [ · ];

(d)            Delivery Instructions:  [ · ].]

4               We represent and warrant that:

(a)            the representations and warranties in Clause 11 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Finance Documents would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing;

(b)            no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from [the borrowing of the Advance][the issue of the Guarantee].

4               This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

92




5               We authorise you to deduct from the Advance the amount of all fees payable pursuant to Clause 21.1.

[Name of signatory]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

 

DANAOS CORPORATION

 

 

93




SCHEDULE 3

CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

PART A

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 10.1(a) required before the Drawdown Date of the Advance which will be used in fully refinancing the Existing Indebtedness.

1               A duly executed original of each of:

(a)            this Agreement;

(b)            the Agency and Trust Deed;

(c)            the Master Agreement;

(d)            the Master Agreement Assignment;

(e)            the Owner Guarantees to be entered into by the Existing Owners;

(f)             the Mortgages, the Deeds of Covenant, the General Assignments and the Charterparty Assignments relative to the Existing Ships;

(g)            the Danaos Accounts Account Charge; and

(h)            the Earnings Account Charges relative to the Existing Ships unless the Borrower elects that all the Earnings of the Existing Ships shall be paid to the Danaos Earnings Account.

2               Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower and each Existing Owner.

3               Copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and the directors and shareholders of each Existing Owner authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Owner is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give the Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement.

4               The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower or an Existing Owner.

5               Copies of all consents which the Borrower or any Existing Owner requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.

6               The originals of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Danaos Earnings Account , and each Owner’s Earnings Account relative to an Existing Ship and the Cash Collateral Account .

7               Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each Existing Owner is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower.

8               Documentary evidence that:

(a)            each Existing Ship is definitively and permanently registered in the name of its Owner under the flag on which it is registered;

94




(b)            each Existing Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of its Owner save as contemplated by the Finance Documents to which that Owner is a party;

(c)            each Existing Ship maintains the highest available class with a classification society which is a member of the IACS as the Agent may approve free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such classification society;

(d)            each Mortgage relative to an Existing Ship has been duly registered against that Existing Ship as a valid first preferred or (as the case may be) priority mortgage in accordance with the laws of the flag on which that Ship is registered; and

(e)            each Existing Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of such insurances have been complied with.

9               A copy of the Management Agreement and a duly executed original of the Manager’s Undertaking in relation to each Existing Ship.

10             Copies of:

(a)            the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of the ISM Code Documentation in respect of each Existing Ship and the Approved Manager certified as true and in effect by the Owner of such Existing Ship; and

(b)            the ISPS Code Documentation in respect of each Existing Ship and the Owner thereof certified as true and in effect by that Owner.

11             Two valuations (at the cost of the Borrower) of each Existing Ship addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purpose of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 6 weeks before the Drawdown Date for the first Advance, each from an Approved Broker (such valuations to be made in accordance with Clause 16.4 or, as the case may be, Clause 16.5).

12             Evidence of the lightweight of each Existing Vessel.

13             All documentation required by each Creditor Party in relation to the Borrower and any Security Party pursuant to that Creditor Party’s “know your customer” requirements.

14             In relation to each Existing Ship, a letter from the Owner of the Ship to the protection and indemnity association in which the Ship is or is to be entered instructing it to provide the Security Trustee with a copy of the certificate of entry of the Ship and any other information relating to the entry of the Ship in such protection and indemnity association.

15             A written confirmation from the Borrower as to which individuals are authorised to give verbal and/or written instructions to the Agent on behalf of the Borrower in respect of the selection of any Interest Period pursuant to Clause 7.2.

15 16        Such documents and evidence as any Creditor Party shall require in relation to the Borrower or any Security Party, based on applicable law and regulations and that Creditor Party’s own internal guidelines, relating to that Creditor Party’s knowledge of its customers.

16 17        Documentary evidence of the Existing Indebtedness which will be refinanced by the Advance(s).

95




17 18        In relation to each Advance to be made, notification by the Agent of the reduction amounts, term and amortisation/reduction profile to apply to that Advance for the purposes of Clause 9.1 and an acknowledgement by the Borrower of such amounts and dates.

18 19        Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 35 has accepted its appointment.

19 20        Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands, Liberia, Panama, Greece, Cyprus, Bahamas, Belgium and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

20 21        A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances of the Existing Ships as the Agent may require.

21 22        If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

PART B

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 10.1(b) required before the Drawdown Date of each Advance which shall be used in part-financing an Approved Ship (other than in the case of a Pre-Delivery Advance to which Part C below applies instead).

In Part B of Schedule 3, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:

(a)               Relevant Advance ” means the Advance which shall be used to part-finance the acquisition of the Approved Ship;

(b)              Relevant Owner ” means the Approved Guarantor which is the owner or (as the case may be) buyer of the Relevant Ship; and

(c)               Relevant Ship ” means the Approved Ship which is to be financed by the Relevant Advance.

1               Copies of resolutions of the shareholders and directors of the Relevant Owner and the Borrower authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which the Relevant Owner is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, approving the borrowing of the Relevant Advance and authorising named directors or attorneys to give the Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement and, in the case of the Relevant Owner, ratifying the execution of the Approved Purchase Contract to which it is a party.

2               The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Relevant Owner.

3               Copies of all consents which the Relevant Owner or the Borrower requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document or the Approved Purchase Contract.

4               The written confirmation of the Agent that the Relevant Ship has been approved by the Lenders as an Approved Ship for the purposes of this Agreement pursuant to Clause 4.8.

5               Copies of the Approved Purchase Contract in respect of the Relevant Ship and of all documents issued by the Relevant Owner and the relevant Approved Seller under or in connection therewith.

96




6               A duly executed original of the Owner Guarantee of the Relevant Owner and of the Mortgage, the General Assignment, the relevant Earnings Account Charge (only if the Earnings of the Relevant Ship are not to be paid to the Danaos Earnings Account) and, if required by the relevant Approved Flag State, the Deed of Covenant, relative to the Relevant Ship and of each document to be delivered pursuant to each such Finance Document.

7               If applicable, a duly executed original of the Charterparty Assignment and the Bareboat Charter Security Agreement in respect of the Relevant Ship and of each document to be delivered pursuant to each such Finance Document.

8               Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Relevant Owner is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower.

9               Documentary evidence that:

(a)            in the case of a financing of the purchase of the Relevant Ship, the Relevant Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the Approved Seller thereof to, and accepted by, the Relevant Owner under the Approved Purchase Contract, and the full purchase price payable under the Approved Purchase Contract (in addition to the part of the purchase price to be financed by the Relevant Advance) has been duly paid;

(b)            the Relevant Ship is registered in the ownership of the Relevant Owner under an Approved Flag;

(c)            the Relevant Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Relevant Owner save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

(d)            the Relevant Ship maintains the highest available class with a classification society which is a member of the IACS as the Agent may approve free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such classification society;

(e)            the Mortgage relating to the Relevant Ship has been duly registered or recorded against the Relevant Ship as a valid first priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the relevant Approved Flag State; and

(f)             the Relevant Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

10             A copy of the Management Agreement and duly executed original of the Manager’s Undertaking in relation to the Relevant Ship.

11             Copies of:

(a)            the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of the ISM Code Documentation in respect of the Relevant Ship and the Approved Manager certified as true and in effect by the Relevant Owner; and

(b)            the ISPS Code Documentation in respect of the Relevant Ship and the Relevant Owner certified as true and in effect by the Relevant Owner.

12             In the case of a financing of the purchase of the Relevant Ship, such documentary evidence as the Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution by the relevant Approved Seller of the Approved Purchase Contract and of all documents to be executed by such Approved Seller under the Approved Purchase Contract.

97




13             Two valuations (at the cost of the Borrowers) of the Relevant Ship, addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 6 weeks before the Drawdown Date relative to the Relevant Advance, each from an Approved Broker (such valuations to be made in accordance with Clause 16.4 or, as the case may be, Clause 16.5).

14             If required by the Lenders, a satisfactory (in the absolute opinion of the Lenders) survey report (at the cost of the Borrower) in respect of the Relevant Ship, addressed to the Agent, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 6 weeks before the Drawdown Date relative to the Relevant Advance, from an independent marine surveyor selected by the Lenders who shall have conducted a physical inspection of the Relevant Ship.

15             The originals of any documents required in connection with the opening of the Owner’s Earnings Account in respect of the Relevant Ship (only if the Earnings of the Relevant Ship are not to be paid to the Danaos Earnings Account).

16             Confirmation that the conditions (if any) required by the Lenders and referred to in the proviso to the definition of “Finance Level” have been satisfied.

17             Notification by the Agent of the reduction amounts, term and amortisation/reduction profile to apply to the Relevant Advance for the purposes of Clause 9.1 and an acknowledgement by the Borrower of such amounts and dates.

18             At the cost of the Borrower, a favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Lenders on such matters relating to the insurances for the Relevant Ship as the Agent may require.

19             Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in the Owner Guarantee of the Relevant Owner has accepted its appointment.

20             Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of the Approved Flag State, the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Approved Guarantor and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

21             If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

PART C

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 10.1(c) required before the Drawdown Date of each Pre-Advance which shall be used in part-financing the payment of a pre-delivery instalment for an Approved Ship under a shipbuilding contract which is an Approved Purchase Contract.

In Part C of Schedule 3, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:

(a)               Relevant Advance ” means the Pre-Delivery Advance which shall be used to part-finance the payment of the relevant pre-delivery instalment of the Approved Ship;

(b)              Relevant Instalment ”  means the instalment of the purchase price under the Approved Purchase Contract which is to be part-financed by the Relevant Advance;

(c)               Relevant Owner ” means the Approved Guarantor which is the buyer of the Relevant Ship; and

98




(d)              Relevant Ship ” means the Approved Ship which is to be financed by the Relevant Advance.

1               Copies of resolutions of the shareholders and directors of the Relevant Owner and the Borrower authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which the Relevant Owner is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, approving the borrowing of the Relevant Advance and authorising named directors or attorneys to give the Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement and, in the case of the Relevant Owner, ratifying the execution of the Approved Purchase Contract to which it is a party.

2               The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Relevant Owner.

3               Copies of all consents which the Relevant Owner or the Borrower requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document or the Approved Purchase Contract.

4               The written confirmation of the Agent that the Relevant Ship has been approved by the Lenders as an Approved Ship for the purposes of this Agreement pursuant to Clause 4.8.

5               Copies of the Approved Purchase Contract in respect of the Relevant Ship and of all documents issued by the Relevant Owner and the relevant Approved Seller under or in connection therewith.

6               The original of the Refund Guarantee in respect of the Relevant Instalment.

7               A duly executed original of the Owner Guarantee of the Relevant Owner and of the Pre-Delivery Security Assignment relative to the Relevant Ship and of each document to be delivered pursuant to each such Finance Document.

8               Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Relevant Owner is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower.

9               Such documentary evidence as the Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution by the relevant Approved Seller of the Approved Purchase Contract and of all documents to be executed by such Approved Seller under the Approved Purchase Contract.

10             A duly issued invoice from the Approved Seller showing the amount due and payable to the Approved Seller pursuant to the Approved Purchase Contract in respect of the Relevant Instalment together with evidence that all amounts payable thereunder (in addition to the part to be paid by the requested Pre-Delivery Advance) have been duly paid.

11             Documentary evidence that the construction of the Approved Ship has reached the stage required (if any) for payment of the Relevant Instalment under the Approved Purchase Contract.

12             Written confirmation from the Relevant Owner to the Agent that the Relevant Owner has irrevocably accepted and approved the building works (if any) which have been completed on the Approved Ship up to the stage of construction referred to in the previous paragraph.

13             Stage certificates issued by such classification society as the Agent may approve in a form acceptable to the Agent, confirming that the building works (if any) carried out up to and including the stage of construction referred above of the Approved Ship have been completed to the satisfaction of such classification society.

99




14             Confirmation that the conditions (if any) required by the Lenders and referred to in the proviso to the definition of “Finance Level” have been satisfied.

15             Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in the Owner Guarantee of the Relevant Owner has accepted its appointment.

16             Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of each of the Approved Guarantor, the Approved Seller and the Refund Guarantor and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

17             If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

Every copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary of the Borrower.

100




SCHEDULE 4

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

To:           THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee, and each Lender, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.

[ · ] 200[ · ]

1               This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement dated [ · ] 2007 (as amended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “ Agreement ”) and made between (1) Danaos Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), (2) certain banks and financial institutions as lenders (together in such capacity, the “ Lenders ”), (3) The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as swap bank (in such capacity, the “ Swap Bank ”), (4) The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as issuing bank (in such capacity, the “ Issuing Bank ”) and (5) The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and as security trustee (in such capacity, the “ Security Trustee ”) for revolving credit facilities of up to $700,000,000 in aggregate.

2               In this Certificate, terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate and in addition:

Relevant Parties ” means the Agent, the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee, each Lender, the Swap Bank and the Issuing Bank;

Transferor ” means [ full name ] of [ lending office ]; and

Transferee ” means [ full name ] of [ lending office ].

3               The effective date of this Certificate is [ · ] Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.

4               The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely and without recourse all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [ · ] per cent. of its Contribution, which amounts to $[ · ].

5               By virtue of this Certificate and Clause 27 of the Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[ · ]] [from [ · ] per cent. of its Commitment which percentage represents $[ · ]].

6               The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 27 of the Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.

101




7               The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 27 of the Agreement.

8               The Transferor:

(a)            warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party:

(i)             that the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs in connection with this transaction; and

(ii)            that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;

(b)            warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4 above; and

(c)            undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee’s title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.

9               The Transferee:

(a)            confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement and of each other Finance Document;

(b)            agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Swap Bank in the event that:

(i)             any Finance Document proves to be invalid or ineffective;

(ii)            the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any Finance Document; or

(iii)           it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents;

(c)            agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Swap Bank in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;

(d)            warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party:

(i)             that it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and

(ii)            that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and

(e)            confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.

10             The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in

102




respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent’s or the Security Trustee’s own officers or employees.

11             The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 10 above as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.

12             This Certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

[Name of Transferor]

[Name of Transferee]

 

 

By:

By:

 

 

Date:

Date:

 

Agent

Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself

as Agent and for every other Relevant Party

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

By:

Date:

103




Administrative Details of Transferee

Name of Transferee:

Lending Office:

Contact Person

(Loan Administration Department):

Telephone:

Fax:

Contact Person

(Credit Administration Department):

Telephone:

Fax:

Account for payments:

NOTE :                   THIS TRANSFER CERTIFICATE ALONE MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENT TO TRANSFER A PROPORTIONATE SHARE OF THE TRANSFEROR’S INTEREST IN THE SECURITY CONSTITUTED BY THE FINANCE DOCUMENTS IN THE TRANSFEROR’S OR TRANSFEREE’S JURISDICTION OR IN THE JURISDICTION OF THE LAW WHICH GOVERNS A PARTICULAR SECURITY INTEREST.  IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH LENDER TO ASCERTAIN WHETHER ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS ARE REQUIRED FOR THIS PURPOSE.

104




SCHEDULE 5

DESIGNATION NOTICE

To:

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

 

Akti Miaouli 45

 

185 36 Piraeus

 

Greece

 

[ · ] 2007

Dear Sirs

Loan agreement dated 20 February 2007 (as amended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) made between (inter alia) (i) ourselves as Borrower, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee and (iv) The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as Swap Bank in respect of revolving credit facilities of up to US$700,000,000 in aggregate

We refer to:

1               the Loan Agreement;

2               the Master Agreement dated as of February 2007 made between ourselves and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc; and

3               a Confirmation delivered pursuant to the said Master Agreement dated February 2007 and addressed by The Royal Bank of Scotland plc to us.

In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, we hereby give you notice of the said Confirmation and hereby confirm that the Transaction evidenced by it will be designated as a “Designated Transaction” for the purposes of the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents.

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

DANAOS CORPORATION

 

105




SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To:

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

 

Akti Miaouli 45

 

185 36 Piraeus

 

Greece

 

2007

Dear Sirs,

We refer to a loan agreement 20 February 2007 (as amended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) made between (amongst others) yourselves and ourselves in relation to revolving credit and term facilities of up to $700,00000 in aggregate.

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this compliance certificate.

We enclose with this certificate a copy of the [audited]/[unaudited] consolidated accounts for the Borrower’s Group for the [Financial Year] [6-month period] ended [ · ].  The accounts (i) have been prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and USGAAP all consistently applied, (ii) give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Borrower’s Group at the date of the accounts and of its profit for the period to which the accounts relate and (iii) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower’s Group.

We also enclose copies of the valuations of all the Fleet Vessels which were used in calculating the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets of the Borrower’s Group as at [ · ].

The Borrower represents that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred as at the date of this certificate [except for the following matter or event [ set out all material details of matter or event ]].  In addition as of [ · ], the Borrower confirms compliance with the financial covenants set out in Clause 13.4 of the Loan Agreement for the [12][6] months ending as of the date to which the enclosed accounts are prepared.

We now certify that, as at [ · ]:

(a)            the ratio of Total Liabilities (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) to Market Value Adjusted Total Assets (after deducting all Cash and Cash Equivalents) is [ · ]:[ · ];

(b)            the aggregate of all Cash and Cash Equivalents is $[ · ];

(c)            the Interest Coverage Ratio is [ · ]:[ · ]; and

(d)            the Market Value Adjusted Net Worth is $[ · ].

This certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

[ · ]

Chief Financial Officer of

Danaos Corporation

 

106




SCHEDULE 7

MANDATORY COST FORMULA

1               The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Financial Services Authority (or any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

2               On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate” ) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below.  The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Advance) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

3               The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent.  This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Advances made from that lending office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that lending office.

4               The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

E x 0.01

 

 

 

300

 

per cent. per annum

 

where:

E               is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Lenders to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 6 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

5               For the purposes of this Schedule:

(a)            (a)_          Eligible Liabilities ” and “ Special Deposits ” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

(b)            Fees Rules ”  means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

(c)            Fee Tariffs ”  means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate);

(d)            Participating Member State ”  means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to European Monetary Union; and

107




(e)            Tariff Base ”  has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

6               If requested by the Agent, each Lender shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Lender to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Lender as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Lender for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Lender.

7               Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate.  In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information in writing on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

(a)            the jurisdiction of its lending office; and

(b)            any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent in writing of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

8               The rates of charge of each Lender for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraph 6 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a lending office in the same jurisdiction as its lending office.

9               The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above is true and correct in all respects.

10             The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above.

11             Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.

12             The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders, determine and notify to all parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.

108




EXECUTION PAGE

BORROWER

SIGNED by John Coustas

)

for and on behalf of

)   /s/ John Coustas

DANAOS CORPORATION

)

 

 

 

 

LENDERS

 

 

 

SIGNED by Alexios Rodopoulos

)

for and on behalf of

)   /s/ Alexios Rodopoulos

THE ROYAL BANK

)

OF SCOTLAND PLC

)

 

 

 

 

SWAP BANK

 

 

 

SIGNED by Alexios Rodopoulos

)

for and on behalf of

)   /s/ Alexios Rodopoulos

THE ROYAL BANK

)

OF SCOTLAND PLC

)

 

 

 

 

ISSUING BANK

 

 

 

SIGNED by Alexios Rodopoulos

)

for and on behalf of

)   /s/ Alexios Rodopoulos

THE ROYAL BANK

)

OF SCOTLAND PLC

)

 

 

 

 

AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE

 

 

 

SIGNED by Alexios Rodopoulos

)

for and on behalf of

)   /s/ Alexios Rodopoulos

THE ROYAL BANK

)

OF SCOTLAND PLC

)

 

109




 

Witness to the above

)

signatures:

)

 

 

Name: Alexia Matzmichalis

/s/ illeligible

 

 

Address: 2 Defteras Merachias

 

Piraeus 185 36 Greece

 

 

110



Exhibit 8

Subsidiaries

Alexandra Navigation Inc.

Appleton Navigation S.A.

Auckland Marine Inc.

Baker International S.A.

Balticsea Marine Inc.

Bayard Maritime Ltd.

Bayview Shipping Inc.

Blacksea Marine Inc.

Bounty Investment Inc.

Boxcarrier (No. 1) Corp.

Boxcarrier (No. 2) Corp.

Boxcarrier (No. 3) Corp.

Boxcarrier (No. 4) Corp.

Boxcarrier (No. 5) Corp.

Boxcarrier (No. 6) Corp.

Boxcarrier (No. 7) Corp.

Boxcarrier (No. 8) Corp.

Cellcontainer (No.1) Corp.

Cellcontainer (No.2) Corp.

Cellcontainer (No.3) Corp.

Cellcontainer (No.4) Corp.

Cellcontainer (No.5) Corp.

Channelview Marine Inc.

Cobaltium Shipping (Private) Ltd.

Cobaltium Shipping Inc.

Commodore Marine Inc.

Constantia Maritime Inc.

Containers Lines Inc.

Containers Services Inc.

Continent Marine Inc.

Deleas Shipping Limited

Duke Marine Inc.

Erato Navigation Inc.

Expresscarrier (No.1) Corp.

Expresscarrier (No.2) Corp.

Expresscarrier (No.3) Corp.

Expresscarrier (No.4) Corp.

Expresscarrier (No.5) Corp.

Federal Marine Inc.

Ferrous Shipping (Private) Ltd.

Ferrous Shipping Inc.

Geoffrey Shipholding Limited

Helderberg Maritime Inc.

Independence Navigation Inc.

Karlita Shipping Company Limited

Lacey Navigation Inc.

Lato Shipping (Private) Ltd.

Lissos Shipping (Private) Ltd.

Lito Navigation Inc.

Lydia Inc

Maria C Maritime Inc.




Medsea Marine Inc.

Mercator Shipping Inc.

Oceanew Shipping Limited

Oceanprize Navigation Limited

Orchid Navigation Corporation

Ortelius Maritime Inc.

Peninsula Maritime Inc.

Ramona Marine Company Limited

Roberto C Maritime Inc.

Sapfo Navigation Inc.

Saratoga Trading S.A.

Seacaravel Shipping Limited

Seacarriers Lines Inc.

Seacarriers Services Inc.

Seasenator Shipping Limited

Sederberg Maritime Inc.

Strondium Shipping Inc.

Teucarrier (No.1) Corp.

Teucarrier (No.2) Corp.

Teucarrier (No.3) Corp.

Teucarrier (No.4) Corp.

Titanium Holdings Inc.

Tully Enterprises S.A.

Tyron Enterprises S.A.

Victory Shipholding Inc.

Wellington Marine Inc.

Westwood Marine S.A.

Winterberg Maritime Inc.



Exhibit 11.1

 

DANAOS CORPORATION

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

The reputation and integrity of Danaos Corporation, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (the “Company”) are valuable assets that are vital to the Company’s success.  Each employee of the Company, including each of the Company’s officers, is responsible for conducting the Company’s business in a manner that demonstrates a commitment to the highest standards of integrity.  No Code of Conduct can replace the thoughtful behavior of an ethical employee.  The purpose of this Code is to focus employees on areas of ethical risk, provide guidance to help employees to recognize and deal with ethical issues, provide mechanisms for employees to report unethical conduct, and foster among employees a culture of honesty and accountability.  Dishonest or unethical conduct or conduct that is illegal will constitute a violation of this Code, regardless of whether such conduct is specifically referenced herein.

The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) is ultimately responsible for the implementation of the Code of Conduct.  The Board will designate a compliance officer (the “Compliance Officer”) for the implementation and administration of the Code.

Questions regarding the application or interpretation of the Code of Conduct are inevitable.  Employees should feel free to direct questions to the Compliance Officer.  In addition, employees who observe, learn of, or, in good faith, suspect a violation of the Code, must immediately report the violation to the Compliance Officer, another member of the Company’s senior management, or to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors.  Employees who report violations or suspected violations in good faith will not be subject to retaliation of any kind.  Reported violations will be investigated and addressed promptly and will be treated confidentially to the extent possible.  A violation of the Code of Conduct may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment.

Requests for a waiver of a provision of the Code of Conduct must be submitted in writing to the Compliance Officer for appropriate review, and an officer, director or appropriate Board committee will decide the outcome.  For conduct involving an executive officer or Board member, only the Board or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board, has the authority to waive a provision of the Code.  The Audit Committee must review and approve any “related party” transaction as defined in Item 7.B of Form 20-F before it is consummated.  In the event of an approved waiver involving the conduct of an officer or Board member, appropriate and prompt disclosure must be made to the Company’s shareholders as and to the extent required by listing standards or any other regulation.

Statements in the Code of Conduct to the effect that certain actions may be taken only with “Company approval” will be interpreted to mean that appropriate officers or Board directors must give prior written approval before the proposed action may be undertaken.




Employees will receive periodic training on the contents and importance of the Code of Conduct and related policies and the manner in which violations must be reported and waivers must be requested.  Each employee of the Company will be asked to certify on an annual basis that he/she is in full compliance with the Code of Conduct and related policy statements.

I.                                          Violations of Law

A variety of laws apply to the Company and its operations, and some carry criminal penalties. These laws include banking regulations, securities laws, and state laws relating to duties owed by corporate directors and officers.  Examples of criminal violations of the law include: stealing, embezzling, misapplying corporate or bank funds, using threats, physical force or other unauthorized means to collect money; making a payment for an expressed purpose on the Company’s behalf to an individual who intends to use it for a different purpose; or making payments, whether corporate or personal, of cash or other items of value that are intended to influence the judgment or actions of political candidates, government officials or businesses in connection with any of the Company’s activities.  The Company must and will report all suspected criminal violations to the appropriate authorities for possible prosecution, and will investigate, address and report, as appropriate, non-criminal violations.

II.                                      Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest can occur or appear to occur in a wide variety of situations.  Generally speaking, a conflict of interest occurs when an employee’s or an employee’s immediate family’s personal interest interferes with, has the potential to interfere with, or appears to interfere with the interests or business of the Company.  For example, a conflict of interest could arise that makes it difficult for an employee to perform corporate duties objectively and effectively where he/she is involved in a competing interest.  Another such conflict may occur where an employee or a family member receives a gift,(1) a unique advantage, or an improper personal benefit as a result of the employee’s position at the Company. Because a conflict of interest can occur in a variety of situations, you must keep the foregoing general principle in mind in evaluating both your conduct and that of others.

Employees are prohibited from trading in securities while in possession of material inside information.  Among other things, trading while in possession of material inside information can subject the employee to criminal or civil penalties.  The Company’s policy on insider trading is incorporated by reference into this Code.

Outside Activities/Employment

Any outside activity, including employment, should not significantly encroach on the time and attention employees devote to their corporate duties, should not adversely affect the quality or quantity of their work, and should not make use of corporate equipment, facilities, or supplies, or imply (without the Company’s approval) the Company’s sponsorship or support.  In


(1) Acceptance of gifts in the nature of a memento, e.g. a conference gift or other inconsequential gift, valued at less than one hundred dollars ($100) is permitted.

2




addition, under no circumstances are employees permitted to compete with the Company, or take for themselves or their family members business opportunities that belong to the Company that are discovered or made available by virtue of their positions at the Company.  Employees are prohibited from taking part in any outside employment without the Company’s prior approval.

Civic/Political Activities

Employees are encouraged to participate in civic, charitable or political activities so long as such participation does not encroach on the time and attention they are expected to devote to their company-related duties.  Such activities are to be conducted in a manner that does not involve the Company or its assets or facilities, and does not create an appearance of Company involvement or endorsement.

Loans to Employees

The Company will not make loans or extend credit guarantees to or for the personal benefit of officers, except as permitted by law.  Loans or guarantees may be extended to other employees only with Company approval.

III.                                  Fair Dealing

Each employee should deal fairly and in good faith with the Company’s customers, suppliers, regulators, business partners and others.  No employee may take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, misrepresentation, inappropriate threats, fraud, abuse of confidential information, or other related conduct.

IV.                                 Proper Use of Company Assets

Company assets, such as information, materials, supplies, time, intellectual property, facilities, software, and other assets owned or leased by the Company, or that are otherwise in the Company’s possession, may be used only for legitimate business purposes.  The personal use of Company assets, without Company approval, is prohibited.

V.                                     Delegation of Authority

Each employee, and particularly each of the Company’s officers, must exercise due care to ensure that any delegation of authority is reasonable and appropriate in scope, and includes appropriate and continuous monitoring.  No authority may be delegated to employees who the Company has reason to believe, through the exercise of reasonable due diligence, may have a propensity to engage in illegal activities.

VI.                                 Handling Confidential Information

Employees should observe the confidentiality of information that they acquire by virtue of their positions at the Company, including information concerning customers, suppliers, competitors, and other employees, except where disclosure is approved by the Company or otherwise legally mandated.  Of special sensitivity is financial information, which should under

3




all circumstances be considered confidential except where its disclosure is approved by the Company, or when it has been publicly available in a periodic or special report for at least two business days.

VII.                             Handling of Financial Information

U.S. federal law requires the Company to set forth guidelines pursuant to which the principal executive officer and senior financial employees perform their duties.  Employees subject to this requirement include the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, comptroller or principal accounting officer, and any person who performs a similar function.  However, the Company expects that all employees who participate in the preparation of any part of the Company’s financial statements follow these guidelines:

·                   Act with honesty and integrity, avoiding violations of the code, including actual or apparent conflicts of interest with the Company in personal and professional relationships.

·                   Disclose to the Compliance Officer any material transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to any violations of the code, including actual or apparent conflicts of interest with the Company.

·                   Provide the Company’s other employees, consultants, and advisors with information that is accurate, complete, objective, relevant, timely, and understandable.

·                   Endeavor to ensure full, fair, timely, accurate, and understandable disclosure in the Company’s periodic reports.

·                   Comply with rules and regulations of federal, state, provincial and local governments, and other appropriate private and public regulatory agencies.

·                   Act in good faith, responsibly, and with due care, competence and diligence, without misrepresenting material facts or allowing your independent judgment to be subordinated.

·                   Respect the confidentiality of information acquired in the course of your work except where you have Company approval or where disclosure is otherwise legally mandated.  Confidential information acquired in the course of your work will not be used for personal advantage.

·                   Share and maintain skills important and relevant to the Company’s needs.

·                   Proactively promote ethical behavior among peers in your work environment.

·                   Achieve responsible use of and control over all assets and resources employed or entrusted to you.

·                   Record or participate in the recording of entries in the Company’s books and records that are accurate to the best of your knowledge.

4




The foregoing are set forth as guidelines for the principal executive officer and financial employees but, are, in fact, statements of mandatory conduct.  It is also important to note that U.S. federal law requires that any waiver of, or amendment to the requirements in this Section VII will be subject to public disclosure.

5



Exhibit 11.2

 

Danaos Corporation

Code of Conduct for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers

Danaos Corporation (the “Company”) is committed to the highest standards of ethical business conduct. In addition to our code of conduct for all Company employees and officers, we provide this Code of Conduct (the “Code”) as a set of guidelines pursuant to which our principal executive officer and senior financial employees should perform their duties. The Code is intended to deter wrongdoing and to promote adherence to the items set forth below. Employees subject to the Code include the chief executive officer, the principal financial officer, the principal accounting officer, and any person who performs a materially similar function. The particular employees who are subject to the Code from time to time (the “Covered Employees”) will be designated by, and informed of such designation, by the Company.

·                  In carrying out their duties and responsibilities, Covered Employees should endeavor to act with honesty and integrity, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships.

·                  To promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in the periodic reports that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications made by the Company, it is the responsibility of each Covered Employee promptly to bring to the attention of the Company’s Audit Committee any material information of which he or she may become aware that affects the disclosures made by the Company in its public filings or otherwise, and to otherwise assist the Audit Committee in fulfilling its responsibilities. In addition, each Covered Employee shall promptly bring to the attention of the Audit Committee any information he or she may have concerning (a) significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data or (b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

·                  In carrying out their duties and responsibilities, Covered Employees should endeavor to comply, and to cause the Company to comply, with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations. In addition, each Covered Employee shall promptly bring to the attention of the chairman of the Audit Committee any information he or she may have concerning evidence of a material violation of the securities or other laws, rules or regulations applicable to the Company and the operation of its business, by the Company or any agent thereof.

·                  Each Covered Employee shall promptly report to the Compliance Officer any information he or she may have concerning evidence of a material violation of the Code.

·                  Covered Employees are expected to adhere to the Code. The Board of Directors shall determine, or designate appropriate persons to determine, appropriate actions to be taken in the event of violations of this Code. Such actions shall be reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote accountability for adherence to this Code, and may include written notices to the individual involved that there has been a violation, censure, demotion

1




or re-assignment of the individual involved, suspension with or without pay or benefits and/or termination of the individual’s employment. In determining what action is appropriate in a particular case, the Board of Directors or such designee shall take into account all relevant information, including the nature and severity of the violation, whether the violation was a single occurrence or repeated occurrences, whether the violation appears to have been intentional or inadvertent, whether the individual in question had been advised prior to the violation as to the proper course of action and whether or not the individual in question had committed other violations in the past.

2



Exhibit 11.3

 

Danaos Corporation

Code of Ethics for Directors

Danaos Corporation (the “Company”) is committed to the highest standards of ethical business conduct In order to further its core purpose, the Board of Directors has adopted this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) as a set of guidelines for our directors, intended to promote ethical behavior and to provide guidance to help directors recognize and deal with ethical issues.

The business of the Company is managed under the direction of the Board of Directors and the various committees thereof. The basic responsibility of the directors is to exercise their business judgment in carrying out their responsibilities in a manner that they reasonably believe to be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders. The Board of Directors is not expected to assume an active role in the day-to-day operational management of the Company.

·                  Conflicts of Interest .  Directors should endeavor to avoid actual or apparent conflicts of interest with the Company in personal and professional relationships. Generally speaking, a conflict of interest occurs when a director’s or a director’s immediate family’s personal interest interferes, has the potential to interfere, or appears to interfere materially with: (a) the interests or business of the Company; or (b) the ability of the director to carry out his or her duties and responsibilities. A director should disclose to the Board any transaction or relationship that the director reasonably expects could give rise to an actual or apparent conflict of interest with the Company.

·                  Corporate Opportunities .  In carrying out their duties and responsibilities, directors should endeavor to advance the legitimate interests of the Company when the opportunity to do so arises. Directors should endeavor to avoid: (a) taking for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered in carrying out their duties and responsibilities; (b) using Company property or information, or their position as directors, for personal gain; and (c) competing with the Company, in each case, to the material detriment of the Company. Whether any of the foregoing actions is to the material detriment of the Company will be determined by the Board based on all relevant facts and circumstances, including in the case of (a), whether the Company has previously declined to pursue such proposed corporate opportunity for its own benefit.

·                  Confidentiality .  Directors should observe the confidentiality of information that they acquire in carrying out their duties and responsibilities, including confidential information concerning customers entrusted to the Company, except where disclosure is approved by the Company or legally mandated. Confidential information includes, but is not limited to, all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the Company or its customers, if disclosed. Of special sensitivity is financial information, which should under all circumstances be considered confidential except where its disclosure is approved by the Company or when the information has been publicly disseminated.

·                  Fair Dealing .  In carrying out their duties and responsibilities and setting the general policies pursuant to which the Company operates, Directors should endeavor to promote fair dealing by the Company and its employees and agents with customers, suppliers, competitors and employees.




·                  Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets .  Directors should endeavor to promote the responsible use and control of the Company’s assets and resources by the Company and its employees. Company assets, such as information, materials, supplies, intellectual property, facilities, software, and other assets owned or leased by the Company, or that are otherwise in the Company’s possession, should be used only for legitimate business purposes of the Company.

·                  Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations .  In carrying out their duties and responsibilities, directors should endeavor to comply, and to cause the Company to comply, with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations. In addition, each director should bring to the attention of the Company’s chief executive officer any information known to the director that he or she believes constitutes evidence of a material violation of the securities or other laws, rules or regulations applicable to the Company and the operation of its business, by the Company, any employee or another director.

·                  Encouraging the Reporting of Illegal or Unethical Behavior .  Directors should endeavor to cause the Company to proactively promote ethical behavior and to encourage employees to report evidence of illegal or unethical behavior to appropriate Company personnel.

·                  Insider Trading .  Directors should observe Company policies applicable to them with respect to the purchase and sale of capital stock of the Company by individuals who may be in possession of material inside information with respect to the Company from time to time.

·                  Personal Loans to Executive Officers or Directors .  U.S. securities laws prohibit the Company from, directly or indirectly (including through subsidiaries), (a) extending or arranging for the extension of personal loans to its directors and executives officers and (b) renewing or materially modifying existing loans to such persons.  Directors shall not seek or facilitate personal loans from the Company in contravention of the foregoing.

Directors are expected to adhere to this Code. It is the responsibility of each director to become familiar with and understand this Code, seek further explanation and advise concerning the interpretation and requirements of this Code, as well as any situation which appears to be in conflict with it. The Board of Directors shall determine appropriate actions to be taken in the event of violations of this Code.

Any waiver of or amendment to, the requirements of this Code may only be authorized by the Board of Directors, and will be subject to public disclosure to the extent required by law or the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.



Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Dr. John Coustas, certify that:

1.                  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Danaos Corporation;

2.                  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.                  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.                  The Company’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have;

a)                designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b)               omitted;

c)                evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)               omitted; and

5.                  The Company’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)                all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)               any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 30, 2007

/s/ Dr. John Coustas

 

Dr. John Coustas

President and Chief Executive Officer

 



Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis, certify that:

1.                  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Danaos Corporation;

2.                  Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.                  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.                  The Company’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have;

a)                designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b)               omitted;

c)                evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)               omitted; and

5.                  The Company’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)                all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)               any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:   May 30, 2007

/s/ Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis

 

Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 



Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Danaos Corporation (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned officer of the Company hereby certifies to the undersigned’s knowledge, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350), that:

1.                 The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2.                 The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated:   May 30, 2007

 

 

/s/ Dr. John Coustas

 

Dr. John Coustas

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 



Exhibit 13.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Danaos Corporation (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned officer of the Company hereby certifies to the undersigned’s knowledge, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350), that:

1.                 The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2.                 The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: May 30, 2007

 

 

/s/ Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis

 

Dimitri J. Andritsoyiannis

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 



Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-138449) of Danaos Corporation of our report dated March 27, 2007 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 20-F. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Selected Financial Data” in this Form 20-F.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A.

PricewaterhouseCoopers S.A.

Athens, Greece

May 30, 2007